THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES

 
 \ 
 
 'V// 
 
 //
 
 
 
 J^ ^^i£..<U^/f ^ 
 
 WITH 
 
 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN.
 
 MAJOR E. M. BARTTELOT 
 
 COMMANDER OF STANLEYS REAR COLUMN.
 
 WITH 
 
 STANLEY'S REAE COLUMN 
 
 BY 
 
 J. ROSE TROUP 
 
 LATE TKAKSrORT OFFICEK OF THE EMIN PASHA BELIEF EXPEDITIOK 
 
 Wiiih lUxt0trati0tt0 
 
 SECOND EDITION 
 
 LONDON: CHAPMAN AND HALL, 
 
 Limited. 
 1890. 
 
 [All Eights 7'cserved]
 
 Richard Clay & Sons, Limited, 
 London & Bungay.
 
 -V 
 
 3^\ 
 
 "^cVunith 
 
 MY WIFE, 
 
 WHO HAS SHARED THE ANXIETIES AND LABOURS CONNECTED 
 WITH THE PREPARATION OF THIS VOLUME, 
 
 1111S14
 
 PKEFACE. 
 
 On my return from Africa in September 1888, my health 
 being very much broken by what I had so recently gone 
 through in the service of Mr. Stanley, I was much pained 
 by reading most inaccurate accounts of what had taken 
 place at Yambuya, and I was even more troubled to find 
 the Emin Pasha Relief Committee — with my report in 
 their possession — failed to correct the false statements 
 made in the press, though I wrote recpesting them to do 
 me and my comrades this act of justice, because we were 
 forbidden by our contracts to publish anything. Failing 
 to obtain from them any satisfaction, I felt that to defend 
 the honour of myself and comrades became my duty, 
 especially when our action was condemned in a letter of 
 Mr. Stanley's published April 1889. I knew of the 
 paragraph in the contract by which I had agreed not to 
 publish anything for six months after the appearance of 
 the official publication of our leader, but I believed this 
 was binding only on condition that he had fulfilled his 
 part of the contract, and this he had failed to do, as he 
 never supplied me with the tent, bed, Winchester rifle, 
 canteen, and a due share of European provisions. Mr.
 
 viii PREFACE. 
 
 Stanley's failure to fulfil his contract appeared to me to 
 nullify it ; so that in a letter to the newspapers, pointing 
 out Mr. Stanley's errors in his letter from Bonalya, I 
 called upon the Committee once again to do me justice, 
 and added, in case they did not do so, " I further 
 propose, as he (Mr. Stanley) will never be able, unless steps 
 are taken, to form a right opinion of the state of affairs 
 at that place, to publish, at the earliest possible date, a 
 detailed account of our end of the Expedition." The 
 Committee paid no attention to this, and I felt that the 
 duty devolved upon me of making public the whole 
 matter. ]\Iy book was therefore prepared, but on the eve 
 of its publication Mr. Stanley's representative in London 
 took steps to obtain an injunction. 
 
 I will not burden this account with a description of the 
 varying courses that ended eventually in bringing the 
 matter into the Chancery Court. The judge granted the 
 interim injunction under the impression that I could have 
 obtained the specified articles by simply asking for them, 
 but this I had done unsuccessfully again and again ; there- 
 fore, in order to bring out clearly the impossibility of 
 getting them, and that I never did receive them, I found 
 it necessary to briug a counter-claim for damages against 
 Mr. Stanley for his breach of contract. Before the action 
 could be brought to uphold the inierhii injunction came 
 on, Mr. Stanley had returned to England, and after a time 
 — possibly through his desire not to appear in court — he 
 suggested compromising the matter. After a good deal 
 of talking and arranging, the following agreement was 
 signed by both of us, and the action in the Chancery 
 Court was withdrawn.
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 " Stanley v. Troup. 
 
 " Memorandum of agreement made the twentietli day of 
 May, 1890, between the plaintiff and defendant, whereby 
 it is agreed as follows, viz. — 
 
 "(1) The plaintiff shall pay to defendant, his solicitors, 
 proper costs, charges, and expenses, as between 
 solicitor and client in reference to the action, and 
 bear his own costs, charges, and expenses. 
 
 " (2) The defendant to be at liberty to publish his 
 book on or after the fifteenth of October, 1890, but 
 not before. 
 
 " (3) All proceedings in the action to be stayed. 
 
 " (4) None of the other officers of the Expedition 
 employed by the plaintiff to be allowed to publish 
 before the fifteenth of October, 1890." 
 
 It will be seen from the above that Mr. Stanley was to 
 pay all my costs, and it is usually inferred from such an 
 arrangement that he admitted that the action did not have 
 his sanction, or that some other powerful reason influenced 
 him to make a considerable sacrifice to end the con- 
 troversy. His book was not then published, but I had 
 argued that the report sent to her Majesty's Government, 
 and issued by them as a Parliamentary paper, was the 
 official publication ; but if, as he maintained, his two 
 volumes, for which he was to receive high remuneration, 
 were the official publication, then I was granted leave to 
 publish three and a half months, instead of six months, 
 afterwards. 
 
 It is in accordance with this agreement that I now publish
 
 X PREFACE. 
 
 this volume. I must apologize to the reader for having 
 adopted a rather unpopular form in presenting the account 
 of events in quotations from my diary. It appeared to 
 me that the record written at the time, while everything 
 was still fresh in my memory, would give the public a 
 clearer idea of what happened, how one event led on to 
 another, and of the impressions I then received. When five 
 officers, almost total strangers to each other, are shut up 
 for a considerable length of time in a camp in Central 
 Africa, isolated, cut off from communication with the 
 outer world, and deprived of the ordinary occupations of 
 life, it is not remarkable that a certain amount of dis- 
 agreement should arise, but I see no reason why such 
 matters should be made public property, so I have excised 
 from my diary reference to affairs of a purely personal 
 nature, as well as others that I thought it best to omit. 
 Certain actions I at the time deemed inexpedient, and 
 therefore remonstrated against them ; some of these in the 
 light of subsequent knowledge bear a different interpret- 
 ation, and many were due to the faults of others. 
 
 With this explanation I lay this volume before my 
 readers.
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAP. 
 I. 
 
 II. 
 
 III. 
 
 IV. 
 
 V. 
 
 VI. 
 
 VII. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 IX. 
 
 X. 
 
 XI. 
 
 XII. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 XV. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 introductory remarks 
 
 from england to manyanga 
 
 Stanley's voyage to Zanzibar and on to leopoldville 
 
 tippu-tib's history 
 
 at MANYANGA 
 
 Stanley's departure from kinchassa 
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN 
 JOURNEY UP RIVER 
 
 AT YAMBUYA 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY 
 
 BACK AT YAMBUYA AGAIN 
 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP 
 
 SPECULATIONS AND REFLECTIONS 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued) 
 
 RASCHID AND HIS HOSPITALITY 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY [continued) 
 
 tippu-tib's conduct 
 
 down the congo and home 
 
 correspondence with mr. stanley 
 
 appendix a. 
 
 appendix b. 
 
 COLUMN, 
 
 AND MY 
 
 1 
 
 24 
 41 
 
 49 
 54 
 
 84 
 
 101 
 135 
 151 
 174 
 180 
 207 
 213 
 231 
 245 
 258 
 265 
 276 
 307 
 312
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTEATIONS. 
 
 Map 
 
 Major E. M. Barttelot ... 
 
 View in a Native Village near Manyanga 
 
 Mr. J. Eose Tronp 
 
 Mr. J. S. Jameson 
 
 Native of Aruwimi 
 
 Ngnngu, Chief of Yambuya Village 
 
 Tippu-Tib and Sheiks 
 
 View of Yambtiya Camp 
 
 Mr, Herbert Ward 
 
 Native of Yangambi 
 
 Canoes on the Beacb at the Lomami Eiver 
 
 Native of Lomami 
 
 Mr. W. Bonny 
 
 Tippii-Tib 
 
 FrontiSj 
 
 piece. 
 
 
 To face 
 
 ■n 
 
 page 
 
 78 
 88 
 
 )) 
 
 
 133 
 
 )5 
 
 
 146 
 
 » 
 
 
 162 
 
 
 
 179 
 
 180 
 
 1J 
 
 
 190 
 
 227 
 
 )) 
 
 
 237 
 
 )5 
 
 
 240 
 
 M 
 
 
 251 
 259
 
 I.ddon.Chuiimaii * HJl
 
 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INTKODUCTORY REMARKS. 
 
 Mr. Stanley has now made public his estimate of the 
 Rear-ofuard, criticizing; and condemnios; it, and he seems 
 to consider that he has given a sufficiently full account 
 of what happened at Yambuya during his absence. It is 
 necessary to remind the reader that he left that Rear-guard 
 to take care of itself from June 1888 until August 1889, 
 during which period no news of his whereabouts reached 
 those he had left behind. We ought not to object that 
 he touches so lightly upon events of which he could have 
 no personal cognizance, but we cannot admit that it was 
 right for him to condemn his officers unheard, and to 
 write descriptions from preconceived ideas, based on in- 
 complete evidence. The reader of his volume will perceive 
 that Mr. Stanley refers to letters and papers of the two 
 officers who lost their lives in his service, and he gives the 
 accounts written out by two, out of the three, survivors — 
 be it noted, however, that these documents are revised ! 
 The third — the senior surviving — of these officers is not 
 
 J?/ 
 
 B
 
 2 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 allowed to speak for himself in Mr. Stanley's book, the 
 reason thereof being that he was unwilling to revise his 
 story in accordance with Mr. Stanley's wishes. It is given, 
 however, at length in the succeeding pages. 
 
 Mr. Stanley began to make public his charges against 
 the Rear-guard long ago, indeed as far back as August 28th, 
 1888, just after he had met Mr. Bonny at Bonalya with the 
 wreck of the Rear Column. We were inclined to forgive 
 his hasty judgment, based as it was upon what he was 
 able to learn in that short time, and which he could not 
 have thoroughly taken in and weighed carefully before he 
 penned the lines condemning those who were absent. It 
 was hoped that he would say nothing more until he had 
 had an opportunity of hearing fully about the matter. 
 But that hope was vain. Arriving again within range of 
 civilization he immediately recommenced his letter-writing, 
 never asking the other survivors for their reports. Under 
 these circumstances we cannot ])e blamed for assuming 
 that he had a preconceived idea of what must have been 
 the causes of disaster, and that he rejected as untrue all 
 that did not fit into the line of his argument. It will be 
 admitted by all that he committed a grave error in not 
 asking for reports from all his officers, and not waiting 
 until he had gleaned every scrap of evidence before he con- 
 demned those who were in his service. He gives us some 
 short extracts from what he calls a log, the first entry 
 being dated June 11th, 1888, the daytlie Rear Column left 
 Yambuya, so it contains no information of what happened 
 in camp. He states that he can get no satisfactory in- 
 formation out of Mr. Bonny.^ He hears nothing from 
 1 See In Darliest Africa, vol. i. G and 478.
 
 INTKODUCTORY REMARKS. 3 
 
 Mr. Ward until he receives a letter dated February 13th, 
 1890, long after his charges are published. He asked no 
 information of me ; but I wrote to him, under date of 
 December 4th, 1889, a letter he never acknowledged 
 receiving. Therefore, upon what he based his original 
 charges it is impossible to imagine. The injustice of 
 accusing his officers of grave dereliction of duty without 
 producing a scrap of evidence, and without having full 
 reports, is most serious. 
 
 But let us review the situation of affairs and see what 
 he expected, and why his expectations were not realized. 
 Mr. Stanley is on the verge of the unknown country at 
 Yambuya. He has been unable to take with him all his 
 officers and loads owing to the fotilla promised by King 
 Leopold being insufficient to transport them. He desires 
 to push on rapidly to Wadelai ; he therefore decides to 
 leave two of his officers in a camp at this point, with 
 127 men and 167 loads; these are to be joined shortly 
 by three more officers, 131 men, and 493 loads. He sets 
 forth with four officers and 400 men, some few of wdiom 
 carry loads ; but as they are to advance with all speed 
 they are in light marching order. They are to make their 
 way quickly to Wadelai, and it was anticipated by the 
 leader that they could accomplish their journey and return 
 to Yambuya in five months. Meanwhile, if it icere 
 possible, when additional porters had been obtained, the 
 Rear- guard were to follow more leisurely with the bulk 
 of the loads. Having given Major Barttelot a number of 
 orders,^ he disappears into the forest, and is not heard of 
 for fourteen months. 
 
 ^ He speaks of disobeying orders, but now says " the instructions are
 
 4 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 What did lie expect from the young officer left in 
 command at Yambuya, and his four subordinates ? One 
 of the hitter Mr. Stanley, in his instructions, associated 
 with the commander, and two he asked should be con- 
 sulted, and should be allowed to speak freely their 
 opinions. He told Major Barttelot to await the arrival 
 of all the loads and men, and in the event of his not 
 obtaining all the additional porters, if he -preferred inarcMng 
 rather than waiting for the return of the advance column, he 
 might make marches timce over, or else wait patiently at 
 Yambuya. In any event, it was pointed out that the com- 
 manding officer's chief duty was to care for the loads and 
 men, for if these were lost " the advance force itself would 
 need to solicit relief in its turn." These were the explicit 
 instructions given to the officer left in command. Is it 
 then marvellous that Major Barttelot used every endeavour 
 to obtain means of transporting the many loads left in his 
 hands ? 
 
 It should be borne in mind that Mr. Stanley placed 
 a young officer (the youngest in years of all the five, 
 except one), who had had no previous experience with 
 Zanzibari porters, and was ignorant of the peculiarities 
 of life on the Congo, in command of a most trying 
 position. He was expected to treat with a wily Arab, 
 who had been almost more than Mr. Stanley could 
 manage, he was to keep a camp in good condition and 
 the men under control for five months, durino; which time 
 they would, probably, be forced to remain comparatively 
 inactive — a serious task, for inactivity is apt to breed 
 
 not exactly orders. They are suggestions or advices." — In Darl'est Africa, 
 vol. i. 487.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 5 
 
 discontent, and discontent mutiny. Moreover, they 
 were to be in communication with Arabs from Stanley 
 Falls, who could easily contaminate them, and egg them 
 on to mutiny, if it served their purpose.^ Or if he was 
 not expected to remain in camp, he had a yet more 
 difficult undertaking, especially if he did not receive 
 the porters promised, it is said, by Tippu-Tib, a possible 
 contingency that Mr. Stanley now indicates he believed 
 would be a certainty, for he doubted the Arab. In 
 case the 600 men were not forthcoming, what did 
 Mr. Stanley expect Major Barttelot to do ? At the 
 end of his first volume, he gives a pencilled note, said 
 to have been handed to the Major.^ In this he details 155 
 men as carriers and 100 as guards, total 255. These men 
 were not to make marches " twice over," as suofo-ested 
 in the original instructions, but four times forward loaded 
 and three times backward empty-handed, that is, traversing 
 the road seven times ; added to this the camp would 
 have been insufficiently guarded by the remainder. 
 
 We now know what obstacles Mr. Stanley had to 
 overcome with his picked following of 400 men, 
 fairly well disciplined, under the command of a leader 
 
 ^ See Stanley's suggestion of this in In Darliest Africa, vol. i. 121. 
 
 2 There is no reference to marching without any assistance from Tippu- 
 Tib in the written and signed instructions. This pencilled note, which 
 I never saw, appears to have been an unofficial suggestion. It must be 
 remembered that ]\Ir. Stanley is not one who allows any latitude with 
 written orders — he demands strict obedience. He gave written instructions 
 to Major Barttelot that provided for certain contingencies, and allowed 
 the choice between certain given lines of action, but one contingency 
 he did not provide for in those written instructions, and we had no 
 authority shown to us for acting in the way now outlined at the end of 
 !Mr. Stanley's first volume.
 
 6 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 of vast experience and ability to control Zanzibaris 
 and natives ; his men nearly starved, selling rifles, 
 ammunition, and all they could lay hands on in order 
 to procure food, and deserting on the slightest pro- 
 vocation, so that he lost in fourteen months, or even 
 less, one half of them. Could he have marched even 
 his picked men wearily back and forth ? Woidd he not 
 have required to use discipline of the severest type to 
 prevent mutiny ? What, then, would have been the task 
 of a younger and less experienced officer, with half the 
 number of men, and these the refuse of the lot ? How 
 could he have coped with the difficulties that had beset 
 Mr. Stanley's path, and by which he was so nearly 
 vanquished ? How could his men have obtained food 
 in a district where Mr. Stanley's followers had almost 
 starved while simply passing through it, but where the 
 Rear Column would have been quartered at least four 
 times as long "? Mr. Stanley's own words confirm this, 
 for he writes — " We dread your inexperience and your 
 w^ant of influence with your people. If with me people 
 preferred the society of the Manyuema blackguards to 
 me, who am known to them for twenty years, how 
 much more so with you, a stranger to them and their 
 languao;e ! " ^ 
 
 The men of the Rear Column had been left behind 
 with us because they were feeble, diseased, or otherwise 
 incapable of working. To begin with Mr. Stanley writes 
 (vol. i. 93) : " In this Expedition are scores of confirmed 
 bounty jumpers who are only awaiting opportunities. 
 In inspecting the men to-day, I was of the opinion that 
 1 Letter to Major Barttelot, February Uth, 1888.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 7 
 
 only about 150 were free men, and that all the remainder 
 were either slaves or convicts." 
 
 Again (vol. i. 103): "We accordingly selected 125 
 men who appeared weakest in body, and left them 
 at Bolobo." He refers also (vol. ii. 13), in these words, 
 to our men : " The utter unruliness of the mob of 
 slaves, which had half maddened the officers of the Eear 
 Column." He had picked out the very best, even taking 
 every headnia?i, and then demanded that work seven 
 times as difficult should be extracted from this refuse 
 material. 
 
 The impossibility of making weary marches back and 
 forth with the miserable men under Major Barttelot's 
 command would have appalled even Mr. Stanley. Can it 
 be wondered at that no one in the camp thought the 
 undertaking feasible, and that the commander shrank from 
 attempting such a " hazardous advance ... at very great 
 risk to the whole column, and to little purpose " ? 
 
 The difficulties of the position were almost insurmount- 
 able at the best of the times, but they were greatly in- 
 creased by subsequent events, which led to long delay, and 
 terrible suffering. It will be seen (page 227), as time went 
 on, how impossible it was for our men to carry loads ; how, 
 when marching with Mr. AVard from Yambuya to Yan- 
 gambi, we had to stop to assist the exhausted carriers to 
 their feet, and help to replace their half loads upon their 
 heads ; for they were too enfeebled, even our best men, to 
 do ordinary porters' work. 
 
 The chief cause, then, of Major Barttelot's inability to 
 move was the lack of men to carry his loads. These 
 porters were to have been supplied, Mr. Stanley asserts, by
 
 8 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Tippu-Tib. Concerning the Arab's agreement with Mr. 
 Stanley in this matter, we are possessed of anything but 
 full information. Mr. Stanley simply says (vol. i. 71) : 
 " I made another agreement with him about the engage- 
 ment of carriers to carry ammunition to Lake Albert from 
 the Congo. If there is no ivory I shall l)e indebted to 
 Tippu-Tib for the sum of £3600." Unfortunately he does 
 not give the wording of this contract, neither is it included 
 in Consul Holmwood's letter (see Appendix), where the 
 other agreement, making Tippu-Tib governor of Stanley 
 Falls district, is given at full length. In fact, we have no 
 reference made to this agreement by the Consul, nor have 
 we anything to confirm Mr. Stanley's ipse dixit. If he had 
 given us the text of this contract, we should have known 
 whether the statement I heard, more than once, was true^ — 
 viz., that each of the 600 men was to receive a certain 
 amount of gunpowder from the stores brought up by me — 
 it might also have informed us whether this ammunition 
 was for philanthropic purposes. However, Mr. Stanley 
 does not refer to this, but indicates that Tippu-Tib was to 
 be paid in ivory, which was supposed to be in Emin's 
 possession, though nothing is said about the formality of 
 obtaining Emin's permission for this disposal of it. There 
 was one very important proviso which I have heard that 
 Tippu-Tib made, but failing the letter of the agreement 
 we cannot prove this is true, viz., that he would provide 
 the men if he could. 
 
 Mr. Stanley himself says " 600 carriers is a large order." 
 They were to be selected from Tippu-Tib's followers at 
 Stanley Falls. Now the greater part of these men were 
 Manyuemas, natives of this vicinity, cannibals, untrained
 
 INTKODUCTORY EEMAEKS, 9 
 
 in serving white men, and never accustomed to carry loads. 
 They are half slaves, only having been subjugated com- 
 paratively recently by Tippu-Tib's people. When they 
 are employed by the Arabs it is chiefly as fighting men, 
 and it is beneath their dignity to carry loads, such work 
 being relegated to their women and slaves. As it will 
 be seen (page 242), Raschid pointed out to me that 
 " Manyuemas are good soldiers but never do as carriers, 
 while the Zanzibaris are Q-ood carriers but cannot fio^ht." 
 
 These men are under the control of Tippu-Tib's sheiks, 
 who send them out in marauding parties under the leader- 
 ship of an Arab to obtain ivory or other valuables ; they 
 will attack other natives, loot their villages, kill or make 
 prisoners of whom they please, doing all this in what 
 manner they like. They will be absent on such excursions 
 for weeks or months, but they are obliged, after a time, to 
 return to the Arabs and give up part of their loot. They 
 are provided w^ith guns and ammunition ; they are allowed 
 to go and come as they please and do as they like. They 
 are not accustomed to the restraints imposed by the white 
 men, who require their followers to march just so many 
 miles a day, to be in camp at a fixed hour, and to be 
 subject to stringent rules. There were several Manyuemas 
 among Tippu-Tib's people brought round from Zanzibar 
 to the Congo. They would have observed on their way 
 up country the strictness of the white men with the Zanzi- 
 bari porters, who were obliged to be in every night at a 
 given camp with all their loads, and if they disobeyed rules 
 were severely dealt with. 
 
 The jManyuemas would have spread this information 
 among their kindred, and it would tend to make them
 
 10 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 unwilling to be our servants. We noticed that our 
 Zanzibaris were demoralized by their influence whenever 
 they came in contact with them, just as Mr. Stanley's 
 followers were demoralized at Ugarrowwa's camp. Moreover, 
 it should be remembered that these men had been tausjht 
 to regard white men as " Christian dogs," and the Arabs 
 about Stanley Falls had lately taken every opportunity to 
 disparage us, on account of the recent fight at that place. 
 Mr. Stanley refers to Tippu-Tib's resentment and desire for 
 retaliation, and then goes on to make very bitter remarks 
 about Mr. Deane. 
 
 This gallant gentleman has never received proper 
 recognition for his services. Mr. Stanley says (vol. i. 70) : 
 " If King Leopold had sent Deane to fight you, he would 
 not have sent him with 30 men." How then did it 
 happen that, if he was not to fight, he was provided with 
 two Krupp guns, ammunition for the same, rockets, &c., 
 &c. ? I was in authority at Leopold ville when he went up 
 to the Falls, and know what he had with him, and the 
 substance of his orders. I also know that the smallness of 
 his force was due to the fiict that the time of service of the 
 Houssas had almost expired, and we had great difliculty in 
 obtainino; even this number of volunteers. Were these 
 guns, &c., transported all the way from Vivi at great 
 trouble for this occasion, not to be used at all ? Indeed, 
 no 1 The State had been dissatisfied with Mr. Deane's 
 predecessor because he was too friendly with the Arabs, 
 and among other instructions Mr. Deane was told to use 
 his influence to suppress slavery. When the time came, 
 and peaceful methods had failed to efiect the settlement of 
 a palaver over a slave, he prepared his station for action,
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 11 
 
 and when the Arabs attacked him, made a gaUant defence, 
 until his men deserted and his ammunition was exhausted. 
 He was then obliged to blow up the station and flee for his 
 life. He had been told to suppress slavery as far as lay in 
 his power, but his efforts were not supported by the State, 
 and even when he had done his best, his action was 
 condemned. His great sufferings are now ignored, his 
 gallantry decried, and though he is dead, and therefore 
 unable to defend himself, he is ungenerously attacked by 
 those he served. 
 
 The Arabs having gained a victory over the chief of the 
 station, looked with contempt upon all white men. After 
 Deane's brave defence and forced evacuation of the place, 
 the State did nothing to re-establish their authority for 
 nearly a year, and then they tried to do so by placing 
 Tippu-Tib, the ruler of the victorious Arabs, in the 
 position of governor of tlie district, with a salary of £30 a 
 month ! In the interim the Arabs, with their Manyuemas, 
 were emboldened, took all the villages on both banks of 
 the Congo from Stanley Falls to the Aruwimi, and laughed 
 at the white men. In this way our prestige in this 
 region received a severe blow, and it was difficult to make 
 these men understand that we were allies of Tippu-Tib. 
 Major Barttelot accompanied the Arab chief to the Falls, 
 and the latter explained to the sheiks that he had made 
 peace with the State. 
 
 Here, then, at the outset, Tippu-Tib would find it hard 
 to force the Manyuemas — for this wild tribe was not yet 
 thoroughly subjugated — to become servants to the white 
 men, and he may well have doubted his ability to provide 
 600 porters at once. However, Mr. Stanley now points out
 
 12 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 that lie did not expect them to be immediately forth- 
 coming, and he even doubted whether they would come 
 at all. He gives his opinion of Tippu-Tib at some length 
 in a conversation with Major Barttelot (vol. i. 126), 
 closing with the remark : " Then, as a last proof of how 
 I regard Tippu-Tib, do not forget that written order to 
 Lieut, Stairs a few days ago, to rake his settlement with 
 the machine-gun upon the least sign of treachery. You 
 have read that letter. You oug;ht to know that the o;aore 
 of battle is not thrown in the face of a trusted friend." 
 He lauds him in his second volume, and then, speaking to 
 Salim-bin -Mohammed, says : " Neither you nor Tippu-Tib 
 have the least intention of keeping your word " (vol. ii. 19). 
 That he expected Tippu-Tib might fail is indicated by 
 these words: "Assuming that Tippu-Tib really keeps to 
 the letter of his contract," " If Tippu-Tib came, why, well 
 and good ; if he did not come, be indifferent." ^ Again 
 (vol. i. 118), he casts doubts on the Arab's faithfulness. 
 " Supposing we had not made agreement with him, 
 how long should we be left to prepare for the march 
 to the Albert, or how long would you be permitted to 
 remain here, before you would have to answer the question 
 why you were on his territory ? Could I possibly leave 
 you here — with my knowledge of what they are capable of 
 — alone ? " 
 
 Yet, while knowing the vindictive character, and doubt- 
 ting the faithfulness of Tippu-Tib, who was not without 
 guile, according to Stanley's own showing (vol. i. 113, et 
 seq. and elsewhere), he left Major Barttelot at the Arab's 
 mercy. He trusted in an agreement made with one 
 1 Letter dated August 31st, 1889.
 
 INTRODUCTOllY REMARKS. 13 
 
 who, he reminds Major Barttelot, had broken a former 
 contract between them. At one moment, in a letter dated 
 August 31st, 1889, he writes — "At the time he agreed he 
 was sincere in those intentions;" and then adds, "If 
 Tippu-Tib broke his written agreement made with me 
 before the Consul, his promises to you would be still 
 more unreliable." 
 
 On the subject of Tippu-Tib's delay in providing the 
 men, Mr, Stanley has much to say : " If Tippu-Tib is 
 here in nine days, it will be the biggest wonder I have 
 met. . . . He will not be here in fifteen days, or even 
 twenty days. We must be reasonable with the man 
 .... wait for him patiently until the Stanley comes " 
 (vol. i. 121). In his instructions he writes : " It may 
 happen, also, that though Tippu-Tib has sent some men, 
 he has not sent enough to carry the goods with your own 
 force." He points out that the Arab would not un- 
 naturally find it hard to supply so many men at short 
 notice, and we must allow him a fair time. He himself 
 speaks vaguely of twenty days, and even forty-three 
 days, when the Stanley would be due. To stretch forty- 
 three days into two months was not unreasonable. But 
 the force of circumstances caused our commander to 
 wait until November, trusting in Tij)pu-Tib's repeated 
 promises, which were backed by Salim-bin-Mohammed's 
 representation that the men with him were the advance 
 guard of those who were coming presently. Having 
 waited until November, we had arrived at the time when 
 Mr. Stanley had expected to return. As a proof that 
 such was his expectation, we have this postscript to his 
 instructions : " Give one brass rod per week to each man
 
 14 STANLEY'S BEAR COLUMN. 
 
 to buy fish, &c., in jive months tliese amount to 2580. 
 Give also six cowries per man per week, in jive months 
 these will number 15,480."^ If then he did not expect 
 to rejoin us, he failed to give instructions for rationing the 
 men after that date. It is undeniable that he left the 
 impression upon Major Barttelot that he expected to be 
 back in five months, because, in a letter to the Committee, 
 dated August 15th, 1887, seven weeks after his leader 
 departed, he wrote that he would be compelled to stay at 
 Yambuya " till November, when Mr. Stanley expects to 
 return." Added to this written evidence we have the 
 conversation reported by Major Barttelot to have taken 
 place between Mr. Stanley and himself — we may be per- 
 mitted to rely on a reported conversation, as Mr. Stanley 
 bases so much upon what he remembers saying to Major 
 Barttelot. The conversation at Yambuya was described 
 most graphically by the Major, who said : "As Mr. Stanley 
 passed out of that gate his last words were, ' Good-bye, 
 Major ; I shouldn't be a bit surprised to see you here 
 when I return. I shall be aw^ay five months, giving 
 myself three months to go up to Kavalli and two to 
 return, so I will be back in November.' " This was said in 
 Mr. Jameson's presence, and he himself repeated it to us 
 almost word for word. It will be well remembered by 
 the other ofiicers in camp. In fact, everything pointed 
 to his return in November ; and from this time on we 
 expected daily to see him back or have news of his 
 
 ^ Tliis postscript, puhlishetl originally in the Times of November 
 28th, 1887, in the official copy of the instructions forwarded by Major 
 Barttelot, is for some reason omitted by Mr. Stanley from the copy of 
 the instructions given in his book.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 15 
 
 approach. His failure to communicate with us was a 
 grave misfortune ; we were left to surmise his movements, 
 basing our conjectures on his own calculations. He 
 anticipated that he would be able to penetrate to Emin in 
 three months ; we therefore did not imagine that 296 
 days would elapse before they met. We allowed a fair 
 margin on Mr. Stanley's own calculations, and were daily 
 looking for his arrival. Tippu-Tib was still making 
 promises, and our commander hoped they would be 
 fulfilled, but as Mr. Stanley might be with us at any 
 moment, why should we abandon our precious loads for 
 the sake of advancing a couple of days' journey into the 
 forest ? 
 
 If we did not receive all the men promised conditionally 
 by Tippu-Tib, we were to consider marching with such men 
 as he provided, and with such loads as we could carry. 
 At the same time, Mr. Stanley tell us, without these loads 
 and men " the advance force itself would need to solicit 
 relief." To me he writes — " The stores are of great concern 
 to us." ^ He gives a list of loads, some of which must not 
 be discarded. He dwells again and again upon their 
 importance, and only in the last extremity are we to throw 
 anything away. To bring on 493 additional loads, I am 
 left at Leopoldville. To preserve them all, Major Barttlelot, 
 impressed w^ith their value, is left at Yambuya. Mr. 
 Stanley is advancing to relieve Emin by transporting to 
 him loads of ammunition. His object being to accomplish 
 this, he, rather than lose them, leaves them in a camp on 
 the verge of the forest. He forms a Rear-guard to keep 
 them, considering this his base of supplies. Had they 
 1 See Letter dated April 26tli, 1887, p. 54.
 
 16 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 not been so important he could have marched from 
 Yambuya with all his officers and men with such loads as 
 he could carry, or, by waiting six weeks, he could have 
 taken the rest of us and more loads. But no, he 
 advances, leaving us with his last words ringing in our 
 ears — " without these loads .... we shall need relief." 
 What more could he have said to urge us to guard them 
 intact '^ 
 
 Now the scene has changed. lie had reached Emin 
 and laid at his feet 31 loads! — a small jiortion of those 
 provided for his relief. This was all that remained of 
 those entrusted to his 400 men. AVe with our 200 men 
 had not succeeded in transporting the remaining 700. He 
 now says : " If Tippu-Tib came, why, well and gOvid ; if he 
 did not come, then be indifferent, adapt your goods to 
 your carriers." " If he comes any time before the arrival of 
 the Stanley, all will be well ; but if he does not come by 
 that time, it will prove that the man never intended to 
 come. Don't bother your mind about him, but come 
 along w^ith what you can." ^ He now points out that 
 the 700 loads were of no great importance. This was 
 not the tone of his vv^ritten instructions — " without them 
 we shall need relief." But, he argues, we should have 
 undertaken a march four times as difficult as his, with 
 only 200 men, and these the refuse of the lot. Yet 
 he failed to place in his written instructions that " if 
 Tippu-Tib did not supply any men, we were to march 
 without them." We never received the letters in which 
 he suggests that we may be marching without Tippu-Tib's 
 aid, and in which he writes, " Your column will surely break 
 1 Letter written August 31st, 18S9.
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 17 
 
 up if you are alone." ^ On the contrary, our instructions 
 read — "Though Tippu-Tib has sent some men;" and we 
 were to wait patiently for him to do so. Can it be 
 wondered at that Major Barttelot, impressed with the 
 importance of his loads, should consider them such a 
 sacred trust that rather than use their contents he preferred 
 to starve at Yambuya ? 
 
 Again, Mr. Stanley reiterates — " Why did you not 
 march out ? " Can he look at what happened when the 
 column did march out and repeat his question ? See what 
 occurs. Tippu-Tib supplies 400 men, and Muni Somai 30. 
 We turn to the written instructions. " It may happen, 
 also, that though Tippu-Tib has sent some men, he has 
 not sent enough to carry the goods with your own force. 
 In that event you will, of course, use your discretion as 
 to what goods you can dispense with to enable you to 
 march." Major Barttelot, using his discretion, takes 380 
 loads, which Tippu-Tib has obliged him to reduce to 
 forty pounds each. Following Mr. Stanley's commands, 
 as soon as he receives Tippu-Tib's men, he marches out ; 
 he advances slowly ; his path is beset by endless diffi- 
 culties ; the Manyuemas prove unmanageable ; they creep 
 on at a snail's pace (but no slower than they would have 
 done had they made marches seven times over) ; at the 
 end of thirty-eight days they are at Bonalya, about ninety 
 miles from Yambuya. Disaster overtakes them here. 
 Major Barttelot is assassinated ; Mr. Jameson seeks assist- 
 ance and then meets his death, while with difficulty Mr. 
 Bonny saves less than 300 loads ; and of carriers Mr. 
 Stanley writes (under date of September 4th, 1888) — 
 1 Letter to Major Barttelot, February 14th, 1888.
 
 18 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 " There were only seventy-one, many of them too sick to 
 move, the majority worthless as carriers, and only about 
 ten at all presentable or suitable for the long journey 
 before us." What then would have happened had we 
 marched without Tippu-Tib's assistance ? Could any one 
 reasonably expect that we could have succeeded in those 
 weary marches forth and^ back ? Must we then be con- 
 demned because, in obedience to Mr. Stanley s instructions, 
 we remained at Yambuya rather than throw away our 
 loads, and eventually, still obeying his instructions, when 
 Tippu-Tib's men came, Major Barttelot marched with what 
 he could carry ? Can he, after recalling this disaster that 
 occurred when we had the benefit of the assistance of 
 Tippu-Tib's 400 Manyuemas, still hold that we could 
 have done better with our miserable 175 men? 
 
 Mr. Stanley, in his /;/ Darkest Africa (vol, i. 6), writes — 
 " While I possess positive proofs that both the Major and 
 Mr. Jameson were inspired by loyalty, and burning with 
 desire throughout those long months at Yambuya, I have 
 endeavoured to ascertain why they did not proceed as 
 instructed by letter ; or why Messrs. Ward, Troup, and 
 Bonny did not suggest that to move little by little was 
 preferable to rotting at Yambuya, which they were clearly 
 in danger of doing, like the 100 dead followers. To 
 this simple question there is no answer." In return I 
 would ask, what steps did Mr. Stanley take to " endeavour 
 to ascertain " ? Not by asking ]\Ir. Ward and myself for 
 reports certainly ; and yet he says this before hearing 
 from us, as well as again after he is put in possession of 
 the information given here, showing how utterly impossible
 
 IXTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 19 
 
 it was to marcli. Was it the business of Messrs. Troup, 
 Ward, and Bonny to suggest marching when they did 
 not, under the circumstances, approve of it ? We had 
 been tokl to pLace ourselves under Major Barttelot's 
 orders, and he was requested to let us speak freely our 
 opinions. Mr. Stanley does not trouble himself to dis- 
 cover whether we made such suggestions, and fails to 
 point out what good purpose they would have served 
 when it was impossible to move, or how we could have 
 enforced any suggestions. 
 
 He continues — " I cannot understand why the five 
 officers, having means for moving, confessedly burning 
 with the desire to move, and animated with the highest 
 feelings, did not move along our track as directed." What 
 means had we for moving ? One hundred and seventy- 
 five anaemic Zanzibaris, who were to be laden with the 
 bulk of the 700 loads ! Was not our movino; to be con- 
 ditional, according to his written instructions, upon the 
 arrival of assistant porters ? When that condition was 
 fulfilled did we not march ? 
 
 He adds — " Or why, believing I was alive, the officers 
 sent my personal baggage down river, and reduced their 
 chief to a state of destitution ; or why they should send 
 European tinned provisions, and two dozen bottles of 
 Madeira ^ down river, when there were thirty-three men 
 sick and hungry in camp ; or why Mr. Bonny should 
 allow his own rations to be sent down while he was present ; 
 or why Mr. Ward should be sent down river with a 
 
 ^ These bottles of Madeira did not belong to the original stores of the 
 Expedition, but were a present to Mr. Stanley brought up through my 
 personal efforts.
 
 20" STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 despatcli and an order be sent after liirn to prevent his 
 return to the Expedition ? These are a few of the problems 
 which puzzle me, and to which I have been unable to 
 obtain satisfactory solutions." Kead Mr. Stanley's instruc- 
 tions to Major Barttelot — " Use your discretion as to 
 ■ what loads you can dispense with ; " then follows a list of 
 all the loads. They are given in the order of importance — 
 " 3rd, private luggage," " 5th, European provisions." 
 These were not so important, according to him, as the 
 ammunition, beads, &c. that JMajor Barttelot took. Mr. 
 Jameson and Mr. Bonny were the only ones left to assist 
 Major Barttelot in selecting the loads. In his instructions 
 to Major Barttelot, Mr. Stanley writes — " There is only 
 one chief, which is yourself." To me he writes — " Place 
 yourself under the Major." In his book (vcl. i. 473), in 
 referring to Mr. Ward and myself, we are, he says, " to 
 be associated with the commander and his second in the 
 discussion of every vital step, and no important decision 
 can be taken unless a council of the four has been 
 convened. . . . They are therefore implicated in the 
 consequences of any resolution, and every sequent act ; " 
 even, as he states elsewhere, for events that occurred 
 after we had left Yambuya, and were hundreds of 
 miles away from the scene. He charges me (vol. i. 474) 
 with " concurring and assisting " in sending the loads 
 down river, when he knows from the documentary evidence 
 of Major Barttelot's last report, and Mr. Bonny's medical 
 certificate, that I was so seriously ill as to be unable to be 
 present. 
 
 He gives (vol. i. 47.9) the reply of the Committee 
 to Major Barttelot's telegram, and adds this comment —
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 21 
 
 " A committee 6000 miles away penetrate into the spirit 
 of the instructions instantly, but a committee of five 
 officers at Yambuya do not appear to understand them." 
 What are the true facts of the case, however ? The 
 Committee 6000 miles away have in their possession a 
 copy of Mr. Stanley's instructions, which had been 
 forwarded to them by Major Barttelot, enclosed in a 
 letter^ which contained these words — "Up to the time 
 of writing this Tippu-Tib's men have not arrived, though 
 these marauding Arabs before mentioned may be them. 
 Should it turn out to be so, or should they eventually 
 come, I should march at once in Stanley's track. If\ 
 however, they do not, I shall be eonqieJled to stay here till 
 November, when Mr. Stanley ea'^jects to return, or till such 
 time aftenoards as he may returnJ' With this letter in 
 their hands, knowing that Major Barttelot's intention 
 was to wait for the promised carriers, or failing them to 
 remain at Yambuya till Mr, Stanley returned — knowing 
 this to be his understanding of Mr. Stanley's instruc- 
 tions, they telegraphed endorsing his reading of them, 
 referring him to the instructions, and as if that might 
 not be sufficient, they added — " If you still cannot 
 march in accordance with these orders, then stay where 
 you are awaiting his arrival." In accordance loith these 
 orders can mean nothing else than with the loads, and if 
 he cannot do that he is to stay where he is. In what 
 does this differ from our understandino; of the instruc- 
 tions ? What new reading do the words suggest ? Major 
 
 ^ These instructions and accompanying letter were published by the 
 Emin Pasha lielief Committee in the Times of jSTov ember 28th, 1887.
 
 22 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Barttelot did march as soon as lie had men to help in 
 carrying the loads. 
 
 Again (vol. i. 479), Mr. Stanley transcribes an order 
 written by Major Barttelot, placing ]\Ir. Bonny in 
 command of our camp in the event of his death, or 
 other contingencies, this order bearing date April 2:2nd, 
 1888. He then asks — " What remains for the faithful 
 Jameson, ' whose alacrity, capacity, and willingness to 
 work are unbounded,' to do ? Where is the promising, 
 intelligent, and capable Ward ? What position remains 
 for the methodical, business-like, and zealous Mr. John 
 Eose Troup ? " In reply I would say, Mr. Jameson was 
 on that day hundreds of miles from Yambuya Camp at 
 Kasongo, where he might have been made a prisoner 
 by the Arabs. Mr. Ward was nearly as far distant on his 
 journey to the coast. I was seriously ill, having received 
 an injury the effects of which I shall feel all my life. 
 Had any attack been made on the camp at that time, 
 as there was reason to fear there might be, I should 
 have been unable to defend myself even, much less 
 could I have undertaken the responsibility of commanding 
 the defence of the place. 
 
 Now, without waiting for the reports of all his officers, 
 Mr. Stanley fulminates accusations against them. He 
 receives my refutation of these and then repeats them 
 in his book, saying that his questions have never been 
 answered. I remonstrate with him about these misstate- 
 ments, and he then turns upon me, charging me with 
 specified acts, many of which I had already proved I 
 never did, while for others I had no responsibility. He
 
 INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 23 
 
 even goes so far as to blame me for events which happened 
 subsequent to my departure from Yambuya. He wouhl 
 have done well not to have made this charge, as he, 
 in truth, is more responsible for them than I am. He, 
 the leader of the Expedition, though absent, is more 
 guilty — if guilt there is — than I, a subordinate, who 
 was also absent.
 
 CHAPTER 11. 
 
 FEOM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 
 
 In the month of August, 1886, I found myself at 
 Banana, after having completed my term of three 
 years' service with the Cono;o Free State. For the last 
 nine months I had been chief of Vivi station. Tliouo;h 
 
 o 
 
 I had enjoyed comparatively good health during my 
 three years' residence on the Congo, I had during the 
 last few weeks of my time of service succumbed to a 
 severe attack of bilious hemoturic fever, and was still 
 suffering with it when my three years expired. I was 
 in an extremely weak condition when the hour for my 
 departure from Vivi arrived, and was carried on board 
 the little steamer wdiich was to take me down to Boma, 
 where I rested for two days, but at the suggestion of 
 mj friend, M. Janssen, the Administrator-General, I went 
 on to Banana to await the homeward-bound steamer 
 which was due on Au2;ust 17th. Reachins; Banana I saw 
 the sea again, a sight which had not greeted my eyes 
 for nearly three years, for my time had been spent on 
 the up-river stations, and I had never visited the coast 
 during that period. I found the place a good deal 
 altered. The chief improvements were a house erected
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 25 
 
 by the State and a hotel ! I took up my quarters at 
 the latter, as owing to my shattered state of health I 
 could not have endured the noise and racket of the 
 station-house. Well do I remember that the first day 
 in that hotel seemed to me like being in Paradise ; there 
 was a feeling of civilization about it that one missed in the 
 " bush," and before I left I discovered there was not lack- 
 ing that emblem of civilization, a bill. After three years of 
 roug;h life on the Cono;o the hotel seemed so comfortable — 
 almost luxurious — that I took a calm enjoyment in my ten 
 days' stay while I awaited the arrival of the steamer. 
 Day after day, I sat propped up on the veranda feasting 
 my eyes on the breaking waves and listening to their 
 sullen roar, while I breathed in the salt sea air. At 
 length I got on board the Portuguese mail, and took what 
 I believed to be my last look at Banana and the Congo 
 mouth. Little did I then think, as I waved a farewell to 
 my friends and watched the shore fade from my sight, 
 that 1 should ever again visit that spot. I had no reason 
 to imagine that ere scarcely more than six months had 
 passed I should again put my foot on its shores — and my 
 experience of Congo life had been such that I had no 
 particular desire then to renew it. But I was now home- 
 ward bound, and the stoppages at San Thome and Madeira 
 and other points only increased my impatience to be at 
 home once more. The voyage had done me no perceptible 
 good, and indeed even the good offices of kind friends on 
 board scarcely counterbalanced the many discomforts one 
 must endure who travels in these Portuguese steamers. I 
 was forced to spend a fortnight at Madeira, however, as I 
 was suffering from repeated attacks of fever and a general
 
 26 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 state of debility, so that it was not until October 1st that 1 
 reached Plymouth in one of the Union Co.'s vessels. Not 
 only had I no intention of returning to the Congo, though 
 I naturally took a considerable degree of interest in the 
 scene of my recent labours, but I then believed that had I 
 wished to go back I should not have an opportunity of so 
 doino:, as I was well aware that the State desired to have 
 Belgian officers only in its employ, and that having 
 benefited by the energy and industry of officers of other 
 nationalities, they had determined to close the door to 
 other races and reap what benefit they could from the 
 result of their labours ; and on this score one can hardly 
 blame them. At all events, I felt at this time that my 
 health must be my first thought before I dreamed of 
 any other work, and with the object of recovering it 
 I buried myself in a country retreat, not beyond easy 
 reach of London ; and I soon found the bracing air of Old 
 England was building me up again. With the exception 
 of an occasional return of fever, I found myself getting 
 well after three months of veo;etation. 
 
 It was, if I remember rightly, about the end of 
 November or early in December of that year (1886) that 
 the newspapers began to mention an Expedition which 
 was to be sent out for the relief of Emin Pasha, who it 
 was believed needed assistance, and they further stated 
 that Stanley was to go to his rescue. Owing to the recent 
 events at Stanley Falls, which I describe elsewhere, the 
 King of the Belgians also called upon Mr. Stanley to 
 return to Europe, in order that he might consult with him 
 concernino; the measures to be taken for re-establishinor 
 the supremacy of the State at Stanley Falls. Mr. Stanley,
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 27 
 
 in response to these demands, threw up his very remimera- 
 tive engagements, and returning to Europe, proceeded with- 
 out delay to Brussels, in obedience to the King's request. 
 
 Having concluded his conference he made his way to 
 London, where he arrived on December 23rd. Shortly 
 after his arrival I called upon him, having by this time 
 made up my mind to volunteer my assistance for the relief 
 of Emin Pasha, of whom I had heard enough to make 
 me willing to do all in my power to further his relief. 
 Stanley, I found, was ready to accept my services, and he 
 advised me to send in at once a formal letter of application 
 to the Committee. At that time I was totally ignorant as 
 to what persons constituted that body, and it was a surprise 
 a few days later to receive a letter from my old chief, 
 Colonel Sir Francis de Winton, who had succeeded Mr. 
 Stanley as Administrator-General on the Congo, and with 
 whom I had had considerable personal acquaintance during 
 the time I was in the service of the Cono;o Free State. 
 He was now the Hon. Sec. of the Emin Pasha Relief 
 Committee, and in his letter he requested me to come up 
 to town to make arrangements for accompanying Mr. 
 Stanley on his Expedition. In compliance with his request 
 I visited Mr. Stanley's rooms in Bond Street, one of which 
 I found had been turned into a suitable office, in which 
 Mr. Stanley, Sir F. de Winton, and Captain Grant Elliott 
 (late Administrator on the Kwillu) were seated at various 
 tables briskly engaged in writing, interviewing, &c., and 
 surrounded by official-looking bundles of papers and all 
 such paraphernalia. I ceased to wonder at this when I 
 heard that they were daily receiving hundreds of applica- 
 tions from " all sorts and conditions of men " who were
 
 28 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 anxious to follow Mr. Stanley on his bold expedition. 
 Preliminaries were soon got through as regarded myself; 
 a rough draft of a contract was drawn out by Sir 
 Francis de Winton and handed to me for perusal ; this 
 was afterwards printed and duly signed in the presence 
 of Mr. Stanley and Sir Francis de Winton as witnesses. 
 After this, in accordance with their urgent request, I 
 consented to give them what assistance I could in their 
 office work, &c. ; but not being willing to give up my 
 short remaining time to living in London, and finding 
 that my services were not in constant requisition, I con- 
 tinued to live in the country, and came up to town when 
 necessary. 
 
 At the outset it was proposed that I should proceed by 
 the first steamer to Zanzibar, there to help Mr. Mackenzie, 
 Mr. (now Sir) W. Mackinnon's agent, to engage Zanzibaris. 
 It was thought this would be the best way of utilizing 
 the experience with these men which I had gained during 
 my three years' service on the Congo, and it was Mr. 
 Stanley himself who suggested the idea. It should be 
 remembered that I was the only officer engaged in England 
 who had had any experience in this part of Africa, though 
 Wnrd, who was afterwards a member of the Expedition, 
 had also been in the service of the Congo Free State ; 
 indeed, the other officers who composed Mr. Stanley's staff 
 had not even all had the experience of service in the other 
 portions of Africa, such as the Soudan and the Cape. 
 Hence my knowledge of this part of the world, it was 
 thought, would be of use to the Expedition. I was asked 
 if I could get myself ready to start on my journey by the 
 mail steamer which would leave in three dcays' time. This
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 29 
 
 I was prepared to do, and I went down into the country that 
 same evening in order to get my baggage together that 
 I might return to town the next day to make all necessary 
 arrangements for my immediate departure. However, this 
 j)lan was altered, and I received a telegram from Sir 
 Francis de Winton informing me that I was not to proceed 
 to Zanzibar for the present. It must be borne in mind that 
 at this period no public statement had been made as to 
 which route to Wadelai Mr, Stanley would adopt ; 
 whether he would proceed to Zanzibar and from thence 
 strike inland, by some of the numerous routes, to Emin 
 Pasha's Province, or would go by the west coast to the 
 mouth of the Congo, then up the mighty river to some 
 point, either Stanley Falls or a place on the banks of the 
 Aruwimi, and from there march across the unexplored 
 region to Lake Albert. It was at the banquet given at 
 the Mansion House, on the occasion of Mr. Stanley being 
 presented with the freedom of the City, that he publicly 
 stated for the first time that he proposed going by the 
 Congo route. His purpose was to go to Zanzibar, there to 
 engage men as porters, and, if he found a steamer there, he 
 would proceed with his followers around the Cape and up 
 to Banana, at the mouth of the Congo. Before he arrived 
 at this conclusion it may be well imagined that he had 
 thoroughly considered the advisability of taking this route, 
 among the advantages of which was one which it may 
 not unreasonably be presumed influenced his decison — 
 that he would thus be enabled to carry out the wish of 
 the King of the Belgians to re-establish the State authority 
 at Stanley Falls. The measures Mr, Stanley adopted to 
 carry out this purpose I have described elsewhere. But to
 
 30 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 return to the arrangements for starting the Expedition. 
 As far as I was concerned, on the alteration of the plan for 
 my going to Zanzibar, I continued to give my help in 
 whatever way I could in the business affairs of the 
 Expedition, which were carried on at Bond Street, where 
 a thousand and one things kept us busily engaged down 
 to the moment of Mr. Stanley's departure. The officers 
 who were to accompany Mr. Stanley had meanwhile been 
 selected by him ; they were Major Barttelot of the Eoyal 
 Fusiliers, Lieutenant Stairs, E.E., Messrs. Jameson, 
 Jephson, Nelson, Bonny, and myself. Dr. R. Leslie, who 
 is well known to all those who have served on the 
 Congo (having been there on the staff of Sir Francis de 
 Winton, late Administrator-General), not only for his 
 practical knowledge of African fevers, but for his extreme 
 kindness in caring for those who came under his care, had 
 been asked to accompany the Expedition in his professional 
 capacity. Unfortunately for the members of the Expedi- 
 tion, owing to some disagreement with the Committee as 
 to the wording of the contract, this gentleman did not go, 
 and w^e were thus deprived of his valuable assistance. 
 
 Surgeon T. H. Parke, of the Army Medical Corps, 
 obtained permission from the War Office authorities to 
 join the Expedition, and was picked up at Cairo. It 
 should also be mentioned that both Major Barttelot and 
 Lieutenant Stairs had been granted leave of absence from 
 the Commander-in-Chief, that they might accompany the 
 Expedition. It was decided that I should not proceed 
 with the other officers to Zanzibar, but should go direct 
 to the Congo, there to arrange for the transport of the 
 large quantity of relief stores, such as j^owder, ammunition.
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 31 
 
 provisions, &c., &c., which would arrive at Banana, and 
 which must be carried overland through the cataract 
 region to Leopoldville, on Stanley Pool. 
 
 Mr. Stanley left London on January 19th, 1887. I 
 remember well going to see him off at Charing Cross, 
 where a large crowd of his friends and the general public 
 had assembled to wish him God speed in his undertaking. 
 I had to fight my way through the dense throng of 
 privileged spectators on the platform in order to reach 
 him that I mio;ht receive his final instructions. His other 
 officers had already departed by steamer from London, 
 and he would overtake them at Alexandria. My turn 
 came next, and I was the last to leave England. It was 
 by the midnight express on the 25th that I left Euston 
 for Liverpool, in company with Mr. Ingham, a member 
 of the American Baptist Mission Union, who was returning 
 to the Congo with his wife. He was an old friend of 
 mine, for I had known him when he was in the service 
 of the Congo Free State. It was owing to his energies 
 that the transport service between Lukungu and Matadi, 
 in the cataract region, had been established and worked 
 successfully. The Emin Relief Committee w^ere most 
 anxious to secure his services, but as he was going out 
 to resume his missionary labours, they could not prevail 
 upon him to join the Expedition, but he willingly agreed 
 to help in getting porters from Lukungu, his old district, 
 where he had great influence among the natives, and he 
 was very ready to aid me in my task in whatever way 
 he could. At Liverpool we caught the Pacific mail 
 steamer Sorata, for Lisbon, embarking with us some 100 
 bales of cloth, «&c., to serve as money wherewith to engage
 
 32 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 carriers on the Congo. At Lisbon we were obliged to 
 stay a day or two, and on February 6th we left in the 
 Portuguese mail steamer Angola, for Banana, at the mouth 
 of the Congo. This was my second experience of this line 
 of steamers, and I cannot miss this opportunity of saying 
 that the whole of their arrangements for accommodation 
 of passengers and everything else are the worst on record. 
 At Liverpool we had been joined by another old friend, 
 Dr. Sims, also of the American Baptist Mission Union, 
 who, after a short visit home, was returning to the Congo 
 to resume the labours which he had carried on for many 
 years in the same field. AVe reached Banana, at the mouth 
 of the Congo, on February 28th. Here I was back again 
 at the same hotel after an absence of only a few months, 
 I felt quite at home in these parts, meeting many old 
 friends who were all as much surprised to see me as I was 
 to find myself back again. When the news got abroad, 
 that Mr. Stanley with hundreds of men was coming round 
 from Zanzibar, and was going up the Congo, the excite- 
 ment was great. I was soon besieged on all sides by all 
 sorts of questions concerning the Expedition, which I 
 answered to the best of my ability. Our 100 bales of 
 cloth had been landed at the Dutch Factory, and we were 
 very anxious to make arrangements for getting them up 
 to Matadi without delay. I had called upon the Com- 
 missaire de District at Banana, who informed me that it 
 would be impossible for the small steamer belonging to 
 the State — the only one that had been sent down to 
 meet the mail — to carry a heavy cargo in addition to 
 what was already on board. But an old friend came 
 to my assistance, Mr. Donald Fraser, chief of the British
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 33 
 
 Congo Trading Company, wlio offered to transport me 
 and all my loads as far as Boma, in liis steamer, the 
 Jlbuquerque. So tlie morning of March 2nd found me on 
 board, and we were soon steaming merrily up the Congo. 
 Eraser and his colleague, Dennett, were on their way up 
 on business to their branch house at Boma. They did 
 their best to make the journey an agreeable one to me, 
 placing every comfort at my disposal. Pleasant were the 
 hours spent under their sheltering awning as we made 
 our way along the familiar river, many the pleasant chats 
 over old times as we leaned back smoking comfortably. 
 I little thought then that my sturdy comrade, Eraser, 
 after his fifteen years or more service in this part of 
 Africa, would succumb to the deadly fever ere I came 
 down the river again ; no thought of such a possibility 
 saddened our cheerful day together. It was a year and a 
 half later that I heard the full details of his illness and 
 death from his companion, Dennett. 
 
 Ingham, his wife, and Dr. Sims stayed behind at 
 Banana, purposing to come up in the Dutch House 
 steamer a few days later. The little Albuquerqice steamed 
 up to Boma, where we arrived at four o'clock that after- 
 noon. Here are the head-quarters of the Congo Free 
 State — the residence of the Governor — as well as the 
 various offices of administration and a large depot of 
 stores. Arrangements had been courteously made to take 
 me up in comfort to the Governor's house. M. Janssen, 
 at that time Governor of the Congo Free State, was 
 absent, on leave, in Europe. The administration of affairs 
 had been left in the hands of an executive council, 
 consisting of Lieutenant Valcke, Major Parminter, and
 
 34 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 the Judge. It was to the first-named of these three 
 gentlemen that I presented my letters. These letters had 
 been obtained by the Emin Relief Committee from the 
 State officials at Brussels, and contained requests to the 
 various officers of the State to do all in their power to 
 assist me in forwarding the interests of the Emin Relief 
 Expedition. I was courteously received by my old friend, 
 M. Valcke, who assured me that he would pass on the 
 instructions to the other officers, and promised me that I 
 should receive whatever assistance I desired. 
 
 It might be as well, for the benefit of my readers, for 
 me to state clearly here with what object I had been sent 
 out in advance of the rest of the Exj)edition. Mr. 
 Stanley, on his arrival at Banana, would have with him 
 several hundred Zanzibaris, permission having been 
 obtained from the Sultan to take 600 men round with 
 him to the Congo. These would not be sufficient to 
 transport all the loads over the land route from Matadi to 
 Leopoldville. It therefore became my duty to engage 
 native carriers from this region to supplement Mr. Stanley's 
 men ; but Ingham had undertaken to obtain men from his 
 old district, Lukungu, who would carry the loads over the 
 first portion of the road ; that is, from Matadi to Man- 
 yanga. It is the custom for natives to carry loads through 
 certain districts, usually their own and the neighbouring 
 country. These men would not go beyond Manyanga. It 
 was hence necessary that I should find carriers to complete 
 the transport between that point and Leopoldville, My 
 intention therefore was to make my way as speedily as 
 possible to Manyanga to accomplish this portion of my 
 task ; but at the outset I was detained at Boma owing to
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 35 
 
 the illness of M. Valcke, from whom I was to obtain the 
 necessary letters ; he was to provide me with one to 
 M. Franqni, Commissaire de District at Liikungu, and 
 another to M. Lieutenant Dannfeld, Commissaire de 
 District at Manyanga. M. Valcke had already complied 
 with my request for a tent, camp-bed, and other necessaries 
 of life, for I had been obliged to leave England without 
 these supplies, as I was told that mine had been shipped 
 with the general lot to Zanzibar, and I was further 
 informed that I would no doubt find the State authorities 
 on the Congo able to supply me. Although it was well 
 known that there are never any spare articles to be had 
 out there, yet fortune favoured me, and I was able to 
 borrow articles for immediate use until the Expedition 
 arrived from Zanzibar. A day or two before my depar- 
 ture Ingham had proceeded in the Dutch House steamer 
 to Matadi and thence to Lukungu, where he found his task 
 simplified, as M. Franqui had engaged all the obtainable 
 carriers of this district for the service of the State, and 
 they were now placed at the disposal of the Emin Eelief 
 Expedition. As soon as M. Valcke recovered and was 
 able to complete the necessary arrangements on my behalf, 
 I left Boma on the s.s. Heron for Matadi. This was not 
 until March 11th. I had been somewhat troubled by these 
 few days' unavoidable delay at Boma, but though anxious 
 to start as early as possible, I could not leave by the 
 previous steamer because M. Valcke Avas not at that time 
 well enough to attend to business, and I w\as obliged to 
 await his recovery. When that occurred I took the first 
 opportunity to proceed to Matadi. I would here men- 
 tion that I received the most courteous attention from
 
 36 STANLEY'S REAE COLUMN. 
 
 M. Valcke, Major Parmiiitcr, and all the State officials at 
 Boma, who did what they could to expedite matters. 
 
 The bales of cloth which had been brought up by my 
 friend Fraser, he had kindly carried on as far as Ango- 
 Ango, a point a little short of Matadi. On my arrival at 
 the latter place I rowed down in the whale-boat to Ango- 
 Ango and brought up the bales, which I sent off to 
 Lukungu by caravans furnished by the State. I took 
 advantage of the arrival of the next caravan to start on 
 my journey up country. I left Matadi on March 14th, late 
 in the afternoon, being accompanied as far as Palaballa by 
 my old friend Baron von Kothkirch, of the Sandfprd 
 Exploring Association, who, by means of a large caravan, 
 was taking up some machinery for one of their steamers. 
 I had to leave him at this point, as he was travelling 
 slowly with his heavy loads, whilst I was desirous of 
 pushing on more rapidly. There is no use in describing 
 the well-known beaten track between ^Matadi and Lukunou • 
 mine was an uneventful journey, except that I met 
 Ingham, accompanied by the carriers he had immediately 
 got through M. Franqui, at the Kwilu river, on his return 
 journey from Lukungu. We lunched together, and he 
 informed me that he had seen our mutual friend Ward, 
 who had been for some time in the service of the State, 
 and afterwards in the employ of the Sandford Exploring 
 Association. He had just left the latter service and had 
 been on the point of returning to Euro23e, when, hearing 
 of Stanley's proposed Expedition, he determined to await 
 his arrival, and offer him his services. Ward had accom- 
 panied Ingham from Matadi to Lukungu, and had 
 remained at the latter place for the purpose of bringing
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 37 
 
 down some more carriers when they came in from their 
 villages to report themselves at the station as ready to 
 take service. About three days after leaving Matadi we 
 came to Masamba Wood, the only piece of forest in this 
 region. At the edge of the wood I saw a small encamp- 
 ment, which proved to be in charge of two Houssas. On 
 coming up to it I recognized one of these men as Dan- 
 ganna, who had served under me when I was with the 
 State. He with the others were stationed here to look 
 after some heavy pieces of machinery which had reached 
 this point, and were waiting for a fresh relay of carriers. 
 He was undoubtedly delighted to see me, and I fancy he 
 drew the long; bow when he undertook to describe to his 
 Houssa companion my importance. Having picked up by 
 this time a few words of English, Danganna proceeded to 
 tell me all he could about his former comrades who had 
 belonged to my old Houssa force at Leopoldville. When 
 his glee at seeing me again and finding I had not forgotten 
 him had somewhat abated, he went to his hut, from which 
 he produced a large bugle, and made the woods re-echo 
 with its notes. I remembered in the old days his one 
 ambition in life was to become a bugler, and he had 
 employed all his odd moments in trying to learn this 
 accomplishment — for, be it known, the position of bugler 
 is much coveted, because the duties are rather light, 
 and it gives the holder a large degree of importance 
 among his comrades. 
 
 I soon found that it was the intention of Danganna 
 and his fellow Houssa to do escort duty for me, and with 
 this addition to our party we continued our journey 
 through the wood. Not satisfied with his own discordant
 
 38 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 attempts to make a noise, he persuaded liis companion 
 to play upon a concertina he possessed ; thus accompanied 
 by merry music our march was hy no means silent, 
 the notes reverberatino; amono; the trees. Dang-anna's 
 progress in the study of bugling had not brougjit him 
 to such an advanced stage as would please a fastidious 
 London audience, and at times I rather wished his wind 
 would fail, but in f/iis direction he had developed 
 wonderful power, and his anxiety to show me due honour 
 led him to make the most of his ability. As it was 
 I had great difficulty in restraining my risibility, but 
 knowino- it was his method of showing; his admiration 
 for me, I did my best to let him know I appreciated 
 it. During the time I was at Leopoldville, where my 
 old friend Captain Saulez was Chief of Division, I had 
 command of the Houssas, who were soldiers of the State. 
 1 had taken considerable interest in Danganna, who was 
 something of a character in his way. I remember on 
 one occasion, while he was on sentry duty I came upon 
 him near his post, and in the dusk noticed that he 
 was carrying a queerly-shaped bundle on his back and 
 was walkino^ with a more swing-ins^ g;ait than usual. As 
 I drew near I discovered he was uttering peculiar crooning 
 notes, which he doubtless considered a songf. On askinsf 
 him what he was carrying he showed me a tiny bit of 
 ebony, which being disturbed gave unmistakable signs 
 that it was a black baby of the small est dimensions ; he 
 had skilfully attached it to his back by means of a 
 scarf, somewhat in the style adopted by Indian squaws 
 with their papooses. I knew he was not a married 
 man, so I called up my Houssa servant, Tonko, who
 
 FROM ENGLAND TO MANYANGA. 39 
 
 acted as interpreter, to inquire liow Danganna happened 
 to be carrying about this morsel of humanity while on 
 duty. His long explanation revealed the fact that this 
 was the latest addition to the family of Mrs. Abu Bukare, 
 the wife of one of the buglers ; she was ill, and the 
 man had undertaken to play nurse. Tonko added, 
 " Danganna he very fond of small boy. Oh ! he like 
 him plenty too much." Tliough laughing at the ludicrous 
 disregard of the eternal fitness of things in combining 
 sentry duty with nursing, I did not find it in my heart 
 to order him to dispense with his cpieer knapsack, especially 
 as I knew that the child would act as an incentive to 
 wakefulness. I never found out whether this care of the 
 baby acted on its father, the bugler, as an inducement to 
 give Danganna free lessons on his favourite instrument ; 
 in fact, I did not pursue the matter far enough to discover 
 if any contract had been made between them. The 
 memory of this amusing incident came back with great 
 force when I saw him on this occasion produce the 
 bugle and put it to his lips in a way that reminded 
 me of old times. I had after all enjoyed his efforts to 
 do me honour, so that I experienced a feeling of regret 
 when we were out of the woods, and he looked upon it 
 as necessary to return to his post. It w^as a pleasure 
 to see his beaming smile, which brought out in strong 
 contrast the whiteness of his teeth and his dark skin, 
 when, with a correct military salute, he left me to pursue 
 my journey to Lukungu, while he retraced his steps. 
 
 On the morning of the day I arrived at Lukungu I 
 met another old friend. Casement, in charge of a caravan 
 with loads for the Sandford Exploring Association. We
 
 40 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMX. 
 
 lunched together, and he accompanied mc some distance 
 towards Lukungn, which I reached late in the afternoon. 
 Here I found MM. Franqui, St. Marcq, and Ward. After 
 talking over the situation with the former, I found matters 
 were as Ingham had stated, that all the carriers in the 
 district had been engao;ed for State service, but had 
 been placed at the disposal of the Expedition, and 
 would be sent down as they came in on the days fixed 
 in their agreements. I was again delayed, this time, as 
 before, through no fault of my own, so that it was not 
 until the 26 th that I was able to start for Manyanga, 
 in company with M. Franqui. Nearly half-way between 
 Lukungu and Manyanga the Dutch House have a trading 
 station, at a place called 'Ndunga, afterwards the scene 
 of Mr. Stanley's encampment. Here we were hospitably 
 entertained at lunch by my old friend M. GreshofF, 
 manager of the Dutch House at Kinchassa. It was six 
 o'clock that same evening when we arrived at Manyanga, 
 where I was heartily greeted by Lieutenant Dannfeld, 
 whom I had long; known in the service of the State. 
 After I had made known to him my requirements, he 
 entered body and soul into the spirit of the affair, and 
 knowing my friend well, I felt sure that my task would 
 be lightened by his able and varied experience in the 
 transport service.
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 Stanley's voyage to Zanzibar and on to leopoldville. 
 
 Mr. Stanley after leaving England made his way at 
 once to Cairo, where he remained a few days, and consulted 
 the Egyptian Government about his proposed plan of action. 
 Although he had already made up his mind to go vid the 
 Congo to Wadelai, he had some difficulty in convincing 
 the Cairo authorities that this was the most expeditious 
 route. I use the word consulted, for it should be re- 
 membered that it was necessary to show some deference 
 to the Egyptian Government, as it had promised to give 
 £10,000 towards the expenses of the Expedition. It is 
 well known that they favoured one of the inland routes 
 from Zanzibar, and were supported in this by the advice 
 of Nubar Pasha and Dr. Junker. The latter had just 
 returned from Wadelai, vid Uganda to the East Coast, 
 after having spent some time with Emin Pasha. 
 
 Sir Evelyn Baring, on the other hand, if we can rely on 
 the newspaper reports, was convinced that the Congo route 
 must be adopted, so he loyally supported Mr. Stanley in 
 his project. Eventually Mr. Stanley had his own way, 
 and persuaded the Egyptian Government to give in to liis 
 views. He left Cairo on February 3rd with about 100
 
 42 STANLEYS LEAR COLUMN. 
 
 Soudanese soldiers, a few Soma] is, and two interpreters. 
 There also went with him Dr. Parke, of the Army Medical 
 Corps, who had been granted permission to accompany the 
 expedition as medical officer. These shortly after joined 
 the other officers who had left England previously. Mr. 
 Stanley and his seven officers all arrived at Zanzibar, 
 where Mr. Mackenzie, agent for Mr. (now Sir) W. Mac- 
 kinnon, chairman of the Erain Pasha Pelief Committee, 
 had engaged for him 600 porters. The pay of these men 
 w^as to be at the rate of four dollars per month, and the 
 niamparas, or headmen, were to receive six dollars per 
 month. At Zanzibar also a numerous string of donkeys 
 were purchased for the Expedition, as well as hundreds of 
 sacks of rice, bales of Zanzibar cloth, sacks of cowries and 
 assorted beads, coils of brass and iron wire, and such 
 goods. The ammunition jDrovided consisted of 100 cases 
 of powder, amounting to sixty pounds in weight each 
 (all the loads were of the same weight, this making the 
 standard load carried by the Zanzibaris and natives), some 
 hundred cases of Remino-ton and Winchester cartrido-es 
 and percussion caps, and cases of ammunition for the 
 Maxim machine-gun. These made up the relief stores. 
 Added to this w^as a small supply of tinned European 
 provisions, supplied in cases by Fortnum and Mason, for 
 the use of the officers of the Expedition ; a supply of 
 medicines and also camp equipages, such as tents, beds, 
 &c., pack-saddles, saddlery, spades, axes, billhooks, &c. 
 Each officer was allowed, besides his tent and bed, personal 
 baggage amounting to two loads of sixty pounds each. 
 All these above-mentioned loads were taken round from 
 Zanzibar in the steamer via the Cape to Banana, there
 
 STANLEYS VOYAGE TO ZANZIBAR AND LEOPOLDVILLE. 43 
 
 traiishi^^ped into the various small river steamers ol)(ain- 
 able, to be carried to Matadi. Thence 600 of them were 
 to be taken up by the 600 Zanzibaris to Leopoldville, the 
 remainder were to be transported to the same place by 
 natives engaged for that service by Ingham and myself. At 
 Leopoldville they w^ere to be loaded into whatever steamers 
 Mr. Stanley could procure, to be taken up the Congo some 
 900 miles, either to Stanley Falls or to the Aruwimi, and 
 from there carried some 400 miles to Wadelai ! All the 
 Zanzibaris were armed with Remiug;ton rifles, and a water- 
 bottle was served out to each man. Each officer then 
 with Mr. Stanley had been provided wdth a Winchester 
 rifle and a Colt's army revolver. 
 
 There was also the Maxim machine-gun, wdiich was in 
 charge of Lieutenant Stairs. It was a marvellous triumph 
 of mechanical skill, and worthy of the greatest admiration, 
 yet its usefulness might become impaired by difficulty in 
 obtaining water for the water-jacket, or the whole thing 
 might be entirely thrown out of gear by being choked 
 with sand. 
 
 At Zanzibar, also, Mr. Stanley met again Tippu-Tib, 
 the great Arab chief, whose head-quarters were at Stanley 
 Falls on the Congo, and whose influence is felt far beyond 
 that point at Kasongo. He had come over from the latter 
 place by the well-known caravan route to Zanzibar, via 
 Ujiji and Tabora, by which route he also sends all his 
 ivory to Zanzibar, and in return he has hitherto received, 
 by means of it, his supplies of powder, cloth, &c. He is a 
 large landowner in Zauzibar, having invested considerable 
 sums of money in property, and no doubt he intends to 
 settle there with his numerous wives when he is too old
 
 44 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 for, or ^Yllen lie has bad enouo;li of, slave-raidiiw in the 
 regfions of the Con";o. 
 
 Eemembering that Stanley had two objects in view, 
 viz., the relief of Emin Pasha, and the re-establishment 
 of the State authority at Stanley Falls, it strikes one as 
 very opportune that Tippu-Tib was at Zanzibar at this 
 time. No one knew this man better than did the great 
 explorer. Yet knowing so much about his history Stanley 
 approached him, perhaps, with the idea that without his 
 assistance he could scarcely accomplish either of his 
 objects. 
 
 I have reason to believe that Stanley had considerable 
 difficulty in persuading Tippu-Tib to fall in with his 
 plans ; I have been told by one of my comrades that 
 when the Arab chief was informed that Stanley was going 
 nj) the Congo to Stanley Falls, and intended to march 
 into the interior, he was very suspicious, and in the first 
 heat of his wrath declared he would not allow Stanley to 
 use any of his caravan routes. Yet I cannot for the life 
 of me see what he could fear, considering that the bulk 
 of Stanley's men would be Zanzibaris. But, on the other 
 hand, Tippu-Tib was quite shrewd enough to suspect that 
 there must be soraethino; behind all this. His followers 
 at Stanley Falls had just a few months pi-eviously over- 
 come Mr. Deane's resistance and had taken Stanley Falls 
 Station, and it was but natural that he should fancy that 
 the white men intended to have their revenge, and he 
 evidently could not see how that could be accomplished 
 by placing him in control of the station he had already 
 conquered, unless some sinister design lay hidden under 
 this offer. However, as I have said, Stanley knew Tippu-
 
 STANLEY'S VOYAGE TO ZANZIBAR AND LEOPOLDVILLE. 45 
 
 Tib well, and liad great influence with him. He succeeded, 
 to all appearances, in allaying the Arab's fears, and per- 
 suaded him to accompany the Expedition on its voyage 
 to and up the Congo. Stanley proposed, in the name of 
 the King of the Belgians, to make him Governor of Stanley 
 Falls, which he had in reality been for some time back, 
 although heretofore unrecognized by the State. It has 
 never been publicly mentioned how highly Tippu-Tib 
 prized this recognition. 
 
 Stanley entered into an agreement with the Arab, which 
 I copy verbatim from the correspondence of Mr. Holm- 
 wood, then Acting Consul-General at Zanzibar, as it appears 
 in the parliamentary paper issued by the Foreign Office. 
 [His letter of March 3rd, 1887, is of so much interest, and 
 so fully confirms much that I have said, that I give it 
 elsewhere.] The agreement is as follows : — 
 
 " Mr. Henry Morton Stanley, on behalf of his Majesty 
 the King of the Belgians, and Sovereign of the Congo 
 State, appoints Hamecl-bin-Mohammed al Marjebi, Tippu- 
 Tib, to be Wali of the Independent State of the Congo, at 
 Stanley Falls district, at a salary of £30 per month, 
 payable to his agent at Zanzibar, on the following 
 conditions : — 
 
 " 1. Tippu-Tib is to hoist the flag of the Congo State 
 at its station near Stanley Falls, and to maintain the 
 authority of the State on the Congo and all its affluents at 
 the said stations downwards to the Bujine or Aruwimi 
 river, and to prevent the tribes thereon, as wtII as Arabs 
 and others, from engaging in the slave trade.
 
 46 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMX. 
 
 " 2. Tippu-Tib is to receive a resident officer of the 
 Congo State, who will act as his secretary in all his 
 communications with the Administrator-General. 
 
 " 3, Tippu-Tib is to be at full liberty to carry on his 
 legitimate jDrivate trade in any direction ; and to send his 
 caravans to and from any places he may desire. 
 
 " 4. Tippu-Tib shall nominate a Jocnm tenens to whom in 
 case of his temporary absence his powers shall be delegated, 
 and who, in the event of his death, shall become his 
 successor in the Waliship, but his Majesty the King of the 
 Belgians shall have the power of veto should there be any 
 serious objection to Tippu -Tib's nominee. 
 
 " 5. This arrangement shall only be binding so long as 
 Tippu-Tib or his representative fulfils the conditions 
 embodied in this agreement. 
 
 (Signed) " Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 "Tippu-Tib (in Arabic). 
 
 (Signed) "Feedc. Holmwood. 
 
 " Kanji Eajpar (in Hindi). 
 
 " Zanzibar, February litli, 1887." 
 
 At the same time, we are told, Stanley entered into 
 an arrangement with Tippu-Tib, whereby the Arab was 
 to furnish him, on his arrival at Stanley Falls, if he 
 could, with 600 porters to carry loads from his camp 
 on the Aruwimi to Lake Albert. It was quite apparent 
 that the 600 Zanzibaris, who were going to sea with 
 him, would not be sufficient to carry all the loads of 
 the Expedition, and Stanley knew he would require 
 additional men on this overland journey, just as he would .
 
 STANLEY'S VOYAGE TO ZANZIBAR AND LEOPOLDVILLE. 47 
 
 need native carriers in the cataract region, below Stanley 
 Pool. All these preliminary arrangements having been 
 satisfactorily settled, Stanley was ready to set out from 
 Zanzibar. A steamer belonging to the British Indian 
 Steam Navigation Company had been placed at the service 
 of the Exj^edition, by Mr. (now Sir) W. Mackinnon, chair- 
 man of that com23any, to take them round to the Congo 
 vid the Cape. The start was made from Zanzibar on 
 February 25th. At the Cape they stayed for a few days, 
 for coaling, they also picked up a few additional stores in 
 the way of biscuits, &c., and took on board Mr. Walker, 
 who had been engaged as engineer-in-chief to the Expe- 
 dition, but who, having been unable to catch the steamer 
 to Zanzibar, had proceeded direct to the Cape. This 
 gentleman was to be employed in overhauling whatever 
 steamers Mr. Stanley might be fortunate enough to find 
 at Leopoldville. It is hardly worth while to enter here 
 into the details of the voyage of this vessel, which w^as 
 laden with Europeans, Arabs, and Zanzibaris ; suffice it 
 to say that the Expedition arrived at Banana, at the 
 mouth of the Congo, on March 20th. All the river steamers 
 which were at this port were most promptly placed at the 
 service of Mr. Stanley, to carry his men and stores to 
 Matadi, some miles up the Congo. The British Congo 
 Trading Company, the Dutch House, the Portuguese 
 House, and the State, all joined in lending their aid for 
 this task, and even a Portuguese gunboat rendered assist- 
 ance. On the arrival of the Expedition at Matadi, the men 
 and stores were disembarked, and arrangements were im- 
 mediately made for the despatch, by native carriers, of the 
 more than 1000 loads over and above what the 600
 
 48 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Expedition Zanzibaris would be able to transport to Leo- 
 poldville. It was on March 22ud that the first caravan 
 with some of the loads started along the overland route to 
 Leopoldville, and it was not much later that the officers 
 of the Expedition began their journey. Stanley had made 
 systematic arrangements for their procedure. 
 
 The Zanzibaris, some 600 in number, were told off into 
 companies of eighty, under the command of a white officer. 
 My company was temporarily under the command of Dr. 
 Parke, until I joined the main column. Major Barttelot 
 had the command of the 100 Soudanese. Stanley himself 
 had charge of number one company of Zanzibaris, com- 
 posed of a picked lot of men. Jephson's company carried 
 the sectional boat, while Bonny's men looked after the 
 donkeys. Stairs and Nelson both had companies allotted 
 to them. Each officer was responsible for the number of 
 loads his men carried, and at the end of each day's march 
 was obliged to check them off, and to report upon them. 
 By all accounts the Zanzibaris gave a considerable amount 
 of trouble.
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 tippu-ttb's history. 
 
 TiPPU-TiB, tlie Arab chief and slave- dealer, had already 
 played such a prominent part in the events that took place 
 on the Congo in 1886 and previously, and was destined to 
 be associated so closely with the history of the Emin Relief 
 Expedition, that it seems right to insert here a few notes 
 about him and his doings, that the reader may clearly 
 understand the sequence of events and their relation to 
 what is subsequently described. 
 
 Mr. Stanley first met Hamed-bin-Mohammed, alias 
 Tippu-Tib, in the year 1876, near Nyangwe. In his 
 volume. Through the Dark Continent, after giving a full 
 description of his personal appearance, he adds : — " I came 
 to the conclusion that this Arab was a remarkable man — 
 the most remarkable man I had met among Arabs, Wa- 
 swahili, and half-castes in Africa." Such was his first 
 impression of Tippu-Tib. It was about this time that 
 Stanley first saw the mighty Lululaba (Congo), "the 
 river that flows north for ever," and which he soon after 
 descended in that memorable feat of exploration. Tippu- 
 Tib was not at that time the big chief he is now, but he 
 was even then of considerable importance, as Stanley
 
 50 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN". 
 
 discovered. He entered into a contract with Tippu-Tib 
 that he mio'ht obtain that chief's assistance in startinci;: to 
 follow the big river to the sea. But the two great men 
 did not continue long in company, because the Arab was 
 discouraged by the density of the jungle they encountered, 
 and turned back, leaving the explorer to continue his 
 journey without him. 
 
 At this period the Arab chief's head-quarters were at 
 Nyangwe, some miles above the cataracts of Stanley Falls. 
 It was not until several years after ]\Ir. Stanley's first trip 
 down the Cono-o that the Arab slave-raiders succeeded in 
 making their way down the river, and in establishing 
 their influence over the natives on both banks. They had 
 conquered the Manyuemas, a native tribe which inhabited 
 the country around Nyangw^ and Kasongo, to the west 
 of Lake Tanganyika, and were able to train them for their 
 (the Arabs') service, and employed them to assist in 
 subduinof other natives further down the river. 
 
 In 1879 Mr. Stanley, under the auspices of the King of 
 the Belgians, as President of the African International 
 Association, undertook to form stations and open up the 
 country on both banks of the Congo. He returned to 
 Europe in 1882, having founded a series of stations on the 
 river as far as Leopoldville on Stanley Pool. But his 
 absence from Africa was of short duration, as we find 
 him again on the Congo at the end of the same year. 
 He proceeded to transport the small steamers he had 
 brought out, overland to Leopoldville, and in April 1883 
 started on a voyage up the Congo from that point. In 
 December of that year, after steaming up a clear v>^aterway 
 of 900 miles, he approached the first barrier to navigation,
 
 TIPPU-TIB'S HISTORY. 51 
 
 the cataracts, which he had previously named Stanley 
 Falls. Some little time before reaching this point he found 
 a band of Arabs encamped at Yomburri — they had been 
 raiding and pillaging the country between the Falls and 
 the Aruwimi river, but had as yet formed no permanent 
 settlement here — therefore, when he decided to establish a 
 station at Stanley Falls, it was with the natives that he 
 made negotiations, thus recognizing their authority as 
 superior to that of the Arabs. It was in 1884 that 
 Tippu-Tib made his way down from Nyangw^ to Stanley 
 Falls, and there established himself, not far distant from 
 the State station. From this date the Arab influence 
 began to predominate in that region. 
 
 After two ofiicers had occupied the position of chief of 
 Stanley Falls station, during the years 1883, 1884, and 
 1885, the authorities, under the administration of Sir 
 Francis de Winton, began to take steps to place this remote 
 outlying station in some state of defence. To carry out 
 their intentions the late Mr. Deane was chosen by the 
 Administrator-General to succeed Mr. Wester, who had 
 been chief of Stanley Falls ; he was to take up with him 
 an extra force of Houssas, two Krupp guns, rockets, and 
 such defensive stores. 
 
 I remember well when I was acting chief of Leopoldville 
 the preparations made for Mr. Deane's departure for his 
 up-river post with his small armed force, and the instruc- 
 tions I received from the Administrator- General to assist 
 him by providing men, guns, and ammunition. However, 
 Mr. Deane on his way up was wounded, and returned 
 to Leopoldville ; but after a time new arrangements were 
 made for his second departure to Stanley Falls, where
 
 52 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN, 
 
 he took over the charge of the station. It was not 
 very long after his arrival that he was obliged to use 
 all the weapons in his possession to defend the place 
 against the Arabs who attacked it. Their enmity had 
 been roused by his having carried out his instructions 
 regarding the suppression of slavery. As his men 
 deserted and the ammunition, originally very defective, 
 was almost entirely exhausted, he was obliged to terminate 
 his £^allant defence of the station, but before leaving he 
 destroyed, as best he could, the guns, &c., and blew up 
 the buildings. He and his second in command, Dubois, 
 had to flee for their lives, but the latter was drowned 
 as they were making their way to the mainland. Mr. 
 Deane, after a month's wandering and suffering in the 
 bush, was at last rescued. The story of his escape has 
 already been written. 
 
 But the Arabs had now gained possession of the Stanlej'' 
 Falls station, as well as all the surrounding country. 
 Tippu-Tib himself was not there at the time, but it was 
 his nephew Easchid who led the attack and took the 
 station. Sefu, Tippu-Tib's son, ruled at Kasongo, and 
 other chiefs controlled Nyangwe, Riba Eiba, Kibonge, 
 and many places in this district. It is almost a mis- 
 nomer to speak of them as Arabs, for very few if any 
 are pure-blooded. All those I have seen are half Arab 
 and half Zanzibari ; in some the latter blood predomi- 
 nates, and they can be recognized by the blackness of 
 their complexion, while others are fairer, more like real 
 Arabs. There is not a large number of these half-castes 
 in these parts, but almost all there are act as sheiks 
 over the native Manyuemas, whom they have trained,.
 
 TIPPU-TIB'S HISTORY. 53 
 
 to a certain degree, to fio^lit in their service. Each sheik 
 has his head-quarters in some village, and rules the 
 surrounding district, but every sheik is tributary to 
 Tippu-Tib, who may be considered as a sort of king, 
 ruling dependent princelings. The Manyuemas are 
 employed chiefly to obtain ivory for their masters, either 
 by taking it by force from the natives, or by capturing 
 the native women and children and demanding ivory 
 for their ransom. These Manyuemas are not kept under 
 strict surveillance by the Arabs, but are sent forth on 
 their missions often enough simply under the control 
 of their own headmen, and having attacked the natives 
 in whatever way they deem best, they deliver up to 
 the Arabs the ivory when their raid is ended. This 
 network of sheiks ruling over the Manyuemas extends 
 throughout the region about Stanley Falls and down 
 the caravan routes towards Zanzibar, but it should not 
 be forgotten that they are dependents of Tippu-Tib. 
 Recognizing his superior power, Stanley made his agree- 
 ment with Tippu-Tib at Zanzibar. Such was the system, 
 the Arab chief, through his dependent sheiks, being in 
 command of the district at and around Stanley Falls, 
 when Stanley at Zanzibar agreed, under certain con- 
 ditions, that the Congo Free State should recognize 
 Tippu-Tib as Governor of Stanley Falls station, and 
 it was with the purpose of placing him in possession 
 that he took the Arab chief from Zanzibar, round by 
 the Cape, and up the Congo.
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 AT MANYANGA. 
 
 After this somewhat lengthy digression, to pick up 
 the connecting links in the history of events I must 
 return to my personal narrative. The station of Man- 
 yanga at which I had arrived was a place with a 
 history, and such as it was this history did not speak 
 well for the salubrity of the place. As I spent nearly 
 a month here, some description of it will not be out 
 of place. Manyanga is situated 140 miles from Vivi, 
 or 250 from Banana, and is 95 miles short of Stanley 
 Pool. In Mr. Stanley's book, The Congo and ike Found- 
 ing of its Free State (vol. i. p. 266 et seq.), he gives 
 the following description of this region : — " I ascended 
 in the whale-boat as far as Manyanga, even up to 
 the foot of the cataract. I knew the cataract was 
 impassable, but we were now nearing the conclusion 
 of our river journey, and it was necessary to decide 
 upon the site of the station to be established. A more 
 lifeless, cheerless, unlovely scene than that around 
 Manyanga it is scarcely possible to conceive. The 
 slopes of the upland, which rises on either side 500
 
 AT MANYANGA. 55 
 
 feet above the river, are extremely steep, in some places 
 e\^en precipitous. All tlie soil in which vegetation might 
 thrive seems to be washed clean off the red clay down 
 to a narrow terrace, or into the depths of the narrow 
 ravines, where we see dark lines of trees. Where these 
 slopes run sheer down to the Congo we have only masses 
 of grit-stone piled one above another in admirable dis- 
 order. A few 2^ rejecting points of these rocks have 
 permitted a broad deposit of white sand to fill up 
 indentations in the shore, which, enriched by soil from 
 above, have become fertile terraces. It was at one of 
 these nearest the cataracts that I proposed to settle my 
 camp until we could decide where we should build the 
 station — whether on the terrace or upon some available 
 hill near. Since Vivi and Isangila were on the north 
 bank, of course I wished to continue the chain of stations 
 on that bank, so that, in case of accidents to boats, 
 communication might be continued by land. . . . We 
 commenced .... to remove our personnel and materiel 
 to the highest terrace nearest the cataract of Manyanga. 
 The landing-place was all we could wish it to be at 
 this season — a calm haven, shielded from the currents 
 by a sedge-covered bank. The terrace sloped smoothly 
 to the river. . . . The fertile ledge where we proposed 
 to lodge ourselves temporarily, the more I looked at it 
 the more promising it appeared, though it had the dis- 
 advantage of being cultivated. In length it might be 
 over a mile, while its width varied from 80 to 300 yards. 
 A small perennial brooklet close by appeared to promise 
 drinkable water." 
 
 While he was at Manyanga he suffered from a severe
 
 56 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 attack of fever, so severe that he gathered his companions 
 about him to hear his farewell messaQ:es. But it was not 
 to be the end ; the famous explorer was to be spared for 
 many years to come. He was not the only one to suffer 
 in health from a stay at this spot ; many a friend of mine 
 has been down with fever after being here, and too often 
 has it proved a fatal illness. Stanley writes elsewhere 
 (vol. ii. p. 287) : " Yet old Vivi, excepting Man3^anga, is 
 the most sickly spot in all our possessions, if the sick list 
 is at all reliable." It was found that there was great 
 danger in the situation of Manyanga North, as it was 
 called ; it was exposed to the intense heat of the sun, 
 and as soon as night fell the chill winds suddenly lowered 
 the temperature, so that more than one case of illness was 
 due to this great change. A man heated by his day's 
 work would perhaps be insufficiently wrapped up at night, 
 and the sudden chill would brino; on an attack of fever. 
 The theory that a low-lying station is the most unhealthy 
 must be abandoned, or at least modified by experience in 
 this region. If there is danger arising from malarial 
 influences at such a place, yet is there greater danger in 
 some stations built on hills or hi^h land. Eeferrins; to 
 Stanley's book (vol. ii. p. 320) we read : " At Equator 
 station, with a river only five feet below its foundations, 
 creeks sable as ink surrounding it, the ground unctuous 
 with black fat alluvium, Europeans enjoy better health 
 than at Manyanga, 240 feet above the river and 1100 
 feet above the sea. Fourteen miles away from Manyanga, 
 and eight miles from the river, we have a station on the 
 plain of Ngombi, 1500 feet above the sea, where our 
 people have enjoyed better health than at Manyanga Hill."
 
 AT MANYANGA. 57 
 
 This, he holds, is largely due to the strong currents of 
 cold air which rush through the deep gorge cut by the 
 Congo. It is true enough that danger lurks in this 
 circumstance. 
 
 In view of this unhealthy condition of affairs it was 
 decided to abandon the station on the north bank and 
 to use only the small post on the south bank, which had 
 been established as a point of departure for caravans 
 passing through the cataract region. But this place was 
 not deserving of the name of station, for the only buildings 
 were a small dwelling-house and a little store ; the former 
 was built of mats and thatched wdth grass, while the 
 latter' was made of clay. They were both erected on a 
 sandbank close to the river, with little or no shelter 
 from the broiling sun. By this it will be seen that the 
 accommodation was of the scantiest, and there was nothing 
 for me to do but pitch my tent on the sand near 
 M. Dannfeld's quarters, for he preferred living in a tent 
 to being mewed up in a stuffy hut, and I considered his 
 decision so wise that I followed his example. Making 
 myself as comfortable as circumstances would permit, I 
 began my w^ork here, which was to continue during the 
 next four weeks. M. Dannfeld assisted me in obtaining 
 the men necessary for the transport service. 
 
 The method of collecting carriers is accomplished after 
 this fashion : — The Commissaire de District keeps at his 
 station a record of the "capitas" [headmen] of the sur- 
 rounding country ; these capitas, according to their in- 
 fluence, are able to promise the service of a number of 
 men belous^ino; to their villao;e. When it is necessary to 
 obtain porters for a caravan the Commissaire sends out
 
 58 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 his interpreter to make known the fact among the leading 
 men, who forthwith come to the station. As each man 
 arrives he is admitted to the presence of the Commissaire, 
 who inquires his name. " Capita Lesa," " Capita Mwanga," 
 " Capita Kupidi," as the case may be, is the re ply. 
 " How many men can you supply ? " " Thirteen, " twenty- 
 five," " thirty," answers the native, or mentions even a 
 larger number if he is a great man. " When can you 
 bring them ? " " After Nkaudu market," — perhaps four 
 or six days hence — for it is at the market that they make 
 arrangements and obtain provisions for the beginning of 
 their term of service. " Very well," assents the Com- 
 missaire, " here are so many pieces of cloth," and he gives 
 out to the capita an amount in accordance with the 
 number of men promised, the regulation sum " for rations," 
 as it is called, a sort of engagement money, being half a 
 j)iece of handkerchief — that is six squares of bright-coloured 
 handkerchiefs — per man, while the capita receives for his 
 own pay a whole piece. The Commissaire notes in his 
 book some such entry as this : " Capita Kupidi of Nzonsa, 
 twenty-five men on March 18th." Sometimes a half-dozen 
 capitas will come to the station on one day, and perhaps 
 only one the next day. 
 
 On this occasion the men poured in with considerable 
 rapidity, and it will be seen that we lost no time, for on 
 the 28th, two days after my arrival, I despatched a special 
 messens^er to jMatadi, bearino- a letter addressed to Mr. 
 Stanley, and in it I was able to inform him that I had 
 already engaged 500 native porters, who were to come in 
 during the next month, prepared to carry on the loads to 
 Leopoldville as soon as these arrived at Matadi. I was
 
 AT MANYANGA. 59 
 
 well pleased that I could report tlius favourably to my 
 commanding officer, as it had been imjiressed upon me by 
 Mr. Stanley that it was most important to forward the 
 loads with the utmost despatch, and that I must do all in 
 my power to hasten their transport. So far so good, but 
 1 foresaw there would be considerable difficulty in the 
 matter, owing to some elements of uncertainty that must 
 be allowed for. In the first place it was impossible to 
 foretell positively the day the loads, under Mr. Stanley's 
 charge, would arrive at Matadi. This I presumed would 
 be about the middle of the month, and I based my 
 calculations on this presumption. Then there was another 
 item to be considered, the length of time required to 
 transport them from Matadi to Manyanga. This was 
 varied by circumstances, but the usual time allowed was 
 from eight to ten days. Hence I arranged that the native 
 carriers should begin to come in about the end of the 
 month of March. But my anxiety was by no means at 
 an end, for when the men arrived I questioned whether 
 I should have loads on hand for them to transport. I 
 could not be sure that delay might not occur at some 
 point, and I well knew that it would not be possible for 
 me to keep the carriers waiting idly about the station, for 
 they would return to their villages at once if I had no 
 employment for them, and my outlay of handkerchiefs as 
 earnest money would be wasted, unless I was willing to go 
 to the expense of feeding them while they lingered about. 
 This would be almost impossible too, because the surround- 
 ing country was suffering from a famine. So great was 
 the scarcity of food that I had immense difficulty in 
 obtaining provisions for my own personal consumption.
 
 GO STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 The consequences of all this would be that, rather than 
 see the men return to their villages, M. Daunfeld would 
 employ them, as he had a perfect right to do, in carrying 
 the State loads, which would be delayed because all the 
 porters of the district were placed at the disposal of the 
 Emin Eelief Expedition. 
 
 Major Parminter, an old comrade of mine, had promised 
 to send me up a special courier immediately upon the 
 arrival of Mr. Stanley at Boma. I knew that Ingham 
 would have sufficient carriers at his command to start the 
 first few caravans of Expedition stores whenever they 
 arrived, and he would have relays of men to continue the 
 work. As far as I was concerned they could not come too 
 c[uick]y, and having made all possible arrangements for 
 their transport, I awaited the arrival of the loads at 
 Manyanga. I had not long to wait, for on March 30th 
 the first two caravans with the Expedition loads reached 
 Manyanga, accompanied by a note from Mr. Stanley. By 
 the way-bill I noted that these two caravans had left 
 Matadi on the 22nd, having taken eight days to accom- 
 plish the journey, a very good beginning as far as time 
 record goes. This was, in fact, my first intimation that 
 the great Expedition had arrived on the Congo. The 
 caravans brought up fifty-six sacks of rice and beads, and 
 these were all started the next day to Leopold ville by my 
 first detachment of carriers. It was not until April 1st 
 that the promised messenger arrived from Boma, bringing 
 a letter from Major Parminter, informing me that Mr. 
 Stanley had arrived at Banana on the 20th of March. He 
 also confirmed the truth of the vague rumour, which had 
 already reached me, that Stanley was bringing with him
 
 AT MANYAKGA. 61 
 
 Tippu-Tib, tlie famous slave-dealer. Tlie same courier 
 brouixlit me a letter from Iiig-ham enclosino;, accorclino; to 
 Stanley's instructions, for the commander was too fully 
 occupied to write himself, a detailed list of the stores, &c., 
 belonging to the Expedition, which should pass through 
 my hands on their way to Leopoldville. The total 
 amounted to considerably over 1000 loads, so that it was 
 incumbent upon us to immediately set about engaging 
 more carriers. M. Dannfeld sent out his interpreter and 
 even went himself to arrange for the number required. 
 My work had now fairly begun, and I found my hands 
 most fully occupied. I had no assistant, except the small 
 boy who had been given me by the State as a body 
 servant, and though M. Dannfeld did all in his power, he 
 had no men to place at my disposal. The staff of men at 
 the station was very small, and the number of useful ones 
 had been further reduced by sickness, incident on the 
 scarcity of food. In consequence of this all the work fell 
 upon me, and I was fortunate enough to keep well and 
 able to attend to my many onerous duties. My task was 
 no easy one. As the carriers came in from Lukungu my 
 first duty was to check off each load as it arrived ; I had 
 then to examine it to see that it came up to full weight, 
 as there was a chance that some of its contents had been 
 stolen. As it was the rainy season the sacks would often 
 come in soaking wet, so that, in order to save the contents 
 from destruction, I was obliged to give them my personal 
 attention, and see to their drying and repacking. At 
 times I would have a number of men collected at the 
 station ready to take on the loads, but there would be 
 none on hand. I would persuade them to wait a couple
 
 62 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 of hours, while I would cat once make my way down to the 
 'Np^oka river, which ran at the back of the station. This 
 bit of water the caravans from Lukungu must cross ; there 
 I w^ould watch in the hope of seeing the avant garde 
 approaching. As soon as the first members of the caravan 
 came up to me I would hasten them on to the station, and 
 display them to the impatient porters to prove that loads 
 were coming. When the loads had been properly attended 
 to I placed them in the hands of my men and started 
 them on to Leopoldville. Here is an entry from my note- 
 book, showing one of the causes of delay I had to contend 
 with : " N.B. Capita AVamba, bringing way-bill for eleven 
 loads of brass wire, only nine arrived ; one case, No. 73, 
 with half the mitakos taken out and one case missino-." 
 
 o 
 
 Below this I find added : " This palaver settled, the 
 mitakos turn up all right." 
 
 I was able, however, to forward the loads either the 
 very day of their arrival or the day after, with the 
 exception of the damaged goods ; these, I am sorry to 
 say, were somewhat numerous. I found that the rice, 
 beads, and cowries brought from Zanzibar, as well as the 
 mitakos bought on the Congo, suffered much from having 
 been badly packed in the first instance ; but I did my 
 best, w^ith the scanty materials at my disposal at Man- 
 yanga, to patch them up and make them more taut for 
 their journey to Leopoldville. But I had a good many 
 difficulties to overcome, among them the lack of twine, 
 needles, or sacking, and I could not easily obtain these 
 necessaries. With my experience of the rough handling 
 such things must undergo in the course of their transport- 
 ation, it was marvellous to me that they should have been
 
 AT MANYANGA. 63 
 
 allowed to be started on tlieir way in such bad condition. 
 I foresaw that they would lose greatly in value, owing to 
 the gross carelessness of the persons originally responsible. 
 No London merchant would send goods so badly packed 
 as far as Brighton, and how was it possible to expect 
 these loads to endure without damage the many knocks 
 and blows incident to their passage through so many 
 hands ? First, there would be the loading at Zanzibar ; 
 then at Banana they would be re-shipped to Boma ; again 
 they would be roughly handled in unloading at Matadi ; 
 in their transit from that point to Manyanga their carriers 
 would deposit them with more or less force twenty or 
 even fifty times. Hence it is little to be wondered at that 
 by the time they reached me the sacking was more or less 
 worn through by the rul^bing of the angular contents. 
 When I had repaired them as best I could with the 
 materials obtainable and started them onward, it was not 
 to be my last experience with them, for until the very 
 end, after their arrival in Yambuya camp, they were a 
 source of trouble to me. 
 
 I found that some of the caravans were taking a very 
 long time to come up from Matadi, some even consuming 
 seventeen days in the journey. I knew by my former 
 experience that the men were only too apt to linger when 
 they were passing through or near their villages in 
 Lukungu. It was a great temptation to meet their 
 families or friends here, and they would sometimes spend 
 several days loafing about when they should be on the 
 road. This caused so much detention that I was obliged 
 to write to M. Franqui, chief of Lukungu, asking him to 
 be good enough to look into the matter, suggesting he
 
 64 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 sliould send men to see tliat no caravans lin2;ered in these 
 intervening villages on their way to Manyanga. I got no 
 satisfactory answer from him about this, and not having a 
 single man of my own, hence none to act as a sort of 
 police, I decided reluctantly that I must devote a day to 
 going to Lukungu to see about the matter. On April 7th 
 I started, taking with me my servant. We had just 
 crossed the 'Npioka river and climbed the high ground on 
 the further side, from whence a good view down the Congo 
 could be obtained, when I noticed a sail rounding the 
 point. I knew there were no State boats running in these 
 parts at this time, so I came to the conclusion that it must 
 be some of Stanley's party, for I was aware that he was 
 carrying a sectional steel boat, and would most likely put 
 it in the water when he came to the first clear reach. As 
 I looked I saw they were heading for a large sandbank, 
 and to save them from getting aground I fired my Martini, 
 and believing I had attracted their attention, I snatched 
 a handkerchief or scarf from my boy, and waved it in lieu 
 of a white flag to warn them off. My signals were under- 
 stood, and I had the satisfaction of seeing them clear of 
 the bank. Through my glass I could see the white shirts 
 of the crew, which proved to me that the boat was 
 manned by Zanzibaris ; and I saw, too, that they were in 
 the charge of two white officers. I felt that under these 
 circumstances I must give up, at least for that day, my 
 proposed excursion to Lukungu, so I re-crossed the river, 
 and waited on the sandy beach for their arrival. In a 
 few moments I cauirht the sound of the unmistakable 
 Scotch accent of a cheer}^- voiced man, who hailed me with 
 "How are you, Mr. Troup ? " When he sprang ashore, I
 
 AT MANYANGA. 65 
 
 had no difficulty in recognizing my old friend Mr. Walker, 
 who had been for two years superintending-engineer in 
 the service of the State. Having completed his term, he 
 liad returned to Europe, where he had been engaged by 
 the Emin Relief Committee to exercise his talents in 
 preparing the steamers at the Pool for their voyage up 
 river. 
 
 The other white man I soon found was Mr. 
 Mounteney Jephson, another officer of the Expedition, 
 whom I now met for the first time. In fact I had not 
 previously had the opportunity of meeting any of my 
 fellow-officers, with the exception of Lieut. Stairs, who 
 had been introduced to me in Stanley's rooms in Bond 
 Street. 
 
 With my two companions I made my way to the 
 station. From them I learned that Stanley with his 
 officers, some 600 Zanzibaris and 100 Soudanese, had 
 begun his mnrch from Matadi to Leopoldville. They had 
 left him at Banza Manteka, a village on the well-known 
 caravan route, about three days' march from Lukungu ; 
 from there they had been sent off the ordinary inland 
 route to the nearest point on the river, where they had 
 launched the boat and sailed up to Manyanga. That 
 night our little encampment on the sandbank was swelled 
 by the addition of the tents of Jephson and Walker, which 
 were pitched near ours, while their Zanzibaris made them- 
 selves comfortable not far off. 
 
 That very same afternoon a special messenger arrived 
 nt Manyanga, bearing two letters from Mr. Stanley 
 addressed to me. I oive them i/t extenso.
 
 66 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 [Letter No. 1.] 
 
 " KwiLU Ferry, April 4th, 1887. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 " What rice you may have sent to Lutete's care of Baptist 
 Mission only, ask them to let it remain with them, until I appear 
 only. I have sent thirty-two sacks (canvas) with Mr. Jephson, by 
 boat from near Banza Manteka. He will probably be with you as 
 soon as this arrives. I wish you to remain at Manyanga until 
 Ward or Ingham appears with the last of the goods sent from 
 Matadi. 
 
 " Your information respecting boats received, but it is of no use 
 to this Expedition. We only need the boats already at the Pool. 
 
 " If you could send 200 men from Manyanga to Matadi it W(juld 
 assist me very much. Manyanga is tolerably near the Pool, but 
 Matadi is distant, and my anxiety is great respecting the arrival 
 of those goods within a reasonable period. 
 
 " Ward's engagement with me depends on the early transport of 
 the Matadi loads. 
 
 " I shall be three days hence atLukungu, Friday, April 8th. On 
 the third day after I hope to be at Lutete, wdiere I hope to meet 
 all the rice with you, 'and in the boat there to ration my people. 
 
 " Yours truly, 
 (Signed) " Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 "J. Rose Troup, Esq." 
 
 It was capparent to me that it was his intention not to 
 pass through Manyanga, but to take the upper road — 
 the direct inland route — from Lukuugu, and from thence 
 to Leopoldville. As regards the rice he asked for I had 
 been on the point of forwarding the sixty sacks on hand 
 to Leopoldville, but that very morning I had received a 
 despatch from M. Franqui, stating that Mr. Stanley had 
 ofiven orders that all the rice should be returned to 
 Lukungu, and it was now too late to recall it. Although 
 this counter order business perplexed me much, in the end •
 
 AT MANYANGA. 67 
 
 the afifair turned out all right, as Stanley was able to 
 ration his men on their arrival at Lukungu instead of 
 waiting until they reached Lutete. 
 
 I had been much puzzled as to the means Mr. Stanley 
 would adopt to find steamers for the transport of all his 
 men and loads up the river from Leopoldville. It had 
 been stated in the newspapers at home that the King of 
 the Belgians had generously placed i\\Q fotllla of the State 
 at the service of the Emin Eelief Expedition. This read 
 well enough on paper, but / was only too wtII aware of 
 what that flotilla consisted. The only steamer of any size 
 was the Stanley, which I remembered had arrived at 
 Leopoldville in August 1885, when it was badly put 
 together in a great hurry. It had been constantly running 
 up to date, being in continual demand, and there were no 
 facilities at Leopoldville to allow of an overhauling ; so 
 matters had been allowed to run on till she was in a very 
 dilapidated condition. There had been three other small 
 steamers belonging to the State at Leopoldville, the En 
 Avant, the A. I. A., and the Boijal, but these were little 
 more than steam-launches, I had heard that the Tioyal 
 had been broken up after her engines had been taken out ; 
 these were to be placed in the A. I. A., as hers w^ere played 
 out. However this had not been done, but the A.I. A. was 
 lying at Leopoldville w^ithout engines, and could, conse- 
 quently, only be used as a barge. Moreover, the En Avant, 
 according to information I received, was cruising about 
 between the up-river stations, and no one knew at what 
 date she w^ould return. Therefore the available flotilla 
 consisted of the Stanley — the only steamer — the A. I. A. as 
 a baro-e. and two whale-boats. These combined I knew
 
 68 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 were incapable of carrying half of the men and loads of 
 the Expedition. Of course I was aware that tliere were 
 two missionary steamers, the Peace and the Henry Reed, 
 but it was doubtful whether they would be at Leopoldville, 
 as they are constantly, like the State steamers, plying 
 between that place and the up-river stations. I was also 
 aware that there had been some correspondence at home 
 with the secretaries of the Missionary Societies regarding 
 the use of these steamers, but 1 had reason to believe that 
 nothing definite had been settled. I knew from my 
 experience while at Leopoldville, that these steamers had 
 been continually requisitioned by the State, and though 
 the missionaries had usually complied with the requests 
 without demur, they had been troubled by the inconveni- 
 ence entailed. They also felt that their property, trans- 
 ported with so much trouble, was looked upon as at the 
 service of whoever chose to ask for it. I therefore had my 
 suspicions that there would be some ditficulty in obtaining 
 the use of these vessels. I had likew^ise been informed that 
 the Sandford Exploring Association had a steamer in course 
 of construction at Kinchassa, the sections of which had 
 been put together, but they were awaiting the arrival of 
 the engines from Matadi, and these would not be at hand 
 before Mr. Stanley was ready to start from Leopoldville. 
 While knowino; all this I was aware that it w\as no 
 affair of mine, especially as Mr. Stanley knew well the 
 difficulties that lay in his path as far as river transport 
 was concerned. Yet, in the interests of the Expedition, 
 having been fully informed of the conditions of things 
 at Leopoldville by Mr. Davey, the engineer in the employ 
 of the Sandfjrd Exploring Association, wdio arrived at •
 
 AT MANYANGA. 69 
 
 Manyanga about this time, I felt it incumbent upon me 
 to ask him to examine three large whale-boats, State 
 property, which I found were near Manyanga. I forwarded 
 to Mr. Stanley his report of their condition, as well as 
 his description of the state of aifairs in connection with 
 the steamers at Leopoldville. In a letter sent with the 
 report I pointed out to Mr. Stanley, that if he thought 
 it necessary these whale-boats coidd be transported to 
 Leopoldville to help, in a way, to obviate some of the 
 difficulties which seemed likely to hinder the progress 
 of the Expedition up the river. It was in reply to my 
 communication that he makes mention of the boats in his 
 above letter, numbered 1. 
 
 The other letter which I received from Mr. Stanley 
 was in these words : 
 
 [Letter No. 2.] 
 
 " Tuesday, April 5th, 1887. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 " Mr. Walker, engineer, is to be started off to the Pool as soon 
 as possible to render immediate help to patch up the Stanley for 
 the transport of the Expedition. Pray let there be no delay about 
 this, and write to the Commandant at Leopoldville per Walker^ 
 stating Avhy he is sent up, that he may turn his talents to good 
 account quickly. 
 
 " Yours, 
 
 " H. M. Stanley. 
 " Mr. Troup." 
 
 In compliance with the above Mr. AValker was started 
 off to Leopoldville the next day (April 8th). Carrying out 
 my instructions, I provided him with a letter to my old 
 comrade, M. Liebreclits, who was in command of the 
 station at Leopoldville, and in it I embodied Mr. Stanley's
 
 70 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 orders. Mr. Jeplison remained with me at JVIanyanga, 
 waiting for the fresh detachment of Zanzibaris, which Mr. 
 Stanley had promised to send him for the purpose of 
 carrying the sections of the boat to Lutete, where Mr. 
 Jephson would again fall in with the main column of the 
 Expedition. 
 
 About midnight of the 9th another messens^er arrived 
 from Mr. Stanley with a third letter for me. It was dated 
 from Lukungu that same day, and in it he asked me to 
 send him a statement of the loads which had reached me 
 up to date at Manyanga, and how many I had sent on to 
 Leopoldville. He sent me also some provisions, of which I 
 was greatly in need. These supplies consisted of a box of 
 biscuits, sugar, tea, dates, and hulwa, and he told me to 
 detain a bag of rice for my own use. He adds : " I have 
 no meats of any kind with me, except the live stock, goats, 
 and these are few enough for the officers with me. You 
 have the north bank, whence to purchase a few fowls 
 occasionallv. The one hundred or so bag^s of rice have 
 come in very handy to me. I am able to provision my 
 men as far as the Pool. People will leave here to-morrow 
 for the boat. Tell Jephson that Barttelot leaves here this 
 afternoon, while I follow on to-morrow, and that on the 
 13th I hope to be at Lutete." 
 
 On Easter day (April 10th) I heard that Stanley, with 
 the main column of his Expedition, had camped at 
 'Ndunga, a few hours distant from us. Whilst I should 
 have very much liked to have gone over to see him and 
 my fellow officers, I felt that I could not leave my post, 
 for I was obliged to be on the alert for the reception of 
 caravans from Matadi, and to attend to the despatch of the
 
 AT MANYANGA. 71 
 
 same to Leopoldville ; there was no one I could leave in 
 my place for the few hours of absence. 
 . M. Daonfeld, however, went out to the camp and kindly 
 took a letter from me to Mr, Stanley, giving him all the 
 information he had asked for in the letter he had sent the 
 day before. On Monday Mr. Jephson, having received the 
 Zanzibaris he had been waiting for, got off. He was so 
 disgusted with our sandbank and all things connected with 
 Manyanga post that he left it joyfully, breathing forth 
 anathemas upon the spot, where he considered he had 
 suffered the extreme of discomfort. He was filled with 
 pitying wonder how I could survive life in this forsaken 
 place. Later in the day M. Dannfeld returned from 
 'Ndunga ; he had spent the night with the officers, and he 
 gave me a detailed description of his experience. He had 
 been graciously received by the great man, and had been 
 invited to drink tea in his tent. He had also been 
 introduced to the famous slave-trader, Tippu-Tib. It was 
 a striking sight, he said, to see this large encampment of 
 some 800 men. Stanley had a most imposing tent ; it 
 alone required nearly forty men to transport it. It consisted 
 of one large covered space, with an inner compartment as 
 a sleeping-chamber ; the spacious reception-room was 
 approached by a species of vestibule that ran parallel 
 with the bedroom. The entire affair was constructed of 
 green waterproof material, which did credit to Messrs. 
 Edgington. I afterwards slept in the edifice one night at 
 Kinchassa, and right snug I found it. 
 
 Tippu-Tib also had a tent of his own, which he had in 
 all probability picked up at Zanzibar, and in which he 
 installed himself and his wives. He had moreover what
 
 72 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 might be called a large back-yard, enclosed with some 
 light canvas or cloth, " to cheat surprising, prying eyes " 
 from obtaining a glimpse of his numerous spouses whilst 
 engaged in their domestic occupations. Some of the 
 officers of the Expedition had small single tents, each with 
 a fly, and there was also a big tent with the mess-room in 
 the centre and sleeping compartments on each side to accom- 
 modate the other officers. All of this tent, too, was made 
 of the capital green waterproof material above mentioned. 
 
 The Zanzibaris, as usual, wdien arriving at the camping- 
 ground, soon made themselves as comfortable as circum- 
 stances would permit. They ran up small huts of sticks, 
 roughly thatched with grass, just large enough for a man 
 to crawl into ; but the more fortunate ones, who were 
 able to get possession of large pieces of thin sheeting-cloth, 
 constructed impromptu tents. The Soudanese did not 
 take the trouble to obtain even such comfortable quarters, 
 but generally made the best of what shelter they might 
 find under the trees and bushes. 
 
 The Zanzibaris caused some trouble by not getting 
 their loads in to the appointed encampment at a reason- 
 able time. Dannfeld's description of the stragglers coming 
 long after dark was not encouraoinoj when one thous^ht 
 that marching in the open caravan roads was mere child's 
 play to what they would be obliged to go through in the 
 dense jungle and swamps between the Aruwimi and 
 Wadelai ! 
 
 M. Danufeld had a long interview with Mv. Stanley, 
 for he was anxious, like so many others, to join the 
 Expedition, but he could not prevail upon the leader 
 to accept his services. The fact was, Stanley was not
 
 AT MANYAXGA. 73 
 
 willing to increase the staff of officers he had engaged 
 while at home, where he had many to choose from ; he 
 made but the single exception of taking Ward, who 
 happened to be of immediate practical service to him. 
 Dannfeld's disappointment at Stanley's refusal was not 
 even alleviated by a good dinner. He certainly messed 
 with the officers in the aforesaid tent, and after the short 
 commons of Manyanga he had every reason to expect 
 something better in the way of food provided for the 
 great Expedition, which had so recently arrived from 
 Europe. Alas ! the poor food obtainable could not even 
 be eaten in comfort, for the rain soon percolated through 
 the badly-pitched mess-tent. By his description it seems 
 to have been one of those awful nights so common during 
 the rainy season, when the rain fell and the wind blew 
 and beat upon that tent in a truly scriptural manner. 
 When he retired for the night to one of the sleepiuf/ 
 compartments of this ponderous structure, he could obtain 
 no rest, and was inclined to think that " bathing com- 
 partment" would have been a better description of his 
 quarters. He was not alone in discomfort, as the air was 
 soon warmed by the exclamations of his companions in 
 misery. This tent proved a failure for more than one 
 reason. In the first place, it was a great deal too large, 
 and it needed nearly as many carriers as Mr. Stanley's 
 tent required. It took a long time to put it U[), and, 
 unless it was pitched with the greatest care, it was sure 
 to let in water, and the constant tornadoes blew it about 
 much to its damage. The idea was excellent when applied 
 to a marquee on the Thames, or such kin<lred places, but 
 it was of no practical use in Africa. When I saw it
 
 74 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 afterwards at Kinchassa it had been sjjlit up, the end 
 compartments being made into separate tents to accom- 
 modate two officers, and even this makeshift did not 
 answer nearly as well as a small single tent with fly. 
 It would have been much better if each officer had been 
 supplied with a tent of this latter description, as they 
 only require two porters, and are speedily pitched and 
 struck, and, moreover, the officers would often have to 
 be separated, and would then absolutely each require a 
 tent of his own. But M. Dannfeld had survived his nio-ht 
 
 o 
 
 at 'Ndunga, and had returned to Manyanga to tell the 
 tale. The letter he brought with him from Mr. Stanley 
 was as follows : — 
 
 [Letter No. 4.] 
 
 " KiNDANDUXGA, Ajyril lOfh, 1887. 
 
 "Dear Mr. Troup, 
 
 " Your letter is perfectly intelligible, and I have a clear idea 
 of what has been done so far. I pray you write as soon as possible 
 to Ward and Ingham to obtain from them somewhat similar con- 
 clusive and authentic data respecting number of goods left and 
 goods sent, if any, in order that at any cost neither you nor Ward 
 may be detained too long below Stanley Pool. As I suggested 
 before, I believe that 200 [carriers] sent from Manyanga direct to 
 Matadi would finish everything, and beyond that could bring us 
 quite a valuable stock of rice to Stanley Pool. 
 
 " Natives report Ward on the road, but that may bo all fudge. 
 Even if they brought — supposing all goods sent up — nothing but 
 rice, it would be quite worth the expense, if done quickly. 
 
 " I have written already about the bugle, that I need it badly. 
 
 " I left at Lukungu fur immediate transport to Stanley Pool : 
 
 6 boxes biscuits. 
 27 sacks rice. 
 3 sacks of empty sacks. 
 
 Total 36
 
 AT MANYANGA. 75 
 
 " Do not be easy in your mind until this stock has gone up to 
 the Pool. It is so small and yet so near to you that it might be 
 forgotten, but the biscuits and rice we shall need badly at the 
 Pool. 
 
 " Urgency now is everything. 
 
 " Yours very truly, 
 
 (Signed) Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 " J. Rose Troup, Esq." 
 
 In accordance with liis request I sent 200 carriers down 
 to Matadi, and made all haste to transport the articles 
 mentioned to the Pool as soon as they arrived at Manyanga 
 from Lukungu. 
 
 Mr. Stanley spent but one night in the camp at 
 'Ndunga, and the following day continued his march. 
 After his large Expedition had passed on, leaving the 
 road from Matadi clear, I found the native caravans 
 transporting loads to Manyanga came in more rapidly. 
 All Stanley's 600 Zanzibaris were carrying loads ; such 
 a large caravan moved slowly, and completely blocked 
 up the road. The native carriers, also bringing up 
 Expedition loads, were delayed in consequence ; more- 
 over, the sight of such an imposing number of Zanzibaris 
 frightened them a good deal. A few of them had tried 
 to pass Stanley's main column, but they had been roughly 
 treated by the Zanzibaris, so the other native porters were 
 by no means encouraged to attempt to come on until the 
 road was quite clear, this accounting for a good deal of 
 the delay. 
 
 On April 14tli I heard tliat Ward was at Lukungu, and 
 from this I inferred that all the loads had been started 
 from Matadi on their road to Manyanga, as Stanley had
 
 76 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 o-iven strict orders that he was to remain at Matadi until 
 every load on the list given him had been despatched from 
 that phice. However, at that date I had not received more 
 than 603 loads out of the 1000 odd that I was told were 
 to pass through my hands. One principal cause of delay 
 I have already stated, i. e. that Stanley's caravan occupied 
 the road ; another reason was the loafing of the men at 
 Lukungu on their way to Manyanga. These matters I 
 had brought to the notice of Mr. Stanley, as they caused 
 me great anxiety, because I further anticipated that unless 
 reprimanded, the Zanzibaris would repeat the intimidation 
 when the parties again met on the road between Manyanga 
 and Leopoldville. This would cause additional delay in 
 the arrival of the stores, for which I would be held 
 responsible. However, Mr. Stanley took the matter up, 
 and ordered that the " capitas " should be provided with 
 slips of paper — no matter what writing was upon them, 
 as neither party could read — and should be instructed to 
 shout " Boula Matadi ! " to give notice that they were 
 engaged in his service. I have reason to believe that 
 Mr. Stanley warned the Zanzibaris of the Expedition that 
 if they in any way interfered with the native caravans, 
 which were then as important factors of the Expedition 
 as were the others, they would be severely punished. 
 
 Ward arrived at Manyanga on April 16tli. On com- 
 paring notes we came to the conclusion that there must 
 be several native caravans with loads from Matadi loafing 
 at Lukuuo;u. I ao^ain drew the attention of the State 
 officer at Lukunixu to this fact, and urged him to send 
 some of his Houssas into the village to stir up these men. 
 Ward on his arrival was a great assistance to me. I had
 
 AT MAN YANG A. 77 
 
 about this time 100 carriers awaiting the arrival of loads, 
 which they were ready to transport to Leopold ville. It 
 was very tantalizing to think of losing the services of these 
 men for the Expedition, and I was at my wits' end to 
 devise some means of keeping them for my employment. 
 Ward and I were constantly going down 'Npioka river, 
 playing the game of " Are they coming, sister Anne, sister 
 Anne ? " but all in vain on the day in question. As the 
 afternoon closed in it seemed as if I should be obliged to 
 let the men carry State loads, as I had none of the Ex- 
 pedition loads left to forward to Leopold ville. However, 
 M. Dannfeld, as usual, came to the rescue. He presented 
 us with a perfect treasure in the shape of a fine large 
 "squeaker," "porker," "snorker," or any other endearing 
 term tlmt can be applied to the genus pig. The carriers 
 consented to stop that niglit with us, when they received 
 this ratioii-n\. supply, and when orders were given to 
 end the porker's existence, our present anxiety was 
 ended. Li triumph they bore the prize squeaking from 
 our sight, and, having divided the spoil, settled tliem- 
 selves down to a thorough enjoyment of the feast at 
 some little distance from our camp. On the next day 
 some loads arrived, and we had the satisfaction of 
 kuowino; that our efforts of last nioht had not been 
 useless. But on the twenty-third 201 carriers arrived 
 from Matadi, all bearing Expedition loads. All these 
 men had taken from 18 to 21 days to accomplish the 
 distance between the two points ; tliese were no doubt 
 the carriers about whom we had been so anxious, who 
 had been loafino- at Lukungu. 
 
 By my list I could see that these were nearly the last of
 
 78 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 the Expedition loads. But on that day my supply of native 
 carriers for forwarding to Leopold ville failed. It must be 
 borne in mind that in this period of three weeks I had 
 received and forwarded to Leopoldville over 800 loads by 
 a like number of carriers. I had had more than enough 
 men to complete the transport of the loads, but by the 
 delay in their arrival I had been forced to lose their 
 services. I had still on my list of eno;ao;ed men a laro-e 
 caravan due from chief Makito, but as urgency was every- 
 thing I decided to go over to a large village on the north 
 bank of the Congo, with the purpose of having two strings 
 to my bow. Ward remained behind in charge of the 
 loads, so that if Makito's men should come there would be 
 no delay in forwarding the stores. But I received only 
 vague promises from the chief of this village, and learning 
 that there was to be a local market here next day, I knew 
 I could persuade him to do nothing until that w^as over. 
 
 The markets are an important feature of Congo life. In 
 this district they are chiefly held on the north bank, and 
 are of daily occurrence. To distinguisii one from another 
 they are designated by the name of the day on which they 
 are held. The Congo week consists of four days, viz. 
 Wukaunzo, Nkengi, Nsona, Nkandu. The Wukaunzo 
 market may be held near a village at one end of the 
 district, while the Nkengi market may be quite at the 
 opposite end. The places where the markets are licld are 
 well known to the natives, who will go a great distance out 
 of their way to attend them. I myseJf have been to many 
 of these markets, and was always much struck by the 
 animated scenes I witnessed. It is not wholly to be 
 regretted that very few are held in the direct caravan
 
 AT MANYANGA. 79 
 
 route between Matadi and Leopoldville, for it is the most 
 difficult job in the world to persuade a native caravan to 
 pass one by without stopping ; even if they have no need 
 of additional rations, or have no money to spend, they 
 must at least be allowed to pause for a chat with their 
 friends, or they will try to induce the Mundelli (white 
 man) to buy them some malafu (palm wine). If they only 
 had a little malafu, they will say, all would go well, they 
 could carry their loads easier, they could go so much more 
 rapidly, and many kindred reasons would be advanced ; 
 but unless you kuow your men well and consider it wise 
 to yield to their requests, in order to save time you usually 
 turn a deaf ear, but if you do buy malafu for them you 
 take care to distribute it cautiously. The markets are held 
 in a cleared space within easy reach of most of the villages 
 of the district. The particular one I visited on this 
 occasion was some four hours' march back of the old station 
 of Manyanga North, in a district well populated by 
 natives. About noon of the day in question we wended 
 our way along a path already thronged with native men, 
 women, and children, all intent on reaching the same 
 destination. Nearly every woman of the company was 
 carrying some article she was prepared to sell ; the heavier 
 burdens they bore on their backs in baskets suspended by 
 a strap or band across the forehead. The scene of action 
 was a large clearing with a few shrubs and straggling trees 
 scattered about it, with numerous paths converging at this 
 point in a manner suggestive of the Seven Dials. When 
 I arrived the market was fjiirly on, and business seemed 
 brisk. There was a perpetual and almost deafening roar of 
 voices ; some of the " sporting gents " who shout the odds
 
 80 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 at race meetings, even tlie fraternity who hail from the 
 north, Yorkshire to boot, would find themselves " not in 
 it " wdth some of tliese dusky Manyanga natives, who not 
 only can make a noise, but can keep it up at high pressure 
 nil the time. Above the almost sullen roar of the men 
 one hears the shrill, penetrating voices of the women raised 
 as they chaffer over their wares, which they display in 
 what they consider a tempting manner. Here you may 
 buy with strings of blue glass beads or coloured handker- 
 chiefs — the currency in this part of the country — such 
 delicacies as sun-dried or smoked fish, smoked rats, palm- 
 oil, bananas, plantains, chiquanga, maize, or even a pig, 
 goat, fowl, or some eggs, but to-day I notice that the 
 supply is far from being as plentiful as usual. Among 
 themselves they either buy or barter, and the amount of 
 ]iao;oiino; over bars^ains would do credit to an Italian Jew. 
 The women do most of the business, the men condescend- 
 ing to attend to such matters as the sale of goats, or an 
 occasional " snorker," which is led by a string, and in- 
 variably lends its voice to the general uproar. Among 
 those assembled at the market are a large proportion of 
 loafers, who have no other business than gossiping or 
 hanging about in the hope of getting a stray drink of 
 malafu from a friend. There is generally a good supply 
 of malafu, or palm wine, at these markets, but if one 
 w^ishes to obtain it one must do considerable dodoino- 
 about in shady corners to find it. It is a delicious drink 
 when fresh tapped from the palm, a light, white beverage, 
 in colour somewhat resemblins: the milk of the cocoa-nut, 
 though it tastes much sweeter. In this condition it is not 
 likely to inebriate an}' one, but after it has been kept a
 
 AT MANYANGA. 81 
 
 few days it ferments and becomes a powerful intoxicant, 
 and it is in this latter form that it is best liked by the 
 natives. Here is a new and almost untrodden field for 
 Sir ^Yilfrid. Lawson, if he wishes to extend, the scope of 
 his proposed Local Option Bill. 
 
 At this market were present a number of petty chiefs, 
 who could easily be distinguished from the common herd 
 by their dress. Many of them had got themselves up as 
 great swells, for in addition to the usual native loin-cloth 
 they had donned black coats and black felt hats, while a 
 few even swao-orered about under cover of hug-e red 
 nmbrcllas. They were all old, seasoned topers, and 
 patronized the malafu vendors early and often ; but all 
 the malafu drinking is done, so to speak, on the sly. 
 A little coterie, intent on a palaver of some kind, adjourn 
 to a sheltered spot in the bush, and there ensconce them- 
 selves, with a huge gourd full of malafu in the centre ; 
 one of their number is appointed " ladle r in cJiief" and 
 there is no doubt that he takes the greatest care that he 
 is not left out of the drinking part of the ceremony. He 
 pours out the wine into a discarded mustard tin or similar 
 " loving cup," which, having completed the circle of thirsty 
 mouths is refilled, to be started again on its journey. 
 There is a general smacking of lips as it circulates, while 
 between the draughts some knotty point is settled or a 
 bargain is clinched. I would by no means accuse these 
 worthy chiefs of being ashamed of being seen drinking ; 
 the secrecy of their conclaves is probably largely due to a 
 desire to keep out of the way of the many bar loafers who 
 are anxious to have a pull at the malafu jar. There are 
 muny such gentlemen lingering about, whose mouths
 
 82 STANLEYS EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 would accommodate themselves to anything, from a pickle 
 bottle to a bath tub. Occasionally after one of these 
 bouts the men grow quarrelsome ; but taking them all 
 round their markets are as well conducted as many a one 
 in this country. For, be it known, they have a strict code 
 of rules, which are stringently enforced : any infraction of 
 them is summarily dealt with, and, in some cases, the death 
 penalty is inflicted in anything but an attractive form. 
 
 On this occasion I sent the State interpreter, who had 
 kindly been lent to me for this excursion, among these 
 clusters of chiefs to apply for native carriers, but all he 
 could succeed in obtaining for me were vague promises 
 that they might send men at some future time. This 
 was not at all what I wanted, and was by no means 
 satisfactory, so I was obliged to give up my attempts. 
 Rather disgusted, I returned to Mauyanga in the after- 
 noon, wondering whether the men promised by Makito 
 had arrived during my absence. I was annoyed to find 
 from Ward that no such good luck had happened. This 
 was the first check I had experienced in my work. I liad 
 always been able heretofore to start the loads onward as 
 soon as they arrived, and this delay of two days was a 
 source of vexation to me. However, next day Makito's 
 men arrived late in the afternoon. I was glad to see at 
 last that this task of mine was drawing to a close, and I 
 was more than rejoiced to find that we now had sufficient 
 men to carry all the remaining loads, and even our own 
 private baggage, so that we were able to make this a 
 personally conducted caravan. It cannot be denied that I 
 breathed a sigh of relief when I knew that we were to 
 leave Many an ga sandbank, with its many discomforts.
 
 AT MANYANGA. 83 
 
 , We started that very afternoon for Leopolclville, at which 
 point we were confident the main cohimn of the Expedi- 
 tion had already arrived. We could not go far that 
 night, indeed, we were only able to reach the neighbouring 
 village, but this was not wholly unsatisfactory, as by so 
 doing we could get the carriers under way. The next day 
 we made a very rapid march to Lutete, in spite of the 
 discomfort caused by the rain, which came down in 
 torrents. It was late in the afternoon when we reached 
 there, where we were hospitably entertained by the 
 missionaries of this station. 
 
 After leaving Lutete we came upon von Eeichland 
 encamped at the Inkissi river, and a day or so from Leo 
 we met Mr, Billington, of the American Baptist Mission 
 Union, who was going down to meet his fiancee, a lady 
 who had been engaged in missionary work for some 
 years on the Congo, and whom he had met in the course 
 of his labours. From them we gathered that there had 
 been exciting palavers concerning the missionary steamers, 
 which Mr. Stanley wished to use for the forwarding of his 
 expedition. Mr. Billington also told us that the matter 
 was settled, and that Mr. Stanley was at Kinchassa (two 
 hours' march beyond Leopoldville) joi'oparing for an im- 
 mediate start on his voyage up river. This made Ward 
 and me increase our speed to a terrific pace, leaving our 
 carriers to follow as quickly as they could. Our last 
 march, from Mbees village, was, in spite of the rain, 
 made at such a rattling rate that we reached Leopoldville 
 on April 30, having accomplished the entire distance 
 between Manyanga and Leopoldville, though it was the 
 wet season, in six days' march.
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Stanley's departure from kinchassa. 
 
 We got into Leopoldville at 2.30 p.m. of April 30tli. 
 Here I was, back at my old station, where I had spent 
 eiofhteen montlis in the service of the State durino; the 
 years 1884-1885. It did not strike me at the first go 
 off that there had been any improvement in its general 
 condition since I left it. The long- broad avenue actino; 
 as approach, which in the time I was there was always 
 kept scrupulously clean, was now overgrown with long 
 grass, &c. It was even difficult to trace it, as the luxuriant 
 growth made the road look like the surrounding bush. But 
 one could not wonder at this state of affturs when it was 
 known that there had been a regular famine in these 
 parts, so that the chief of the station, M. le Marinel, had 
 been obliged to send the bulk of his men away, as he was 
 unable to find sufficient supplies to feed them ; hence he 
 could employ no more men than were absolutely necessary. 
 Some improvement had been made in the way of building, 
 but even this did not help to take away from the neglected 
 look such as one often finds in a tenantless estate where 
 the orounds are allowed to oo to rack and ruin. Here 
 we found my old comrade, Lieut. Liebrechts, who had
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTURE FROM KINCHASSA. 85 
 
 only a few weeks previously taken over the duties of 
 Commissaire de District. He had served three years in 
 the State, chiefly on the Upper River, and after a few 
 months' holiday in Brussels, he had just returned to the 
 Congo. We learned from him that Mr. Stanley would be 
 starting from Kinchassa on the morrow early, so that there 
 was no time to be lost. After a hearty but hasty lunch, 
 which friend Liebrechts had quickly prepared for us, we 
 pushed on with all speed to Kinchassa to report ourselves 
 to Mr. Stanley. AVhilst we partook of our repast we got 
 all the latest news out of Liebrechts. Of course the most 
 engrossing topic of conversation was the palaver which 
 had taken place between Mr. Stanley and the missionaries, 
 Dr. Sims and Mr. Billington of the American Baptist 
 Mission Union, when the former demanded the steamer 
 Hewy Beed for the purpose of helping to take the 
 Expedition to the Aruwimi. The difficulty occurred exactly 
 as I had anticipated. Mr. Stanley arrived with his large 
 following and found the flotilla of the State such as I 
 have described elsewhere. Of course it was quite inade- 
 quate to transport his men, let alone his stores. Mr. 
 Stanley wrote home a somewhat lengthy description of 
 this unfortunate palaver, which was published in the 
 newspapers at the time. It must be remembered, as 
 I have before mentioned, that there had been a kind 
 of famine throughout the region, and there was great 
 difficulty in obtaining food for the few men of the State 
 station. For example, when I was at Leopoldville in 
 1884 we could get as much chiquanga as we wanted. 
 We had a regular fixed price for it, the native women of 
 the neighbouring villages used to make this staple article
 
 86 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN'. 
 
 of food from the manioc plant or cassava root ; in the 
 Leopoldville district it is made up into large round balls 
 the size of a Dutch cheese. The contract price used to 
 be, in my time, 3 mitakos (brass rods) for 2 chiquauga, 
 and often we have been obliged to refuse the too plentiful 
 supply offered. This plenty was due largely to the 
 protection that had been extended to the natives here- 
 abouts, but during the time of the transport of the 
 sections of a steamer, which necessitated encampments 
 of large bodies of Zanzibaris at different points on the 
 caravan route, these had, owing to a lack of strict sur- 
 veillance on the part of the officers in charge, obtained 
 their food by ill-treating the natives. Consequently now 
 the villages on this route were all deserted, the inhabitants 
 having gone further back in the bush. This circumstance, 
 which happened some time previously, had been followed 
 now by a bad season, and the natives who had chiquanga 
 demanded 6, 7, or 8 mitakos for a single ball of it I 
 Even this was of a smaller size. This complicated matters 
 seriously. Mr. Stanley could not get sufficient steamers 
 to take his men away, yet it was impossible to obtain 
 food for his over 600 men even for a few days' stay. 
 It should not be forgotten that before his arrival at 
 Leopoldville Mr. Stanley knew the exact situation of 
 affairs, and after his long experience we must credit him 
 with the ability to foresee exactly what the consequences 
 would be. 
 
 After rather excited palavers between Mr. Stanley and 
 the missionaries of the American Baptist Mission Union, 
 regarding the serious check to the progress of the Expe- 
 dition, the incident was happily terminated by the inter-
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTURE FROM KINCHASSA. 87 
 
 vention of M. Liebreclits, who grasped the situation, and 
 forthwith requisitioned the Henry Reed for urgent State 
 service. As soon as he obtained possession of it he 
 handed it over to Mr. Stanley. The s.s. Peace, belonging 
 to the English Baptist Mission, had already been placed 
 at the service of the Expedition, and the unfinished 
 Florida, of the Sandford Exploring Expedition, had been 
 also requisitioned and would be towed up. So Mr. 
 Stanley had managed to get all three steamers, viz, the 
 Stanley belonging to the State, and the two steamers 
 Henry Reed and Peace, the property of the missionaries, 
 added to these were two large whale-boats, two barges 
 (the A. LA. and the Florida), a missionary whale-boat and 
 his own sectional boat. Such was the substance of the 
 state of the case that was unfolded to us while we sat at 
 lunch. After that meal M. Liebrechts placed a canoe and 
 men at our disposal to take us to Kinchassa. Our carriers 
 had not yet come in, so we could not change our clothes, 
 which had been reekins^ wet but had now somewhat dried, 
 for a scorching sun had dispelled the rain. 
 
 We were soon under way across the old familiar Pool, 
 lm2;o;incr the shore to avoid the strono; current which here 
 rushes down with a terrible force to reach the rapids below 
 the Leopoldville station. We safely pass the bad water at 
 Kali n a Point, and then strike the calmer reach beyond, 
 from whence we could see through a cleared space on the 
 banks the new quarters of the English Baptist Mission, 
 who had transferred their station from the hill at the back 
 of the State station at Leopoldville to this more suitable 
 spot. This and the Dutch House further up towards the
 
 88 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 old State station of Kinchassa were quite new to me. The 
 south bank of the river from Leopoldville to Kinchassa in 
 my time was one unbroken stretch of scrub and bush. 
 As we came in sioht of the cleared beach in front of the 
 Dutch House, a busy scene presented itself to our view. 
 Here were collected the steamers, barges, and boats which 
 were to transport the men and stores of the Expedition to 
 the Aruwimi some 1000 miles away. Instead of going on 
 to the State station of Kinchassa (now rented by the 
 Sandford Co.) a little further up, Mr. Stanley hal formed 
 an encampment on the cleared ground at the side and 
 back of the Dutch quarters ; here were all the men of his 
 Expedition, whilst his craft were close at hand on the 
 beach. Our canoe was soon alongside of the s.s. Stanley^ 
 and we clambered up her sides. The first man to greet 
 us was our old friend Capt. Shagerstrom, the skipper ; 
 standing on the beach not far off and easy to be recognized 
 was Mr, Stanley, giving instructions as to the loading of 
 the steamers and barges. Everything around showed that 
 business was oroino; on in real earnest. But we had no 
 time to loiter with friend Shagerstrom after we had 
 returned his warm greetings, so we made our way across 
 the deck and down to the beach to report our arrival to 
 Mr. Stanley. I was much struck by the great imj^rove- 
 ment in his appearance ; he had put on flesh, and was 
 looking much better than when I last saw him in London 
 three months previously. In fact I never saw him looking 
 so fit before in my life. He was arrayed in his usual 
 African war-paint, viz. a Norfolk jacket, with continuations 
 in the shape of knickerbockers, which displayed most
 
 MR J ROSE TROUP.
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTUEE FROM KINCHASSA. 89 
 
 decidedly well-developed calves, liis head-gear was a large 
 flat-topped cap with a peak in front such as is worn by 
 officers in the German army. What a contrast he 
 presented to the last time I saw him thus arrayed ! That 
 was at Vivi in June 1884 ; he was on the eve of returuiug 
 to Europe after having been engaged for eighteen months 
 in forming stations on the Upper Congo, He was then 
 very light, to say the least, gaunt and yellow, reduced to 
 a mere shadow by repeated attacks of fever, from which 
 he had suffered also while at Vivi. I had my Houssas 
 drawn up on the beach to give him the customary salute. 
 Besides these there had assembled all the officers of the 
 station, as well as Sir Francis de Winton, who was to 
 be his successor in the administration of affidrs. Here 
 were also Col. Pollok, Major Vetch, Dr. E. Leslie, Dr. 
 All art, Massey Shaw, Valcke, Deane, Posse, Monet, 
 Spenser Burns, Bathurst, Tugman, and a host of others. 
 How few of these comrades, personal friends of mine, are 
 now left ! Among those who have gone are Vetch, 
 Spenser Burns, Posse and Deane. 
 
 On the present occasion Mr. Stanley seemed very 
 pleased to see us ; he had been anxious because we had 
 not come in before, but he knew well that we had been 
 detained bv the work intrusted to us. He informed me 
 that he had sent me a letter that very day, but perhaps it 
 had not gone off yet ; he told me to make inquiries, and 
 if possible to get it. As it proved, it had not been 
 despatched, and it was delivered to me. Another which 
 had crossed on the road, but had been returned, reached 
 me some days later. These letters are as follows : —
 
 90 STANLEY'S REAR COLUAIX. 
 
 [Letter No. G.] 
 
 "Dutch Agency, Kinchassa, 
 " April 30th, 1887. 
 
 ''Dear Mr. Troup, 
 
 "Neither you nor Mr. Ward have arrived. I am truly 
 sorry. But never mind, we shall have work enough for you both. 
 Wait at Leopoldville until Stanley steamer comes down, then you 
 and Mr. Ward embark with all goods and ascend river to Bolobo, 
 there you will find Major Barttelot and his detachment of about 
 150 men. 
 
 " The Stanley can carry 400 (four hundred) loads and 180 to 
 200 men. A man weighs 130 lbs., a load 65 lbs. Make your 
 calculations accordingly, because if excessive you will have to add 
 another vessel or two, lighter or something. I have taken with 
 me 119 boxes brass rods, 186 should arrive at Leopoldville from 
 Matadi. All Dutch brass rods are longer than ours, and packed 
 in bundles. If I find I have too many turn the surplus over to 
 Greshofif, add a pound sterling for freight for each box or load. 
 Get a due bill from Greshoff, and send it to William Mackinuon, 
 care of Gray, Dawes and Co., 23 Austin Friars, London. Letter, 
 telling you how many you will find, on steamer Stanley on her 
 return from up river. 
 
 " Yours very truly, 
 
 (Signed) "Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 "J. Rose Troup, Esq." 
 
 (The other letter which reached me some time afterwards was 
 in tlie following words.) 
 
 "Camp, near Leopoldville, 
 ''April 2{Jth, 1887. 
 
 "Dear Mr. Troup, 
 
 "After all the goods you mention in your first column, 
 namely, 864, have left Manyanga, then you and Mr. Ward hasten 
 along to Leopoldville to check the goods received here, so as to 
 correspond with that number. It may be that we shall have left 
 Leopoldville before your arrival, in which case you will remain 
 here, both you and Mr. Ward, until the steamer Stanley comes 
 down for you. You will take all the goods remaining for us at
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTURE FROM KINCIIASSA. 91 
 
 Leo', and accompanied by Mr. Ward, ascend to Bolobo and report 
 yourself to Major Barttelot, wlio commands the second column. 
 From the Major you will learn where you shall meet us. 
 " Yours truly, 
 
 (Signed) " Henry M. Stanley. 
 " John Rose Troup, Esq. 
 
 " P.S. — I need not tell you how much we miss both you and 
 Mr. Ward. Your companies are waiting to be placed under your 
 command, and they are sadly in need of you. I wish you were 
 here to-day. Still our stores are a great concern to us. 
 
 " Yours sincerely, 
 
 (Signed) "H.M.Stanley. 
 "J. Rose Troup, Esq." 
 
 After reading the letter of April 30tli, we had another 
 chat with Mr. Stanley on the beach, and he then said 
 to me, " Well, as you have got up, I will take Ward up 
 with me, but I wish you to remain behind until the 
 steamers return, as we cannot take up all our loads on 
 one trip." W^ard therefore hurried back to Leopold ville 
 to get his personal baggage, which should have arrived by 
 this time, whilst I remained on the beach, and had time 
 to have a chat with my comrades, some of whom I now 
 saw for the first time. I had a cheery welcome from 
 Stairs, who was somewhat difficult to recognize with his 
 well-developed beard and rough Karki suit, as the same 
 man in his neat and trim town dress I had met in 
 Stanley's Bond Street rooms. I dare say he found it 
 equally hard to place me in my picturesque get-up, which 
 I had reduced to decidedly light marching order — loose 
 flannel trousers or pyjamas, tucked into ni}^ long boots, 
 flannel shirt and broad sombrero. All the other officers 
 were scattered about attending to the loading of the
 
 92 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 different boats, but they were just knocking off work, as 
 it was getting on towards sunset. I rejoined Mr. Stanley 
 and walked up with him to the Dutch House, where he 
 was the guest of INI. Greshoff. 
 
 I had a wash and brush up in his room and swallowed 
 a good big dose of quinine ; he lent me a cashmere coat 
 as it was orrowino; chilly and I had no chano;e of garments 
 with me. After I was thus made more comfortable, we 
 sat down toc^ether on the verandah talking for the half 
 hour that remained before dinner was announced. He 
 told me then his plans and arrangements, explained why 
 he left me behind, and Q-ave me his instructions. When 
 he first told me that he wanted me to stay behind until 
 the steamers returned and then bring up the loads, I 
 cannot help honestly admitting that a feeling of con- 
 siderable disappointment came over me, as it seemed I 
 was to be left out of the hunt altogether, and I expressed 
 as much as that to him. However, it was only momentary, 
 for he continued his remarks, pointing out to me how 
 much depended on the safe transportation of the remain- 
 ing stores, adding how pleased he was with what I 
 had already accomplished, and it was this that made him 
 select me to undertake this task. After he had shown 
 me that it was in the interests of the Expedition I must 
 remain behind, all personal feeling of disappointment was 
 cast in the shade. He had already sent Major Barttelot 
 and Dr. Parke with some 150 men overland from Leopold- 
 ville to Kwamouth where they w^ould be able to get more 
 food, and also give him more room on his steamers. He 
 purposed scmling back for them after he had formed his 
 camp at Bolobo, thus making room for them. His plan
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTURE FROM KINCHASSA. 93 
 
 at that time was to leave Major Barttelot at Bolobo with 
 these men (as there was plenty of food in that district), 
 and in the second trip of the steamers I was to pick him 
 up and his men to carry them on to the Aruwimi. By 
 the time he had made all this known to me, dinner was 
 ready. We were all the guests of M. Greshoff that night 
 — Mr. Stanley, Stairs, Jephson, Jameson, Nelson, and I, 
 sat down to dine with our host. Bonny was seedy, Ward 
 had gone to Leopoldville for his traps, while Barttelot 
 and Parke had started before for Kwamouth. Ours was 
 a very enjoyable evening. Mr. Stanley was in his most 
 entertaining mood, full of anecdotes, and inclined to chaff 
 one and all of us. No wonder the great explorer was 
 feeling at his best. On the morrow he w^ould have started 
 from Kinchassa, and the main body of his Expedition 
 would be on their way to the Aruwimi ; he had gained 
 his object wdien he seemed likely to be thwarted, his 
 tiresome overland journey w^ould for a time be ended, and 
 after all his petty annoyances he seemed likely to have 
 smooth sailing. His great Expedition was fairly started 
 and all was, so far, going well. He could doubtless see 
 in his mind's eye his ultimate triumph ; he had conquered 
 preliminary obstacles, what was to prevent him from 
 l»eing equally successful v/hen contending with his future 
 difficulties ? AVould he not before many moons had waxed 
 and weaned approach Wadelai bearing to Emin the relief 
 stores ? Would he not issue from the heart of Africa, 
 having triumphantly accomplished his task ? No wonder 
 then that he was cheered if such thoughts flitted through 
 his mind. We all did ample justice to the excellent 
 dinner supplied by our host. While we were sitting over
 
 94 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 our coffee and pipes, the great Tippu-Tib oarae in, and 
 having greeted Mr. Stanley and the other officers his c^uick 
 eye rested on me, in whom he recognized a new arrival, 
 and he promptly asked Mr. Stanley who I was. Our 
 leader called me forward to introduce me to the Arab 
 chief, adding by way of explanation that I had been three 
 years on the Congo, and had had considerable experience 
 with the Zanzibaris. It was with a goi.'d deal of curiosity 
 that I approached the Arab of whom I had heard so 
 much but had never before seen ; to his greeting of 
 " Yambo ? " [Is it well with you ?] I replied, " Yambo 
 Sana " [It is very well]. After dinner we strolled through 
 the encampment, which looked very picturesque, lighted 
 up by the blaze of the camp fires ; around them w^ere 
 gathered the dusky-hued men standing out prominently 
 against the darker shadows behind them — a picture that 
 Rembrandt alone could have done justice to. In these 
 groups I came across several old friends among the 
 Zanzibari niamparas (head-men) who had served under 
 me in the days gone by when I was in the State service, 
 and man}^ of the men recognized me ; so I did not come 
 among them as a stranger. I finished the evening by 
 sitting with Stairs and Nelson in their tent, which was 
 one of the sections of the big mess-tent, where w^e yarned 
 away right merrily. They lamented with me that I was 
 not going up with them, but we made the best of the 
 situation, hoping to meet soon again, and remembering 
 we were all working towards one common goal. 
 
 Mr. Stanley was to sleep at the Dutch House, and 
 kindly placed his big tent at my disposal for that night. 
 It was pitched alongside of the Zanzibari encampment,
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTURE FROM KINCHASSA. 95 
 
 and I was only too glad to accept its hospitable shelter, 
 for the tent I had borrowed from the State was no doubt 
 at Leopoldville, to which point my carriers should by 
 this time have brought it with my other things. The 
 other occupant of these roomy quarters was William, Mr 
 Stanley's servant, whom I had not seen since I had helped 
 him out of a difficulty at Charing Cross Station on the 
 day of Mr. Stanley's departure, where the man had been 
 greatly excited because he had not sufficient money to 
 register his master's luggage. To-night I was glad to turn 
 in. I had been marching from early morning until I 
 reached Leopoldville, and after tliat had had the canoe 
 voyage to Kinchassa, The excitement and bustle had 
 caused me to forget my fatigue, but now I felt dead tired ; 
 not even the chatter of the Zanzibaris round their camp 
 fires, nor the troublesome annoyance of the mosquitos, could 
 keep me from soon getting off to the land of nod. At 
 daybreak all was astir again. Stairs, who was in imme- 
 diate charge of the camp, had his buglers early at work, 
 and the music of their instruments was soon taken up by 
 the " tom-toms " of the Zanzibaris. All the arrano-ements 
 for departure had been made the night before ; everything 
 in the shape of stores had been placed on board the 
 various boats, there only remained the embarkation of the 
 men, donkeys, and the personal luggage of the officers. 
 After completing my toilet, which was of necessity brief, 
 I wended my way down to the beach, and was soon 
 lending a helping hand in the troublesome task of getting 
 the donkeys on board the Florida, which was prepared for 
 their reception, and was lashed on the further side of the 
 Stanley. We had some difficulty in getting them on to
 
 9G STANLEYS KEAR COLUMX. 
 
 the Stanley even, as there were no proper appliances at 
 hand. They were walked or driven up the plank to the 
 steamer, but generally slipped oif and floundered about 
 in the water. However, we managed this job after a 
 deal of trouble, and then got them safely on board the 
 Florida, which was laid with dried grass to make the little 
 Neddies as comfortable as circumstances would permit. 
 By this time the beach presented quite an animated 
 appearance ; the Zanzibaris were all drawn up ready to 
 take their places in the various crafts, and there was also 
 assembled a fair gathering of white people who had come 
 from the Mission station and the Sandford Association 
 quarters, and to these were added the employes of the 
 Dutch House. I now felt that my assistance might be 
 dispensed with for a time, so I made my way up to the 
 Dutch House to see if there was any breakfast going on. 
 As I walked up I was hailed b}- numerous old friends who 
 had not been over the nio;ht before. Here were Swinburne 
 and Casement of the Sandford Association, Mr. and Mrs. 
 Bentley of the English Baptist Mission, and others. 
 Swinburne was one of Mr. Stanley's oldest followers, 
 liavinir come out to the Cono-o with him in 1879. He 
 had served many years in Africa, first in the Association 
 and State, and now in the Sandford Expedition, of which 
 he is chief ; his head- quarters were at the old State station 
 of Kinchassa close by. He had, at considerable risk and 
 expense to his Company, generously placed the Florida at 
 the disposal of his old chief, in order to help him out of 
 his difficulties. As I have already stated, the Florida was 
 on the slip at Kinchassa, all but completed, almost ready 
 for launching, only awaiting the arriv^al of her machinery.
 
 STANLEY'S DEPARTURE FROM KINCHASSA. 97 
 
 that she might start on her first trip up river to purchase 
 ivory, &c. But instead of doing so, she was hxunched as 
 she was while Mr. Stanley was at Kinchassa, and placed at 
 his service as a barge. Although detained by these old 
 friends, I did reach the Dutch House in time to find Stairs 
 and some others still at breakfast. By this time I had a 
 healthy appetite and was ready to join them ; but while 
 thus pleasantly engaged that little imp Baruti, Mr. 
 Stanley's black boy, came in to say that " Boula Matadi 
 (Stanley) he want to speak to you ; " so I had to rush 
 down again to the beach. Here I found Mr. Stanley, who 
 asked me to make a note of his final instructions, which 
 he forthwith proceeded to give me. He also handed me 
 a list of stores which he was able to take up out of the 
 lot I had transported by native carriers. The rest of the 
 loads with him were the bulk of those brought up by his 
 Zanzibaris. Besides the stores he left three donkeys and 
 two donkey boys. 
 
 Everything now seemed ready for the start, but a 
 delay was caused by the Henry Reed, which was to be 
 the first to get away, not being prepared. She was to 
 take up Tippu-Tib and his following, who were slow 
 in taking their places. It was nearly eight o'clock be- 
 fore he and his women were stowed away, and Mr. 
 Stanley, from the beach, was able to give the word to 
 cast off. The Henry Heed was towing the A.I. A. on one 
 side, and a large whale-boat on the other, so with her 
 heavy freight she had all her work cut out. Mr. Bonny, 
 an officer of the Expedition, was on board, and she was 
 piloted by Captain Martini, one of the State skippers, 
 while Mr. Walker, of the Emin Relief Expedition, was
 
 98 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 acting as engineer, holding himself in readiness to look 
 after tlie machinery of the other steamers also. By this 
 time the bulk of the Zanzibaris who were to be trans- 
 ported in the s.s. Stanley had taken their places, being 
 packed on board like so many sardines, and the Florida, 
 lashed alongside, was equally crowded, and so was the 
 whale-boat which was on the other side of the steamer. 
 We all bid farewell to Stairs, Jephson, Jameson, and 
 Nelson, who were on board, and the Statilei/, amidst the 
 cheers of the company on the beach, wdiich were re- 
 echoed by Stairs and his men, steamed out, her old 
 stern wheel slowly revolving. She was skippered by 
 Captain Shagerstrom, a Swede, one of the most ex- 
 perienced and painstaking ofhcers the State ever had, 
 and her eno;ineer was M. Deman. All the men on 
 board were under the immediate command of Lieu- 
 tenant Stairs. When they were off there only remained 
 the missionary steamer the Peace, which was to carr}^ 
 " Boula Matadi" and his picked company of Zanzibaris. 
 The little vessel looked quite gay, decked with the 
 mission flag as well as the Stars and Stripes, with some 
 device in the corner which turned out to be the " bouroi " 
 of the New York Yacht Club ; this had been presented 
 to Mr. Stanley some time ago by Mr. James Gordon 
 Bennett, of the Neio York Herald. Mr. Stanley took 
 with him, besides William his servant, Ward, who was 
 in charge of the picked Zanzibaris. Mr. Whiteley was 
 pilot of the Peace, and Mr. Charters engineer ; both of 
 them belonged to the English Baptist Mission. 
 
 'J'he commander of the Expedition, after impressive 
 farewells to all assembled on the beach, and wishing
 
 STANLEY'S DEPAETURE FROM KINCHASSA. 99 
 
 me, in particular, health and a speedy meeting, took 
 his place. As the Peace steamed out, with two whale- 
 boats in tow, I called for " Three cheers, and one cheer 
 more for ' Boula Matadi ' " which were given with a will. 
 Away went the great Expedition, having entered on 
 its second phase. The place that had been the scene 
 of so much bustle and excitement had now resumed its 
 accustomed stillness. I turned away from it and started 
 with Swinburne and Casement on the half-hour's walk 
 to their quarters further up the river. On our arrival 
 there we were much disturbed by being greeted with 
 the news that the Peace had put in here, as she had 
 met with disaster : the head of her rudder had been 
 snapped off while passing through a bad bit of water 
 just above. It was found on examination that this 
 could not be repaired at Kinchassa, but must be sent 
 to Leopoldville, so Mr. Whiteley and Charters went 
 over with it. As the job could not be jfiuished until 
 late that day, Mr. Stanley decided to remain with Swin- 
 burne and make another start on the morrow. The 
 other steamers had gone on, and no doubt wondered 
 what had become of their commander. Swinburne readily 
 placed all his accommodation at the service of his old 
 chief, and Ward, Casement, and I joined them at lunch, 
 an agreeable, partly because unexpected, event. Mr. 
 Stanley was anxious to get some rice over from Leo- 
 poldville with which to feed his 117 men, as this extra 
 day's delay in this district would encroach on what they 
 had. I undertook to attend to this, as I bethought me 
 that I should be far more comfortable if I could set 
 out of the garments I had not been able to chansfe for
 
 100 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 the last forty-eiglit hours, and to do this I must get 
 hold of my personal baggage, which was at Leopold- 
 ville, so my journey would accomplish both objects. It 
 was late in the afternoon when I started in a canoe 
 down river, but I arrived in time to dine wath friend 
 Liebrechts. I waited until rather late when the moon 
 came up before starting on my return journey, taking 
 with me the rice and my own personal baggage. It 
 w^as eleven o'clock at night when I got back to Kin- 
 chassa, and found all had turned in except Casement, 
 who gave me a " nightcap," and showed me to the 
 quarters Swinburne had assigned to me. Next morning, 
 as the rudder was mended, all w\as quickly in readiness 
 for a fresh start, and the rice, which Mr. Stanley w^as 
 pleased to find I had been able to bring, had proved 
 of service. Again the men all filed into their places, 
 and steam being up, they started off again, followed by 
 cheery " God speeds."
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN, AND 
 MY JOURNEY UP RIVER. 
 
 The perpetual strain of the last six weeks and the 
 terribly high pressure of the last two days was now ended, 
 and I was able for once to sit down quietly to take a 
 survey of the situation of affairs — past, present, and 
 future — as regarded the Expedition. 
 
 I had been invited by M. Liebrechts to be his guest at 
 Leopoldville until the steamers returned, but as I knew 
 well he had a full complement of Europeans to provide for 
 at his station, I did not feel justified in upsetting any of 
 his arrangements, which I knew I should do if I took up 
 my quarters with him. So I declined on these grounds, 
 and decided to remain with my old friend Mr. Swinburne, 
 of the Sandford Exploring Association, at Kinchassa, who 
 had also pressed me to be his guest. Casement, also in 
 the Sandford service, had gone down country again, a 
 few days after the departure of Stanley's Expedition, in 
 order to look after the transport of the machinery of the 
 Florida ; so Swinburne and I were left by ourselves in his 
 comfortably situated station, only two hours' march from 
 Leopoldville.
 
 102 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 I made arrangements witli M. Cloetens, the commercial 
 agent at the hitter phace, that he should keep me informed 
 of the arrival of some of the caravans which I had sent off 
 from Manyanga, but which had not yet appeared at Leo- 
 pold ville, and I was constantly going to and fro between my 
 new quarters and liCopoldville, having selected one of the 
 donkeys of the Expedition, which were left in my charge, 
 to convey me from one point to the other. These journeys 
 became necessary, for I found I was not to remain idle, 
 because the troublesome loads again required a deal of 
 personal attention. A great number had suffered con- 
 siderably since I had sent them off from Manyanga ; the 
 same old loads that had been my bane before again cried 
 out for assistance ; the loads of rice, cowries, and beads 
 packed at Zanzibar, and the mitakos and handkerchiefs 
 purchased on the Congo, were the chief victims. 
 
 As I had plenty of time at my disposal, I endeavoured 
 to put them straight for the long journey that still 
 remained to be accomplished, and in which they must 
 endure plenty of rough handling. The rice had all got a 
 pretty good soaking again between Manyanga and Leo- 
 poldville, so it required to be dried and repacked ; in 
 addition to this, the original miserable material was by 
 this time perfectly rotten. Luckily Mr. Stanley had 
 brought out with him a number of stout canvas sacks well 
 sewn together, and some of the rice had been transferred 
 into them at Matadi, consequently these loads had suffered 
 very little ; there were also a good many of these sacks 
 sent up empty, and I repacked all the rice I could in 
 them, but there still remained a great quantit};^ that had 
 been damaged, some to such an extent as to be unfit for
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 103 
 
 human consumption. The smell arising from some of 
 these sacks was almost unendurable, and they had to be 
 condemned and thrown away. The beads and much of 
 the rice had been done up in a most ridiculous manner. 
 They were in bags made of the material used for pillow- 
 slips, and were tied round the mouth with string ; over all 
 this was fastened a rough kind of straw matting. In 
 nearly every case the sheeting bags were split lengthwise 
 by the force engendered by repeated " dumping" in transit, 
 — not that I think it required more than one well-con- 
 ducted " dump " to do the trick ; the consequence "was, 
 the rice and beads were rattling about quite loose in the 
 matting, which in its turn leaked. The cowries were not 
 packed quite so badly ; they had been put in coarse in- 
 ferior sacking, which had rotted more or less in conse- 
 quence of the many soakings received on the way up. 
 
 I found great difficulty even here in obtaining the 
 proper materials required to make good loads of the rice 
 and beads. The only stuff procurable was bits of sacking 
 off old bales of cloth. Out of these I manufactured bag-s 
 for them, and improved their condition somewhat, though 
 they were still very far from being what I should have 
 liked to have seen them. With the same material (old 
 sacking) I patched up the cowrie sacks, as well as the 
 bales of handkerchiefs and mitakos, which had been 
 purchased from the Dutch House at Ango-Ango. The 
 latter gave me the most trouble of all. The niitako, or 
 brass rod, is the currency among the natives at Leopold- 
 ville and most of the regions of the Upper Congo. It is 
 in general imported to the Congo by the State in large 
 rolls or coils of 60 lbs. in weight. After its arrival at
 
 104 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Leopoldville it is cut up into the regulation lengths (about 
 2 feet), making it resemble in size and appearance an 
 ordinary stair-rod ; the value of each of these pieces at 
 Leopoldville is reckoned at l^d. But the mitakos which 
 Mr. Stanley had bought on the lower river were already 
 cut in lengths and put in 60 lb. loads done up in some- 
 thing of a waterproof material, and then sacking was sewn 
 outside of it. With the constant dumping of the loads the 
 sharp edges of the brass rods cpiickly cut their way 
 through, and in most cases either one or both ends were 
 thus laid open, and the carriers had every opportunity to 
 help themselves, which they had done in many cases. 
 They arrived in this condition whilst I was at Manyanga, 
 and though I then put iwse-bags on each end of these 
 loads, I knew that before they reached Leopoldville they 
 would be reduced to the s;ime bad condition, and I found 
 them now just as I expected. I had brought some mitakos 
 out from Europe, for the payment of carriers, but they 
 were not required for that purpose. These had been cut 
 in England, but were all packed in narrow wooden cases, 
 60 lb. loads each ; they stood the transport all right, and 
 Mr. Stanley took them all, some 116 boxes, up with him 
 in the first trip of the steamers. 
 
 It was impossible to make good loads of the mitakos 
 in sacking unless they were put into boxes, but it was 
 impossible for me to get any boxes at Leopoldville, so I 
 was forced to do the best 1 could, which was to put on 
 new nose-hags of two or three thicknesses of the strongest 
 material obtainable. The bales of handkerchiefs were 
 also badly put up. Those sent to the Congo froji Europe 
 are excellently packed, for it is well known by this time
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 105 
 
 to tlie manufacturers of these cloths that packing is 
 most important, considering the amount of reshipping 
 and rough native transportation these bales must undergo. 
 They are put under hydraulic pressure and reduced to 
 a compact mas-j, and are packed in stout brown paper, 
 then wrapped in strong waterproof material, and over 
 all is put good sacking strongly sewn up and hooped. 
 But the few bales purchased on the lower river had been 
 repacked loosely, sewn up in inferior material, and formed 
 most ungainly loads, with too much slack room ; in some 
 cases the sacking had burst out, while in others it had 
 rotted with the wet. It was a case of patch up all round, 
 and the worst of it was, that, do what I could, I was 
 totally unable to make any of them up to my standard 
 of a good load. 
 
 All these above-mentioned stores were never properly 
 packed in the first instance, and to all parties concerned 
 in putting up these loads in such a slipshod way great 
 blame must be attached for the damage and consequent 
 loss to the Expedition. Of course the rainy season is 
 not exactly the time to choose for transportiug perishable 
 articles like rice from Matadi to Leopoldville, and one 
 must expect to have it somewhat damaged ; but in all 
 my varied experience at Leopoldville I had never seen 
 loads arrive in such a wretched condition as did these 
 rice, beads, cowries, mitakos in sacking, and handkerchiefs. 
 I am thankful to say the other loads were in a more 
 satisfactory state. The 100 cases of powder, the 200 
 cases of ammunition, percussion caps, coils of brass and 
 iron wire, turned up in good condition, having withstood 
 the rough usage fairly well. With a hammer and a
 
 106 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 few nails they were easily put right. There were 90 
 bales of Zanzibar cloth which were packed tightly, being 
 wound round and round with thin sheeting, tied up 
 with thick cord, then sewn up in straw matting. This 
 was all right, as it formed a solid load ; but it was absurd 
 to send rice and beads in such bad packages as they 
 were. Beside these, there were 30 large cases (60 lbs. 
 weight) of ship's biscuits in bulk, purchased at Zanzibar 
 and the Cape, the latter not in tin-lined boxes, so that 
 loDg before they had reached LeojDoldville they had 
 become rotten and totally unfit for food. I was obliged 
 to make constant visits to Leopoldville, where I was 
 fully occupied in attempting to set these loads straight, 
 and I was much worried by the bad way in which they 
 had been packed. Yet with all my trouble and worry 
 I could only make the best of a bad job. I had every 
 assistance from Swinburne at Kinchassa and Liebrechts 
 at Leopoldville in giving me what material they had to 
 patch up the miserable loads. 
 
 At Kinchassa I knew I should have to wait at least 
 forty days until the return of the steamer from the 
 Aruwimi. I considered well the subject that cropped up 
 in my mind, of making a trip down country to Matadi, 
 or even as far as Banana. There were several things 
 which I thought I might accomplish by such a journey, 
 such as obtaining some good stout canvas for repacking 
 the loads properly, and also I should endeavour to get 
 some fixings for myself. But although I considered both 
 these matters very important, I could not shut my eyes 
 to the fact that my place was here ; and though I had 
 accomplished all that I could do at present in the interests
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 107 
 
 of the Expedition, and could only wait patiently for the 
 return of the steamers, yet I had to bear in mind that 
 there might be some mishap to one or other of the steamers 
 which might cause their return, or that Mr. Stanley might 
 change his programme and form a large camp somewhere 
 short of Stanley Falls, where he could get food, and in 
 this event mig^lit send down for me and the loads earlier 
 than I anticipated. As I was the only officer of the 
 Expedition remaining here, if I left my post, on even such 
 an important mission, there would be no one on hand to 
 carry out my instructions shoidd any of the contingencies 
 I suggest have happened. Hence I came to the conclusion, 
 much as I regretted it, that it would be inadvisable to 
 leave my post to go down river. I was thus obliged 
 to sacrifice, for the chance of furthering the good of the 
 Expedition, the opportunity to get material for the loads 
 as well as articles for my own future personal comfort. I 
 was entirely devoid of the necessary paraphernalia for 
 travel in Central Africa. Goodness alone knows that we 
 in these parts have little enough of anything ; but there 
 are a few articles which are really indispensable, such as 
 a tent, camp-bed, rifle, canteen, and some provisions. It 
 might strike most people as ludicrous that an old traveller 
 like myself should be forced to admit that he was without 
 any of the above-mentioned articles. But, gentle reader, 
 I had not, I am sorry to say, sufficiently taken to heart 
 the admonition of the Psalmist, " Put not your trust in 
 princes, nor in any child of man, for there is no help 
 in them." 
 
 When Mr. Stanley and Sir Francis de Win ton at last 
 made up their minds in what way my former African
 
 108 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 experiences could be best turned to account in the interests 
 of the Exj^edition, and gave me my sailing orders, I applied 
 for the tent, bed, canteen, rifle, and revolver with which 
 in the contracts the Committee had agreed, among other 
 things, to supply each officer. In reply, I was informed 
 by Sir Francis de Winton that all these had been sent 
 down to the docks and were on the eve of being shipped 
 to Zanzibar with all the other stores of the Expedition, 
 and he added it would be a great trouble to get out these 
 articles for me. While admitting the truth of this last 
 suggestion, I could not help pressing hard for them, as 
 I had not forgotten that a bird in the hand is worth two 
 in the hush of Africa as well as elsewhere. If it was too 
 much trouble to get those already packed and ready to 
 start, ought I not to be supplied with others ? For the 
 inconvenience or economy of the Committee, was I to be 
 the sufferer in comfort as well as, more important, health ? 
 My late experience on the Congo had shown me how very 
 difficult it was to get these same necessary articles. I 
 have seen numbers of men arrive fresh from Europe at 
 Vivi, where they received orders to go up country, and 
 when they applied for tents and beds they were told that 
 there were none at the station ; on their remonstrating, 
 the only satisfaction they got was that they must clear 
 out all the same. They too, in their contracts, had been 
 promised all kinds of things, but it w^ould be a curious 
 and enlightening table of statistics if one could find out 
 how many out of the hundreds I met have ever had a 
 tent or bed ! 
 
 On this occasion I was assured that orders would be 
 given that these necessary articles would be left for me,
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 109 
 
 and I should have them when I joined the Expedition. 
 " Don't, like a good fellow, give us any trouble over this 
 small affair," added the Colonel in comfortable Bond 
 Street; "you know this is a different affair from the 
 Belgian State, you can rely on us as English gentlemen." 
 This was in answer to my urging that I ought to have 
 these things with me. I had already said to him, " You 
 know what trouble there was on the Congo about tents 
 and beds, and you cannot be surprised that I wish to have 
 them with me, as you cannot buy these things out there." 
 Well, the end of the matter was, that sooner than give 
 any trouble I had to be reluctantly satisfied with his 
 assurances and go without, though I surmised what the 
 result would be. It may be remarked that I might have 
 bought these things, but the £40 allowed for our outfit 
 was far from sufticient to cover the other necessaries, and 
 I had already been forced to add £30 to that amount to 
 get anything like a satisfactory kit, and I could not very 
 well go to the expense and trouble at the last moment 
 to buy articles which were mentioned by name in my 
 contract as to be furnished me. On my arrival at Boma, 
 ]\I. Valcke lent me from the State stores a tent, bed, and 
 canteen, all of which I agreed to return when I reached 
 Leopoldville to the store of that station. 
 
 Although I should have in any event fulfilled this 
 promise, yet I was reminded of it by Mr. Stanley during 
 the few hours I was with him at Kinchassa. I took the 
 opportunity to ask him when I was to receive my own 
 tent, &c. He replied, " Man alive ! you w^on't require 
 these things on the steamer, you will get them when you 
 reach the camp."
 
 110 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Just SO, but I liad already made inquiries among the 
 officers, and could not discover that any of these things 
 had been saved for me — yet now I must trust to Mr. 
 Stanley's promise. The Committee dealt more reasonably 
 with Mr. Walker, who was sent out direct to the Cape, 
 there to be picked up, and he was supplied with a tent, &c., 
 to take with him. Even Mr. Ward, who was engaged out 
 on tlie Congo, and for whom of course the Committee had 
 made no provision, was more fortunate than I was, as he 
 found a tent and bed among the Expedition stores lying at 
 Matadi after the departure of Mr. Stanley's column, and 
 like a sensible man promptly annexed them. It was the 
 same old joke, " Every man for himself and the devil take 
 the hindmost." It was not that I was embittered by the 
 personal discomfort I endured that I enter into these 
 details, but it is only right that some comment should 
 be made. It ouo^ht not to have been difficult to have 
 properly supplied the officers of the Expedition, who did 
 not exceed the vast number of nine. However, havinoj 
 accepted the situation and given up to the State my 
 borrowed supplies, the only thing for me to do was to try 
 and get together on my own account what I could in the 
 way of bed, canteen, and other things, for I knew it was 
 quite impossible to obtain a tent. I had many old friends 
 at Kinchassa and Leopoldville, and found them quite 
 ready and willing to place at my service whatever they 
 had to spare. I got an excellent camp-bed from Dr. Sims 
 of the American Baptist Mission Union. It was quite 
 new, and, what was more to the point, proved to be most 
 serviceable. He had got it at Silvers ; it was made of 
 good stout canvas mounted on strong, seasoned wooden
 
 AT KIXCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN". Ill 
 
 folding trestles ; it could be put up and taken down 
 speedily, and, what was a great consideration, weighed 
 very little. Tents made by Edgington have been brought 
 to a state of perfection, but there is ample scope for some 
 inventive genius to use his talents to devise a camp-bed 
 that will coin1)ine strength and simplicity, and ability to 
 be made ready for use quickly, and withal be light to 
 carry. Edgington had supplied the Expedition with 
 camp-beds : these consisted of a piece of canvas, through 
 hems on the side of which jointed poles were put, then 
 two cros?-bars were fixed at the ends, and to this were 
 added three sets of trestles that had to be carefully 
 adjusted. All this required the superintendence of the 
 owner. The drawback to this construction is that it takes 
 time, and is hard to put together, while in addition it is 
 heavy as a load. Some of the officers discarded these 
 beds, preferring to have the weight thus disposed of made 
 up of some other personal comforts ! trusting to make 
 impromptu beds of some kind as they w^ent along. 
 
 I might have got a Martini- Henri rifle, as more than 
 one was offered me, but I should have had to take with 
 it ammunition (for the Expedition had nothing but 
 Winchester and Eemington) ; this would have encroached 
 much on the weight of the two sixty-pound loads allowed 
 me, so I was obliged to give that up. I had learnt from 
 my comrades during the short time I saw them at 
 Kinchassa that they had seen mighty little in the way 
 of provisions on the march up from Matadi, — in fact I 
 gathered from them that food was exceedingly scarce. 
 As my numerous friends at Kinchassa and Leopold ville 
 offered me all kinds of things, I saw my way to take up
 
 112 STANLEYS EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 a few provisions. Dr. Sims kindly furnished me with tea, 
 coffee, and a small su[)ply of necessary medicines ; Swin- 
 burne, Liebrechts, and Greslioff made up three small cases 
 between them of most acceptable articles, such as tinned 
 milk, tea, sugar, biscuits, butter, Brand's essence of beef, 
 &c. Thus was I overwhelmed with kindness in every 
 way by these good fellows, and I knew that in most cases 
 they were depriving themselves in letting me have these 
 things. 
 
 But I had to limit my supplies for two reasons : I 
 knew that the Stanley would be well filled up with Expe- 
 dition stores on her second trip, and that even if I 
 found room for a large number of private stores I should 
 not be able to get carriers to transport them onward to 
 Lake Albert, though, as the end will show, this latter 
 difficulty need not have been counted, as long before 
 our end of the Expedition could start these supplies 
 might have been well used to mitigate our sufferings. 
 However, I was promised enough, and could take some 
 to divide among my comrades without adding too much 
 to their personal baggage. I managed also to get two 
 extra beds, as I had heard that Barttelot and Bonny were 
 among those who had dispensed with theirs, and thought 
 by this time they no doubt regretted having done so. The 
 time passed away at Kinchassa rather drearily while I was 
 long-ino- for the return of the steamers that I might be 
 again up and doing. My companions at this place 
 changed from time to time. Davey the engineer returned 
 from his trip down country to supervise the transport 
 of the machinery of the Florida, Von Rothkirch turned 
 up with some of the pieces, while Casement came in his
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 113 
 
 wake a few days later. Meantime Swinburne had gone 
 down country. Thus, with few events to mark its flight, 
 time went on till July 3rd, when sixty-five days after her 
 departure the s.s. Stanley returned. I had calculated 
 that forty days would be consumed in her trip, so I had 
 ever since daily visited the beach anxiously on the look- 
 out for her. On this day I was in my room dressing 
 quite early in the morning, when some men employed 
 in the outskirts of the station came rushing in shouting 
 " Sail ho ! " I hastened down with all speed to the beach, 
 followed by Casement and Davy, and there I saw the 
 Stanley coming round the bend at full steam, and in a few 
 minutes she was alono-side. She had a large number of 
 men on board, who turned out to be Bano;alas broug^ht 
 down for service in the State at Leopoldville and down- 
 river stations. The Stanley had brought back the Florida, 
 but neither of the other steamers, the Peace or Henry 
 Meed, turned up. We lost no time in getting on board, 
 and, as soon as we had greeted Shagerstrom and Deman, 
 eagerly asked for news of the Ex^^edition. Where had 
 they been left ? Was Mr. Stanley all right ? How were 
 the other officers ? Had they had any trouble in taking 
 Tippu-Tib back to Stanley Falls ? and scores of similar 
 questions were showered upon Shagerstrom. We received 
 satisfactory answers to all, and he handed me my letters — 
 one from Mr. Stanley and two from Ward. Shagerstrom 
 and Deman breakfasted with us before goiug on to 
 Leopoldville. I took the earliest opportunity of reading 
 Mr. Stanley's letter, which is as follows: —
 
 114 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 [Letter No. 7.] 
 
 "Camp, Rapids of the Aruwimi, 
 ''June I8lh, 1887. 
 
 " Dear Mr. Troup, 
 
 " I extract from list of goods M'liich were to be sent to me 
 from Matadi, and which I need here. 
 
 " You will then ship for me on board the following articles or 
 loads per Stanley — 
 
 104 cases Remingtons (ammunition, old and new). 
 100 ,, powder. 
 10 ,, caps. 
 90 bales Zanzibar cloth. 
 63 loads beads, cowries, and wire. 
 60 ,, brass wire (mitakos). 
 22 bales handkerchiefs. 
 
 8 boxes biscuits. 
 12 bags rice. 
 
 8 ,, salt (purchase it). 
 
 2 boxes soap (ditto). 
 
 6 bales cloth for presents. 
 
 2 bags empty sacks. 
 
 Total 487 
 
 " The remaining articles you will kindly dispose of to M. A. 
 Greshoff and the State, and my friend Swinburne. From each 
 receive a proper due bill, payable where and by whom ? We don't 
 wish to make money on them, but simply to obtain cash spent 
 and charges on the goods. These goods will consist of brass rods, 
 rice and biscuits. For the oil please ask a simple receipt from 
 M. Liebrechts. 
 
 " Out of the 60 boxes brass rods you bring with you from 
 Leopoldville, 31 boxes and 100 rods are to be delivered to Bangala 
 station. Demand receipt. 270 brass rods are to be paid Glave at 
 Equator Station. 
 
 " A few, I believe, are due at Lukolela at the English mission. 
 
 "Your expenses in brass rods from Bolobo to this camp will 
 roughly amount to as follows —
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 115 
 
 "Bolobo to Bangala, 15 days — 125 men at 17 niitakos (1 
 
 mitako per man per day) . . . . . ^ 4} boxes. 
 
 Ba-.igala to Camp, 12 days — at 12 mitakos per man (f 
 
 mitako per man per day) . . . . . ^ 3 ,, 
 
 Three officers (Troup, Ward, and Bonny) 30 mitakos per 
 
 day, 1050 = 2 „ 
 
 01 
 
 Boxes to be paid out en ruide . 32 
 
 Total 41 L 
 
 "You thus ought to have 18 or 19 boxes left on reaching this 
 camp. You will halt en wide thus — 
 
 " One day at Bolobo, one day at Lukolela, one day at Equator, one 
 day at Bangala, one day at Upoto to purchase provisions. 
 
 " Bolobo to Lukolela 
 Lukolela to Equator 
 Equator to Bangala 
 Bangala to U]ioto . 
 Upoto to Aruwimi 
 Mouth of Aru^yimi to Camp 
 
 23 
 
 "The Stanley, being witliout the Florida this time, may do it 
 much quicker on your trip. 
 
 " This is all about business I believe. And now, remember, do 
 not let there be any stupid delay at Leopoldville. On this first 
 trip the Stanley had on board 180 men and 456 loads, on yours 
 she will have 125 men and 483 loads. 
 
 " If the captain thinks necessary, demand the large whale-boat 
 to assist. 
 
 " Officers on returning from up river generally fall sick from the 
 subsequent inaction, but do you urge departure for the sake of 
 health and time. The Stanley was lent to us for 90 davs, begin- 
 ning of course the day she sailed from Leopoldville. The captain 
 has lost us three days out of that. I presume the boat will be 
 down to you 1st of July. You therefore have no time to lose. 
 
 " Should there be, by any freak or mischance, an impossibility 
 to obtain the Stanley — take note of all the facts in connection 
 
 3 
 
 days 
 
 4 
 
 )5 
 
 4 
 
 )> 
 
 5 
 
 >> 
 
 5 
 
 55 
 
 2 
 
 55
 
 IIG STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Avith it — then turn your attention to other means at once in the 
 most energetic manner. 
 
 " When you join us we shall be all heartily glad, and you need 
 have no fear of separation afterwards. Wishing you a good trip, 
 in health and speed. 
 
 " I am, 
 
 " Yours very sincerely, 
 
 (Signed) " Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 "John Rose Troup, Esq. 
 etc. etc. 
 
 " P.S. — On arriving here place yourself under the Major, for he 
 will no doubt, when you join, push on after me with you all. — 
 H. M. S. 
 
 " P.S. — It is a capital camp here — impregnable to all Arabs and 
 natives, with a good garrison and plenty of chop (food) and most 
 healthy.— H. M. S." 
 
 It will be seen that he had somewhat altered his 
 arrangements as to the distribution of his officers, for 
 instead of leaving Major Barttelot at the camp at Bolobo, 
 as he originally intended, he had told off Ward and 
 Bonny for that duty. 
 
 I had now to set to work at once to get away on the 
 second trip with as little delay as possible. I had already 
 made every preparation for departure that I could make, 
 and among other things I had got sufficient wood ready 
 at Leopoldville and Kinchassa to start the steamer without 
 delay on this score. The s.s. Stanley went on to Leopold- 
 ville, while I made my way there overland, and accom- 
 panied by friend Casement. On our arrival we found 
 that the Stanley had not come in, for she had met M. 
 Liebrechts going over to Brazzaville on the opposite shore 
 to call on the French Commissary, and had in consequence 
 been delayed. It was late in the afternoon before she
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 117 
 
 readied Leopoldville, so that it was impossible to do 
 anything that day ; hut before returning to Kinchassa, 
 I made arrangements to have her loaded up next day 
 (Monday), so that she could start on Tuesday morning. 
 I was at Leopoldville early on Monday, and soon had 
 all the stores required by Mr, Stanley on board the 
 Stanley. She had had another hole knocked in her on 
 her way up with the first detachment of the Expedition, 
 which had been patched up ; taking her all round, she 
 was in an exceedingly shaky condition. However, there 
 was no time to be lost, and we must make the best of 
 her, as it was impossible under existing circumstances 
 to do anything to her. My next task was to try to 
 dispose of the surplus stores of rice and mitakos, in 
 accordance with Mr. Stanley's instructions. I sold to 
 the State 65 sacks of rice and handed over to them 
 41 drums of machine oil, in lieu of what they had 
 supplied for the use of the Expedition. There were 
 also 23 large cases of the aforesaid biscuits in bulk, 
 but I could get no purchaser for these, as they were 
 all damaged and totally unfit for human food ! The 
 Dutch House purchased 18 sacks of rice and 28 loads 
 of . brass rods ; the Sandford Exploring Association, 7 
 sacks of rice. This accounted altogether for 90 sacks 
 of rice, 28 bundles of brass rods, and 23 cases of biscuits, 
 or 141 loads not wanted by Mr. Stanley. Besides all 
 this there was also some rice which had been left at 
 Matadi, and w^hicli was not included in the total of 
 loads that were to be brought up by my native transport, 
 but Mr. Stanley had ordered this to be brought afterwards, 
 and 1 had sent men down to fetch it. I had been now
 
 118 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 informed by letter that some of this had arrived at 
 Manyanga, so I arranged with ]\L Liebrechts that he 
 should purchase all this as well. Among the sacks of 
 rice which 1 sold to M. Liebrechts were a number of 
 those that I had put into good stout canvas bags when 
 I was repacking these loads. I was very anxious to get 
 these back, but as he had no other sacks to put the 
 rice into, I was obliged reluctantly to part with them, 
 for he would not take it in bulk because he had no 
 stores sufficiently dry to keep rice in. In the long list 
 given in Mr. Stanley's letter were mentioned 8 bags of 
 salt and 2 boxes of soap, against which he had noted 
 "purchase it," as he knew these were not among the 
 Expedition stores that were in my hands. I was fortu- 
 nately able to carry out his instructions as ftir as the 
 salt was concerned, but the soap required I could not 
 possibly obtain. 
 
 M. Liebrechts had added to his many personal atten- 
 tions and kindness to me, by doing everything in his 
 power to aid me in my efforts to get the steamer started 
 without delay. Consequently, if I could do it consistently 
 with my duties to the Expedition, I could not refuse the 
 request he now made of me. He had forty time-expired 
 Bangalas who should be returned to their homes, and also 
 some 60 loads that were to be carried to the same station. 
 This would be his only opportunity of sending them back 
 for some time to come, as the Stanley would be away on 
 this trip for at least another fifty days. This delay in 
 sending up the men so long after their term of service had 
 expired might lead to trouble, and would create a bad 
 impression, which might cause difficulty at some future
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTUEE OF MAIN COLUMN 119 
 
 date when it was desirable to engaofe more men from the 
 Bangala district, that station being 500 miles further up 
 the Congo from Leopoldville. Under these circumstauces 
 I agreed to take the men and loads on the condition that 
 I could have one of the State whale-boats should they 
 arrive before I started, or if not, I must be authorized to 
 take one when I met them coming down. 1 had made 
 my calculations, and had found that I should be crowded 
 right up if I did not have the addition of a whale-boat. 
 I could not have the Florida as a barsce aQ-ain, as it was 
 distinctly arranged that she should be lent for only one 
 trip. I found that on leaving Leopoldville I should have 
 546 loads of the Expedition, including what I had to pay 
 out e?i route, and I was to pick up 125 men and 2 officers 
 at Bolobo, four days farther up the river. 
 
 I completed all my arrangements at Leopoldville that 
 day, and returned to Kinchassa late the same night, 
 Casement and I having a most pleasant ride by the 
 glorious light of the moon. I had bidden farewell to 
 Liebrechts and the other State officials, for I had 
 arranged that the Stanley should call for me at Kinchassa 
 the next morning, and she would now be able to leave 
 Leopoldville in good season. 
 
 The morning of July 5th, 1887, saw me up early, 
 getting my few personal things together. There were in 
 all four Zanzibar! s in my party. I had to leave one of 
 the two donkey boys behind because he was very ilL Dr. 
 Sims kindly undertook to look after him, and I left rice 
 and mitakos in the doctor's charge for his rations. During 
 my stay at Kinchassa these Zanzibaris who had belonged 
 to Stairs' company had made their way back here ; they
 
 120 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 had been left behind at Kimpoko, further up the river, 
 ha vino; missed the steamer. So I had these four men as 
 well as the Cabiuda boy, lent to me by the Sandford 
 Association as a servant, who was to accompany me as far 
 as the Aruwimi and then return by the steamer. The s.s. 
 Stanley turned up all right, and I got my small ptirty, as 
 well as two of the donkeys, on board. The third donkey I 
 was obliged to leave behind ; he was in such a wretched 
 state that he was only fit for the knacker's yard. 
 
 I had hoped that one of the other steamers with the 
 Avhale-boats would have returned before I started, but we 
 had seen nothino; of them. 
 
 After farewells with Casement and Davey, we were soon 
 off, steaming up the Pool, at last under weigh, once more 
 movino" on towards our oroal. This was the last detachment 
 of the Emin Expedition, and I have no doubt that our 
 fiiends hereabouts were all glad to see the last of it, for 
 although I had received every assistance and kindness 
 from them, one and all, yet there had been a great strain 
 upon the State as well as every one else during the stay 
 and passage of the Expedition on the Lower River. Even 
 Shagerstrom and Deman were glad to get away. My own 
 feelings on the subject may well be imagined. At present 
 the steamer was fairly clear, but we had great difficulty in 
 finding suitable quarters for the two donkeys. The only 
 available place where they would be out of the way was 
 right forward, but this was close to the boilers ; still here 
 they had to be put up and make the best of it. We had 
 twenty Zanzibaris on board who were sent down from the 
 camp at Bolol^o in order to cut wood for us from day to 
 day on our way up.
 
 AT KINCIIASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 121 
 
 AVe pulled up at Kimpoko (where Bishop Taylor's people 
 had established a mission station in the old State quarters) 
 in the afternoon, as we w^ere on the look-out for the steamers 
 and whale-boats which we were afraid might pass us in the 
 large expanse of water of the Pool ; but it was not until 
 the next day when we had really got out of Stanley Pool 
 and were steaming up the river that we caught sight of one, 
 which we at first thought was the Mission steamer Henry 
 Reed. She turned out to be the other Mission steamer 
 Peace, and it w^as not long before we met and got alongside 
 of her. On board her were Messrs. Whiteley and Charters 
 of the mission and Mr. Walker, engineer, of our Expedition. 
 We learnt from them that the Henry Reed, with the A. I. A, 
 and whale-boats had been stopped at Bangala on their way 
 down from the Aru wimi by Capt. Vangele, of the State, who 
 demanded them on urgent public business. Mr. Stanley 
 had evidently expected that something of this kind might 
 happen after he saw Capt. Vangele at the Equator station 
 on his way up. Consequently Walker had been warned 
 when he started down again not to put in with the Henry 
 Reed and boats at Equator Station, and following his 
 instructions did not intend to do so. But when he stopped 
 at Bangala, much higher up than the Equator, he found 
 Capt. Vangele had come on to this point, and immediately 
 demanded the Henry Reed, A. L A., and the whale boats ; 
 the latter were State property, but the s.s. Henry Reed 
 belonged to the missionaries, and it was the very steamer 
 which it will be remembered Mr. Stanley had had so 
 much difficulty in getting ! ]\Tr. Walker did all he could 
 in the way of remonstrance but all to no purpose, so 
 he was oblio;ed to come down on the Peace.
 
 122 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 This news was very serious to me, for now it wns 
 apparent that I could get no whale-boats, I had then 
 to consider whether I ought not to send back to Leopold- 
 ville tlie time-expired men and the loads destined for 
 Bangala in the Peace, as we should be overcrowded if we 
 had not the whale-boats, after picking up the men at 
 the camp at Bolobo. I consulted with the captain of 
 the Stanlei/, who assured me that we could manage to 
 take them all, so it was decided to go on as we were, 
 taking Mr. Walker with us in his capacity of engineer, 
 in case anything should go wrong with the engines of the 
 Stanlei/. 
 
 On July 10 we reached Bolobo, where we found Ward 
 and Bonny in their encampment, with everything looking 
 very neat and trim ; we had to stop overnight at this 
 place. We found a large supply of wood had been got 
 ready for the steamer. We were all in high spirits at the 
 idea of starting on the final stage of our river journey the 
 next morning. Ward and Bonny were both looking very 
 well, and I was right sflad to meet them ao'ain. 
 
 Early the next morning we got all the men on board, 
 as well as another donkey. We were just crowded right 
 up, the men had all to be fitted into their places on the 
 lower deck like so many sardines, leaving no room to 
 pass round the deck houses ; the upper deck was full up 
 also, while nearly all the compartments were packed 
 tightly with the stores, not leaving much space for the 
 necessary fuel for the steamer. It was lucky that no 
 Government Inspector was within hail, for if we had had 
 a license he would most certainly have revoked it when 
 he knew of our overcrowded condition. That the public
 
 AT KINCILVSSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 123 
 
 may judge how miicli we had on board, I append here a 
 list of officers, men and stores, on the s.s. Stanley. 
 
 Captain Shagerstroin . . Captain s.s. Stanley. 
 Deiiian Engineer ditto. 
 
 Walker 
 Total 6 officers. 
 
 
 Troup .... 
 
 VOfficers of the Emin Eolief Expedition. 
 
 Bonny .... 
 
 14 Bangalas, crew of s.s. Stanley. 
 
 3 Zanzibaris, left at Kimpoko. 
 
 1 ,, donkey-boy. 
 
 40 time-expired Bangalas. 
 125 Zanzibaris, from camp at Bolobo. 
 
 4' officers' servants. 
 
 Total 187 
 
 STOKES. 
 
 493 loads of Emin Belief stores for transport to the Aruwimi. 
 50 ,, for repaying Avhat Stanley borrowed on his way up and 
 
 for rations of officers and men. 
 GO ,, of the State for Bangala, missions, &c. 
 25 „ officers' private baggage. 
 40 ,, belonging to returning Bangalas. 
 
 Total 668 
 
 3 donkeys. 
 
 It must be remembered that besides the above we 
 had to carry a hirge enough supply of wood to permit of 
 our steaming for about tun hours. As it was we were 
 Cjuite unable to get on board anything like all the wood 
 that Ward a,nd Bonny had had cut for us. The men 
 had all been rationed for three days, their bananas and 
 chiquanga helping to increase the weight on board. This
 
 124 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 was renewed wlien we reached places where they could 
 get food, that they might have supplies in hand. 
 
 Tiie reader may be curious to know how we passed 
 the days on our way up. We generally started about 
 5.30 A.M., and steamed on until between 4 and 5 o'clock 
 in the afternoon, when we would pull up at some place 
 chosen by the captain as being a suitable spot to obtain 
 a fresh supply of wood for the next day's steaming. As 
 soon as we were securely moored, the men were all 
 put ashore with their bundles of food. Tl^ey were 
 divided into parties, and provided with axes and cross- 
 cut saws, the general order been given " leete choka " 
 (bring axes), while choka, choka was echoed down the 
 line. Then under the general supervision of the white 
 men they began wood cutting. Trees that were dry 
 enouo'h for firewood were selected, and the task of 
 cuttino; down and drawinsj them to the water's edg;e 
 was entered upon. At dusk huge fires were lit, and 
 by the blaze of these the men cut up the logs into 
 small chunks, three or four feet in length ; thus they 
 would be occupied all night in preparing fuel for the 
 next morningr. It must be remembered that the men 
 had nothing to do all day but to sit stock still on 
 the steamer, for this wood cutting was the only work 
 they had. It was a picturesque enough sight, attended 
 with its noise and bustle, the thud, thud of the axes, 
 the crash of the falling trees, then the firelight scene, 
 with the scraping of the saw, and chop, chop, followed 
 always by a dull thud as the blocks were thrown on 
 the piles, and were then tossed from hand to hand till 
 they were all loaded on to the steamer ; added to all
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 125 
 
 this were the weird cries and monotonous sono^s of the 
 men at their work. 
 
 The next day steam would be got up early, we were 
 generally off at 5.30 a.m. The shrill whistle of the 
 steamer was the signal for all the men to get on l)oard ; 
 then would come the task of fitting them properly into 
 their places and seeing that the headmen had collected 
 all the axes and saws. Shagerstrom, the captain, would 
 be at his post on the bridge, shouting his orders, and we 
 would soon be again on our way. M. Liebrechts, before 
 we left Leopoldville, had kindly put on board a sufficient 
 supply of provisions such as tea. sugar, milk and biscuits 
 for us officers of the Expedition, and we had a ration 
 of mitakos to buy animal food when we could get it 
 at the villages we came across. All that we had to 
 eat was partaken of in the little " saloon " of the 
 steamer, followed by many a jolly yarn. After breakfast 
 we would go up on the upper deck, the fore portion 
 of which was covered, with seats on each side, making 
 a comfortable wheel house. Here Shagerstrom used to 
 take up his quarters from the time we started till we 
 pulled up for the night, some ten hours, and would 
 have his breakfast and lunch sent up to him while 
 he was engaged in piloting us through the intricate 
 channels of the mighty Congo ! There was no one to 
 share this task with him, to relieve him of his anxieties. 
 To us it was a painfully monotonous existence ; the 
 only thing that kept us going was the knowledge that 
 each turn of the stern wheel was bringing us nearer 
 our destination. In this way time went on nntil the 
 14th, when, after having started as usual at 5.30 a.m.,
 
 126 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 we reached Liikolela at 8.30 a.m. At tins point tliere 
 had been a State station, l)ut it had been abandoned ; 
 there was now only a mission station left. We put 
 in here, as we liad the mail and a few cases for the 
 missionaries, with the less hesitation as we knew it was 
 a very good place to get wood, for we had not been 
 able to get a large enough supply the night before. We 
 quickly set our men to work, so that we were able to 
 get away again a little after midday with a capital lot 
 of wood. All had gone well vrith us so far, but about 
 4 o'clock in the afternoon, while we were going at full 
 speed, we suddenly felt a shock. We had struck some- 
 thing, had rebounded, and then struck again and stuck 
 fast. At the time I was sitting with Walker in the 
 little saloon, and we rushed out immediately to learn 
 what had happened. Walker with the captain and 
 Deman soon had opened the hatches over the fore- 
 compartments, and found tliat one of these was filled 
 with water. Luckily there was no panic among the 
 men ; the order was passed around that they were to 
 sit still. The bulk of the wood was at once thrown 
 overboard to lighten her ; we then tried to steam off, 
 but there was no moving ahead or astern, we only 
 swung round. Soundings were taken, and we found we 
 were in six fathoms of water. A sail was drawn under- 
 neath from the bows, and we discovered we were fast 
 about midships. On examining the compartments beneath 
 the captain's cabin we found the plates were indented, 
 but fortunately she was making no water here. The 
 conclusion arrived at was that we had struck on a big 
 snag, tearing a large hole in the fore compartment, and
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTUEE OF MAIN COLUMN. 127 
 
 had then stuck fast on to it further aft. Had the com- 
 partments not been water-tight we should have gone 
 down at once. We were a good distance from the shore, 
 with a very strong current running, so that the outlook 
 was discouraging to say the least of it. Presently we 
 cauoht sio;ht of some canoes, and after shoutino; and 
 beckoning to their occupants to come to our assistance, 
 after some time we managed to make them understand 
 us, and they came alongside. We now decided that our 
 best plan was to transfer by this means all the men, 
 if possible, to a sandbank as near as the shore, as we 
 were afraid they might cause trouble if they got into 
 the native villages. I am thankful to say that still 
 there was no panic among the men, in fact, I don't 
 think they knew their danger ; we said very little, but 
 watched them closely. After striking a bargain with the 
 natives, we persuaded them to take some of the men 
 off, part to the sandbank and others to the shore, where 
 they told us they had a village. Time was getting on, 
 it would soon be sundown, and the canoes were very 
 slow in returning. We had kept one canoe alongside, 
 and in this Ward went ashore to hasten them. He soon 
 sent back a lot more canoes, and we were able to get 
 off all the men before dark. AVe then made another 
 attempt to steam off, but without success, so there was 
 nothing to be done but to wait till morning, when we 
 could remove some of the cargo. Ward arranged with 
 the natives to send their canoes out at dawn for this 
 purpose. Steam was kept up all night, while we were 
 keenly on the alert for further developments. We were 
 afraid that the steamer might bump a hole through the
 
 12b STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 midship compartment, the point where she was stuck. 
 The fore compartment was baled out and the hole stuffed 
 up with tarpaulins, &c., which hel23ed to keep the water 
 somewhat under. It was an anxious night for us all. 
 Speaking for myself, I can say I did not sleep much ; 
 the chance of losing the precious stores after all the care 
 I had bestowed on them was too horrible to contem- 
 plate. I lay awake counting the moments to daybreak. 
 At dawn of July 15th some of the canoes were visible, 
 but it was blowing very hard, so they took some time 
 to reach us, and when they came alongside were pretty 
 full of water. Ward went ashore to receive the caro;o 
 on its arrival there, and afterwards sent word that he 
 wanted assistance, as it was too much for one person to 
 watch all the canoes as they landed at different points, 
 and there was danger that some of the loads might be 
 made off with. So Bonny went to his aid, while I 
 stayed on board to despatch the cargo. 
 
 As we thus by degrees lightened the steamer, Captain 
 Shagerstrom had steam up, and was trying hard to get 
 off the snao;, whilst Walker and Deman were watchino" 
 the efforts, ready for instant assistance if any fresh damage 
 was done to the midskip compartment. It w^as not until 
 we had taken out more than 100 loads that at last we 
 got off, without any additional injury to the steamer. 
 This result was greeted with loud shouts, and we im- 
 mediately steamed to the shore, where we picked up a 
 portion of the men and loads there, and then made for 
 the sandbank, which we considered a more suitable place 
 for beaching the steamer for repairs, as well as safer for 
 our men and loads. On arrival here we immediately
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 129 
 
 commenced to take out all the loads, stackino; tliem care- 
 fully and covering them with tarpaulins. It was then, 
 decided by the skipper to fill all the aft compartments 
 with water in order to lift the bows of the steamer, that 
 Mr. Walker and Deman might get at the hole in the 
 fore compartment to repair it. It was quite clear that 
 we would be obliged to stay here two or three days 
 before the necessary rejoairs could be completed. Hence 
 we made the Zanzibaris camp on the sandbank, givir)g 
 them their usual rations of mitakos for buying food ; this 
 the natives brought over, and a brisk trade was done. 
 We told off a guard of men to take care of the stores 
 under one of the officers. Ward, Bonny, and I took watch 
 and watch for three hours at a time throuo;hout the nisfht. 
 In the meantime Walker and Deman were hard at it 
 working over the hole ; they found it difficult to get at, 
 though they had prized up the steamer in the way men- 
 tioned above. To accomplish their job they had cut up 
 an old oil drum, flattening it out to serve as a plate to 
 patch up the hole, riveting it on the best way they could, 
 and framing it all with red lead. Mr. Walker and his 
 fellow-engineer deserve the highest praise for having so 
 successfully achieved their task under such great diffi- 
 culties, standing in the water most of the time, and 
 sticking faithfully to their work. 
 
 We remained at " Snag Point " three days, the repairs 
 being finished on July 17th, and all was then in readiness 
 for the reception of the stores again, which had in no 
 way been improved by their wet canoe journeys. We 
 worked hard, so that by nightfall we had all prepared 
 for a morning start. The next day, after getting all our
 
 130 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 men on board, we bade a cheerful good-bye to the un- 
 fortunate " Snag Point," and made our way to the other 
 side of the river to get wood. AVe were all in good spirits, 
 feeling rejoiced at our escape, for we had had a very 
 narrow squeak ; had the accident occurred in some place 
 beyond reach of the villages, or had the natives been 
 unfriendly or afraid to come to our assistance, we should 
 have been obli2:ed to throw some of our stores overboard ! 
 However, we were off again, and right thankful we were 
 that the natives had aided us. We did not forget them, 
 for they were well paid for their trouble, and had, more- 
 over, done a good trade with our men during our enforced 
 stay in their district. No blame could be attached to 
 Captain Shagerstrom for this unforeseen disaster. The 
 Congo river, with its intricate channels, numerous rocks, 
 strong currents, &c., &c., is enough to try the skill of the 
 most experienced navigator; but in addition to all these 
 dangers there are also found, to our cost, huge trees or 
 snags sunk in deep water, with branches, like supple 
 prono-s, sticking up nearer the surface, and upon which 
 it is a serious matter to run. We had lost three days 
 when time was valuable, but we consoled ourselves by 
 thinkinn; it mio-ht have been worse. 
 
 Nothing further of importance happened until the 21st, 
 when we arrived at Equator station. Here there had been 
 an important State station, but it had been abandoned, 
 and now it was in the possession of the Sandford Exploring 
 Expedition. Here we met Mr. Glave, an old friend of 
 Ward's and mine, who had been in the service of the 
 State for three years, and after a short sojourn in England 
 had come out again in the service of the other expedi-
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 131 
 
 tion. A mission station is also here, Glave took dinner 
 with us, and afterwards we adjourned to his quarters, 
 where, as he was a baujoist, he amused us with some very 
 quaint songs. Up to this date we had all enjoyed" good 
 health, but Bonny was down with a slight attack of fever 
 since yesterday. We had arrived at the Equator too late 
 to cut wood that night, so we had to remain the next 
 day for this purpose and to allow the men to buy food. 
 Hence we could not get off again until the morning of the 
 23rd, by which time Bonny was much better. 
 
 We arrived at Bangala about 8.30 a.m. of the 27th 
 July, all well. We had now accomplished half the distance 
 — that is, 500 miles. AVe found here several State officers, 
 all old comrades : Capt. Vangele, MM. Lieut, Vankerck- 
 hoven, Baert, Danis, Lienart, &c., and Mr. Werner, 
 engineer of the s.s. En Avant. We had a very friendly 
 reception from them all, and ]\I. Vankerckhoven, Com- 
 missaire de District, entertained the whole party at dinner 
 that night. 
 
 We had noticed that the s.s. Henry Reed with the 
 A.I. A. and the whale-boats were moored at the landino;- 
 place. We got rid here of the time-expired Bangalas 
 and their loads, as well as the stores for Bangala station. 
 I also repaid some thirty-eight loads of mitakos that 
 Mr. Stanley had borrowed at this station, so w^e were 
 somewhat lightened. However, I deemed it advisable 
 to ask for one of the whale-boats ; for in case of any 
 further accident, knowing the shaky state of the Stanley, 
 it was prudent to have some kind of boat for communi- 
 cating with the shore in case of any fresh disaster. But 
 after all we did not o-et one, as I was informed bv M.
 
 132 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Vaiikerckliovcn, as well as by Capt. Vangele, that all 
 tlic craft were required for the service of the State. 
 
 Next day, that is, July 28th, we were off again, saying 
 farewells to the State officials. This was the last station 
 on the up river. We had still 500 miles more to make 
 before we reached Yambuya, our destination, and we 
 were now on the eve of leaving this last outpost of 
 civilization on the river. From here onwards our days 
 were more uneventful and monotonous than heretofore, 
 steaming by day, cutting wood by night, only relieved 
 by the excitement and worry of half a day's delay owing 
 to the donkey pump breaking down. So time passed, 
 and everything went quietly until August 11th, when 
 we reached the mouth of the Aruwimi river. Here 
 matters looked for a moment threatening enough. A 
 native village called Basoko is on the river bank here ; 
 it was burnt down some time ago by Mr. Deane when 
 he was in charge of Stanley Falls, five days' journey 
 higher up the Congo, as a punishment because the 
 inhabitants had taken some Houssas prisoners and had 
 killed and eaten them. For this act of cannibalism they 
 were made to suffer, but as the people hereabouts are 
 all given to this horrible practice, there is little doubt 
 that the burning of the village had not improved the 
 moral tone of the district to any great extent. Mr. 
 Stanley on his way up wx^nt ashore here, and the 
 frightened natives fled from their villa2;e. But he did 
 not, as it happened, escape from all trouble thereby, as 
 his boy, Barute, who had been in England with Mv. 
 Stanley, and who w^as a native of this village, deserted, 
 in company with another Aruwimi boy, taking with
 
 MR. J. S. JAMESON.
 
 AT KINCHASSA AFTER DEPARTURE OF MAIN COLUMN. 133 
 
 tliem several things of Mr. Stanley's, including a pre- 
 sentation revolver and a Winchester rifle. On the 
 occasion of our visit to this part of the world, the 
 natives rushed out, lininof the bank, brandishins" their 
 shields and spears, and howling like all possessed in a 
 most warlike manner, witli drums beating and a general 
 row that was beyond description. No doubt had we 
 turned towards the shore their bold defiance would have 
 been turned into undignified attempts to get out of our 
 way. This diversion was not repeated by all the in- 
 habitants on the river, as, farther up, when we stopped 
 to cut wood that night, the natives came out unarmed, 
 and were rather afraid of us than otherwise. They 
 were a wild-looking lot, splendidly made, strong-limbed 
 devils, but we showed them our friendly disposition, 
 and after a time they came alongside and sold our 
 men plantains, palm-oil, and fish. We had still three 
 days' steaming to make before reaching our destination, 
 for it was on August 14th that we reached Yambuya. 
 Shagerstrom and Walker, who had come up with the 
 advance column, were acting as our guides, but when 
 they pointed out the spot as Mr. Stanley's camp, we 
 began to think they must be dreaming, or that if this 
 was the place it was now deserted, for we saw no sign 
 of life on the cliff above us ; but at last, in response 
 to the whistle of the steamer, we saw some men coming 
 down tlie winding path in the face of the cliff, and 
 were thus assured that no mistake had been made. 
 
 It was not long before we greeted our fellow-officers, 
 Major Barttelot and Mr. Jameson, whose figures we had 
 seen descending the path. We were well satisfied to
 
 134 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 have reached our 23resent destination. In truth, we liad 
 made the trip up river in remarkably good time. 
 
 JMr. Stanley had fixed August 10th as the day we 
 should be at the camp, and it was now only four days 
 later, but he had based his calculation on the presumption 
 that the Stanley would rea.ch Leopoldville on July 1st ; 
 as it was, she was two days late. Moreover, we had 
 no assistance from barges or whale-boats in carrying our 
 loads ; if we had had these, our delay at " Snag Point," 
 which accounts for the other two days, might not have 
 been so long. So anxious had Mr. Stanley been that 
 our detachment should arrive promptly, that he left two 
 £50 cheques in Mr. Jameson's hands, to be paid to 
 Captain Shagerstrom and M. Deman should they make 
 the trip within a given time. They succeeded in earning 
 this reward, which was handed to them.
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 
 
 After greetings with Major Barttelot and Mr. Jameson, 
 who were soon on board the Stanley, they were asked to 
 stay to luncheon with us, as that meal was about ready. 
 Shagerstrom could give them a better meal than we were 
 likely to get in camp. I handed Barttelot and Jameson 
 the bundle of letters which I had brought up for them, and 
 also made over to the former the mails for Stanley and 
 the other officers who had gone on. Barttelot soon told us 
 all the news ; the substance of it was about as follows : — 
 When the Expedition with Stanley came up the Aruwimi, 
 Barttelot did not come with them, but was sent in the s.s. 
 Henry Meed, with Mr. Walker, to take Tippu-Tib to Stanley 
 Falls. From what I could gather, there seems to have been 
 considerable commotion at the sio'ht of a steamer in this 
 region. It must be remembered that no steamer had been 
 up to the district since just after Mr. Deane had had to 
 evacuate the station after his ofallant defence, more than 
 a year ago, and the Arabs were suspicious, fearing that 
 the State would come up to have their revenge. But 
 when it became known that their great chief Tippu-Tib 
 was on board, matters assumed quite another aspect.
 
 136 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Barttelut told me that one of the questions asked by 
 Tippu-Tib was if the powder promised to his men had 
 arrived, and he seemed much put out to find that it had 
 not, though 'Barttelot added that it would be brought up 
 by me. 
 
 After seeing Tippu-Tib safely landed, Barttelot came 
 down the Congo and up the Aruwimi to the camp, where 
 he rejoined Stanley. In the meantime Mr. Stanley had 
 formed his camp at Yanibuya, and in a letter written to 
 Mr. (now Sir) W. Mackinnon he relates the story of his 
 arrival and the capture of the place. It is dated Yani- 
 buya Kapids, Aruwimi river, June 19th, 1887. After 
 describing his approach to Yambuya village, which is the 
 furthermost point one can go up the river, owing to the 
 rapids here barring navigation, he decided to land, and 
 began a palaver with the natives, who signified their 
 unwillingness to have him come ashore. He writes that 
 they told him, through their interpreter, " ' Camp on the 
 opposite bank if you will. We will bring to 3^ou whatever 
 we have to sell, but if we permit you to land here our 
 village will become the common resort of the Watamba- 
 Tamba, the Arab slavers.' AVe argued that if we were 
 with them, they need have no fear of the marauders, but 
 we wasted our breath. We had been nearly two hours at 
 this work of negotiating, and the natives, being addicted 
 to palavers, would not have minded very much had the 
 palavers lasted a week. We therefore signalled to the 
 Stanley to aj^pear with the troops. A few minutes later, 
 at a second signal, both steamers set up a hideous steam- 
 whistling, under the protection of which the troops 
 disembarked, and in a few seconds we were in possession
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 137 
 
 of an empty village. There was no occasion to fire a shot, 
 for the natives had disappeared as completely as the 
 vapour of the steam-whistling had dissolved. We have 
 commenced the construction of a proper encampment. 
 The dense bush which is in the background of every 
 African villag-e has been cut down to a distance of 100 
 yards. To-morrow the axe-men will cut trees down to 
 form a palisade. . . . We have to build a storehouse for 
 our goods ; we have to select what we need for the forced 
 march to Lake Albert. We have to send out scouting 
 parties in every direction to spy out the land, to discover 
 the fields for future forage if the natives should absolutely 
 refuse to return and resume their own villages and 
 possessions." 
 
 Mr. Stanley left this camp on June 28th with the 
 advance column, taking with him Lieutenant Stairs, R. E. ; 
 Dr. Parke, Army Medical Corps ; Mr. Mounteney Jephson, 
 and Mr. Nelson, and his white servant AVilliam. The 
 column consisted of 414 men — 360 rifles and 54 supernu- 
 meraries — the bulk of them Zanzibaris, with a few 
 Soudanese. He had his steel boat carried in sections, as 
 well as the Maxim machine-gun. Part of his men carried 
 loads, chiefly of ammunition ; the Soudanese — about 
 forty or fifty — being the only soldiers in the column. 
 
 He left written instructions with Major Barttelot, and a 
 copy of these was forwarded by the latter to the Emin 
 Pasha Relief Committee in London, as he had been 
 instructed, accompanying it by a letter. Both these 
 documents were published by them in the Times of 
 November 28th, 1887, and were as follows : —
 
 138 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 From Major Barttelot, Yambuya Village, to 
 
 Mr. W. MACKINNON. 
 
 ''Angnd loth, 1887. 
 
 " Sir, 
 
 " I have the honour to inform you that Mr. H. M. Stanley 
 went eastward from here on the 20th of June. A lagtjer on the 
 march came in on August 12th, and reported he had left Mr, 
 Stanley at a river flowing north into the Aruwimi, eighteen days' 
 march out from here. He reported all as well. Since Mr. Stanley's 
 departure, Mr. Jameson and myself have been employed in fully 
 carrying out his instructions, a copy of a letter of which is attached 
 for your information. The trench has been dug, the platforms put 
 up, the bank of river cleared, and the clearing to the east side 
 kept clear. 
 
 " I have ascertained the position of all villages within a four 
 mile radius on the southern, eastern, and western sides. Our 
 relations to the natives are most friendly. They trade with the 
 men in a small way, and the chiefs come in constantly to see us. 
 Lately they have come to claim our protection against some 
 marauding Arabs, who may or may not be Tippu-Tib's people. 
 
 " I have tried to ascertain, but cannot obtain any information. 
 The steamer Stanley arrived yesterday, August 14th, with Messrs. 
 Troup, Ward, and Bonny, three donkeys, and 479 loads. 
 
 " Our present strength is — Soudanese 44, Somalis 2, Zanzibaris 
 200 ; total, 246. The sentry duty is entirely furnished by the 
 Soudanese, the Zanzibaris only finding picquets. Up to the time 
 of writing this Tippu-Tib's men have not arrived, though these 
 marauding Arabs before mentioned may be them. Should it turn 
 out to be so, or should they eventually come, I should march at 
 once in Mr. Stanley's track. If, however, they do not, I shall be 
 compelled to stay here till November, when Mr. Stanley expects to 
 return, or till such time afterwards as he may return. 
 
 " Smce Mr. Stanley's departure we have lost — Soudanese 1, 
 Somalis 2, Zanzibaris 4 ; total 7. Attached also is a coi)y of the 
 camp orders for your information, which will show you that all has 
 been done to preserve discipline, alertness, and also cleanliness. 
 (Signed) "Edmund M. Barttelot, Major, 
 
 " Commanding Yambuya Camp."
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 139 
 
 "Camp, Yambuya Village, 
 
 "Aruwimi Falls, Africa, 
 
 ''June 24th, 1887. 
 
 "To Major Barttelot, etc. 
 
 " Sir, 
 
 "As the senior officer of those accompanying me on the 
 Emin Pasha Relief Expedition, the command of this important 
 post naturally devolves on you. It is also for the interest of this 
 Expedition that you accept this command, from the fact that your 
 Soudanese company, being only soldiers and more capable of 
 garrison duty than the Zanzibaris, will be better utilized here than 
 on the march (road). 
 
 " The steamer Stanley left Yambuya on the 22nd of this month 
 for Stanley Pool. If she meets witli no mi:-chance she ought to 
 be at Leopoldville on the 2nd July. In two days more she will 
 be loaded with about 500 loads of our goods, which were left in 
 charge of Mr. J. R. Troup. This gentleman will embark, and on 
 the 4th July I assume that the Stanley will commence the ascent 
 of the river, and arrive at Bolobo the 9th July. Fuel being ready, 
 the 125 men in charge of Messrs. Ward and Bonny, now at Bolobo, 
 will embark, and the steamer will continue her journey. She will 
 be at Bangala 19th July, and arrive 31st July. Of course the 
 lowness of the river in that month may delay her a few days ; but 
 havi;!g great confidence in her captain, you may certainly expect 
 her before the 10th of August. 
 
 " Though the camp is favourably situated and naturally strong, 
 a brave enemy would find it no difficult task to capture if the 
 commander is lax in discipline, vigour, or energy. Therefore, I 
 feel sure that I have made a wise choice in selecting you to guard 
 our interests here during our absence. The interests now entrusted 
 to you are of vital importance to this Expedition. The men you 
 will eventually have under your command consist of more than an 
 entire third of the whole Expedition. The goods that will be 
 bi'ought up are the currency needed for transit through the regions 
 beyond the Lakes. There will be a vast store of ammunition and 
 provisions, which are of equal importance to us. The loss of these 
 goods and men then would be certain ruin to us, and the advance 
 force would in its turn need to solicit relief. Therefore, weighing 
 all these matters well, I hope you vail spare no pains to maintain
 
 140 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 order and discipline in your camp, and make yonr defences com- 
 plete, and keep them in such a condition that, however brave an 
 enemy may be, he can make no impression on them. For this 
 latter purpose I would recommend you to make an artificial ditch 
 of six feet wide, three feet deep, leading from the natural ditch, 
 where the spring is, round the stockade. A platform like that on 
 the southern side of the camp, constructed near the eastern as well 
 as the western gate, would be of advantage to the strength of the 
 camp. For, remember, it is not the natives alone you have to fear, 
 or who may wish to assail you, but the Arabs and their followers 
 may, through some cause or otlier, quarrel with you and assail 
 your camp. 
 
 " Our course from here will be true east, or, by magnetic compass, 
 east by south, as near as possible. Certain marches that we may 
 take may not exactly lead in the direction aimed at ; nevertheless, 
 it is the south-west corner of Lake Albert, near or at Kavalli, that 
 is our destination. When we arrive there, we will form a strong 
 camp in the neighbourhood, launch our boat, and steer for Kibero, 
 in Unyoro, to hear from Signor Casati, if there, of the condition 
 of Emin Pasha. If the latter is alive and in the neighbourhood of 
 the lake, we shall communicate with him, and our after conduct 
 must be guided by what we learn of the intentions of Emin Pasha. 
 We may assume that we shall not be longer than a fortnight with 
 him, before deciding on our return to this camp, along the same 
 route traversed by us when going east. 
 
 " We will endeavour, by blazing trees and cutting saplings along 
 our road, to leave sufficient traces of the route taken by us. We 
 shall always take by preference tracks leading eastward. At all 
 crossways where paths intersect, we shall hoe up and make a hole 
 a few inches deep across all paths not used by us, besides blazing 
 trees when possible. It may happen, should Tippu-Tib have sent 
 the full number of adults promised by him to me — viz., 600 men 
 (able to carry loads)— and the Stanley has arrived in safety with 
 the 125 men left by me at Bolobo, that you will feel yourself 
 sufficiently competent to march the column, with all the goods 
 brought by tlie Stanley, and those left by me at Yambuya, along 
 the road pursued by me. In that event, which would be desirable, 
 you will follow closely our route, and before many days we should 
 most assuredly meet. No doubt you would find our bomas intact
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 141 
 
 and stnnding, and you should endeavour to make your marches so 
 that you could utilize these as you marched. Better guides than 
 these bomas of our routes could not be made. If you do not meet 
 them in the course of two days' march, you may rest assured that 
 you are not in our route. 
 
 " It ]nay happen also that, though Tippu-Tib has sent some 
 men, he has not sent enough to carry the goods with your own 
 force. In that case you will, of course, use your discretion as 
 to what goods 3^ou can dispense witli to enable you to march. For 
 this purpose you should study your list attentively, viz. : — 
 " 1. Ammunition, especially fixed, is important. 
 " 2. Beads, brass wire, and cowries rank next. 
 " 8. Private bawcraore. 
 " 4. Powder caps. 
 " 5. Eui'opean provisions. 
 " 6. Brass rods as used in the Congo. 
 "7. Provisions (rice, beans, peas, Matama, biscuit). 
 " Therefore you must consider after those, sacking tools, such as 
 shovels (never discard an axe or a billhook), how many sacks of 
 provisions you can distribute among your men to enable you to 
 march, whether half the brass I'ods in your boxes could not go also, 
 and there stop. If 3'ou still cannot march, then it would be better 
 to make marches of six miles twice over (if you prefer marching to 
 staying for our arrival) than throw too many things away. 
 
 " With the Stanley s final departure from Yambuya you should 
 not fail to send a report to Mr. Wm. Mackinnon, of Gray, Dawes, 
 and Co., 13 Austin Friars, London, of what has happened at your 
 camp in my absence, of when I started away eastward, whether 
 you have heard of or from me at all, when you expect to hear, and 
 what you purpose doing. You should also send him a true copy 
 of this Order, that the Rehef Committee may judge for themselves 
 whether you have acted or propose to act judiciously. Your pre- 
 sent garrison shall consist of eighty rifles and from forty to fifty 
 supernumeraries (the Stanley is to bring you within a few weeks 
 fifty more rifles and seventy-five supernumeraries under Messrs. 
 Troup, Ward, and Bonny). 
 
 "I associate Mr. J. S. Jameson with you at present. Messrs. 
 Troup, Ward, and Bonny will submit to your authority in tlie 
 ordinary duties of the defence and the conduct of the camp or of
 
 142 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 the march. There is only one chief, which is yourself; but should 
 any vital steps be proposed to be taken, I beg of you to take the 
 voice of Mr. Jameson, and when Messrs. Troup and Ward are here, 
 pray admit them to your confidence, and let them speak Ireely 
 their opinions. 
 
 " I think I have written very clearly upon everything that strikes 
 me as necessary. Your treatment of the natives, I suggest, should 
 depend entirely on their conduct to you. If they do not molest 
 you, suffer them to return to the neighbouring villages in peace, 
 and if you can in any manner, by moderation, small gifts occasion- 
 ally of brass rods, &c., hasten an amicable intercourse, I should 
 recommend your doing so. Lose no opportunity of obtaining infor- 
 mation respecting the natives, the position of the various villages 
 in your neighbourhood, &c. 
 
 " I have the honour to be, 
 
 "Your obedieut servant, 
 (Signed) "Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 " P.S. — In the bottom of your ditch put splinters. Keep four or 
 five weak men doing this light job; cut fuel ten days for Stanley. 
 
 " Give one brass rod per week to each man to buy fish, &c. ; in 
 five months these amount to 2580. Give also six cowries per man 
 per week; in five months these will number 15,480. 
 
 " Let Mr. Jameson attend to the sick daily. 
 
 (Signed) " H. M. S." 
 
 " I hereby certify this is a copy of Mr. H. M. Stanley's original 
 letter. 
 
 (Signed) "Edmund M. Barttelot, Major. 
 
 "Camp, Yambuya Yillage, Aruwimi Falls." 
 
 Since Stanley' s departure in June Barttelot tells us he 
 has heard nothing of the advanced column except what he 
 gathered from a Zanzibar! who had lagged behind and had 
 returned to Yambuya a few days prior to our arrival. He 
 reported that he had left Stanley at a river flowing north
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 
 
 143 
 
 into the Aruwimi, eighteen clays' marcli from liere. He 
 said all were well. Neither had Barttelot heard anything 
 at all from Tippu-Tib, or the men promised for our service. 
 Concerning the afiairs of the camp, he mentioned there 
 had been difficulty in obtaining food from the natives, who 
 however had not disturbed the white men in possession 
 
 of Yambuya, but had most of them taken refuge on the 
 opposite side of the river. 
 
 Such were the chief points of information that we 
 gleaned from Major Barttelot. When we had talked over 
 the news and finished our luncheon, we followed the lead 
 of Barttelot and Jameson up the winding path in the f;ice
 
 144 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 of the blutf upon which was situated the camp. When 
 we reached the hitter it did not strike us as particularly 
 strongly fortified, as the palisading was made of young 
 saplings, which seemed rather imposing, but on examina- 
 tion we could see that it would not afford much resistance 
 to a determined rush of an enemy. I give a plan of it as 
 it then was. 
 
 Jameson was occupying a large hut, in which was the 
 remainder of the stores, brought up on the first trip of 
 the steamers, that Stanley had not taken with him. 
 These consisted chiefly of ammunition, the remains of the 
 European provisions, with the surplus personal baggage of 
 himself and officers," a few boxes of mitakos, &c. All these 
 were left in charo;e of Jameson. Barttelot had his tent 
 pitched nearly opposite the water-gate, in the centre of 
 the men's quarters. A large hut had been constructed on 
 the other side of the camp from Jameson's, which was for 
 the reception of the stores brought up by me, and in this 
 hut Bonny and I took up our quarters, as I had no tent 
 and he had only an apology for one, in the shape of a 
 section of the old mess-tent. Ward pitched his tent near 
 Jameson's hut. 
 
 That afternoon we began unloading the Sfanlei/, trans- 
 ferring the stores into the hut prepared for them. I had 
 brought up all the stores asked for by Mr. Stanley except 
 the two cases of soap, which I could not obtain, as well as 
 two cases of Madeira which arrived for him after his 
 departure. I copy the list of the stores I had charge of, 
 in order to give a clear conception of the large addition to 
 the supplies already in camp : —
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 145 
 
 100 cases of powder. 
 
 64 „ lieniington cartridges (old). 
 
 65 ,, „ „ (new) 
 10 double cases of percussion caps. 
 
 90 bales of Zanzibar cloth. 
 21 ,, liandkerchiefs. 
 
 3 ,, assorted cloth. 
 
 2 cases of savelist „ 
 
 7 , , biscuits. 
 
 1 case of tin ware. 
 
 26 bales of mitakos (brass rods). 
 
 27 rolls of brass and iron wire. 
 33 sacks of beads. 
 
 13 „ cowries. 
 
 8 „ salt. 
 
 2 cases of Madeira. 
 
 1 sack of empty sacks. 
 
 Total 493 
 
 I handed all these over to Major Barttelot according to 
 Stanley's orders, receiving a receipt for the same. I had 
 now finished the particular duties assigned to me by Mr. 
 Stanley — that is, having cared for and brought up to 
 the camp all the loads entrusted to me. It now only 
 remained for me to place myself under Major Barttelot's 
 command, and to assume the duties in camp that he 
 assigned to me, and this I did. 
 
 I had a long conversation with Barttelot that afternoon. 
 I was sorry to find him far from well ; he had had fever, 
 and was suffering from great debility. This was my first 
 talk with him. It did not take me long to discover 
 that he had an intense hatred of anything in the shape 
 of a black man, for he made no disguise of this, but 
 frequently mentioned the fact. His hatred was so 
 marked that I was seized with Q-reat misg^ivino;s concernino-
 
 146 STANLEYS HEAR COLUMN. 
 
 liis future dealings with them, more particularly when 
 he would have to handle Tippu-Tib's men. In this 
 same conversation he informed me that the company of 
 Zanzibaris which Jameson had would be handed over 
 to me — in fact, they were my men that Dr. Parke had 
 held for me since their arrival. Ward and Bonny were 
 to keep the 125 men brought up from Bolobo, dividing 
 them between them. Jameson was to look after the 
 sick and be associated with Barttelot, as well as allowed 
 time to go out to add to his Natural History collection. 
 The Soudanese were to remain under the charge of 
 Barttelot. 
 
 On the day after our arrival we were startled by hearing 
 shots on the opposite side of the river. Knowing that the 
 natives had no guns, we at once surmised that the shots 
 must have been fired by some of Tippu-Tib's people. Our 
 attention being attracted by this we looked across and saw 
 canoes filled with native men, women, and children, and 
 men swimmino; down the river, all makinof a general 
 stampede. It was not difficult to imagine the cause of 
 this hurried flight ; no doubt Arabs had attacked their 
 village and driven them out. To ascertain if these were 
 Tippu-Tib's men, Bonny and Ward crossed over in canoes, 
 but learned that the Arabs had already departed. They 
 were told by some of the natives that four of their women 
 had been taken prisoners by the Arabs. 
 
 Meantime, the steamer having been unloaded, pre- 
 parations were made for her s[-eedy departure. A large 
 supply of fuel was all ready for her, to fill her right up 
 now that she was empty. We had all been busily engaged 
 with writing letters home, as this would be our last chance
 
 NATIVE OF AEIWIMI
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 147 
 
 of communicating with tlie outside world for some time to 
 come. Mr. Walker, the superintendent engineer of the 
 Expedition, having now completed his duties, was return- 
 ing in the s.s. Stanley, thus completing his two full trips 
 on the Upper River. He had been of inestimable service 
 to us, and we regretted very much parting with this warm- 
 hearted Scotchman. To him was intrusted Major Bartte- 
 lot's letter to the Emin Pasha Relief Committee, enclosina; 
 a copy of Mr. Stanley's instructions (see pages 139 — 142). 
 
 On Aug. 17th all was in readiness for the departure 
 of the Sfanlefj, and we went down to the landing-place 
 to see her safely off, and to bid farewell to Walker, 
 Shagerstrom, and Deman — our old friends. Barttelot had 
 been so seedy that he had consulted Bonny as to whether 
 he ought not to take this opportunity of going home, but 
 Bonny did not recommend his doing so. Therefore he 
 remained at his post. The Stanley moved off with the 
 three officers on board, and we watched her till she 
 steamed out of sight. 
 
 But to return to the position of affairs in camp. Our 
 garrison, commanded by Major Barttelot, who had the 
 four white officers under him, consisted of 44 Soudanese, 
 2 Somalis, and 200 Zanzibaris — total, 246. There had 
 been seven deaths since Stanley's departure and before our 
 arrival : 1 Soudanese, 2 Somalis, and 4 Zanzibaris — total, 7. 
 
 Each one of the men received, during the first part 
 of our stay, one mitako a piece every Saturday where- 
 with to buy fish. This was the only ration paid out to 
 them, and, according to Stanley's instructions, was to be 
 continued only five months, at which time he was 
 expected to return. They had the run of large fields
 
 148 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 of manioc, further up the river near the rapids, which 
 had been planted by the natives before they left the 
 village. From these they obtained their daily food. 
 After digging up the roots they usually ate them raw 
 and made the green leaves into a sort of spinach with 
 palm oil, when they could get this latter commodity. 
 There were two Zanzibari interpreters — John Henry, who 
 had been in the service of the Con 2:0 Free State before, 
 and who was known to me, and Bartholomew. The 
 Soudanese interpreter was Assad Farran. We were obliged 
 to appoint some of the best Zanzibaris as headmen, because 
 Mr. Stanley had taken with him all the recognized 
 niamparas, as the headmen are called. 
 
 The daily routine of camp was as follows : We each 
 took turn as orderly-officer of the day. Eeveille was 
 sounded on the big native drum at 5.30 o'clock. This 
 drum, left by the natives, was a huge log, whole at the 
 ends, with the inside hollowed out so that when struck 
 Avith two sticks headed with a lump of native rubber, 
 it gave forth a weird, dull sound, audible for some 
 distance. At 6 o'clock the signal for falling in was given, 
 and the men were told off by their various officers to 
 their daily duties. A detachment would have to sweep 
 the camp, while others were sent out to cut and bring 
 in wood, grass, &c. Those who were not on duty would 
 go out to collect their daily ration of manioc. At 12 
 o'clock the orderly-officer ordered " piga ngoma " [that 
 is, "strike the drum"], and the men would come in 
 for their midday meal and rest. Work, such as it was, 
 was resumed at 2 o'clock, and the retreat was sounded 
 a little before sunset, about 5.30 o'clock. The orderly
 
 AT YAMBUYA. 149 
 
 officer's duty was to see that the camp was kept scrupu- 
 lously clean, and its sanitary arrangements were all right, 
 and to attend to the camp during the day. Major 
 Barttelot told off the guard from his Soudanese every 
 morning for sentry duty under one of their officers. 
 They furnished the sentry at the water-gate and east-gate, 
 and were responsible for the guarding of the whole camp. 
 At sunset a picquet was furnished from one of the Zanzi- 
 bari companies in rotation to increase the guard, acting 
 as watchmen, being placed at intervals between the 
 Soudanese sentries. The orderly-officer's duty was to 
 turn out the guard three times during; the nig-ht, and 
 see that the sentries and picquets were on the alert. 
 
 Bonny had assigned to him the special task of buying 
 food from the natives. I gave out to him a certain 
 number of mitakos and handkerchiefs from the Expedition 
 stores for this purpose, and Ward superintended the 
 mess arrangements. 
 
 At this time, too, began that dtdl round of meals that 
 was to last throughout our camp life without improve- 
 ment. These were eaten in Jameson's large hut. Our 
 staple diet was rice, plantains, and tea. At first we had 
 fish bought from the natives, and sometimes a fowl or 
 two from the same source ; these were soon denied us, 
 but afterwards on rare occasions we got a fowl or 
 a meagre goat, and as our other supplies got low we 
 would try a bit of manioc or chiquanga, which we found 
 poor eating and rather indigestible. The natural question 
 arises in the reader's mind, " What became of all the 
 European provisions ? " These were not supplied in vast 
 quantities, as will appear.
 
 150 STANLEYS EEAE COLUMN. 
 
 Prior to his departure Mr. Stanley gave out to ilio 
 officers then loith him, a ration of these stores, that was 
 supposed to be enough to supply them for six months, 
 and a small amount had been given to Ward and Bonny 
 when they were left at Bolobo. I had never received avy 
 European provisions, except a pound of tea at Manyanga, 
 from the Expedition. Naturally when we, Ward, Bonny 
 and I, reached the camp we asked for our six months' 
 rations, but Major Barttelot refused us, saying as Stanley 
 had left no orders on the subject, he could not undertake 
 to give us anything ; Stanley would require of him all 
 the stores left in camp, and he urged that he could not 
 possibly give us these rations. We felt we were right 
 in our claim, and it was urged so strongly that Major 
 Barttelot yielded so far as to promise us three months' 
 supply in the same proportion that they had received, and 
 the followino; is the list of stores that he distributed to 
 each of us : 
 
 AN OFFICER'S EATIOX FOE THEEE MONTHS. 
 
 1-^ lb. coffee. 
 
 1 tin sardines. 
 
 1 „ tea. 
 
 1 „ sausages (same size as sar 
 
 1^ tins salt. 
 
 dines). 
 
 1| „ butter. 
 
 1 lb. fancy bisciiits. 
 
 2 „ milk. 
 
 ^ tin red herring. 
 
 \ lb. sugar. 
 
 1 lb. flour. 
 
 H tins jam. 
 
 1 pot Liebig. 
 
 \ „ cliocolate and milk. 
 
 \ lb. tapioca. 
 
 1 tin cocoa and milk. 
 
 \ lb. sago.
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 
 
 On August i5tli, as I have mentioned, we saw a stampede 
 of natives from the opposite shore, and believed that their 
 village had beeji attacked by some of Tippu-Tib's men. 
 From the natives we learned that four women had been 
 taken prisoners. It was important for us to know if the 
 attacking party were Arabs, so we sent out some Zanzibaris 
 to find out. 
 
 Thursday, August 18tJi. — The Zanzibaris returned bringing with 
 them four Arab chiefs, the headman, Abdallah, with followers. 
 Barttelot held a palaver with them at which we were all present. 
 They informed us that the 600 men that Tippu-Tib had promised 
 to send to take our loads to Lake Albert had come down some days 
 ago, and had struck Stanle}''s track with the advance cokimn, and 
 coming to the first Boma thought we had all gone, and there- 
 fore they all returned to the Falls ! These Arabs volunteered to 
 take a letter from Barttelot to Tippu-Tib. We held a consultation 
 among ourselves, and all agreeing to the great importance to the 
 success of the Expedition in getting these 600 men to return here 
 without delay, it was unanimously decided that two white men 
 should go to the Falls, the Arabs promising to escort them there, 
 the chiefs to get a good dash [present], and the men to have three 
 pieces of handkerchief each. They were to go back to their camp 
 and return on the third day to pick up the two white men. They
 
 152 STANLEY'S EEAll COLUMN. 
 
 promised not to molest the natives on the other side, as we were 
 trying to get on friendly terms with them so as to get food. 
 
 Friday, August Idth. — Barttelot informed me that as Jameson 
 wished to keep the company of Zanzibaris he had, they would not 
 be made over to me, but that I would have half of the 125 men 
 from Bolobo. Strange this ! Jameson was not to have a company 
 according to Stanley's instructions ; the men he had were those 
 Parke held for me, and it was understood they were to be made 
 over to me when I came up. It has been decided that Jameson 
 is to go to the Falls with the Arabs. Ward is to accompany 
 him. 
 
 Saturday, August 20tJi. — Jameson and Ward received instructions 
 relating to their mission to Tippu-Tib. If he consents to send 
 back the 600 men, they (Jameson and Ward) are to return as soon 
 as possible. Ward is to come back ahead with news. Barttelot 
 has written Tippu-Tib a letter explaining the mistake his men 
 made, that Mr. Stanley had gone on, that we were still here 
 with over 600 loads and wished to follow on without delay. He 
 asked him to send the men back, and told him that the powder 
 had arrived for them, and that the agreement made at Zanzibar 
 still held good. 
 
 [This letter I had assisted Barttelot to write in English. Assad 
 Farran then translated it into Arabic, and was made to translate 
 his Arabic version into English that we might be sure everything ^ 
 was right. Stanley, in an agreement made at Zanzibar, had 
 promised to pay a certain amount of gunpowder to each man 
 provided by Tippu-Tib, and this was the powder referred to above.] 
 
 Sunday, August 2\st. — The Arabs arrived, but not all of them : 
 the rest are to come in to-morrow. 
 
 Monday, August 227id. — The remainder of the Arabs arrived 
 with a host of old natives as slaves. They promise to give back 
 to the natives their four women. The slaves with them had been 
 theirs for some time at the Falls, though originally from these 
 parts. They were a peculiar-looking lot of people, all marked with 
 raised cut skin, armed with spears and carrying food and the guns 
 of the Arabs. They seemed quite contented with their lot, were 
 in excellent condition, fine strapping fellows. The Arab chief 
 brought us a fine big fowl, which was very acceptable. It was 
 arranged that Jameson and Ward should start to-morrow with
 
 EXTRACTS FROIil DIARY. 153 
 
 them to the Falls ; they (the Arabs) state they will take about 
 four days in the journey to the Falls, mostly through forest, 
 
 Tuesday, August 22rd. — Jameson and Ward left for the Falls, 
 taking the Zanzibavi Bartholomew as interpreter. I took out all 
 the loads of beads and cowries to overhaul them ; they have all 
 suffered from being badly packed. 
 
 Wednesday, August 2-ith. — Had loads out again, trying to 
 improve them. 
 
 Thtirsdaif, Aiigust 2oth. — In view of trying to reduce the loads 
 as much as possible, Barttelot and I went through the Fortnum 
 and Mason provision boxes. They had all, or most of them, been 
 opened before to get various things out for rations to white men, 
 so some of them had very little left in them ; we re-sorted them 
 and saved two loads. There were twenty-four boxes, and we 
 reduced them to twenty-two, keeping a careful list of what we 
 took out and how the rest was distributed among the other boxes. 
 This took us all day. 
 
 [These boxes, it should be remembered, were the ones brought 
 in the first trip of the steamers by Stanley himself; what he had 
 not distributed in giving out the six months' rations to the officers, 
 were left under the charge of Major Barttelot and Jameson. 
 Twenty-four boxes incomplete, or twenty-two full boxes were all 
 the European provisions that remained of those supplied to the 
 Expedition. These were for the use of all the officers, and were 
 only left in camp as it was inconvenient to carry them on. We 
 were to guard and care for them. They were for us all ; those 
 who had gone on were to have part, and we, of course, in a future 
 division were to have a share. But indeed these stores were not 
 extensive, and should be looked upon more as medical comforts 
 than anything else : this may be judged by the list of contents 
 given on p. 155.] 
 
 In such an Expedition as this every pound weight must be 
 considered, and it would be natural to expect the supplies to be 
 of strongly condensed necessaries of life, such as meat extracts, 
 condensed milk, plain biscuits, &c., which would be unobtainable 
 in Africa, but of what earthly use were Jaon, red herrings, sardines, 
 and fancy hiseuits to support life while in the bush, especially when 
 in such minute quantities that the enumeration reads like a list 
 of " samples for stock to be supplied." It must not be forgotten
 
 154 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 tl'at these would be our only food when our rice failed, for we 
 could place no dependence on the supply of meagre goats, diminu- 
 tive fowls, and manioc which we obtained with much difficulty 
 even when circumstances favoured us. Taken in the light of 
 the medical comforts even they hardly form a suitable list, and it 
 will be seen that valuable space was occupied by a large supply 
 of articles that could have been dispensed with, such as jam, 
 sugar, fancy biscuits, red herrings, sausages and sardines. Had 
 these been replaced by Liebig's extracts, Brand's essences, or even 
 plain biscuits, tea, and a larger supply of milk and arrowroot, the 
 invalids at least might have had a chance ; as we were all ill at 
 one time or another, we should have all benefited by such an 
 improvement. It is well known that Fortnum and Mason are 
 capital caterers for Derby hampers, but they are not quite the firm 
 one would expect to see engaged to supply an African Expedition 
 such as ours, though no doubt they could have obtained the plain 
 necessary supplies had some one taken the trouble to give the 
 proper order. 
 
 Of course, it cannot be supposed that Mr. Stanley had anything 
 to do with this department, but he doubtless placed these arrange- 
 ments in the hands of one of those who assisted him bef ire his 
 departure from Europe. It is a matter of considerable surprise 
 that such difficulty was found in supj)lying the necessaries of life 
 to only ten men. Had it been an officer connected with the 
 commissariat department of Her Majesty's Service who was engaged 
 in attending to supplying the army, we might imagine that this 
 small task would have been more successfully accomplished. This 
 is not complaining of an insignificant matter ; so much depends in 
 Africa, health and even life itself, on proper food and medicines 
 for the white men. The importance of this cannot be too often 
 reiterated, for many a time have I known expeditions most in- 
 efficiently supplied. If only small quantities of provisions can be 
 sent, let them be of the most essential articles and of the best 
 quality, no such expedition should be burdened with a single un- 
 necessary thing. This should be thoroughly impressed upon every 
 one who undertakes to provision African travellers. However, 
 whoever it was that blundered, here is the list of supplies that Avere 
 in our camp on August 25th :
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 155 
 
 110 tins condensed milk. 
 
 11 
 
 
 cocoa and milk. 
 
 34 
 
 
 fancy biscuits. 
 
 5 
 
 
 sugar. 
 
 31 
 
 
 tea (2 lbs. each). 
 
 70 
 
 
 butter. 
 
 7 
 
 
 chocolate and milk 
 
 42 
 
 
 jam. 
 
 18 
 
 
 sardines. 
 
 23 
 
 
 Liebig's extracts. 
 
 3 tins coffee. 
 5 ,, candles. 
 
 5 „ vegetable soup. 
 
 4 ,, red herrings. 
 
 6 ,, salt. 
 27 bars soap. 
 
 20 tins sausage.s. 
 3 ,, arrowroot. 
 1 tin sago. 
 
 These, as I have said, were intended to supply the wants of all 
 the members of the Expedition, and we were given to understand 
 that our duty was to guard them intact until we handed them 
 over to Stanley. 
 
 [I was engaged for several days at this time in examining the 
 stores that had been brouglit up when I came.] 
 
 Tuesday, August SOth. — A holiday to the Zanzibaris; they say it 
 is their Christmas, and want a present of mitakos. 
 
 Friday, September 2nd. — Had a walk with Bonny ; tried to buy fish 
 of the natives ; got some ; came back, both feeling seedy. Bonny 
 turned in. I felt the old sensation when I got to bed, shivers, &c. 
 Afterwards fever, as usual, 
 
 Saturday, September 3rd. — Fever still on. Bonny also seedy. Some 
 Arabs came in from their camp, stated that the messenger they 
 had sent to Tippu-Tib before Jameson and Ward started had 
 returned, bringing news that the men were ready to come. Bart- 
 telot made them a present of two canoes, which the natives had 
 left in their flight when the Expedition first came here. They 
 also received three pieces of handkerchief. During the night the 
 natives tried to take the canoes away, and we were startled by two 
 shots fired, as we discoveied, by the Soudanese sentry at the river 
 gate, on the natives attempting to take them away, which they 
 failed to do. 
 
 Sunday, September ifh. — Native chief came in saying one of his 
 men had been wounded by shots fired last night ; he supposed it 
 was done by the Arabs. Barttelot told him to bring in the man 
 and we would see to his wound. The chief went to fetch him. In 
 the meantime the Arabs had started with the two canoes to take
 
 156 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 them up stream to their camp, but the canoes were taken from 
 them by the natives. 
 
 Monday, Sqjtemher oth. — Sentry fired at some natives last night, 
 thinking they were coming for canoes again. No harm done. 
 
 Wednesday, September 7th. — This evening Ward returned from the 
 Falls, bringing letter from Jameson. They had two days' rough 
 march from here with the Arabs, then reached a village on the 
 Congo where they got canoes. After paddling for two days they 
 reacied the Falls. They were well received by Tippu-Tib, who 
 explained to them that Stanley had told him he would find his 
 (Stanley's) camp not far from Basoko on this river; that he (Tippu- 
 Tib) had come up in canoes, passed Basoko with the men promised, 
 that he had sent his men for chop (food), and they had been 
 attacked, he losings four men. His men were anxious to get back 
 as they could not find our camp, added to which their food had 
 given out. Tippu-Tib sent a body of men overland to find the 
 camp and went back himself with the main crowd. He has 
 promised to send at once as many men as he can, but is afraid 
 that he will not be able to get the 600, the number promised, and 
 which he brought down the first time. Jameson returned with 
 Ward in the canoes as far as the village Yallasullah, on the Congo, 
 and is waiting there for some of the men. Tippu-Tib is coming 
 here himself. Ward came on, leaving Jameson, last Monday. He 
 describes the road as very bad, very wet also. He had been 
 marching since morning and was done up. We were glad to see 
 him and get the news, as we are all anxious to move on. If it had 
 not been for the mibtake made either by Stanley or Tippu-Tib 
 about the situation of our camp, we should have been a month out 
 on the march by this time. Some of Tippu-Tib's men came back 
 with Ward. 
 
 Tlmtrsday, September 8tJi. — Ward seedy to-day. The chief on 
 the other side has not been sending the food promised every day^ 
 and is inclined to be cheeky. 
 
 Friday, September 9th. — Barttelot and I started this morning to 
 survey the road taken by Stanley from here, reaching his first 
 halting-place. We took the two donkeys for crossing streams, 
 two Zanzibaris, and two donkey boys. We found the road fairly 
 good, with a few small streams ; had no difficulty in tracing the 
 route as the trees were frequently blazed. Once we got a little
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 157 
 
 at fault owing to his having made a slight detour for his donkeys, 
 whilst the column went by the other route, marked also. We 
 passed no less than four rapids, the road being close along the 
 river, and the views were very pretty; went on to a deserted, or 
 rather burnt village, where no doubt Stanley stopped the first 
 night. We returned to camp about 4.30 P.M., having had a very- 
 pleasant outing without feeling very tired. Ward is no better. 
 
 Saturday, September 10th. — Ward suffering evidently from 
 dysentery — a very bad case. 
 
 Sunday, September 11th. — Ward remains about the same, his 
 illness is getting serious. 
 
 Monday, September 12th. — About noon Jameson returned from his 
 mission to the Falls. He came back with Salim-bin-Mohammed, 
 and Salim-bin-Massude, an interpreter, with a following of men. 
 [Both Salim-bin-Mohammed and Salim-bin-Massude had come 
 round with the Expedition from Zanzibar.] Tippu-Tib had not 
 turned up, he is waiting for men still. Jameson says he will be 
 here in about ten days, but it is impossible to say with what 
 number of men. Jameson brought with him a lamb and some 
 sweet potatoes — a great luxury. He had a wet journey from the 
 village on the Congo named Yallasullah, where Ward left him, 
 walking through water, heavy going all day. Bartholomew, 
 our Zanzibar! interpreter, who went to the Falls with him and 
 deserted, has not been captured yet, nor has the other Zanzibar! 
 who deserted from here, but Tippu-Tib has promised to do all he 
 can to get them for us. I am disappointed that Tippu-Tib did 
 not come with Jameson. It is weary work in this camp. 
 
 Tuesday, September ISth. — This morning I lianded back Jameson's 
 company of Zanzibaris which I had taken over during his absence. 
 Barttelot decided to leave the other men I had with Ward and 
 Bonny, as I am to have charge of all Tippu-Tib's men when they 
 arrive. Salim and his men have made an encampment at the back 
 of our camp, outside. The native chief from the other side came 
 over and I held a palaver with him. He brought back a stolen 
 ritle, seven fowls, some fish and honey, and we rewarded him ; 
 he went away rejoicing, promising to bring more. I had a good 
 deal of difficulty in getting him to put the things on shore before 
 he was paid. I received a Remington rifle from the Expedition, 
 in fairly good order, but very strong pull.
 
 158 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 [This was in place of the promised Winchester, which was never 
 given to rae, though mentioned in my contract. This Remington 
 would not have been of very great value in saving my life ; as the pull 
 was strong, anything like an accurate aim was out of the question.] 
 
 Wednesday, Sciitember 14>th. — Ward about tlie same — still very ill. 
 
 Thursday, Scftember loth. — Native chief brought some fish. 
 Heard shots on the other side, and found that the Arabs who are 
 camped further up, Abdallah's lot, had been over. Beastly shame 
 after their promise to us, and we had given them presents, so they 
 should not molest those natives whilst we are here. Natives are 
 clearing out from the other side after the firing, a general stampede. 
 Found that Salim the interpreter, with Salim-bin-Mohammed, was 
 employing our Zanzibaris to buy them fish, giving them axe-heads 
 for the purpose. Barttelot caught one of our men with a large 
 fish, it was handed to Salim with a remonstrance which led to a 
 palaver between Barttelot and Salim-bin-Mohammed. He (Salim- 
 bin-Mohammed), I think, is all right, but the interpreter Salim is 
 a treacherous fellow and is trying to make mischief. Salim-bin- 
 Mohammed returned the revolver Barttelot had sent to Tippu-Tib, 
 saying that Tippu-Tib thought it would be more useful to him, as 
 he (Tippu-Tib) had no cartridges except those sent ! Ward is 
 very ill with dysentery, giving much anxiety. 
 
 Friday, SejJtemher IQth. — Ward still very ill, trying all kinds of 
 medicines. Jameson is attending him. 
 
 Saturday, September 17th. — Heavy firing again on the other side 
 of the river, the natives, who had returned after the firing of two 
 days ago, left again in their canoes. I suggested to Barttelot, and 
 was supported by Jameson, that it should be stopped ; that he 
 should ask Salim to stop Abdallah's men and explain that Ab- 
 dallah promised not to attack the natives; this he did. Our old 
 friend, the native chief, we saw in a canoe passing in hot haste ; 
 we hailed him ; he came and had a palaver, and we got him to 
 come into camp. We told him that we had arranged with the 
 Arabs to cease molesting him, and asked him to come over with 
 his people to live on our side. He informed us, poor chap, that 
 the Arabs had killed nine of his people. I am very sorry about 
 the whole business, as the Arabs have behaved most treacherously. 
 
 Sunday, September 18ih. — Ward getting very low, much anxiety 
 about him.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 159 
 
 Monday, Scptcmljcr 19th. — I was looking to-day at the small tin 
 medicine-case which I got the other day, the same as supplied to 
 the officers of the Expedition. It contains ten small bottles, most 
 of the contents supposed to be in tablets. The whole case has 
 been ruined by water, most of the tablets dissolved and spoilt, so 
 that they are of no use, and the directions are all obliterated ! 
 Jameson tells me that the wooden box which had in it all these 
 cases he has seen swimming in water on board the steamer ! The 
 few things I have received from the Expedition are all in similar 
 condition — a saddle without stirrups, with one side of the flaps 
 cut away, a water-bottle that leaks, and a medicine-case almost 
 worthless ! Ward is a little better. 
 
 Tuesday, September 20th. — Found that some of the men had 
 stolen two tortoises that Jameson had brought from Stanley Falls 
 — a deliberate theft, as they were tied up in the cook's shed. Sus- 
 picion pointed to the Soudanese, as the Zanzibaris are not sup- 
 j)osed to eat such ^mclean things. Had search made amongst the 
 ashes of their fires and discovered the burnt shells. After some 
 trouble found out the culprits — one Soudanese who cut the string, 
 but three partook in the feast. Barttelot decided to flog the one 
 who actually took the tortoises to-morrow morning, and give minor 
 punishments to the others. I forgot to mention that four Soudanese 
 were flogged last week for having been mixed up in the stealing of 
 an axe and selling it to the natives. Barttelot's boy Muledi flogged 
 for stealing. Ward about the same as yesterday, slowly getting 
 better. 
 
 Wednesday, Sej^femher 21st. — Ward is improving. Salim-bin- 
 Mohammed started this morning for Abdallah's camp and did not 
 return ; expect him back to-morrow. 
 
 Tlmrsday, Sqjtcmler 22nd. — Salim-bin-Mohammed returned from 
 Abdallah's camp. Weary work waiting for Tippu-Tib to turn up 
 with the men. Nothing to do here. Salim the interpreter paid 
 me a visit ; he says the chief of Tabora is stopping Tippu-Tib's 
 caravans coming from Zanzibar to the Falls ; a consequent short- 
 ness of cloth at the Falls. Is very anxious to get white man to 
 drill Tippu-Tib's men. Some of his men say they met Stanley on 
 the rocid, and that alter sixteen days' march we shall get into an 
 open country where we can get milk and sheep, there being plenty 
 of cows. Of course I take this with a big pinch of salt, but it
 
 160 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 would be a great thing if it were true. Ward is on the mend. 
 Another of the Zatizibaris of Jameson's company died to-day, this 
 making seven men wlio have died since I have been here. The 
 graveyard has now fourteen men in it. They seem to waste away ; 
 there are a number still sick with bad ulcers, but the Expedition 
 has provided nothing for their relief, I am able to do but little 
 with the pot of zinc ointment I got from Dr. Sims at the Pool. 
 
 Friday, September 23n/. — Ward very weak, but better. Have 
 seen nothing of Ngungu since Tuesday, and we have had no fish 
 with the exception of a very small piece at lunch to-day. 
 
 Saturday, September l^th. — Bonny got some palm wine. Ward 
 mending. 
 
 Sunday, Scptemlcr 25//t. --Salim, interpreter, brought some palm 
 wine. Abdallah came in from camp further up ; he is going to 
 punish the natives further down, who killed Tippu-Tib's men when 
 they first came up to try to find our camp. In the afternoon forty 
 of Tippu-Tib's men arrived from the Falls with messages from 
 Tippu-Tib. They brought back Bartholomew the interpreter, who 
 deserted from Jameson and Ward at the Falls, and also stole 
 cloth, &c., from them there ; also 'Mjisa, another Zanzibari, who 
 deserted from the camp after Jameson left and followed him to the 
 Falls ; he was made prisoner but got away. Both these men Avere 
 brought back in chains. 
 
 Ilonday, September 26th. — Salim-bin-Mohammed has been to 
 Barttelot to-day, and told him that Tippu-Tib had sent down to 
 say that he cannot get the carriers ; they make excuses, saying that 
 the loads we have are too heavy, Tippu-Tib says that he has sent 
 to Kasongo for some men (it takes nearly thirty days to go to 
 Kasongo and fourteen days to come back to the Falls), and he 
 expects the canoes back in about a month ! The gist of all this 
 is that we might have a chance of getting men in six weeks' time, 
 but my idea is that we shall get none and will not be able to move 
 from here, and that Stanley will find us here on his return when- 
 ever that may be. It is very bad news, and most disheartening 
 to remain here and to be out of the hunt, Barttelot talks of going 
 to the Falls and taking me with him, which woulJ be a change. 
 Bunny is seedy, in bed with, pains in limbs ; Ward is slowly 
 pulling up. 
 
 Tuesday, Se^^tember 27th. — Had all the men paraded outside of
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 161 
 
 the carap this morning. Bartholomew and 'Mpsa, the two Zanzibaris 
 who deserted and stole from Jameson and Ward, were flogged. 
 The former received 150, and the other 100 lashes. Assad Farran, 
 the Soudanese interpreter, came and informed us that the chief 
 Ngungu had told him that he had heard from other natives that 
 Stanley was ten da3^s from here on his way back. He had been 
 fighting, and had lost twenty men and one donkey. In the after- 
 noon Jameson and I went out to try and meet Ngungu. We were 
 told that he came over to a small hut on the river-side some half 
 an hour's walk from here ; we waited at the spot for over two hours, 
 but Ngungu did not turn up. All the men out cutting grass and 
 wood ; it is decided to build new houses for them in the Fort. 
 Our trip to the Falls postponed pending confirmation of news about 
 Stanley. 
 
 Wednesday, September 28fJi. — We made two attempts to-day to see 
 Ngungu at the hut, but failed. The village belonging to him is 
 deserted since Abdallah's last raid, and I believe he has gone down 
 stream, only coming up to look after fish. I am afraid our food 
 supply will cease, all owing to the brute Abdallah breaking his word 
 and attacking them. I don't know what to make of the rumour 
 concerning Stanley. I am inclined to think it is not true. Some 
 few men of Tippu-Tib's came in from the Falls to-day, and have 
 gone up to Abdallah's old camp. I don't know what they are up 
 to. I suppose raiding. The whole situation is very unsatisfactory; 
 we cannot evidently get the men Tippu-Tib has promised. We 
 are told he has sent to Kasongo to get men from there, but I 
 don't believe he will obtain them. It has been constantly in my 
 mind lately to doubt the veracity of the statement made by Tippu- 
 Tib, that he came down in the first instance with 600 men in 
 canoes and could not find the camp. I argue that after coming all 
 that long way and getting close here, it is not in keeping with 
 the man to have turned back for the reason he gives, viz. ; that 
 the men were tired of paddling, and that four or five of them were 
 killed a little lower down from here ! Then again he says he sent 
 Abdallah with some men on shore to try and find our camp; we 
 find these men far up past our camp raiding villages, and to get 
 up to these they must have left the river and passed at the back 
 of our camp, purposely avoiding us, the avowed object of their 
 landing. I may be wrong in my conjecture ; anyway there can 
 
 M
 
 162 STANLEY'S REAR COLUJUN. 
 
 be no doubt of this fact, that either Stanley did not make it clearly 
 known to Tippu-Tib where our camp was to be, or else Tippu-Tib 
 never sent any men, and does not mean to either. 
 
 T/nirsday, September 29tJi. — Ward much better, Bonny all right. 
 No news of Ngungu. 
 
 Friday, Se2yte7nher SOth. — After breakfast a Soudanese came in 
 to say that Ngungu was at the small hut half an hour from here, 
 so Jameson and I started and found him at last. We took one of 
 Tippu-Tib's men as interpreter. Ngungu seemed very dejected. 
 He stuck to his story about the return of Stanley. He says that a 
 small boy belonging to him came in the other day from a neigh- 
 bouring village, where he learnt that Stanley had been fighting 
 with some natives; that they had killed ten Zanzibaris • and one 
 donkey, using bows and arrows ; that Stanley had afterwards 
 killed a lot of natives, and was coming back here, and would be 
 here in four days. He was bringing a lot of cattle, sheep, and fowls 
 with him. When Ngungu was asked if he was telling the truth, 
 he replied that he could not tell a lie ; that Stanley would kill him 
 if he was not speaking the truth. He also told us that he had 
 nearly all his people killed by Tippu-Tib's men down the river, 
 where they had gone from their village to take shelter when 
 Abdallah fired on them. He has no regular home now, and sleeps 
 in different places every night. I felt very sorry for him, poor 
 chap ; it is too bad — these Arabs have broken faith with us all 
 round. It is, I consider, a most deplorable position to be in. We 
 have to be friendly with the Arabs, as we expect them to get men 
 for the Expedition ; and although we have told them to leave the 
 people alone here, they have not done so, and it is impossible for 
 us to force them to obey us in any way. First, we cannot aiford 
 to fall out with them, and secondly, if we did they could give us 
 a good licking in the long run ! All the same it goes against 
 one's feelings altogether to see these poor people hunted to death ! 
 We asked Nffunsfu over and over again to brincj the remnant of 
 his people to the Fort and live with us, promising him protection 
 in every way; and although he says he will come we see nothing 
 of him, he is mistrustful of every one, and no wonder after all he 
 has gone through lately. We bought a large fish from him. I 
 don't know what to make of the rumour about Stanley ; if it is 
 true, I can't make out his returning if be has had only a few men
 
 KGUNGU, CHIEF OF TAMBUYA TILLAGE
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 163 
 
 killed ; he is well-armed, and he has not bad time to go to the 
 Lakes and corae back. Barttelot and I have decided not to go to 
 the Falls in consequence of this rumour until next week. 
 Saturday, October \st. — Ward has had a relapse. 
 Sunday, October 2nd. — Went down to small hut to try and see 
 about getting fish ; saw some men in canoes fishing, but they would 
 not come ashore. Salim the interpreter came in this afternoon, 
 stating that the natives in canoes on the river called to him when 
 bathing, and said that there were white men close here with plenty 
 of men, and would be in camp to-morrow or next day. Later 
 towards evening Ngungu came into camp with one of the Soudanese 
 officers, and stated that he had seen two canoes with twenty 
 Zanzibaris far wp the river above the rapids, and had spoken to 
 them ; they bought fish of him, giving a knife in payment, which 
 he produced ; he fui-ther stated that they would be here to-morrow. 
 They told him that Stanley was at a village called Opoy, some 
 seven days from here, and repeated the story about having ten 
 Zanzibaris killed, &c. We are all very anxious for further news, 
 and all kinds of suppositions are advanced among us. Some of 
 Tippu-Tib's men came in from a village called Sogoro, bringing us 
 a sheep and a goat. Salim-bin-Mohammed's native band, three 
 men with drums and three women with bells, played in front of 
 the hut during dinner. Ward getting on well again. 
 
 Monday, October Srd. — Salim's band played again at early break- 
 fast, and each received one piece of handkerchief In the afternoon 
 Salim wished to know if he should send up to Abdallah's camp to 
 find out if he had heard anything about the twenty Zanzibaris 
 supposed to be coming here from Stanley. Barttelot declined his 
 offer. Later Omaha, a Soudanese officer, came in and stated that 
 Ngungu had told him that Abdallah had stopped the twenty 
 Zanzibaris from coming down ! Ngungu had mentioned this 
 yesterday, but Ferhani, Tippu-Tib's man, had not interpreted it 
 to us. Barttelot and Jameson decided to so out to Abdallah's 
 camp, thinking it best that we should find out the truth about 
 these rumours by sending some one. 
 
 Tuesday, October 4th. — Orderly officer last night ; called Barttelot 
 and Jameson at 1.30 this morning ; they left the camp about 2 
 o'clock, taking twenty Soudanese and two Zanzibaris, the latter to 
 show the road to Abdallah's camp.
 
 164 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 [The object of tliis early start was to reach Abdallah's before he 
 received word of the proposed visit, that it might be possible to see 
 the Zanzibaris about the camp, he not having time to have sent 
 them out of the way. For this reason no previous orders were 
 given to the men who were to go, but when I turned out the guard 
 at 1.30 they were told to make themselves ready for a march, no 
 mention being made even then of their destination. The two 
 Zanzibaris were awakened from their slumbers and ordered to march 
 with the others, as they were needed as guides. Barttelot expected 
 to reach Abdallah's at dawn, before he had warning of his coming. 
 This secrecy was necessary to prevent the Arabs from having a 
 chance to deceive him about the men.] 
 
 I am left in charge of camp, with instructions that if they do 
 not return by to-morrow night and send no messenger, I am to ask 
 Salim-bin-Mohammed to send some men to see what is up, but on 
 no account am I to send any of our Soudanese, Zanzibaris, or 
 white men from the camp. 
 
 Everything carried on as usual in the camp. This morning I 
 was informed that Salim had made Ngungu prisoner, so I sent 
 Assad Farran to inquire. Found the rumour was not true. 
 Ngungu had been in Salim's camp to see his women, and sold 
 Salim some fish. Another of Jameson's men died this morning. 
 Barttelot and Jameson returned about 5 o'clock ; they had been 
 to Abdallah's camp, where they heard nothing about the Zanzibaris 
 reported to have been seen by Ngungu, so we must conclude the 
 whole story is a got-up affair. Barttelot and Jameson report 
 plenty of water along the road. Barttelot and I are to start for 
 the Falls on Thursday. 
 
 Wednesday, October oth. — Making preparations to leave for the 
 Falls to-morrow. Barttelot says we are to take remainder of the 
 bale of handkerchiefs that has been opened for buying goats, viz., 
 forty pieces, but I don't think this will be enough, so I have opened 
 another bale and taken out ten pieces, so we take fifty pieces 
 handkerchiefs and 100 mitakos for buying live stock. I have sewn 
 up all the mitakos in rice sacks, and left them in charge of Bonny. 
 
 Tliursday, October 6th. — Left our camp at Yambuya this morn- 
 ing about 8.30 with Barttelot for the Falls, taking two Soudanese, 
 one Somali as cook, and one boy each. Salim-bin-Massude ac- 
 companied us, and Tippu-Tib's men carried our loads. Jameson
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 165 
 
 was left in charge of camp. We made a rapid, hard day's march 
 to the village of Yambow, reaching there about 4.30. Fair road, 
 through some dense jungle, and plenty of water. Camped the 
 night in the village, most of our things wet, having been out in 
 the rain nearly all day. The village consists of a few huts in 
 a good, clear, fiat ground. Tippu-Tib's men in possession of 
 village, the iiatives quite friendly. 
 
 Fridaji, Odohcr 7th. — We had to dry our things, so did not make 
 a start till about 10 o'clock, passed through several small villages, 
 had some palm wine in one of them. Did not make such a 
 long march as yesterday. Camped in bush, having missed 
 watering-place. 
 
 Saturday, October 8th. — Started early, about 6 o'clock. Met some 
 of Tippu-Tib's men coming from Yallasullah, who informed us 
 that Tippu-Tib was exjDected there to-morrow, so we pushed on. 
 Found plenty of Avater, in fact walked long distances through it. 
 Before reaching Yallasullah, had to cross a river up to one's arm- 
 pits. Caught in a thunderstorm and heavy rain before getting 
 in to the village, which I did about 4 o'clock, drenched. Found 
 Barttelot had got in an hour before me. Well received by Sheik 
 Seyid, one of Tippu-Tib's men, in charge of village, with large 
 native population, who gave us food and a house, and did all he 
 could to make us comfortable. Tippu-Tib did not arrive, but is 
 expected to-morrow. 
 
 Sunday, October dth. — About noon Tippu-Tib arrived in his 
 canoe from the Falls, accompanied by several of his headmen. 
 We all adjourned, after greetings, to an open shed near the river, 
 used as a palaver house, squatting on mats. Tippu-Tib informed 
 us, through Salim the interpreter, that he had seen five of our 
 Zanzibaris at the village of Yarricombe, a little higher up the 
 river. They had deserted from Stanley's column with four others. 
 They had come down to Abdallah's camp, and he had sent tliese 
 five on, showing them the road to the Falls. The other four 
 were still at Abdallah's, Tippu-Tib went on to say that the five 
 he had seen at Yarricombe had several tusks of ivory with them, 
 which they offered him, claiming his protection in return, but he 
 said nothing to them, telling his sheik at Yarricombe to look after 
 them until he returned from the Lomami. But now that he knew 
 we were here he would send for them and hand them over to us.
 
 166 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 So after all Ngungu's story was true and Abdallali liad fooled us. 
 Barttelot told Tippu-Tib about Jameson and lie having gone to 
 Abdallah's camp to find out about these men, how he had denied 
 seeing them, &c., &c. Tippu-Tib told us he would punish Abdallali 
 and take him away from the road. We found that the deserters all 
 had had guns, which they had left at Abdallah's. Tippu-Tib 
 despatched one of his men in a canoe to Yarricombe with instruc- 
 tions to bring the men bound in ropes to us here. Barttelot gave 
 Tippu-Tib the gun that Jameson sent as a present ; he seemed 
 pleased, but said nothing in the way of thanks. We had some 
 bananas and cotfee with them all ; one of the sheiks brought out 
 a very good cake ! Sheik Nossoro, Ali, &c., &c., were with 
 Tippu-Tib. 
 
 Monday, Odolcr lOth. — I forgot to mention that Yallasullali, 
 where we are at present, is a village on the Congo under Tippu- 
 Tib's control. The natives have a market every day cli.se to the 
 palaver house. This afternoon the canoe returned with the five 
 Zanzibaris, and they were brought to us in the presence of Tippu- 
 Tib. Of course they denied deserting, stating they had been left 
 behind and could not find the road, &c. They were twenty days 
 in a canoe coming down to Abdallah's camp from the time of 
 leaving Mr. Stanley. He had not reached the Lakes when they 
 left, food was scarce, he had had trouble with the natives, at one 
 place they fired on the column with bows and arrows. A white 
 man, who we thought from their description must be Nelson, got 
 an arrow wound, but was all right again by the time they left. 
 Nearly all the Soudanese had died, as well as a number of Zanzi- 
 baris, from disease and want. Tippu-Tib asked that they (the 
 deserters) might not be punished this time, and Barttelot said he 
 would do nothing to them till Stanley returned. Tippu-Tib told 
 them this, and added that if they or any other Zanzibiris ran away 
 again and came to him he would shoot them. Barttelot gave 
 Tippu-Tib the ivory they brought with them. Tippu-Tib under- 
 took to keep the men safe at Yallasullah till we returned from 
 the Falls. 
 
 Tuesday, October 11th. — Arranged through Salim, the interpreter, 
 for the purchase of twelve goats at three pieces of handkerchief 
 each, to be here on our return. We had some good fish here. 
 The people live princijmlly by fishing ; the marketing is all done
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 167 
 
 by exchanging. The principal things for barter are small lots of 
 fire-wood, manioc tops, palm-oil, dried fish, pottery, and quanga. 
 There is a market-master who looks after things in general, and 
 sees that so much tribute is paid to Tippu-Tib's sheik from the 
 articles brought in. We left this morning in a canoe for the Falls. 
 Tippu-Tib left in his canoe for the Lomami down stream, promising 
 to be at the Falls in three days, so we postponed all palaver about 
 the promised carriers till then. We paddled up stream, reaching 
 the village of Yarvicombe about 6 o'clock, passing two villages, and 
 getting drenched in heavy rain. At Yarricombe, on the south 
 bank of the Congo, we found a mud-house in charge of a sheik of 
 Tippu-Tib's. We saw very little of the native village, as it was 
 dark soon after our arrival. Stopped in the mud-house. There 
 is another village on the opposite bank. 
 
 Wednesday, October 12th. — Started early in a canoe paddling on 
 to another village, changed men there and paddled right on to the 
 Falls, which place Ave reached about 11 o'clock at night. The 
 water is very low. We were comfortably put up in a mud-house. 
 
 ThuTsdeiy, October I'Sth. — Up rather late. Found the house not 
 bad ; it has an enclosure at the back and a verandah in front. 
 Breakfast was brought to us; it consisted of fried potatoes and 
 plantain, with tea, all very well cooked. Sheik IS'zige, brother of 
 Tippu-Tib, is in charge during the chiefs absence ; he paid us a 
 visit. We had a look round the place, viewing the Falls, a very 
 large rush of water, but not much of a fall. Plenty of large rocks, 
 with big sticks set up by the natives for fastening their nets when 
 fishing. It was on the island opposite that the State station was. 
 
 Friday, October IMli. — Arab Sunday. To-day we had plenty of 
 goat done up in kabobs, curried fish, rice grown on the place, all 
 beautifully cooked. Our meals, sent to us four times a day, usually 
 consist of fried sweet potatoes and plantains in the morning, 
 curried fish and rice in the middle of the day, then potatoes and 
 plantain again in the afternoon, and curried fish and rice in the 
 evening. Tea or coffee at each meal. 
 
 Saturday, October loth. — Went for a walk over to Sheik Nassoro's 
 house up beyond the Falls, through a native village. He is away 
 with Tippu-Tib. His is a fine place, with a good view looking 
 down on the Falls, as well as up river ; it is approached by a pleasant 
 avenue of pau-pau trees. Afterwards we crossed over in a canoe
 
 168 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN". 
 
 to an island opposite, and visited Tippu-Tib's small father, viz. 
 uncle. He has a good house, and we squatted in the verandah 
 on mats in the Oriental fashion. He entertained us most hospitably, 
 crivino- us a big luncheon, consisting of Indian corn, plantains, 
 curried fowl, rice, and pau-paus. Everything was excellently 
 cooked, and I enjoyed the visit very much. He was such a good 
 fellow, with a kindly manner, and did all he could to make us 
 welcome. We came back by another island, and then crossed to 
 Nassoro's again. 
 
 Sunday, October IQth. — Went over after breakfast to the island 
 opposite, where Deane's station was. After luncheon with an 
 Arab, who treated us well, we had a look at the three Krupp 
 guns that Deane left here after his fight last year. They are 
 of no use, the vent screws destroyed and other pieces missing. 
 There is also a small muzzle-loading cannon. I little thought this 
 time last year that I should see these guns again, especially under 
 such circumstances. I remember well packing them up at Leoi^old- 
 ville, when Deane first went up to the Falls in June 1885. No 
 sign of Tippu-Tib's return yet. Arranged with Salim, the inter- 
 preter, to buy some fifty fowls. 
 
 Tuesday, October 18th. — Both Salim, interpreter, and Ferhani, 
 who escorted us down from our camp, and who are looking after 
 our comfort here by order of Tippu-Tib, were inclined to be cheeky 
 to-day, and we had a palaver with them. 
 
 From this date till Monday, October 24th, we waited at Stanley 
 Falls for Tippu-Tib to return. On Saturday, October 22nd, I wrote 
 a long letter to Colonel de Winton, giving him all the news, hoping 
 this would get through either by steamer via the Congo, or by 
 Tippu-Tib's caravan to Zanzibar, and while we were at Stanley 
 Falls Barttelot also wrote letters home. 
 
 Monday, October 2Uh. — Tippu-Tib returned from the Lomami. 
 He came and saw us at our house, and made arrangements for our 
 starting Wednesday next, on our return journey to our camp at 
 Yambuya. He tells the same old story about the carriers, that he 
 expects to get them at Kasongo, although we were told through 
 Salim Massude that there had been fighting there. We can't 
 believe Salim, and it is a thousand pities that Barttelot did not 
 overcome his dislike to Assad Farran, the Soudanese interpreter, 
 and bring him. I shall not be sorry to get back to camp.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 1G9 
 
 Tuesday, October 2oth. — My impression of Tippn-Tib and the 
 Falls is tins. He has very few men here really of his own, though 
 there are several native villages under his control. The great jaart 
 of his own men are away after ivory, &c., all over the country. A 
 large body are at the Lumami under Raschid, trying to settle down 
 there among the natives for trading purposes. I believe there is 
 some big palaver going on over the subject. Then a lot are 
 scattered over the district Stanley has traversed as well as else- 
 where. His son, Sefu, who reigns at Kasongo, has plenty of men, 
 and it is from there they say they will get our carriers, but I don't 
 put much faith in their story. It seems Tippu-Tib's sheiks have 
 many men with guns under them. The place round here has been 
 cleared, and there are several acres of rice-fields under cidtivation. 
 On the other side, where Deane's station was, there is excellent 
 flat ground for plantation close to the river, which is laid out, 
 principally in rice ; the women do all the labour in the fields, and 
 there are plenty of them, all from the Manyuema district. The 
 sheiks' houses, as well as several others, are of mud. 
 
 Wednesday, October Wth. — I gave my letters to Tippu-Tib, who 
 has promised to send them to Zanzibar by special messenger, and 
 says they will reach there in two and a half months. After saying 
 good-bye to Tippu-Tib, who came down to the canoe to see us off, 
 Barttelot and I started on our return journey in Tippu-Tib's 
 private canoe, whilst the two Soudanese and Ali, the cook, were 
 in another with three goats and some tifty fowls. Tippu-Tib made 
 us a present of one large goat. We stopped the night at a village 
 on the north bank of the Congo, sleeping in the verandah of a 
 mud-house. Barttelot received a letter from Jameson written 
 from Yambuya, stating that two prisoners had run away, viz. 
 Bartholomew and another. Bonny hi\d been seedy, which I was 
 sorry to hear. 
 
 [In connection with this letter from Jameson, it should be men- 
 tioned that, taking fill things into consideration, it was deemed 
 advisable that the Zanzibaris in our camp should be disarmed at 
 this time, therefore Barttelot in his reply sent instructions that 
 this should be done. In order not to rouse the suspicions of the 
 men, it was suggested that they should be called upon to give up 
 tlieir arms on the plea that these were not properly cared for, were 
 allowed to get dirty, &c., in their huts, and that they were in
 
 170 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 future to be kept together under the charge of an officer, and 
 given out when required for the picquets.] 
 
 Thursday, October '21t]b. — Started early and paddled down to 
 Yallasullah, which we reached about 3 p.m. ; here we found our 
 five Zanzibar deserters. Slieik Seyid, our old friend, Avas glad to 
 see us, and treated us well in every way. Here we found twelve 
 goats which Salim Massude had bought for us, but some of them 
 were very small, and I am afraid he has cheated us, charging three 
 pieces of handkerchief for each of them. There should have been 
 three other goats, presents from Tippu-Tib to Jameson (in return 
 for his gun), but they tell us one has died and the others cannot be 
 found. 
 
 Friday, October 28th. — Find we cannot get away till to-morroAV. 
 Barttelot is going ahead quickly, hoping to reach our camp in two 
 days, and I am to come along with the goats and fowls, as they 
 require looking after. Seyid gave us plenty of fish. 
 
 Saturday, October 2dth. — Barttelot left early this morning, taking 
 two carriers. I got away about 11.30, having a lot of bother in 
 getting a sufficient number of mea to carry my loads. The five 
 Zanzibari deserters carried the fowls, and the Manyuema men my 
 loads. The two Soudanese and the two boys with one Zanzibari 
 and myself looked after the goats. Found a canoe at the river, 
 which was a good thing, as the water had risen very much. 
 Camped at the first long water about 5 o'clock. Tent which 
 Barttelot had lent me did not come in, so slept in a fly. Had 
 great pain wdtii ulcerated tooth, and took opium. It rained hard 
 during the night, and I had to put the fowls inside the fly. 
 
 Sunday, October SOih. — Raining hard ; feeling very seedy, half 
 dazed, I suppose, with the opium ; don't want to try that remedy 
 again. One Zanzibari led the big goat, then came Muledi with 
 the big Billy, and one Soudanese in the rear. I was last of all. I 
 found myself sleeping whilst I walked. Camped in jungle about 
 5 o'clock, plenty of water in the road. 
 
 Monday, October 31s^. — Started early, feeling better; had a lot 
 of bother in getting the goats through the water, which had risen 
 very much since I was here last. Reached the village of Yambow 
 about 5 o'clock. We slept in huts; goats all right, also fowls. 
 Found Barttelot had left his two carriers behind here, having gone 
 on by himself.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 171 
 
 Tuesday, Novcmlcr 1st. — Up early and ready to start, but rain 
 came on very heavily and kept on till past 1 o'clock, so it was 
 impossible to move on, as the goats would not stand rain. Had to 
 remain all day at Yanibow. Found Muledi, Barttelot's boy, had 
 stolen a quantity of sweet potatoes from one of the carriers. They 
 belonged to us. He confessed to the theft, and on ray threaten- 
 ing to punish him severely, ran away, and I have seen nothing of 
 Inm since. I suppose he has bolted to camp. Had all the goats 
 tied up ready for a start early to-morrow. 
 
 Wednesday, Novemler Ind. — Started aboiit 7 o'clock ; got the 
 goats away without much ditiiculty.^ Stuck hard at work pushing 
 them along. We found a lot more water than we expected. Had 
 to carry the goats over one by one in several places. The two 
 Soudanese worked very well, so did my boy Hamesseke. The 
 goats strayed oft' the path when we came to the water, and gave 
 us a lot of trouble. We had had to entice them acro^^s each 
 stream or rivulet ; often they wandered far afield, till I no longer 
 marvelled at the Scripture remarks about dividing the sheep from 
 the goats, and heartily agreed that the latter were consigned to 
 the right place. 
 
 Our goat-driving excursion was nearly ended — so nearly, that in 
 my eagerness to reach the camp I determined to march late into 
 the night. Darkness falling with great rapidity, as it always does 
 in tropical countries, soon involved us in fresh difficulties. We 
 found it harder than ever to keep the tlock together, and more 
 than once I feared we had lost our way. However we pushed on 
 though I was dead tired, both with the long march and with the 
 remnant of a touch of fever still hanging about me, so that, as I 
 walked, I fell asleep, but was roused occasionally by bumping my 
 head against a projecting branch, as we made our way through the 
 thick jungle. We were marching in single file, Muledi leading 
 the chief goat, and the other men urging the rest of the flock to 
 follow as best they could. I brought up the rear with a Soudanese 
 soldier just in front of me. From one of my " forty winks" 1 was 
 suddenly roused by a more than usually unearthly yell from the 
 Soudanese. Startled as I was, my first thought was of an attack 
 
 1 The fullowing accoiuit of a goat-driving excursion was written out at some 
 length in connection with a Christmas story, so I give it here in full. It was 
 published by permission of the Committee.
 
 172 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 from enemies in ambush, but I was quickly reassured by seeing 
 that it was only that we had come to a water place in the cane- 
 brake : the shouts and cries that resounded on all sides were 
 nothing more than encouragers to the goats, who, as was cus- 
 tomary, utterly refused to take to the water. In spite of the 
 difficulties of the situation I could not help laughing at the 
 strange contortions of the Soudanese. He was dressed in an old 
 Karki suit with a blue overcoat strapped on his back, and as he 
 emitted from his spacious mouth all sorts of extraordinary shouts 
 he flapped his arms, in a way suggestive of the wings of a bantam 
 cock in a rage. " Yup, yaah ! yup, yaaaah ! " he cried, yet the 
 more he shouted and yelled the less the goats seemed pleased. 
 The place was littie better than a swamp ; each step we took 
 plunged us deeper in the mire. When we did get the obstinate 
 brutes started it was only to find ourselves in a veritable slough of 
 despond, in which we floundered hopelessly about, totally unable 
 to find the right way to the opposite shore. 
 
 At last, in despair of ever getting out of it without assistance, I 
 fired my revolver ; well knowing that we must be within earshot 
 of Yambuya camp, I trusted that my white companions there 
 would hear it and come to my rescue, but no answer came. I called 
 to the Soudanese who carried my borrowed Winchester, and made 
 him discharge that. We quietly waited, straining our ears for a 
 reply, till my patience was exhausted, and I was on the point of 
 giving the command to retrace our steps, if possible, when suddenly 
 I drew a short breath, fancying I heard a distant report. A soldier 
 beside me confirmed my suspicion by a joyous shout. We waited 
 a moment, and then, nearer this time, we heard another shot; 
 the Soudanese guns replied, and a joyous antiphone sounded 
 through the jungle, led by the Winchester. Nearer and nearer 
 came the friendly reports, more and more audible they grew each 
 time, so that I knew they were advancing in the right direction, 
 yet the reverberation in the coverts misled me as to which side 
 they were on. My men now raised shouts of delight, the goats 
 baa-ed vociferously, till the din was perfectly deafening, drowning 
 the voices of our rescuers as well as my cries of "Who's there?" 
 I was endeavouring to call the men to order when suddenly a 
 flash from a lantern gleamed out, and I recognized old Jameson's 
 vuice above the tumult. His cheery shouts urged us on, ami we
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY. 173 
 
 struggled as best we could to reach his beacon. We shouted to 
 the goats and tried to keep them together. My anxiety concerning 
 this precious freight was ahnost inconceivable. What mattered 
 my discomforts, or those of the men, so long as we got the goats 
 safely into camp? After my long march and awful tussle with 
 them ; after one man, like the Good Shepherd, tenderly caring for 
 those who are with young, had devoted his entire attention to a 
 certain nanny-goat of the flock, my disappointment would have 
 been unendurable had I lost one of them. On scrambling to terra 
 firma, I immediately had them all drawn up in front of me and 
 tried to count them, but tliey — restless creatures — strongly objected 
 to this proceeding. At last I found my tale complete, and in 
 triumph I entered the camp. I envied no Roman general re- 
 turning from a victorious campaign when I saw my flock safe 
 within the boma [stockade]. It was with satisfaction that we all 
 gathered around the goats and made mental calculations whether 
 the dozen of them could be made to last us five oflicers through 
 the next four months.
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 BACK AT YAMBUYA AGAIN. 
 
 The general course of events will be seen from the 
 foregoing extracts from the diary. But as there are 
 certain facts that are not dwelt upon sufhcieutly, and 
 which need some enlargement, it is as well here to review 
 the situation. At the time of w^riting some occurrences 
 did not seem to be of the importance they afterwards 
 assumed in consequence of other affairs. 
 
 Very soon after my arrival in camp a band of Arabs 
 made their appearance, and took up their quarters within 
 a stone's throw of our fort, if such it might be called. It 
 was a mistake to allow them to come so close to us, and it 
 would have been wise at the very outset to have urged 
 and insisted upon their removal from this place, which 
 could have been claimed as land that we required for 
 planting or some such thing. But this was not done, and 
 they settled down at our very gates. However, they 
 represented to us that they were of the number who were 
 to accompany us, and so the}?' were allowed to remain. 
 The disadvantages to us were innumerable. The Zanzi- 
 baris in our camp were of the same religion and really of 
 the same race as these half-caste Arabs, and were far too
 
 REVIEW OF THE SITUATION, I75 
 
 ready to be frieDclly with the new-comers. They were 
 able on account of this close proximity to gather around 
 the Arab fires and discuss the situation from their point 
 of view. They would doubtless describe the hardships 
 they endured, the tiresomeness of being obliged to con- 
 form to the w^hite man's rules, the floggings they received 
 for any disobedience. They would complain that their 
 supply of mitakos for buying food was stopped, and of the 
 lack of consideration shown to their grievances. The men 
 who were to carry our loads would be Manyuemas. Many 
 of this race had come with the Arabs, and they would see 
 a terrible hardship in giving up their comparative freedom 
 under Arab rule to be placed under the strict surveillance 
 of the white men. These men would be able to spread 
 reports — exaggerated, no doubt — among their comrades, 
 and this would deter the latter from undertakino; to act 
 as the carriers Tippu-Tib was to supply us with. Here 
 alone was a disadvantage in allowing the Arabs and their 
 followers to learn too much of the inner working of our 
 camp ; and there is no doubt that grievances were 
 magnified by being discussed. 
 
 Meanwhile the Arabs might point out to our men how 
 much better off" their followers were, and greater dis- 
 content would arise. Then, too, they saw that the Arabs 
 were obtaining food without difliculty, and we could get 
 almost none. The new-comers interfered with the supply 
 of fish and palm-oil which we had, until their appearance, 
 been able to obtain from the natives ; but now there was 
 competition in the market, and not only that, but the 
 Arabs were able to force the natives to supply them 
 instead of us, and would then sell at a higher price to us
 
 176 STANLF.Y'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 such things as they wished to part with. Moreover, they 
 increased our already great difficulties by their treatment 
 of the natives. They raided these poor creatures in order 
 to obtain their supplies or to punish them for some fancied 
 offence. They would not hold to their promise not to 
 molest Niruno;u, for instance, and treated the natives most 
 cruelly and shamefully. It should not be forgotten that 
 we had been told by Stanley in his instructions that we 
 were to endeavour to keep on friendly terms with the 
 natives, for the purpose partly of obtaining food through 
 them. But it was also important that we should keep on 
 good terms with the Arabs, who were to supply us with 
 porters, and we were consequently placed in a very diffi- 
 cult position, where tact, diplomacy, and firmness alone 
 could enable us to steer safely between these two dangers 
 — a difficult position for any one except Stanley, who 
 knew well how to manage under such circumstances. 
 There were complications also that at times placed us in 
 extreme danger, for it must be remembered that had the 
 Arabs in anger taken matters into their own hands, they 
 could have quickly made an end of our portion of the 
 Expedition, either by starving us out or by an attack on 
 our not-too-strongly fortified and none-too-well garrisoned 
 camp. Such were some of the facts of the situation that 
 in my opinion had something to do with influencing 
 Tippu-Tib in not supplying the men necessary for our 
 advance, as it may be surmised that he was consequently 
 half-hearted in trying to overcome the obstacles in the 
 way of obtaining men for our service. 
 
 On our return from our visit to Stanley Falls we were 
 forced to look the stern facts of the situation in the face.
 
 IMPRESSIONS OF TIPPU-TIB. 177 
 
 There was, we now knew, no immediate prospect of the 
 arrival of the promised carriers. Tippu-Tib was going to 
 Kasongo, an excursion that must occupy all of six weeks, 
 and he would stay there to try to get men. Hence we 
 found that we must sit down, mustering as much patience 
 as we could, to wait for six weeks at the very least, and 
 who could guess how much longer ? We were forced to 
 acknowledge that the outlook was black enough and most 
 discouraging, especially as our twelve goats would not last 
 for ever, and we had no supply of food for ourselves that 
 could be depended upon, still less for our men ; these were 
 already decreasing gradually in number, and there was 
 no apparent prospect of our condition improving, unless 
 Stanley should put in an early appearance and happily 
 terminate the difficulties of our situation. 
 
 I had now seen Tippu-Tib several times and had become 
 well acquainted with his personal appearance, while at the 
 Falls I had an opportunity of seeing his quarters and his 
 method of managing his sheiks. Stanley, in his Throu(/li 
 ilie Dark Continent (p. 387), writes of him as he appeared 
 when he first saw him near Nyangwe. " Last came the 
 famous Hamed-bin-Mohammed, alias Tippoo Tib, or, as it 
 is variously pronounced by the natives, Tipo-Tib or Tibbu- 
 Tib. He was a tall, black-bearded man, of negroid com- 
 plexion, in the prime of life, straight, quick in his 
 movements, a picture of energy and strength. He had 
 a fine, intelligent face, with a nervous twitching of the 
 eyes, and gleaming white and perfectly -formed teeth. He 
 was attended by a large retinue of young Ai-abs, who 
 looked up to him as chief, and a score of Wangwana and 
 Wanyawezi followers, whom he had led over thousands of
 
 178 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 miles through Africa. With the air of a well-bred Aral), 
 and almost courtier-like in his manner, he welcomed me 
 to Mwana Mamba's village, and his slaves being ready at 
 hand with mat and bolster, he reclined vis-a-vis, while a 
 buzz of admiration of his style was perceptible from tlio 
 onlookers. . . . He was neat in his person, his clothes 
 were of a spotless wdiite, his fez-cap brand-new, his waist 
 was encircled by a rich dowle, his dagger was splendid with 
 silver filigree, and his iout enscmhle was that of an Arab 
 gentleman in very comfortable circumstances." 
 
 Since 1876 he had aged somewhat, but Stanley's 
 description suited him to a T, if one only added that 
 his black beard had w^hitened. He was a man of fine 
 presence, and we could easily see that he was respected 
 and admired by his followers, and in some ways his 
 conduct commanded the admiration of the white men as 
 well. He was a shrewd, intelligent man, and could easily 
 read the characters of those around him, and knew how 
 best to deal with them. His influence was strong enough 
 to make him a powerful chief. He spoke Swabili, the 
 Zanzibar lans;uao;e, but little or no Arabic : but he could 
 read the latter understandingly, for the Arabic and Swahili 
 characters are identical. 
 
 He had established himself now firmly at Stanley Falls, 
 and made himself a comfortable house fitted in true 
 Oriental style, and in his presence one was wise to bear 
 himself as best he could with Oriental courtesy. His 
 private residence was a large mud-house, surrounded by 
 a hieh ijaHsadino;, with a remarkablv fine o-arden attached. 
 We were not allowed to enter his house, but were received 
 usually in a large building, which I always called " the
 
 MAJOR BARTTELOT'S PLANS. 179 
 
 receipt of customs." Here, in a large room, be would occupy 
 the seat of honour, surroundiKl by his sheiks, each in his 
 place upon the div^an that riin round the room ; they all sat 
 in Oriental fashion with their slippers on the floor beside 
 them. In this place he managed his business with his de- 
 pendent chiefs, receiving their rejDorts, giving them orders, 
 and consulting them upon certain matters. Here, too, he 
 held palavers with us, treatiiig us with Oriental politeness. 
 It was during the absence of Tippu-Tib that Mnjor 
 Barttelot and I occupied ourselves in writing letters to send 
 home. AVe asked Nzige for writing materials, and those 
 he supplied were very Arabic in design, especially the pens, 
 which were sticks of wood split up such as are familiar to 
 Eastern travellers, but with these we were able to write 
 our letters. Major Barttelot was writing, among others, 
 to Mr. (now Sir W.) Mackinnon, and suggested sending 
 him an outline of the action he proposed to take in 
 February, provided Stanley did not by that time turn up ; 
 but as it seemed such a remote contingency, he decided, I 
 believe, not to mention it. He had already told me his 
 scheme, which was, that if he could not get the men accord- 
 ing to Stanley's instructions to carry up our loads, he would 
 try to obtain men to go up with him to look for Stanley, 
 for he would be convinced that Stanley was dead if no news 
 of him arrived before February. The loads which we were 
 not to carry would be left at the Falls with Tippu-Tib. 
 To this plan I paid little attention at the time, as I did not 
 imagine that it would ever have to be seriously discussed, 
 because I believed that long before the date he mentioned 
 could arrive, Stanley would be with us or would have sent 
 us some further definite instructions.
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 
 
 Thursday, November Srr?. — Found great improvemants liad been 
 made in the camp whilst I had been away — new houses made for 
 all the men, and our quarters have a boma to separate us from 
 theirs. Bonny has built a house for himself. The place looks 
 quite smart. [Bonny deserves great credit for the buildings and 
 improvements in camp ; the new quarters for the men were better 
 constructed and more comfortable, the arrangements of the inner 
 camp were superior to what they had been ; and his efforts to 
 improve the sanitary condition of the camp and the comfort of 
 both men and officers were most praiseworthy.] 
 
 Friday, November '^th. — Bartholomew and the other prisoner who 
 ran away have been recaptured since Jameson wrote, and 'Mpsa 
 was brought in to-day by Tippu-Tib's men. Sheik Ali Mahommed, 
 one of Tippu-Tib's most influential men, paid us a visit yesterday. 
 Salim-bin-Mohammed is going away, and there is some talk of 
 Ali Mahommed coming in his place. Abdallah has sent back six 
 guns belonging to the deserters ; we have the five men I brought 
 back, and two others out of the nine. No further news of Stanley. 
 Salim Massude, I am thankful to say, has returned to the Falls ; 
 there has been a row between him and Salim-bin-Mohammed. 
 Found Barttelot's boy who stole the jjotatoes had come on here ; 
 he was punished yesterday. 
 
 Saturday, November oth. — Settling down to the monotonous life 
 of camp again ; nothing to be done. I propose taking out all the 
 stores in my house when Bonny shifts into his, just to see that

 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 181 
 
 they are all right. Just before dinner Bonny caught my boy and 
 his in the act of stealing manioc flour from the house ; had them 
 both put in the guard-room, and will have them punished to- 
 morrow. There is a talk of all Tippu-Tib's men going from our 
 camp, I am very glad of it ; they do no good here, and stop our 
 supply of fish, 
 
 Su7ida7/, November 6th. — Salim-bin-Mohammed came to say good- 
 bye, and started for the Falls with his band gaily playing. I am 
 feeling seedy again. 
 
 Monday, Novemher 1th. — Feeling altogether out of sorts. Bar- 
 tholomew and 'Mpsa, who ran away — the former twice, the latter 
 three times — received 75 and 150 lashes each, according to orders. 
 Had out loads and altered arrangement of my house so as to be 
 able more easily to see any one entering whilst I am away at meals. 
 
 Tuesday, November 8ih. — Hear that Tippu-Tib's men, the few 
 still here without any responsible man in charge, made some 
 remarks to the effect that they would not allow our men to go 
 across to the other side to buy food. This is rather good. 
 Barttelot sent for one of the men, and has insisted on his taking 
 one of the Soudanese over to-morrow to buy fish, &c. Feeling 
 better, if anything, still very depressed. Barttelot seedy. 
 
 Wednesday, November dth. — Barttelot has evidently got a touch 
 of fever. Omaha, a Soudanese, went over to the other side with 
 one of Tippu-Tib's men to try and buy fish, &c. ; returned only bring- 
 ing some palm-oil. Tippu-Tib's man says the natives dou't like 
 Omaha, as he threw some stones at them some time ago, and that 
 if we sent another man we would have better success. They 
 brought the news from the natives that Stanley would be here in 
 three days. I only hope it is true, and I shall be rejoiced if this 
 is a fact. I am sick of this camp existence ; nothing to do from 
 morning till night, under not very pleasant circumstances. Had 
 out the 100 cases of powder this afternoon ; found them in fair 
 order. Some white ants about, but nothing to hurt. 
 
 Thicrsday, November 10th. — A Soudanese went over to the other 
 side with one of Tippu-Tib's men to try and buy fish, &c. ; got 
 some palm-oil. No further news regarding the rumour of Stanley's 
 return, except that there are donkeys with him. Barttelot had 
 a pretty strong attack of fever again last night; cooler this morn- 
 ino-, and has taken two good doses of quinine ; fever returned,
 
 182 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 however, towards night, but not so intense. I had an overhnul of 
 my jn'ivate stores ; gave a bottle of pickles and one of sauce to the 
 mess. 
 
 Friday, Novcmher Wth. — Rumour about Stanley's coming is now 
 contradicted ; they are Arabs who are coming down from some far 
 outlying village. Barttelot better, though still seedy. Nassibu 
 from Yambow sent us in a small basket of rice. Nounau, native 
 chief, came over to Arab camp and also to gate of our camp ; first 
 time I have seen him for a long time. 
 
 Saturday, Novcviher l2fJi. — Ward went over to the village on 
 the other side with some of Tippu-Tib's men to sketch, returning 
 to dinner. Barttelot much better. Bonny has started building a 
 mess-house and house for Barttelot. 
 
 Sunday, Novcmlicr VMh. — Some Arabs came in from a village 
 about an hour Irom here on the road to Yambow, asking for 
 medicines for Nassibu. 
 
 Monday, November 14<th. — This morning am Arab came in from 
 Y^'ambow Avitli dried fish and a spear as a present for me. I had 
 seen him on my way from the Falls. Bought fish for mess, and 
 gave him fifteen mitakos from my own stores for the present of a 
 spear. (Arabs never give j^rcsents for nothing.) FeeUng seedy again. 
 
 Tuesday, Novcmher loth. — Jamesun laid up with rheumatism. I 
 am feeling quite ill. Nassibu came into camp to pay us a visit. 
 
 Wednesday, November IGth. — Jameson about the same; suffering 
 a good deal of pain, with symptoms of bilious hemoturic fever. 
 Not well myself. Opened provision boxes, under Barttelot's super- 
 vision, as our three months' rations were up on the 1-lth. ^Vard, 
 Bonny, and I each received forty days' rations, that is up to the 
 time that the others are rationed, viz., 28th December. We 
 received each one tin milk, one tin butter, one tin Liebig, one tin 
 jam, half-a-pound tea, and one pound of rough salt, which 1 bought 
 from Liebrechts. The following were divided betw^een the three 
 of us : — Two tins cocoa and milk, two tins sardines, two tins 
 sausages, two tins biscuits, one pound tin Hour. 
 
 Tlmrsdaij, November 17 th. — My birthday. We were going to kill 
 a goat, and have a dinner of sorts, but Jameson is still sick, and I 
 am far from feeling well, so the feast is postponed. 
 
 Friday, November 18th. — Feeling very seedy, in great pain, chill 
 accompanied by slight fever, so turned in. Jameson is very seedy
 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 183 
 
 too ; properly knocked up. Some palaver on, I hear, with Tippu- 
 Tib's men, who are interfering with our special commissioner, who 
 is buying fish from the natives. This kind of thing I knew would 
 arise. Tippu-Tib's men buy from the natives and then offer to us 
 at double the figure. Barttelot has taken the matter up, and is 
 sending word to the Falls to complain to Tipi^u-Tib about it. 
 
 Sat ardeiy, November Idth. — Not much better. Jameson has got 
 jaundice. I gave him some gallic acid that Dr. Sims gave me. 
 Ward left this morning for the Falls, taking six Zanzibaris and one 
 Somali, Chama. I gave him out fifteen pieces of handkerchief and 
 179 mitakos, for buying coffee and onions. 
 
 Sunday, November 20th. — Felling better, but still weak. Jameson 
 about the same ; has taken one dose of gallic acid, but it seems to 
 have done him no good. 
 
 Mo7iday, November 21st. — Still seedy. Jameson the same. 
 
 [Similar entries of fever, weakness, &c. until Sunday, November 
 27tli, when I began to improve slightly.] 
 
 Monday, November 28th. — No fever ; feeling better ; Bonny gave 
 me some medicine that relieved me. What with recurring fevers 
 and no appetite I feel very exhausted. Got from Barttelot six 
 teaspoons of brandy, two days' supply. Bonny had asked for a 
 larger quantity of brandy for me from the two cases, but Barttelot 
 gives me this from his own bottle. 
 
 Tuesday, November 29th. — Feeling much better ; able to eat some 
 Brand's essence and some arrowroot from my private stores. 
 Jameson much better. 
 
 Wednesday, November SOth. — Ward returned to-day from the 
 Falls, bringing with him some onions, potatoes, and forty eggs ! 
 The latter have been given to me, a great treat in my present 
 wretched condition. They were for Jameson and myself, but the 
 former would not have any of them ; in his condition he could not 
 well eat them, so all were given to me. Ward found that Tippu- 
 Tib had gone to Kasongo some few days before he reached the 
 Falls to try to get the men for us. Won't be back for three 
 months ! Ward got a present of a goat also, but the Zanzibaris 
 lost it on the road. Have been eating a little to-day, living on 
 milk diet, arrowroot, milk and rice, and rice-water from my private 
 stores, feeling better. Bonny's birthday. Barttelot puts in orders 
 to-day that Bonny is to examine the sick every morning in future.
 
 184 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 He takes over the medicine-chest from Jameson. We were all 
 under the impression that according to Stanley's letter of instruc- 
 tions to Barttelot, Jameson was to see to them, but the cry has 
 always been that there are no suitable medicines. I have given 
 from my own store of medicine over and over again to some of the 
 men — but I have so little, 
 
 Thursday, December 1st. — I received the eggs to day ; they were 
 delicious. Received from Barttelot three spoonsful of brandy, one 
 day's supply. Still on milk diet, feeling better, but very, very weak. 
 Forgot to mention that during my illness Ngungu, native chief, 
 came in and had a palaver with Bonny. He has promised, now 
 that all of Tippu-Tib's people have gone, to sell us fish, &c. ; he 
 stated to Bonny that Tippu-Tib's people had told him that they 
 would shoot him if he sold to us whilst they were here ! 
 
 Friday, December 2nd. — Slowly pulling up, I think ; need feeding 
 up. Last night half a goat was stolen from Ward's house where it 
 was hung up ; suspicion points to Soudanese sentry. 
 
 Saturday, December Srd. — Feeling about the same. Jameson is 
 all right again, but his colour is still bad. The thief discovered, 
 the Soudanese sentry who was on duty at the fort-gate ; the meat 
 found hidden in the roof of his hut. He says Muledi, Barttelot's 
 boy, heljaed him in the theft, telling him where the meat was. 
 
 Sunday, December 4!th. — Feeling better, took two or three turns 
 on the road ; very shaky. Soudanese sentry received 150 lashes. 
 Muledi has been expelled from camp, and has to carry a load for 
 several days [this punishment is to carry a load up and down daily 
 near the camp]. 
 
 Monday, December 5th. — Feeling stronger every day. Barttelot 
 discovers that the Soudanese told a lie when he implicated his boy 
 Muledi in the theft of meat. The Soudanese says this himself 
 now ! I hear that three more men died last week ; there are now 
 thirty-one graves in the yard. 
 
 Tuesday, December Qth. — Stronger every day. Employed all day 
 in putting mitakos into two boxes, which I have made long enough 
 by scooping some of the wood off the ends, 
 
 Wednesday, December 7th. — Getting on well. Another Soudanese 
 died to-day. A lot of Soudanese and Zanzibaris seem to be in a 
 bad condition ; the wet weather, along with their weakness, is telling 
 on them. There is a miserable crowd at Benny's every morning ;
 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 185 
 
 he is doing all he can for them with what medicines he has at 
 his disposal. Sores are plentiful, and a number of the men are 
 wasting away to skeletons. 
 
 Thursday, December 8th. — I went in to meals with the others for 
 the first time since my illness. 
 
 Friday, December 9^^.— Pulling up. Ngungu came into camp 
 to-day. Another Soudanese died to-day. 
 
 Saturday, December 10th. — Another Zanzibar! of Bonny 's com- 
 pany died to-day. Two of Tippu-Tib's men with some women 
 came in from the Falls, bringing some fowls. 
 
 Sunday, December 11th. — Feeling much better. 
 
 Monday, December 12th. — Orderly officer for the day. First time 
 I have been able to be on duty since my illness. Birth in camp 
 last night — one of the goats had a young one ; mother and child 
 doing well. Another Zanzibari of Benny's company died to-day. 
 
 [The goat whose birth is mentioned above became a great pet 
 among us; would sometimes come shyly into our tents, and was a 
 source of amusement on account of its frisky gambols. He was 
 not eaten during my stay in camp, I believe.] 
 
 Tuesday, Deeembrr IWi. — To-day the feast postponed from my 
 birthday took place. Killed a goat, and I gave a bottle of i3runcs 
 from my private stores for luncheon. At dinner we had a real 
 roly-'poly pudding. I supplied the jam, Jameson and Barttelot 
 gave the flour. Ward made it, and it did him a deal of credit. 
 It was very good, and reminded one of home. 
 
 Wednesday, December 14!th. — New order about the Zanzibaris 
 falling in in the morning commenced to-day. They are to fall in 
 after 8 o'clock, this enabling them to get a meal before going to 
 work, and also avoiding the wet grass. They work till 1 o'clock, 
 fall in again at 2 P.M., and work till 5 o'clock. The suffoestiou 
 was Benny's. These men never can stand the wet or cold, and as 
 there is really nothing of importance for them to do, it seemed 
 absurd, bearing in mind the amount of sickness there is amongst 
 them, to send them out at 6 o'clock to sit shiverinsf in the cold 
 and wet. 
 
 Thursday, December loth. — The Zanzilaris don't like the arrange- 
 ment about hours that commenced yesterday. They complain of 
 having to work through the hottest part of the day — 12 to 1 
 o'clock — and would sooner have the old hours, so they have gone
 
 ISrj STAXLF.Y'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 back to them. I still maintain that it would be better not to 
 send them out till 8 o'clock in the morning, as there is nothing 
 particular to do. 
 
 Saturday, December 17th. — Another Zanzibar! of Benny's company 
 died to-day. In the afternoon twenty-eight men of Tippn-Tibs 
 arrived in camp to await the arrival of Salim-bin-Mohammed, who, 
 they say, is returning here at the end of the month. I am sorry 
 they are coming back ; our men are much better without them. 
 They bring no news of Tippu-Tib, who ought to be at Kasongo 
 by this time. Neither have they heard anything of Stanley at 
 the Falls. 
 
 Alonday, Decemhcr Idth. — Another Zanzibari of Benny's company 
 died this morning, and another of Jameson's company; the total 
 of deaths now among the Zanzibaris and Soudanese since this 
 camp has been formed is thirty-eight. The Zanzibaris commenced 
 building houses outside of the fort for Stanley's men. Barttelot 
 decided on this owing to the rumours concerning Stanley's return. 
 
 Wednesday, December 21 si. — Hear that Tippu-Tib's men brought 
 in Ngungu as a prisoner here because he will not come and live 
 on this side ! In the afternoon some natives tried to catch two of 
 our Zanzibaris; they succeeded in getting one. As he wore a 
 dress something like Tippu-Tib's men, we suppose they took him 
 for one of them, and wanted to retaliate for the capture of Ngungu, 
 Tippu-Tib's men brought Ngungu out and made him shout across 
 to his men on the other side to send the Zanzibari back ; they had 
 taken him over to the other side. There was a lot of unnecessary 
 excitement; the man was sent back shortly afterwards, all right, 
 though scared. 
 
 Thursday , Deccmlicr 22nd. — Tippu-Tib's men exchanged Ngungu 
 for another prisoner, so as to enable Ngungu to go and fetch his 
 people to build on this side. I don't know what will turn out 
 over this business, but it seems cheek on the part of Tippu-Tib's 
 people to cause this palaver, as they say on our behalf, without our 
 asking them to do it. I shoidd have fancied that if we wished 
 him to come over on this side we could have set about it ourselves. 
 
 Saturday, December 2-i'th. — The big goat which I brought from 
 the Falls was killed early this morning for Christmas festivities. 
 It is a real fine one. To-day the men have a half-holiday, and 
 to-u:ion-uw is a general holiday. My own jDrivate stores are low
 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 187 
 
 enough, but among tliem I found a tin containing an untouched 
 liani, a gift lioin an old comrade I had seen on my way up the 
 river six months before. This I laid aside, and choosing the 
 hvrgest and best of the few jars of pickles I still jjossessed, and 
 adding to these a bottle of sauce, I presented them as my con- 
 tribution to the mess. Barttelot and Jameson gave two tins of 
 Hour and a pot of jam, while Bonny and Ward had added what 
 they could to the general fund. After our usual smoke, flavoured 
 to-night with cheerful stories, we perambulated the bounds to see 
 that all was in order ; then we lay down to dream of the good 
 old times, when Christmas Eve had meant so much to us as 
 youngsters, but we well knew that here in the heart of Africa 
 Ave should wake to no such jovial experiences as still lived in our 
 memories.^ 
 
 Sunday, December 2oth. — Christmas Day dawned clear and bright, 
 and its cheerfulness was reflected in our faces as we turned out to 
 greet each other with the same familiar words that our friends so 
 far awa}^ were repeating under such different circumstances. Cur 
 mess-table wore its gayest air. Jameson and Ward had sat up till 
 the small hours, engaged in a joint conspiracy, the result of their 
 " plotting and planning togetlier " being a laughable series of 
 Christmas cards, which we found prominently displayed on our 
 plates. The two that fell to my share I have treasured carefully. 
 Jameson's card for me was a water-colour sketch, wliere, in the 
 upper portion, I am depicted in the Slough of Despond, amid a 
 thicket of trees, with struggling, baa-ing goats in most absurd 
 positions; my own attitude expresses utter despair. Beneath is a 
 different scene, where I, clad in the famous cashmere coat, Stanley's 
 parting gift to me, am reclining in the only easy-chair the camp 
 could boast, with a kettle and a cup of tea beside me, the very 
 picture of comfort, in spite of my exhausted air. The background 
 is formed of the precious Emin Relief stores. He even carefully 
 lettered the boxes, and printed a Christmas greeting at the top. 
 
 Ward had made for me, with great skill, a most excellent like- 
 ness of the head of the famous goat, off which we were to dine 
 that day. The expressive eye, the sardonic grin, the twisted horns, 
 were all carefully delineated ; Ruskin himself could not but admire 
 
 ' The following account of our festivities was written out for a Christmas 
 story published by permission of the Committee.
 
 188 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 the delicate lines of the faithful reproduction, which did credit to 
 Ward's artistic skill. The whole picture brought to mind the 
 familiar old carol — 
 
 "A boar's head in hand bring I, 
 Sing merrily, oh, sing merrily," 
 
 though we must needs substitute " goat's head." 
 
 I, too, produced some gifts for my comi-ades. For some time 
 past I had noticed poor Jameson's struggles with a burnt-out pipe- 
 He had tried to block up the hole at the base of the bowl with 
 chiquanga or manioc, but before he had time to take a second 
 good pull at the pipe this vegetable plug would dry and fall out, 
 a most annoying condition of affairs. It was, therefore, with much 
 delight that I found in my private stores an unused pipe, which 
 I gave him as a Christmas present. It is needless to add that he 
 was well pleased to be able to have his "calumet of peace." He 
 soon had it " lit up," and his broad smile of contentment was a 
 pleasure to behold. Ward and Bonny were very grateful for the 
 pound of coffee apiece that I was able to give them from the 
 stores I had bought for my own use on my way up the Congo. 
 They seemed to feel that I had fully repaid them, tlie former for 
 his beautiful sketch, and the latter for his thoughtful care of me 
 during my first serious illness. It may be thought by outsiders 
 that my gifts were small, but coffee was so much of a luxury that 
 it was fully appreciated. 
 
 Our breakfast was made of cold goat and the ham I had given. 
 I was much amused to hear the remarks made as Ward carved the 
 thin slices of the latter and laid them on each plate. 
 
 " My dear fellow," said Barttelot, politely, " that is quite enough 
 for me." 
 
 "Don't give me too much. Ward," exclaimed Jameson, with 
 equal politeness. Presently they all sang the praises of the ham 
 in chorus — " We've had notliing so good for many a day." " Perhaps 
 — yes, really, they did think another slice, a thin slice, would be 
 acceptable." A little urging brought them all up for another 
 " help," and I saw with a certain satisfaction that my contribution 
 had met with high favour. I know I enjoyed ray share immensely. 
 When we rose from table there was little left except the bone, 
 which would supply us with a tempting soup, for with true
 
 LIFE IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 189 
 
 economy we never wasted a scrap of food : we had already learned 
 its value too well. 
 
 After breakfast the Soudanese and Zanzibaris were paraded in 
 front of Barttelot's hut, and each man received two mitakos (brass 
 rods nsed as money) and a handful of cowries as a Christmas dash 
 (word for present used by Zanzibaris and others). We each were 
 favoui-ed by state visits from the Soudanese officer and the 
 Zanzibari Niamparas (headmen), who expected individual gifts; 
 we had so little of our own to spare that we could only give them 
 three mitakos apiece, while a few important men received a small 
 bit of tobacco. My own boy, Hamesseke, and the mess-cook, 
 Juma, came in for their share of presents. 
 
 Dress parade, such as it was, ended, I took a turn about the 
 boma, and paid a visit to my favourite donkey, a fine little white 
 fellow, on whom I looked with special affection. On my way up 
 the river I found, at Kinchassa, three donkeys had been left for our 
 use, and I immediately chose this one for my own. They were 
 :"ut on board the little steamer, but it was very close quarters for 
 all of us, so these animals were stowed in the bow, very near the 
 boilers. It was hot enough for them, poor things, but I tried to 
 make them as comfortable as possible, and admit I showed great 
 partiality for " Monsieur Blanc." I never shall forget their glee 
 when they were safely landed, thoy caracoled about like veritable 
 Arab steeds, kicked up their heels, and stretched their legs after 
 being cramped up so long. My little fellow was a thoroughbred, 
 cleanly made, and in the end I discovered, in spite of spare fare, he 
 was sound in wind and limb, and would have passed the examina- 
 tion of a " vet." I grew much attached to this pet of mine, and 
 often visited him with some delicacy in hand to tempt his appetite, 
 so that he was soon devoted to me. I found it very hard to part 
 with him nine months later, even though he went into the hands 
 of an old friend — a far better fate than Jameson's donkey met, for 
 he, alas ! died. On that sad occasion the Soudanese sent a deputa- 
 tion to Barttelot to beg the remains of the late departed because 
 tliey had a penchant for donkey steaks. Their petition was 
 granted, on condition that the feast should take place at a distance 
 from the camp, and they retired to enjoy their banquet. 
 
 After our Christmas breakfast all was bustle and excitement : 
 the men were more cheerful, and an air of convivialit}'' pervaded
 
 190 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMX. 
 
 the camp, as if some great event was about to take place. Strolling 
 across the inner boma, where stood the officers' quarters and our 
 precious relief stores, I entered Ward's hut, and found its owner 
 busily engaged in the culinary art. He had pnjduced from some- 
 where a small drawing-board, and with an empty bottle as a 
 rolling-pin he had set to work, with sleeves rolled up and belioured 
 hands, to make the Christmas puddings. I roared with laughter, 
 and began chaffing him so hilariously that he shouted laconically, 
 " Get ! " but as I was by no means ready to accede to his polite 
 request he added, " I'll never finish this if you stay botheiing with 
 your jokes, so you just get !" It was an amusing sight to watch 
 his vigorous pounding and rolling of the pastry, and I had no 
 intention of leaving him to pursue this new vocation in peace. 
 As soon as I could see after my hearty laugh I set to work to 
 investigate what he was preparing, and found all his attempts took 
 the form known as " roly-poly." For lunch he was making a meat 
 pudding — the inevitable goat forming its interior. This was Vo 
 be followed by banana pudding ; a most delicious dish it proved a 
 few hours later, when we sat down to luncheon, and demolished 
 it with marvellous rapidity. Not only had we the well-known 
 sauce of a good appetite, but the jokes, flying round "promiscuous- 
 like," added much to its flavour. Well do I remember, as the last 
 pieces vanished, hearing Jameson exclaim, by way of au impromptu 
 grace after meat, " Thank God for my good lunch," and we all 
 echoed his words with a hearty Amen. In the afternoon we met 
 as usual by the big native wooden drum, on which we sat kicking 
 our heels, smoking, and yarning — Barttelot full of hunting remin- 
 iscences of days spent down near his home in Sussex ; Jameson 
 telling of his sporting adventures in the Matabele country and in 
 the Transvaal ; Bonny giving us accounts of his various campaigns 
 in Zululand, the Transvaal, and two phases of the Soudan ; Ward 
 adding descriptions of his strange adventures in New Zealand, 
 Australia, Borneo &c. While so j'leasantly engaged the time 
 slipped away right cheerily, till, in spite of oiir hearty luncheon^ 
 we felt that the savoury dinner promised us would be most accept- 
 able. Some hint of this brought Ward to his legs, and, with a 
 rush, he departed to see that Juma, our Zanzibar chef, was cooking 
 properly everything that Ward had so carefully prepared. The 
 latter might well have felt proud of the result of his volunteer
 
 MR. HERBERT WARD.
 
 CHRISTMAS DAY IN YAMBUYA CAMP. 191 
 
 labours, for lie liad most kindly undertaken to add to-day to his 
 usual duties, by attending to the kitclien department. It was no 
 wonder that a broad sn^ilo of satisfaction pervaded his features as 
 Ave marched in to our Christmas dinner. Barttelot took his usual 
 position at the head of tlie table, and we all fell into line, quite 
 ready to attack the well-arranged menu, which was as follows : — 
 
 MENU. 
 
 GOAT SOUP, A l'aFRICAINE. 
 
 GRILLED GOAT STEAK, A LA YAAIBUYA. 
 
 ROLY-POLY PUDDING, U la Ward. 
 
 WINE LIST. 
 
 Tea noir. 
 
 Cognac, tine liqueiir a chacun. 
 
 This last was a most unusual treat, and we sipped it slowly, as 
 between the pulls at our pipes we drank healths after dinner. 
 Stanley had given Barttelot and Jameson a bottle of brandy each 
 before the rest of the white officers, forming the last contingent of 
 the rear-guard, had reached the camp ; but he had left in addition 
 two cases of brandy that were never opened during our stay at 
 Yambuya. Barttelot on this occasion produced the remnant of his 
 bottle, which amounted to a small wineglassful apiece. The chief 
 toast at our banquet was " Absent Friends"; this was drunk in 
 silence, as we thought not only of those at home but of our 
 comrades Avho had advanced into the jungle, and whom under 
 Stanley's leadership we had expected back with us before this 
 date. We could only wish that they had been as fortunate in 
 their Christmas celebration as we felt we had been that day ; we 
 hoped for their speedy return, or that we might soon be able to 
 join them. We pondered often on the probable causes of their 
 silence. We hardly dared believe that our great leader might
 
 192 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 never return. We thought constantly of them, and our minds 
 were full of unanswerable queries. Had it been necessary for 
 Stairs to use his Maxim gun ? Had Dr. Parke found the task 
 of caring for the invalids of the wayworn camp more than he 
 could manage ? Had Jephson had insurmountable difficulties in 
 getting his men to carry the sections of the boat through the 
 thick jungle? Was Nelson wearied out by his allotted tasks? 
 Had William, Stanley's white body servant, had the romance of 
 adventure all knocked out of him ? Who had fallen by the way ? 
 Where were they at this joyous season ? Such questions as these 
 suggested themselves and remained unsolved. We fancied they 
 had already joined Emin, and were even now homeward bound, 
 yet their long-continued silence made us daily more anxious for 
 their welfare. We knew well that they would be thinking of 
 what had become of us, for we were to have followed them in 
 the August previous, yet here we were forced to remaia inactive, 
 waiting for the promised carriers to transport the bulk of the relief 
 stores. Little wonder, then, that an undercurrent of sadness 
 pervaded our Christmas cheer, and though the air of festivity 
 to-day seemed to brighten the prospect, yet by contrast it served 
 to deepen the gloomy forebodings that were so soon to follow. 
 
 However, on this occasion our songs were cheerful ; we even 
 found voice for the comic as well as the sentimental, Bonny's fine 
 tenor being in great demand in our impromptu concert. Our 
 stories had a brighter tone than usual, and we strove to make the 
 best of the situation. The men, too, seemed to catch the infection 
 from us, and around their camp-fires were singing right merrily. 
 Poor fellows, they had no romance of chivalry, no expectation of 
 fame, no dream of doing good to poor beleaguered fellow-creatures, 
 to keep up their drooping spirits during those weary days of 
 waiting ! 
 
 We sat late smoking and talking together. Those silences that 
 would fall as we thought of home and friends were only broken 
 by the voices of the men singing, or by the rushing of the river 
 below us. We could see the rapids glistening in the clear moon- 
 light, that touched up with its splendour the singular scene before 
 us. The quietness was not even disturbed by the strange cries of 
 the parti-coloured parrots that in great flocks had flown high over 
 our heads hours ago on their way to roost. We found the pauses
 
 LIFE IX YAMBUYA CAMP. 193 
 
 in the conversation getting more and more numerous, and the 
 stories less and less absorbing, and as Christmas night, even in 
 Central Africa, must needs end some time, we at length knocked 
 the ashes out of our pipes and started on our final rounds for the 
 night. We saw that the Soudanese sentries were at the gates, 
 and replied to their challenge with the curt "Ameen" fFriend), 
 and heard their response, " Ameen allairi " (Pass, friend). We 
 found that each intervening post had its appointed Zanzibari 
 watchmen; so, with cheery "good-nights," we parted, each to dream 
 of the happy days of long ago. 
 
 Little did we think that before another Christmas dawned two 
 of our comrades would have bravely met their fate, nor that all 
 traces of our camp in the wilderness would have faded. Neither 
 did we imagine that the rest of our party, who had so cheerfully 
 volunteered to attempt the relief of Emin Pasha, would now be 
 sadly returning home, forced to admit that their own efforts had 
 been in vain, yet hoping, in spite of some misgivings, that Stanley 
 and his advanced detachment had been more successful. 
 
 Wednesday, Decemher 28th. — Early this morning, about 3 o'clock, 
 we heard shouting, and then a rifle-shot from the direction of the 
 first rapids, where Tippu-Tib's people have built a hut ; also heard 
 natives shouting and singing in canoes. On inquiry we find the 
 Arabs had captured a canoe yesterday from some of the natives 
 on the other side, and brought it close to their hut. They put 
 some of their men in it to guard it during the night, but these 
 must have gone to sleep, as the natives came down in another 
 canoe, stabbed one of Tippu-Tib's men, and retook the canoe. 
 Barttelot and Bonny went to the hut after breakfast and saw the 
 wounded man; he had a nasty stab, and Bonny does not think he 
 will live. One of the Zanzibari boys, who had belonged to Jephson, 
 Kahamese, died to-day. 
 
 Thursday, Decemher 2dth. — The man belonging to Tippu-Tib's 
 camp, who was stabbed, died early this morning. Another 
 Zanzibari boy, Obedi, died to-day; this bruigs the total up to 
 forty-one. There were only seven or eight in the graveyard 
 when we came up on the second trip of the Sta7ilcy on August 
 14th. Tippu-Tib's headman here came in to inform us that four 
 of his men had been taken by the natives at a small village on 
 this side. He wants our aid to get them back, but Barttelot has 
 
 o
 
 194 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 declined. It is tlicir palaver which they have brought on tliem- 
 selves. We have perfect quiet when they are not here; just as 
 surely as they come they make trouble with the natives. I wish 
 to goodness they would clear out, or be cleared out ! 
 
 Friday, Decemher oOth. — A dead body is stuck on some wood or 
 stones in the river opposite the camp. Men were sent over to 
 investigate ; they say it is one of Tippu-Tib's men, but not belong- 
 ing to the lot here. Probably one of those from higher up river. 
 Tippu-Tib's headman here informs us that the natives have made 
 soup of the four men they captured yesterday ! After breakfast 
 we heard firing up river, and saw some canoes rushing from this 
 side to the opposite side. Later in the day Tippu-Tib's headman 
 informed us that after NguniiU had been set free, he went to a 
 village lower down on this side, and instigated the cliief there to 
 retake the canoe and capture the men ; but it looks as if he were 
 trying to justify his firing of this morning at two canoes of 
 Ngungu's that came up alongside as usual. He wounded one 
 man, I wish Tippu-Tib's lot were out of it ; they ought never to 
 have been allowed to interfere with Nguugu at all. 
 
 Snturday, Deccnibcr 2>lst.. — Here we are at the last day of the 
 year again ! I have been eleven months from England, ten months 
 in this country. I wish we were on the move, but all the same 
 have a lot to be thankful for. 
 
 Sunday, January \s,t, 1888. — Yambuya Camp, Central Africa. 
 Happy New Year to all ! We had an excellent breakfast of goat 
 chop. Luncheon, goat and stewed prunes ; the latter I supplied. 
 Barttelot and Jameson went for a walk higher up and saw natives 
 who came over in canoes to this side, in reference to releasing the 
 men they have of Tippu-Tib's. Nothing definite has been arrived 
 at. For dinner, goat and roly-poly 25udding; Ward and I finding 
 flour, and I the jam. 
 
 Monday, January 2nd. — Barttelot and Jameson went over to 
 native village on the other side to arrans^e about getting back the 
 men they have as prisoners belonging to Tippu-Tib. They man- 
 aged to get two of the men back ; the other, the natives say, 
 escaped. Some men were sent this morning to Abdallah's camp 
 to try and buy fowls. 
 
 Tuesday, January ^rd. — In a conversation with Barttelot this 
 morning, he referred again to his idea of going uj) to look for
 
 STILL NO NEWS FROM STANLEY. 195 
 
 Stanley, taking with liim two officers and about 100 Zanzibaris 
 and Soudanese, with only ammunition in the way of loads. I 
 would say here that last October when I was at Stanley Falls 
 with Barttelot, he mentioned to me that if Stanley did not return 
 by February, that he would go up, taking Jameson and myself to 
 look for him, as he (Barttelot) would come to the conclusion that 
 something had gone wrong with the column, should they not be 
 back by the above-mentioned time. He seems convinced in his 
 own mind that the column has met with some disaster, says he 
 does not expect ever to see Stanley back, and such-like cheery ideas. 
 In his conversation with me this morning he seemed to wish to 
 have my opinion on the matter, which I gave somewhat in these 
 terms : — I told him I did not share in his ideas about disaster 
 having happened to Stanley ; true, he had been away a much 
 longer period than he stated when he left here on June 28th. 
 Barttelot informed me, he had told him he expected to be back 
 early in November, viz., about four months from the date of his 
 departure, and it is now over six mouths, and will be seven at the 
 date of Barttelot's proposed move. I pointed out to Barttelot 
 that if we were to believe what the deserters had told us, it would 
 appear that Stanley had met with some difficulties — bad country to 
 go through, trouble with the natives, and last but not least, trouble 
 with his own men in getting them to carry on the loads, and 
 also desertions among them, and that instead of taking two months 
 to go up to the Lakes, he would have taken a good three. When 
 he got there (Kavalli) he proposed making a camp, leaving all his 
 white men and bulk of Zanzibaris, he proceeding, with a few men, 
 in his boat across the lake to Kibiro, and thence by land, perhaps 
 on as far as Wadelai. I don't know the distance it will be from 
 his camp at Kavalli to Wadelai. Say he takes two weeks to do 
 this. He would stay some time with Emin, and would not be 
 back at his camp, I should say, much before five or six weeks 
 have elapsed from his departure from it. This would account for 
 four and a half months he has been away ; if he was coming down 
 at once it would leave him one and a half months to get here, 
 making up the six months he has been away up to date. I also 
 stated that even if Mr. Stanley had been stopped by numbers of 
 natives, I could not see what such a small force as Barttelot pro- 
 poses to take could do to help him out of his difficidties. 1 do
 
 196 STANLErS REAR COLUMN, 
 
 not see the necessity why at this present time any caravan should 
 be sent up, and certainly not one that can be of very Uttle service 
 to Stanley should they meet him; in fact none unless he is short 
 of ammunition. It is not at all unlikely that Barttelot may 
 miss Stanley, or some of his party, on their way down, with 
 definite instructions as to what we are to do. In this case all 
 the men would be away, with the exception of the sick, and a 
 few others left at the camp here, and the consequence wouLI be 
 that the Expedition would be split up in three sections, scattered 
 over Central Africa, and those left at the base would be unable 
 to carry out the orders of the chief. Barttelot's written instruc- 
 tions left him by Stanley are clear enough. He was to follow 
 on with all the officers, men, and stores when he had the carriers 
 promised by Tippu-Tib, and in the event of Tippu-Tib sending 
 only a part of the requisite number, a list was given of loads 
 which he might not dispense with. 
 
 \^' It may hajyj^cn also that, tliougli Tippu-Tih has sent some 
 men, he has not sent enough to carry the goods, with your own 
 fcrcc. In that case, of course, you loill use your discretion as to 
 what goods you can dispense with to enable you to march. For 
 this purpose you should study your list attentively, viz. : — 1. Ammu- 
 nition, csp)ecially fixed, is iviportant. 2. Beards, Irass wire, and. 
 cowries rank next. 3. Private baggage. 4. Powder, caps. 5. 
 European provisions. 6. Brass rods, as used on the Congo. 7. Pro- 
 visions {rice, beans, peas, matamas, biscuits). Therefore, you must 
 consider after these, sacking tools, such as shovels (never discard 
 an axe or a billhooJS), how many sacks of jjrovisions you can 
 distribute among your men to enable you to march, ivhefhcr half 
 the brass rods in your boxes could not go also, and there stop). If 
 you still cannot march, then it ivotild be better to make marches 
 of six miles twice over {if you prefer marching to staying for our 
 arrival), than throw too many things away!' — Stanley's Written 
 Instructions.] 
 
 I stated to Barttelot that I believed Stanley had been delayed, 
 owing to unforeseen circumstances, as well as to the causes already 
 mentioned, adding that he might have waited at the Lnkes 
 some time expecting us. That as we had waited so long, we 
 might wait a little longer, 5o as to give time, should all the delays, 
 &c. have occurred as I surmised, to get news or see him here in
 
 AVHAT SHALL WE DO? 197 
 
 the next few weeks. Barttelot lays great stress on our not having 
 received messengers from Stanley, telling us not to come up if 
 Emin is coming ilown with him. But if he has been delayed in 
 getting right up to Wadelai, he would think we were well on the 
 road by the time he had seen him. On the other hand, he may 
 have sent, and the men Avere not able to come through. I have 
 every confidence that after great difficulties Stanley has reached 
 his destination, having taken a longer time than he expected ; 
 that he has looked for our coming up, and that if he has Emin 
 with him, as I am inclined to think, he is on his way down here 
 again. If Emin is not coming away, I could understand Stanley 
 sending down to urge us to come on with the Relief Stores. 
 Stanley has four good white men with him, as well as some picked 
 Zanzibaris, and some four hundred rank and file, all well armed ; 
 and he should be quite able to hold his own against any natives. 
 He has done so before with less men, and I liave great confidence 
 in him for such work, and hope to see him, or a part of his column 
 under a white officer, back before many weeks are over our heads. 
 Holding these views, which I have written down as stated to 
 Barttelot, I am entirely against a small body of men going to look for 
 Stanley, as quite unnecessary and useless, against the interests of 
 the Ex^^edition, taking the men away on a wild-goose chase, when 
 they will be likely to be required for work which would benefit 
 the Expedition. Barttelot says he is going to call a council on 
 Saturday or Sunday, to hear the opinion of the other officers on his 
 project. I hope sincerely that the majority will hold the views I 
 have taken, as I am convinced, having only the interests of the 
 Expedition at heart, that Barttelot's project can do no good to 
 Stanley, even if all my surmises are wrong, and will only end in 
 crippling the Expedition. I don't think he (Barttelot) would be 
 doing the right thing in leaving the camp, of which he has the 
 command. 
 
 Wednesday, Jamtary ith. — Zanzibaris sent to Abdallah's camp 
 returned, having been able to purchase four fowls. Heard that 
 Ngungu had gone up river, taking with him seven guns captured 
 from Tippu-Tib's men. 
 
 Thursday, January bth. — Turned out very hot. Jameson says 
 it was 92° in the shade. Messenger of Tippu-Tib's arrived from 
 the Falls, brought two fowls and some pine-apples. Says that
 
 198 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 Salim-bin-Mohammed will be hero in three days. Barttelot 
 seedy. 
 
 Saturday, January Itli. — Nassibu, Tippu-Tib's headman of 
 village of Yambow, arrived with small following; brought three 
 goats : made a present of one, and we bought the two others. 
 
 Sunday, January 8th. — Nassibu came in from a neighbouring 
 village to pay us another visit. Yesterday he came to see me in 
 my house, and had a chat through the interpreter. He remem- 
 bered me on my way to Stanley Falls. He ssijs Tippu-Tib has 
 not come back from Kasongo. I received a fowl from him as a 
 present, which I returned in the shape of a piece of handkerchief. 
 Another Zanzibari of Benny's ir.en died to-day, making a total of 
 forty-two. 
 
 Monday, Jannary dth. — Salim-bin-Mohammed arrived in the 
 afternoon. The only news he brings is that Tippu-Tib has not yet 
 come back fi'om Kasongo ; he does not expect him till about the 
 15th of February. Expects some n)eu down about the same time, 
 but does not know how many ; the water being low, they cannot 
 come in big canoes, and would have to use small ones. They 
 might come down sixty or seventy at a time, or perhaps 100, if 
 they have a sufficient number of canoes. By what Salim says 
 they could not be here at the earliest before the middle of next 
 month. He states that Tippu-Tib is trying to get the men, telling 
 them they are coming down here to fight the natives ; he will 
 not tell them the truth, that they are wanted to carry loads for 
 us, till they reach here. This is not very hopeful news, as the 
 men may refuse to carry loads when they get here. This might 
 cause trouble. When asked if the Lomami palaver with the 
 natives had been settled, Salim said that it had, and all their men 
 had returned to their homes, and these men had also been promised 
 us when the Lomami business was finished. Bonny bought a 
 goat that they had brought, and Salim presented Jameson with 
 a big goat (as a present from Tippu-Tib), as well as with some 
 " ghee " (kind of fat) and some coffee-beans. 
 
 Tuesday, January 10th. — Heard through Salim-bin-Mohammed 
 that two more Zanzibari deserters were coming down and would 
 be in camp to-morrow. Barttelot talks of going u]) to a village 
 past Opoy, where Abdallah is, on Stanley's road, some twenty 
 days from here, to see if he can get any news. No council has
 
 BARTTELOT YEARNING TO ADVANCE. 199 
 
 been held, and by his going as now proposed to this village, one 
 is led to suppose that the wild-goose chase to go and look for 
 Stanley has been abandoned. 1 am very glad for the sake of 
 the Expedition. As far as I can make out there is very little 
 chance of our leaving here before Stanley comes down, which I 
 most sincerely trust will bo soon. 
 
 Wednesday, January l\th. — Ward's birthday; had extra pro- 
 visions from private stores in honour of the event. In the after- 
 noon Barttelot, in the course of conversation, as we walkei up 
 and down our promenade, mentioned to me something about a 
 piece of paper Stanley had given him, not signed, in which he 
 stated that the loads might be taken up by the Zanzibaris in the 
 event of Tippu-Tib's men not turning up, the Zanzibaris to make 
 twelve journeys, or rather taking twelve days to get all the loads 
 to one point, from the camp. This is what I understood Barttelot 
 to say the paper contained ; but I have not seen it, and this is the 
 first time I have heard that Stanley made such a suggestion. It 
 was not in accord with the general written instructions. 
 
 The idea of our moving out with the bulk of the loads with the 
 Zanzibaris only, has never been entertained, never mentioned 
 before, and would have been in my opinion perfectly insane. 
 Bearing in mind that Stanley expected to be back in November, 
 suppose we had started at the end of August or beginning of 
 September, with about a hundred Zanzibaris — all that would have 
 been fit to carry — with five hundred loads (supposing we had 
 dispensed with two hundred), it would have taken twelve days to 
 get all these loads one day's march of four miles. At this rate 
 we could not have gone far before we should have met Stanley 
 coming back had he kept his time ; and as he has not, we would 
 have been on the way up still if we had any men left.i Barttelot 
 told me in this conversation that he felt sure that Stanley would 
 blame him for not having come up with the loads, and try and 
 damage his reputation at home. Bonny seedy. Nassibu sent 
 Jameson a live antelope, but it died from fright shortly after its 
 arrival in camp. 
 
 TJmrsday, January \Wi. — Nassibu came in with an Arab, who, 
 lie says, has just come down from Abdallah's camp past Opoy. 
 
 1 This was a calculation made at the time, but it does not work out quite 
 right. See fuller remarks on this subject in Chapter I.
 
 2C0 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMX. 
 
 This Arab says there were eight deserters in all ; six had died, and 
 two he left at Abdallah's, they being too sick to come down. He 
 says they have heard nothing more up at Abdallah's about 
 Stanley. 
 
 Friday, January loth. — Two men came in from Nassibu's. The 
 Arab who came down from Abdallah's camp yesterday is going to 
 the Falls. Another Zanzibari of Benny's company died to-day, 
 making a total of forty-three. 
 
 Sunday, January loth. — Another Zanzibari of Jameson's company 
 died to-day, making a total of forty-four. Discussion about supply 
 of food. Our fish supply has stopped altogether since the Arabs 
 returned, as usual. Bonny has been able to get a few goats lately. 
 We kill one a week, which lasts two days, the remaining five days 
 we live on rice and plantains. 
 
 Thursday, January Idth. — A Soudanese died this morning, 
 making a total of forty-five. 
 
 Friday, January 20th. — Another Zanzibari of Benny's company 
 died, making forty-six. Nassibu came and paid us a visit. 
 
 Tuesday, January 2'^th. — Another Zanzibari of Jameson's company 
 died this morning, making a total of forty-seven. Salim-bin- 
 Mohammed paid a visit to camp, gave some news about an Arab 
 who had been to the Lakes. Some natives came into camp with 
 one of Tippu-Tib's men, from village lower down river. 
 
 Wednesday, January 2oth. — Another Zanzibari of Benny's 
 company died during the night, making a total of forty-eight. 
 Had all the cases of powder out of store, and examining them 
 found them, all right. 
 
 Friday, Jamcary 27th. — Tippu-Tib's men attacked a village lower 
 down river, captured four men including chief, twenty-six women 
 and children, and three canoes. This is the old palaver about the 
 natives having captured guns and not returned them. The 
 palaver, Salim-bin-Mohammed tells us, will now be settled, as 
 Ngungu's people opposite are afraid, and sent men over on hearing 
 the fate of the village below^, and wanted to be friends. Salim 
 adds, the guns are going to be sent over, but they will have to 
 jDay ivory for the redemption of the women. Salim's band played 
 at dinner. 
 
 Saturday, January 28th. — Another Soudanese died this morning, 
 making total forty-nine.
 
 TIPPU-TIB ABSENT AND SILENT. 201 
 
 Sunday, January 2dth. — Received G oz. of tea from Expedition 
 stores, thirty-three days' supply ! 
 
 Tuesday, January ^\st. — Jameson's donkey died during the night. 
 The Soudanese begged the carcass for food, and it was allowed 
 tliem on condition they ate it away from camp. 
 
 Wednesday, Fehruary \st. — The Zanzibaris who were sent to 
 Yallasullah to buy oil and fowls returned to-day, bringing one 
 goat, ten fowls, and some palm-oil. They brought two letters for 
 Salim-bin-Mohamtned from Stanley Falls. Salim tell us that ten 
 canoe-loads of men have come down from Kasongo, but have gone 
 on to the Lomarai to settle some palaver there, and will come on 
 here afterwards ! Tippu-Tib has not yet returned from Kasongo. 
 Our men heard rumour at Yallasullah that a white man had been 
 seen on an island far up, fighting the natives. The natives here 
 have succeeded, while we were at dinner, in cutting away two 
 canoes that Salim had captured fiom them. 
 
 Friday, Fehruary ord. — Some Arabs arrived from Stanley Falls 
 with a small body of Manyuemas, who had just come down from 
 Kasongo, and were en route for Abdallah's camp (on Stanley's 
 track, far up). They state that Tippu-Tib was still at Kasongo 
 when they left. He was getting men for us, the difificulty being 
 to get a sufficient number of canoes to bring them down. Son:e 
 of these Manyuemas added that the men did not wish to come, 
 and were taking their canoes out of the wav. We met these men 
 on the csjjianade, and got this out of them through John Henry, 
 our interpreter. Later in the day Salim-bin-Mohammed came in 
 to see Barttelot. By what I can gather from Barttelot's con- 
 versation with me afterwards, Salim has not received any letter 
 himself from Tippu-Tib, but expects one in a few days ' But he 
 has been told that Tippu-Tib will be here about the fifth day of 
 the next moon, which should be the 16th of this month, with 
 about 250 men; and that he (Salim) is going to build a house at 
 the back of our camp for him. Salim stated to Barttelot that 
 there is a road from Stanley Falls right up to Lake Albert, that 
 is to the Unyoro end, and that they have Arabs right along it. 
 He says it is a better road than the one Stanley took, and that it 
 would take about three months to reach the lake by this route. 
 This is like everything else connected with Tippu-Tib's people — 
 rumours, contradictions ; statements, contradictions ; keeping back
 
 202 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 news, then springing something quite new, at different periods. 
 Tliere have often been rumours that they had a road to the Lake, 
 direct from the Falls, but no definite statement has been made 
 before by Sa1im to this effect. Barttelot talks about going to the 
 Falls to meet Tippu-Tib, if he can get Salim-bin-Mohammed to 
 accompany him. Salim informed Barttelot he was going to clear 
 out the natives opposite in a systematic manner, early to-morrow 
 morning, as they would not give back all the guns, six in number, 
 which they had captured. He was going to send his canoes up at 
 night, so as to be in position to attack at dawn to-morrow ; having 
 also arranged with Abdallali's men to turn the natives, should they 
 try to escape in their canoes up liver, for down river his men were 
 in possession. I feel sorry for tlie natives, and only wish they 
 would give Tippu-Tib's men a licking, which is far from likely, as 
 they are scared at the sound of a gun. Another Zauzibari died — 
 total, fifty. 
 
 Sat'urclay, February 4tJi. — Heard some firing, so supposed Salim's 
 people had attacked the natives ; impossible to see much owing to 
 the fog. Later in the day, when it lifted, we could see canoes far 
 up near the third rapid trying to get up, being fired on by the 
 Arabs. Very few, if any, escaped down river. Tippu-Tib's men 
 set fire to the main villacje, leavincc a few straggling huts standing. 
 In the afternoon Tippu-Tib's men returned, as usual, to our land- 
 ing-place, having captured one fine large canoe, along with some 
 smaller ones. They got very little loot out of the village ; only 
 a few wooden native beds, pots, some fishing-nets, and a bar of 
 rousfh iron. The native chief, Ngun^u, has not been seen. I 
 should be sorry if they killed him, as I look upon him as an old 
 friend. Third anniversary of Jameson's wedding-day. Big goat 
 killed ; had a roly-poly pudding — this was the only way we could 
 utilize the one-pound tin of flour given to each of us. Soudanese 
 prisoner escaped from guard-room while we were at dinner, taking 
 with him the rifle of another man and twelve rounds. Men were 
 sent to inform Salim-bin-Mohammed, and a reward was offered if 
 any of his men could capture him. 
 
 Sunday, February 5th. — News from Tippu-Tib's men further up 
 puts quite a different complexion on the fight of Friday. It appears 
 that when the natives fled from their village opposite, men were 
 jDOsted in canoes near the upper rapid to turn them. The natives
 
 A DESERTER SHOT. 203 
 
 got the best of it; they killed ten of Tippu-Tib's men, a canoe 
 capsized, and the guns were lost in the river. The natives, we 
 hear, are now camped higher up the rapids. Another Soudanese 
 died this morning, making a total of fifty-one. 
 
 Wednesday, February 8th. — Another Zanzibar! of Bonny's com- 
 pany died to-day, making fifty-two. I have been feeling seedy 
 wdth fever for the last few days. 
 
 Thursday, February 9th. — The Soudanese prisoner who escaped 
 from the guard-room on Saturday last, was brought back to camp 
 to-day by some of Salim's men. He had wandered as far as 
 Abdallah's first camp, where they captured him. 
 
 The case of the Soudanese deserter came up for discussion after 
 luncheon to-day, and we had to decide what punishment should be 
 ineted out to him. It was argued that the Zanzibar! deserters had 
 been flogged, and that this man ought to receive the same punish- 
 ment. But it was held by some of the officers that the Soudanese 
 were engaged as soldiers, and were under military discipline, there- 
 fore this case should be dealt with as desertion in an enemy's 
 country. The end of the discussion was that two of us (I being 
 one) held that he should not be shot, but the others, being in the 
 majority, carried their point, and he was therefore condemned to 
 suffer the extreme penalty. 
 
 Friday, February 10th. — The Soudanese who ran away was shot 
 this morning, all the men in camp being drawn up. Another 
 Zanzibar! of Bonny's company died this morning, making total of 
 fifty-three. 
 
 Sunday, February 12th. — Barttelot and Jameson decided yester- 
 day about going to the Falls on Tuesday. 
 
 Monday, Fchruary IMh. — A Zanzibar! died to-day, making a 
 total of fifty-four. 
 
 Barttelot, at luncheon, read out his plans for trying to get 
 Tippu-Tib to give us men. He and Jameson are going to-morrow 
 to the Falls, accompanied by Salira-bin-Molmmmed to await 
 Tippu-Tib's arrival from Kasongo. 
 
 He i3roposes to try and get the men as laid down by Stanley 
 to carry the loads. Failing this, he will propose that Tippu-Tib 
 should give us two hundred men to carry loads, and, say, another 
 two hundred men to come up armed, without loads. If he cannot 
 get Tippu-Tib to give us men under either of these conditions, he
 
 204 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 proposes, as a last resource, to a^k for, say, twelve hundred men, or 
 as many as he can get, to carry no loads, but to go up armed, under 
 the immediate charge of Salim-bin-Mohammed. He proposes to 
 guarantee Tippu-Tib five thousand pounds over anJ above what 
 Stanley promised to pay the men for their services. In the event 
 of Tippu-Tib furnishing the men under the third propo>al, Barttelot 
 proposes to send all our loads here over to Stanley Falls, leaving a 
 white oScer there with all the sick, to look aftar the interests of 
 the Expedition. Our opinions were asked on the third, or last, 
 proposition, as the other two were agreed to. The general idea seems 
 to be entertained by the officers and others, owing to his having 
 been away so long, that Stanley is in difficulties. He expected 
 to be back in the early part of November. It is remarked generally 
 the absence of any news either. And we are all surprised that no 
 messengers have been sent to inform us of his whereabouts or 
 difficulties, if he is in any. Barttelot goes further, and has stated 
 more than once that he thinks that Stanley has been killed, and 
 never expects to see hirn again. Jameson thinks that Stanley 
 must be in a hole somewhere, unable to come or send down, and 
 that we ought to lose no time in starting up to hear some news 
 of his party. He, like Ward and Bonny, thinks that, owing to 
 Stanley's long absence, we should be quite justified in taking some 
 steps to find out where he is. 
 
 There is no doubt that if we heard that Stanley was in a 
 corner, and wanted assistance, we should not hesitate to get men 
 to go up to his relief, not bothering about loads, except powder and 
 ammunition, and other things necessar}^ to buy food, &c. But we 
 are quite in the dark as to Stanley's position. We are justified in 
 surmising he must have met with difficulties, and may be delayed, 
 owing to most of his men having deserted. I myself am not 
 disposed to think that any serious disaster has taken place. The 
 delay in return could be accounted for in many ways, and, whilst 
 admitting that we cannot sit down here in camp for an indefinite 
 period, waiting tidings, yet I am doubtful as to the advisability of 
 going without any relief stores ; but if Tippu-Tib's people will not 
 carry them, there is an end to the matter. Neither do I like the 
 idea of njaking over the loads, which it really is, to Tippu-Tib. 
 Stanley had said, over and over again, that his loads are of the 
 greatest importance to the Expedition, and without them he would
 
 BARTTELOT STARTS FOR STANLEY FALLS. 205 
 
 be in tlie position of Emin, wantiiig relief, if anything liaj pcned 
 to tbcm. It would be impossible, nevertheless, to keep up the tamp 
 here, unless a body of men were left, and that could not be done, 
 as all will be required. The idea of leaving a white officer at the 
 Falls with the loads would be the right thing, if he could do 
 anything to protect them; but that is quite out of the question, 
 for when once the loads are placed at Stanley Falls, if Tippu-Tib 
 plays false, they are his, and the white man is of little use, and 
 might be at the Lakes or anywhere else. Whilst I do not like the 
 idea either of leaving loads at Stanley Falls, or of our going up 
 without them, I cannot well vote against getting men as a last 
 resource to go up and obtain some intelligence as to the where- 
 abouts of Stanley's column (that is, only when Tippu-Tib states he 
 cannot get men as carriers). I should most reluctantly go with 
 such a column. I hope still, most fervently, that before any such 
 column has been formed we may have news of Stanley; or, better 
 still, see him back with his officers and Emin, all well. I do not 
 see why we should not. It will be a good six weeks before we 
 could get away, and any day I hope to hear of Stanley. I have 
 every confidence in him, knowing what he has done and can do 
 and that, although he mny have had a lot of trouble with his men^ 
 &c., he will turn up all right, and I hope that no other column 
 without loads starts from here.^ 
 
 Tuesday, February 14/7t. — Barttelot and Jameson left to-day for 
 the Falls with Salim-bin-Mohammed. They took eighteen Zan- 
 zibar! carriers and the Soudanese interpreter, Assad Farran. The 
 Zanzibaris are going only as far as Yallasullah on the Congo, 
 and will return here. (They take with them a lot of cloth and 
 mitakos.) Barttelot has left me in charge of the camp, giving me 
 tlie following written instructions : — 
 
 " To Mr. J. E. Trotq), Armvimi Falls, 14th Feb., 1888. 
 
 " Sill, 
 
 " During my absence r.nd that of Mr. Jameson at the Falls, 
 the C( mn and will devolve on ycu, and in especial the command of 
 the Soudanese, over whom I request you will keep the strictest 
 
 ^ It p]i onld be remembered that the above arguments were written at the 
 time, and were even in print before iMr. Stanley wrote his letters from the 
 E ast Coast.
 
 206 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 supervision, and be down on them for any misdemeanour. Mr, 
 Jameson's company of Zanzibaris will be merged into Mr. Bonny's 
 company, and, acting under your orders, you will take command of 
 both companies. I have projected a plan for the drawing in of the 
 boma, which I shall be glad if you will get carried out, viz., from 
 the guard-room west corner to west corner of water-gate ; if possible 
 dig; a trench on the western side of the new boma, I am takinsf 
 three niamparas (headmen) and fourteen carriers, of whom all will 
 return except one niampara, whom we take on to the Falls, but 
 they must return to Yallasullah at a later date, on receipt of a 
 letter from me to that effect. Should you hear of any news of 
 Stanley during my absence, plccnse forward a letter at once to the 
 Falls. I will arrange with Seyid at Yallasullah for transmission. 
 Should a steamer arrive at the Falls during my stay I will acquaint 
 you, and it will be best to send a white officer to Yallasullah to 
 meet it. There shoidd alvva3's be two white officers in the camp, 
 and no officer should leave the camp without your permission and 
 on urgent business. Should I not return and you can hear no 
 news of me or of us, after three months you may deem us prisoners, 
 and must act in the manner you deem best, and as circumstances 
 may dictate for your own, the loads (powder and ammunition), and 
 the men's safety. The boy Muledi will bring you one load of wood 
 and one load of manioc every day for the use of No. 13, Private 
 Alma del Shagi, Soudanese. I am, Sir, 
 " Your obedient servant, 
 (Signed) "Edmund M. Barttelot, Major." 
 
 A Zanzibari of Jameson's company has been absent from camp. 
 Bonny sent three men after him ; they had not returned at 
 niiiht.
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 SPECULATIONS AND REFLECTIONS. 
 
 In connection with the foregoino- extracts from the 
 diary, the following comments seem necessary : — 
 
 Stanley had now been away from the camp seven and 
 a half months, and with the exception of the information 
 gleaned from the deserters, we had heard nothing of his 
 column and its whereabouts. He had calculated that his 
 march to and from Wadelai would occupy five months, 
 so he was now two and a half months overdue, and we 
 were naturally most anxious about him and his com- 
 panions in consequence. The commander of our camp 
 entertained the gravest fears, even saying that he believed 
 Stanley was dead, and therefore considered himself 
 justified in taking what steps he thought best, and in such 
 action he w^ould have been supported by some of the other 
 officers. One jDarty, headed by Barttelot, held that 
 something must be done ; leaving out of the question the 
 importance of carrying up the loads, they said a move of 
 some kind would be expected from this Rear Column ; 
 they ought to go up to look for Stanley ; that it was 
 impossible for us to remain for ever in this camp, 
 especially under the present circumstances. I held, and
 
 208 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 was not wholly unsupported, that no such move was 
 called for — certainly not at present. We had never 
 received news that Stanley was dead ; neither had we any 
 authentic rumour that he was in difficulties in which he 
 needed our assistance. Had we any such information we 
 ought then to consider whether we should not push on at 
 once, regardless of all else, to his assistance. As to the 
 fact that no messengers had come down, it was possible 
 that they might have been sto|)ped by the Arabs, just as 
 we knew the Zanzibari deserters had been. It was not 
 even certain that these very Zanzibaris had not been the 
 bearers of messages which had fallen into Tippu-Tib's 
 hands, and possibly he knew much more about Stanley 
 than we did. I urged also that if, as they surmised, Stanley 
 was dead and his column destroyed, what was the use of 
 our going up after him ? Where he had failed with the 
 force at his command, ice had no chance of success. But 
 supposing he was alive, we were not justified in ignoring 
 his instructions, and starting out on an expedition of our 
 own. He had laid the greatest stress on the importance 
 of the loads left with us ; our camp simply existed for the 
 preservation of these very stores ; if these had not been 
 of importance all the men could have gone on with his 
 column. Placino; such s^reat weio;ht on the care of these 
 loads, he had even gone so far as to indicate that rather 
 than sacrifice too many of them we were to remain where 
 we were, guarding them until he returned to our camp. 
 As it was, we had received no positive news of serious 
 disaster — certainly no news of his death ; under these 
 circumstances we were bound to follow his instructions, 
 and to remain faithfully in charge of the stores confided
 
 FOOLISH TO SEND EXPEDITION WITHOUT LOADS. 209 
 
 to US. I firmly believed lie had sent messengers down 
 to us ; that they had not been able to come through ; that 
 he was carrying out his plans ; and as to the delay, I 
 protested that time was of no account in African explora- 
 tion. He undoubtedly had been delayed by one cause 
 or another ; but I had faith in him as the man who would 
 eventually overcome difficulties, and that if we waited we 
 should hear from him, or he would come back as he said 
 he would. Any expedition sent up under the present 
 circumstances would fail, I believed, and the stores in 
 such event would be sacrificed. More than once in 
 conversation with Major Barttelot I have argued on the 
 presumption that he followed out his scheme. " Suppose," 
 I said, " you do go up without the loads and should 
 happen to meet Stanley, his first question would be, 
 ' Well, Major, where are my loads ? ' What could you 
 reply ? When you informed him that you had left them 
 behind and had come up in search of him, I can well 
 imaofine the warm conversation that would ensue." 
 
 It always struck me as rather absurd that we should set 
 out to look for Stanley, especially with such a ragged lot 
 of men as ours, w^ho had by suffering, &c., become entirely 
 demoralized, with no heart left in them. It would have 
 taxed a man even of Stanley's resources and influence to 
 re-establish confidence or enthusiasm among them. In 
 imagination I saw how ridiculous we should all appear 
 when we did find Stanley, and having explained why we 
 were without the loads, I could hear him ask, "Well, now 
 you have found me what do you propose to do ? " 
 
 During the first part of the time we were in camp 
 matters were in a very unsettled condition. We were
 
 210 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 daily expecting to be able to follow Stanley, aDcl yet could 
 not do so as the arrival of the carriers was daily postponed, 
 therefore it was impossible to anticipate that we should 
 remain stationary here for any length of time. But as 
 the days went on, we found that Tippu-Tilj Jicld out no 
 immediate prosjDect of supplying us with porters. By the 
 middle of November he started on his excursion to Kasono-o 
 with the avowed purpose of getting us the men, and we 
 knew that this trip would occupy nothing short of six 
 weeks. Under these circumstances, we now knew that we 
 should be obliged to remain at Yambuya for two months 
 more, unless w^e had news of Stanley. The number of 
 able-bodied men were already reduced to a mere handful, 
 and they suffered more or less terribly from ulcers and 
 all kinds of sores that are prevalent in this climate, but we 
 had nothing provided to alleviate their pain. In fact our 
 portion of the Expedition was entirely destitute of many 
 most necessary medicines. 
 
 I, fortunately, had with me a two-ounce bottle of 
 carbolic acid, which was of inestimable service as far as it 
 went. There were no counter-irritants of any sort, which 
 caused o;reat inconvenience. As the white officers suffered 
 greatly, it may well be imagined how much worse off were 
 the men. The large body of Zanzibaris and Soudanese 
 were totally without assistance for their ailments, and 
 through this very cause were reduced in strength and 
 numbers to a most pitiable condition. It will be seen how 
 much all were suffering in these respects. 
 
 Tippu-Tib kept us dilly-dallying for the men, and as 
 matters stood there seemed no immediate prospect of 
 their being supplied to us. It will be seen that it was
 
 TIPPU-TIB DILLY-DALLYING. 211 
 
 with the object of making renewed efforts in this direction, 
 and even proposing new schemes, that Barttelot with 
 Jameson set out in the hope of meeting the Arab at the 
 Falls. We had been tantalized by rumours of Stanley's 
 approach, but as usual tliese were all false. We, however, 
 did aain some information from Salim-bin-Mohammed 
 about a road of which we had heard vaguely before. In ray 
 diary I recorded his mention of a road well known to the 
 Arabs, who were stationed all along it ; this route led 
 from near Stanley Falls across country to Lake Albert, 
 and it might have proved a satisfactory means of com- 
 munication with that district. The Arabs strongly urged 
 that if they went with us we ought to take this road, but 
 to this suggestion we could not yield, because it was Mr. 
 Stanley's intention to return by the way he went, and w^e 
 were instructed to follow him. 
 
 There is one thing in connection with Tippu-Tib that 
 should not be omitted. In the agreement made by 
 Stanley at Zanzibar, the State promised to send out two 
 white officers to act as Tippu-Tib's secretary, &c., at 
 Stanley Falls, and it was naturally supposed that they 
 wolild arrive at the station a month or so after the Arab 
 was placed in possession. A certain personal interest was 
 given to this expectation of their arrival, because while 
 going up the Congo Tippu-Tib com]3lained that some of 
 his loads had been left behind, but he was assured that 
 the steamer which brought his assistants would also brino- 
 
 o o 
 
 his loads. There was yet another reason why that steamer 
 would be awaited anxiously by the Arabs. It seems that 
 it is the custom among the Arabs and natives, wdien the 
 latter swear to be friends, that a daughter of, or some
 
 212 STANLEY'S REAE COLUMN. 
 
 woman belono-inoj to, tlie native chief, is handed over to 
 the Arabs, and is looked uj)on as a token of friendship ; 
 when the two parties meet in future, the woman is shown 
 in this friendly capacity. Such a woman had been given 
 by a native chief to Salim-bin-Mohammed, l^ut while the 
 Expedition was at Matadi she had run away, or had been 
 inveigled away by some one, and in reply to his complaints 
 concerning this he was told that every effort would be 
 made to get her back, and she would be sent up on the 
 steamer if she was found. But the arrival of the steamer 
 was long delayed. We learned afterwards that the two 
 officers sent from Brussels got as far as Leopoldville, where 
 one of them died, and the other was so ill that he had 
 to go home — a considerable time elapsed before their 
 successors arrived, and it was a year before the promised 
 steamer and men reached Stanley Falls. It is not sur- 
 prising that, in consequence of this long delay, the Arabs 
 entertained grave suspicions that the promises made by 
 the white men would not be fulfilled.
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). , 
 
 Wednesday, February loth. — Bonny with some men commenced 
 alterations of camp, according to Barttelot's instructions. Zanzibaris 
 returned with tlie runaway from a distant village. He can give no 
 account of himself; we think he is a little off his head. Put him 
 in guard-room till Barttelot returns. 
 
 Thursday, February IQth. — Another Zanzibari died, total fifty-five. 
 Bonny had out some of the Zanzibaris trying to teach them how to 
 use a gun — it was ludicrous to see them, some were even afraid 
 to fire ; they are only porters, engaged at Zanzibar, taken from 
 plantations, and are not soldiers. 
 
 Friday, February 17th. — Bonny had the men out again. Heard 
 that natives had taken two Arab prisoners. 
 
 Saittrday, February 18th. — Birth in camp. Goat gave birth to 
 twins, mother and children doing well. Bonny continued course 
 of firing with the Zanzibaris. Natives came across in canoes ; 
 they know Salim-bin-Mohammed is away, and that we will do 
 nothing to them. They were fishing, close to our bank, we tell 
 them not to be afraid of the firing, as we would not hurt them 
 They seemed to understand. Natives have taken two more Arab 
 prisoners. 
 
 Monday, February 20th. — Hear Tippu-Tib's men captured some 
 native women yesterday. Some of TijDpu-Tib's men came in from 
 down river to-day; they report that in their wanderings inland 
 they came across some natives, who told them that some white 
 men had been up their river in a steamer, and showed beads and 
 brass wire that they had received from them. They say that the 
 place where they saw the natives is about sixteen days inland
 
 214 STANLEY'S REAR COLL" MX. 
 
 from liere, on the opposite side of the Arnwinii. This must be 
 the Iteinbezi river or Leika, ranning into the Congo between the 
 Aniwinii auci Upoto. Another Zanzibari died to-day, making a 
 total of fifty-six. 
 
 Tuesday, FcljTuary list. — The Zanzibaris who accompanied Bart- 
 telot and Jameson to Yaliasullah returned to-day, with the 
 exception of three ; two they took on to the Falls, and one remained 
 behind sick at Yambow, Letter from Barttelot, says rumour at 
 Yaliasullah, that Tippu-Tib has got 1000 men for us! Believe 
 it when I see them ! Another Zanzibari died, making a total of 
 fifty-seven. 
 
 Wednesday, Fehruary 22iid. — Bonny liad already been obliged to 
 put some of the sick in huts outside the camp for sanitary reasons ; 
 two Soudanese were to-day put out also, these were all cared for 
 by men Avho were told off for this service. Burnt two huts outside 
 c.imp, which had been run up without permission, as we had found 
 a Remington in one, and discovered it belonged to John Henry, 
 the interpreter. On investigation, found that he was in the habit 
 of scaling tlie boma at night and sleeping in the hut. He ran 
 away to a neighbouring village, but was brought back and confined 
 in the guard-room for the night. 
 
 Thursday, Fehruary 2orel. — John Henry received fifty lashes this 
 morning. Nassibu paid us a visit; says there are men on the way 
 down from Yaliasullah, gives same rumour about natives seeing 
 white men on steamer. 
 
 Friday, Fehruary 2-^th. — A Soudanese died during the night, total 
 fifty-eight. In the afternoon about seventy men from Kasongo 
 arrived ; they say eighty more are coming to-morrow ; they passed 
 Barttelot and Jameson on the river as the latter were going to tlie 
 Falls. After eight months' waiting some men have ct)me at last ! 
 This, they say, is the first contingent of a lot more coming from 
 Kasongo. If this is the case, there will be no necessity for 
 Barttelot to propose the extra money scheme for men not to carry 
 loads. 
 
 Saturday, Fehruary 2oth. — Nassibu paid us a visit with some 
 other Arabs. Some more men from Kasongo arrived this after- 
 noon. Decided to send messengers with a letter to Barttelot to 
 tell him some men have turned up here ; I iiave no proof that he 
 knows it.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY (continued). 215 
 
 Sniulay, Fchruary 2Qth. — Ward went over to Nassibu's village. 
 Wrote Baittelot acknowledging the receipt of his of the IStli from 
 Yallasullivh, informed him that seventy men arrived on Friday 
 last from Kasongo; others arrived yesterday. The headmen stated 
 that there were a large number at the Falls, who would follow on 
 down here. I told him tliat we were rejoiced at this good news, 
 which would avoid the necessity of the loads going to the Falls, 
 or of mentioning anything to Tippu-Tib or Salim-bin-Mohammed, 
 regarding the proposition of extra payment for fighting men. I 
 added that the men informed me they had seen him on the river, 
 so I suppose he will be returning. I sent two Zanzibaris with the 
 letters to the Falls this morning, instructing them to go with all 
 speed. Found Barttelot had given instructions to Bonny about 
 buying canoes; but though I was in command of camp during his 
 absence, and always had charge of disbursing mitakos and hand- 
 kerchiefs for buying articles needed, I had been told nothing of 
 this, and was annoyed at this counter-order, which was not written 
 down. Two more Zanzibaris died to-day, making total sixty. 
 
 Tuesday, Fcbruarij 28th. — Had fourteen Soudanese out at target 
 practice — five shots each at two hundred yards, at a board about 
 the size of a man ; none of them hit it, but this is not to be 
 wondered at, considering the hard pull of the Remingtons. Nassibu 
 paid us a visit. 
 
 Wednesday, Felruary 29th. — Had the remainder of the Soudanese 
 out at target practice. Found the marker yesterday did not signal 
 properly — the target was hit twice. Salim-bin-Mohammed returned 
 from the Falls this afternoon, bringing letter from Barttelot to me. 
 
 From Baettelot to Troup. 
 
 " Singatini.^ 
 (Despatched by Salim-bin-Mohammed, Fchruary 24th.) 
 
 "Dear Troup, 
 
 " We got here last Monday, and were received almost 
 enthusiastically by Nzige. Two hundred men are coming with 
 Salim-bin-Mohammed, but they are not to move till Tippu-Tib 
 
 ^ Singatini, or Ziiikatini, Arab name for Stanley Falls.
 
 216 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 comes, which event may happen any time within the next fifteen 
 or thirty days. They do not look to me much like carrying loads. 
 I suppose our men turned up all right ? When they were told 
 they were not coming on here they grew very sulky. Jameson 
 and I, unless you send for us, intend to await Tippu-Tib's aiTival 
 here. Salim-bin-Mohammed says there will be no difficulty in 
 getting 500 or more fighting men in excess of the 600 carriers. 
 No news here of Stanley. Would you kindly have all the brass 
 coil wire made into half loads, as that and beads are, I believe, 
 the only useful stuff up at the Lakes. The little father (Tippu- 
 Tib's uncle before-mentioned) is away, gone to Kasongo with a 
 young bride. We are in the same old house. Assad Farran 
 is useless, and disgusting to look at. I hope the Soudanese are 
 giving you no trouble. It has rained here every day since our 
 arrival. Nzige does us royally this time— is getting us a milch 
 goat. I can obtain no news of any sort. Remember Jameson and 
 self to you all. 
 
 "Ever yours truly, 
 (Signed) "Edmund M. Barttelot." 
 
 (It will be seen he had not then received my letter.) 
 
 By his wishing to have the brass and iron wire as well as beads 
 made into half loads, I presume that he does not j)ropose taking 
 any of the other loads up, except ammunition. 
 
 TJiursday, March 1st. — Had Soudanese out volley firing, general 
 drill. Nassibu paid us a visit. Salim-bin-Mohammed paid me a 
 visit on his return; brings no fresh news; says about 200 men 
 came with him, plenty more coming down with Tippu-Tib from 
 Kasongo, who Salim thinks is on his way from there to Stanley 
 Falls. He says he has heard no news of Stanley. A hundred of 
 the men who came down before Salim have been sent to the 
 Lomami, but will return soon. On my asking him if the men 
 would carry loads, he said "Yes." I observe that he is more 
 reticent than usual. I asked if he were going up with us if we 
 started ; he replied that he could say nothing till the return of 
 Tippu-Tib, who would settle everything. The sick Zanzibari left 
 by Barttelot at Yallasullah returned to-day. 
 
 Friday, Marcli 2nd. — Heard of outbreak of small-pox among 
 some of Salim's men ; arranged with Bonny that he should talk to
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {couti„utd). 217 
 
 S.ilim about having the sick man removed from his camp, and 
 warned all our men not to go into the Arab's camp. 
 
 Saturday, March ord. — Salim has removed tlie cases of small-pox 
 some distance in the bush from us. There are no disinfectants of 
 any kind among our medical stores, except a few drops of carbolic acid. 
 
 Monday, March bth. — Salim-bin-Mohammed paid us a visit. 
 Nassibu also came in, and brought a small goat for the tifty 
 mitakos he received from Barttelot a lonof time airo Alter 
 luncheon Nassibu-bin-Seif and another Arab arrived from Ab- 
 dallah's advanced ramp at Opoy ; they paid me a visit along with 
 Salim. Na sibu-bin-Seif brought one of our Remington guns, 
 which his men found in a deserted village near Abdallah's camp. 
 He says that the two Zanzibar! deserters at Abdallah's are still 
 very sick, having bad ulcers on their feet, and unable to come 
 down here. They (the two Zanzibaris) have stated to him that 
 they left Stanley with five others in a canoe, at a point where 
 there were bicj rocks in the river standincj hiuh up. The river was 
 very broad there, with many large islands. Stanley could not get 
 his boat through, having to take it overland. These seven Zanzi- 
 baris got a canoe and came down river, but were upset on the 
 journey; five of them were captured b}^ the natives and eaten, 
 only these two reaching Abdallah's camp. Nassibu-bin-Seif went 
 on to say that tliese two Zanzibaris state, that it took them one 
 moon to come from where they deserted Stanley at the large rocl:s 
 to Abdallah's camp, and that it had taken Stanley five moons to 
 reach the large rocks from here. They say the villages up there 
 are as large as Basoko at the mouth of the Aruwimi ; that the 
 natives have shown fight sometimes, but often clear out to the 
 other side of the river on the approach of the white man. Several 
 other Zanzibaris have deserted, but they, as well as plenty of sick 
 men left on the road, have fallen into the hands of the natives. 
 Food was plentiful at the rocks — sugar-cane, plantains, Indian 
 corn, and manioc. Stanley had n:et some Arabs near the rocks 
 wdio had come from Kibonge, south of Stanley Falls, to get ivory, 
 Avhich is plentiful also. Nassibu-bin-Seif adds, that the natives 
 round Abdallah's camp have five more Remingtons, and that he 
 will try and get them for us. He states also that tlie Zanzibaris 
 say that Stanley was wounded by an arrow, and that some of the 
 Arabs found twenty pieces of handkerchief in a native hut near
 
 218 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Abdallah's. As I considered all these statements most important, 
 I took great pains to cross-examine liim throngh the interpreter, 
 bnt he in no way altered his story. Knowing the approximate 
 date of the arrival of the Zanzibaris at Abdallah's, we calculated 
 the time, and found tliat their six moons tallied almost exactly 
 with the amount of time tiiat elapsed between Stanley's departure 
 and their return to Abdallah's. This fact made us give their 
 story more credence. Ward and Bonny agreed with me that a 
 messenger should be despatched at once to Barttelot with a letter 
 containing all these details. 
 
 Tuesday, March Qlh. — Wrote Barttelot, sending him all the news 
 obtained yesterday; as Nassibu-bin-Seif is going himself, tliis will 
 give Barttelot an opportunity of examining the Arab for himself 
 and comparing the statements. 
 
 Wednesday, March 7th. — Another Soudanese died this morning, 
 making total sixty-one. Salim-bin-Mohammed and Nassibu-bin- 
 Seif paid us a visit; the latter does not goto the Falls till to- 
 morrow. My letter to Barttelot, Salim has sent by one of his own 
 men. I sent an additional letter to Barttelot by Nassibu-bin-Seif. 
 
 Thito-sday, March 8th. — Another Soudanese died, total sixty-two. 
 Had all the loads of beads out, and sampled them. Salim telling 
 me in what districts the different kinds would pass as currency, 
 and mentioning their value as compared with mitakos and 
 handkerchiefs. 
 
 Friday, March dth. — Another Zanzibar! reported dead this 
 morning, making total sixty-three. 
 
 Saturday, March 10th. — Another Zanzibari died, total sixty- 
 four. Two Zanzibaris that I sent to the Falls thirteen days ago 
 with a letter to Barttelot, returned this afternoon, bringing an 
 
 FpvOm Major Baettelot to Mr. J. R. Troup, at Yambuya 
 
 Camp. 
 
 " Singatini. 
 (Despatched by Feragi.) 
 
 " March m,lSSS. 
 
 "Dear Troup, 
 
 " We got your letter on the 2nd March, at midnight, and 
 we both thought it contained news of Stanley at last, or a mutiny 
 in the camp, or some other very serious matter ; but we were
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {covtinued). 219 
 
 agreeably disappointed at finding nothing of importance in it. I 
 am afraid the arrival of seventy men, and tlieir word that more 
 are coming, is not of sufficient importance to prevent the necessity 
 of carrying out the original plan of seeing Tippu-Tib, for which 
 purpose Jameson is on the point of proceeding to Kasongo. I am 
 sorry to hear the death-rate continues high. Whatever men have 
 arrived here are, I am given to understand, placed entirely under 
 the command of Salim-bin-Mohammed, and are not to be utilized 
 by us till we hear to that effect from Tippu-Tib himself. It will 
 be best therefore for you to have nothing to do Avith them till you 
 receive definite instructions from me on the point. I have had 
 some trouble and been put to some expense concerning the de- 
 parture of our messengers, so please do not send any letters except 
 of real importance, such as news of Stanley, or any trouble in the 
 camp. I may be back any day after Jameson's dejDarture, or on 
 the other hand I may require Ward's presence here. That man 
 Suedi Wadi Barosi was sick when he left Yallasullah. Our treat- 
 ment here since our arrival has been that of favoured guests, and 
 Nzige has done everything in his power for us, as regards the 
 Expedition and our own personal comfort and amusement. I hope 
 you are all well. Jameson and I unite in messages to all. Should 
 I require Ward I will send for him. 
 
 " Yours ever, 
 (Signed) "Edmund M. Barttelot. 
 
 "P.S. — There are no men from Kasongo here, nor have we seen 
 any since our arrival here, though we are told some are coming, 
 but numbers and purpose uncertain. Should a fresh issue of tea 
 be required, please issue it from that open case of tea for two 
 months, dating from February 29th. — E. M. B." 
 
 [A comparison of the two letters, dated respectively February 
 2ith and March 5th, will show that his statements were slightly 
 confusing. In the former he speaks of two hundred men he has 
 seen — in this he refers to seventy, who had gone on to Yambuya, 
 and that he had seen no others. He dwells on the unimportance 
 of the informati(m I had sent him about the carriers who had 
 come in, but I felt bound to tell him of their arrival, as I had no 
 proof that he knew they were on their way.]
 
 220 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Monday, March 12th. — Some of Salini's men came back from 
 down river ; they say they captured Ngungu — our Nguugu — and 
 will bring him in to-morrow. They say also they have killed four 
 chiefs down below. 
 
 Tucsdajj, March VMh. — Salim's men brought Ngungu in a canoe 
 from down river, where they had captured him. He was warmly 
 received by our men, and shook hands with us all round. I was 
 very glad to see him again, and wished it were under more happy 
 circumstances. I have taken a fancy to him, and hope he won't 
 be badly treated. He went up to Salim's camp, and afterwards 
 went down river in charge of some of Salim's men, returning 
 again. I believe Salim insists on his coming with his people to 
 live on this side. 
 
 Wednesday, March l-i-th. — Saw four native canoes fishing near 
 the rapids, so I suppose peace has been concluded between Ngungu 
 and Salim-bin-Mohammed. Ngungu came into our camp during 
 the day, and I made him a present of two mi takes. I forgot to 
 mention that Ward, who was a very good linguist, and already had 
 a fair knowledge of Swahili (Zanzibari language), had now im- 
 proved every opportunity to increase his acquaintance with the 
 language. Salim-bin-Mohammed had often paid him visits, giving 
 him instruction, so that now Ward was able to assist us on 
 occasion as interpreter. It will be seen by the following how his 
 knowledge proved of great service to us. Salim this afternoon, 
 on one of his usual friendly visits to Ward, complained about our 
 Zanzibaris constantly interfering with the women of his Manyuemas. 
 Ward thinking this a matter of importance sent over to my hut 
 for me, and repeated in English the gist of Salim's remarks — 
 that the Manyuemas had complained to him about this, and 
 threatened to knife or shoot our men if they caught them enticing 
 their women away. Salim thought it right to tell us, so as to 
 avoid any ill-feeling between his men and ours. I promised Salim 
 that all the Zanzibaris would be cautioned at afternoon parade not 
 to interfere in any way with the Manyuema women. I told him 
 that if after this warning they did so, the best thing for the 
 Manyuemas to do was to tie them up and bring them to us, and we 
 should punish them severely. Salim seemed quite satisfied with 
 this arrangement, adding that one of his men had gone out with a 
 gun to catch a Zanzibari, wdiom he suspected of taking his woman
 
 EXTEACTS FROM DIARY (continued). 221 
 
 away from bim. Whilst at luncheon we were informed that the 
 Manyuema in question had caught Muni Chandi, one of our 
 Zanzibari niamparas, in company with his woman, and had tied 
 him up. After luncheon he was brought in by the Manyuemas, 
 and we held a palaver over the business. The Manyuema gave 
 a detailed description of his finding the Zanzibari and woman 
 together ; he seized Muni Chandi, and took his knife, shirt, and 
 cap. The Zanzibari begged him not to take him before us, and 
 offered to pay some cloth if he would not do so. Muni Chandi did 
 not deny the accusations, so we ordered him to pay the man the 
 cloth he promised so as to settle the palaver. He went and 
 brought a doti of white cloth (a doti is about a fathom of cloth, 
 and is measured by the distance of the extremes of outstretched 
 arms). I should mention here that most of the men had sold all 
 their garments to buy food with, but this man, who was a head- 
 man., being a great dandy, had managed to have a wardrohe, though 
 not very extensive. The cloth was hnnded to the Manyuema, but 
 lie was not satisfied, wanting more. Muni Chandi declaring he 
 had no more to give, Ave told the Manyuema that he must be 
 satisfied, as he had also the knife and shirt. A long palaver took 
 place between the Manyuema and his companions, and they 
 eventually decided to take what had been tendered, and to all 
 appearance the palaver seemed amicably settled. But shortly 
 afterwards the Manyuema man returned with another, each with 
 a gun, and after an altercation with a Soudanese sentry at the 
 east gate got into the camp. Bonny called me from my house, 
 and on my going out I found the Manyuema man, who had seized 
 Muni Chandi, sittinsf on the wooden drum. On askinir him what 
 he wanted, he got up in an excited manner, and gave me to under- 
 stand that he had come down to shoot Muni Chandi. I replied 
 that the palaver had been settled, and ordered him out of the 
 camp, along with the other, and told the Soudanese sentry not to 
 allow him in again. They went away, only to try and come in 
 again, but were not allowed, and after a noisy harangue outside 
 they were persuaded to go away by Omaha, the Soudanese officer. 
 Ward went up to Salim-bin-Mohammed to tell him that after 
 settling the palaver, evidently to the satisfaction of all parties, 
 these two Manyuema men had come into our camp with guns, 
 threatening to shoot one of our men, which was a gross outrage,
 
 222 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 and that if they tried this kind of tiling again the Sond;mese 
 sentry would enforce the standing order, which had always existed 
 since Salini came here, that none of his men should be allowed 
 to come into our camp until permission had been granted by the 
 officer in charge. If his men interfered with our sentry, they must 
 put up with the coiisequence, as the sentry must obey his orders. 
 Salim, Ward says, told the Manyuemas all this, and though they 
 were very excited, seemed to let the matter drop. At the after- 
 noon parade all the Zanzib;iris were cautioned about interfering 
 with the Manyuema women, and were distinctly told that if they 
 did, the ]\[anyuemas would tie them up and bring them in to us, 
 when they would be severely punished. Muni Chaudi was put 
 in the guard-room, not so much as a punishment, but to ensure 
 his safety until this matter blew over. We decided, under the 
 circumstances of liis having paid cloth, and being deprived of a 
 portion of his wearing apparel, that he had received sufficient 
 punishment, so we only severely reprimanded him. It might have 
 been a nasty business. The Manyuemas are as much to blame as 
 our men. They must have known about Muni Chandi and others 
 going Avith their women for some time, but now they get up this 
 j^alaver for the purpose of obtaining cloth. But, of course, it 
 would never do to allow this kind of thing to go on, after it had 
 been brought to our notice. I think after this the Zanzibaris will 
 take this lesson to heart; this event has scared them. Salim 
 behaved well in telling us about it, as we never could allow any 
 row between his men and ours. It is to our interest to have a 
 good feelinoc existing between us and these men wdio were living 
 at our gates. 
 
 Thursday, March loth. — Just before luncheon some Manyuemas 
 came in with two goats for sale. Bonny gave two pieces of hand- 
 kerchief for each ; the men returned during luncheon to exchange 
 the pieces of handkerchief as they stated they were soiled. Bonny 
 changed them. They went off, but shortly after returned again 
 saying two pieces were not enough for the goats, so the animals 
 were handed back to them when they gave up the handkerchiefs. 
 Then they came back again and said they would take the two 
 pieces after all. Shortly after this there was a disturbance with 
 some men wishing to come through the gate without leave. One 
 of theai tried to push roughly past the sentry, knocking the gun
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 223 
 
 from his hand. Fearing there might be a repetition of yesterday s 
 proceedings, sent Ward up to Salim to inform him of the occur- 
 rence, and to state that he must put a stop at once , to this 
 troublesome conduct of his men by punishing them, or tliere miolit 
 be serious consequences. He sent word down to say he would 
 inquire into the matter. Later on he sent some Manyuemas down 
 with one of our headmen with a message that if we could identify 
 the culprit we were to punish liim as we liked. The sentry 
 picked out the man, and I sent him to Salim with a messaji'e that 
 it was his duty to inflict the punishment; but he was again sent 
 back, and Ave were told to do what we liked with him. I told tlie 
 man that he had been handed over to us for punishment by his 
 chief, and I asked him for some explanation of his conduct. He 
 said he was coming about the guat palaver again. It was ex- 
 plained to him that we had no oljection to his, or any of the olhers 
 coming into our camp, but that the sentry was there to challenge 
 all strangers, and must get the permission of the officer on duty 
 before he could allow any one to pass. The sentry must obey his 
 command, and if he interfered serious consequences might hajipen. 
 We told him we wished to keep up the good feeling between his 
 countrymen and our men, and hoped there would be no more mis- 
 understandings, that though Salim wished us to punish him, we 
 would not do so, as perhaps he did nut understand the Soudanese 
 sentry, and therefore we would send him back to Salim with this 
 admonition and exjjlanation for his and all the Manyuemas' future 
 guidance. The man was much scared, and seemed much surprised 
 at our clemency, as he no doubt expected severe punishment. We 
 have decided to place a Zanzibari beside the Soudanese sentiy at 
 the gate, as the latter does not understand the language of the 
 Manyuemas, and this circumstance may cause unnecessary friction. 
 The Zanzibari will act as a sort of interpreter, and will also come 
 down to inform us of the application for admission. This seems 
 the more necessary because there are so many new men in the 
 Arab camp who do not understand the reason why the Si)udane.-;e 
 stops them. I cannot help remarking that it is absurd for Salim 
 to send us his men and to expect us to punish them. I need 
 hardly say I did not fall into the error or trap of taking upon 
 myself the responsibility of correcting his men. In tiie first place, 
 it is not the right method of procedure; and in the second, it
 
 224 STANLErS REAR C3LU.MN'. 
 
 Avould only be heaping coals on the fire, intensifying any ill-feeling, 
 and end in open rupture. It is these small sparks which are so 
 easily fanned into a big flame, and might lead to a general con- 
 flao-ration. After these outbursts of the last few days we have 
 deemed it advisable to keep a sharp look-out over our men, as 
 well as to take a few additional precautions for our safety. 
 
 Friday, March IQtk. — Another Zanzibar! died this morning, 
 making total sixty-five. 
 
 Tuesday, March 20th. — Found roof of powder-house letting in 
 water, and put men on to-day to re-thatch it. Asked Salim 
 to send one man to the Lomami for goats, as we are getting short. 
 An Arab came in from down river, having palaver with natives. 
 
 Wednesday, March 21st. — Salim informs us to-day that one of 
 his men returned from the Falls last night, bringing news that 
 a large body of men were on the eve of arriving at the Falls 
 from Kasongo, but that Tippu-Tib was not coming with them. 
 Jameson had not left for Kasongo when this man started, namely, 
 the 27th of last moon, or 8th March. Salim says that the Arabs 
 whom Stanley was supposed to have met at the Rod's, came from 
 Kibonge, only a little higher up the Congo than Stanley Falls, 
 and would only take nine days to go from there in canoes to 
 the Rochs [?] ; while Stanley, by the Zanzibari account, took five 
 moons to reach the Pvocks ! [I give this for what it is worth. 
 There is a river going north-east from near Kibonge.] Another 
 Zanzibari died to-day, making sixty-six. 
 
 Saturday March 2Uh. — Another Zanzibari died to-day, making 
 sixty-seven. About 4 o'clock Barttelot returned, looking very ill ; 
 he seemed to have lost flesh. He tells me that both he and 
 Jameson have been very sick off and on at the Falls, and says he 
 had very bad food, and even went so far as to mention suspicion 
 that the Arabs had tried to poison them ! Jameson went off to 
 Kasongo, some little time before Barttelot left the Falls, to hurry 
 up Tiyipu-Tib with the carriers. Barttelot is awfully disappointed, 
 like all of us, that Tippu-Tib has not returned. He has come 
 back with a new project. Jameson and he have evidently talked 
 the matter over, and he has come to the conclusion, without 
 consultino^ us, to send a white man down to the coast for the 
 purpose of cabling to Mr. Mackinnou, Chairman of the Emin 
 Pasha Relief Committee, to inform him of the state of affairs
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 225 
 
 and what he has done respecting the mission of Jameson to 
 Kasongo, to offer Tippu-Tib more money for carriers and fight- 
 ing men. Barttelot has got one canoe from the Arabs, and made 
 arrangements for getting another to take the white man, with 
 some men, to Bangala. He has selected Ward for this mission. 
 It is a long way to send for very little benefit to the Expedition. 
 On the contrary, it means the temporary, and perhaps permanent, 
 loss of thirty of our men, who are to accompany Ward. However, 
 Barttelot has made up his mind about it. I made my report to 
 him concerning the affairs of the camp during his absence. 
 
 Stcnchty, March 2oth. — Barttelot is very ill ; after luncheon he 
 bad to turn in, with strong symptoms of fever. I went in to see 
 him ; he seemed nuich upset. He is very anxious to go with Ward 
 as far as the village on the Congo, from whence he will start; but 
 I have persuaded him that he is too ill to undertake the march, 
 and suggested that I should go instead, and he agreed to this. 
 Ward is busy making preparations for his journey. 
 
 Monday, March 2Qth. — Barttelot slightly better, insisted on 
 getting up ; he was very excited, and it did him no good. Later 
 in the day he spoke in the course of conversation about the 
 necessity of leaving a white officer at Stanley Falls, in the event of 
 there not being sufficient carriers provided to take up all the loads, 
 and he did not wish to leave Bonny. Bearing in mind that I had 
 been informed by Bonny that Barttelot wished to leave me, but 
 hardly liked to ask it, I had thought the matter over from the 
 point of view of the benefit of the Expedition, and I came to the 
 conclusion that it would be best if I should offer to remain. Of 
 course I knew by Barttelot's remarks that, counting Bonny out, I 
 was the only one he had to leave, so I told him I would stay in 
 charge of the loads. Barttelot informed me that I had taken a 
 great load off his mind ; that he had wished me to remain, but 
 disliked to disappoint me. I helped Barttelot during the day, 
 making out drafts of letters to M. Vankerckhoven, of the State 
 station at Bangala ; Captain Vangele, State Commissioner for the 
 Upper Congo ; Lieutenant Liebrechts, Chief of Leopoldville ; and M. 
 Camille Jannsen, Administrator of the Congo Free State at Boma. 
 In these he informed the gentlemen named the object of Ward's 
 mission, and asked their assistance to expedite him in every Avay. 
 At Barttelot's request I wrote also personal letters to all those 
 
 Q
 
 226 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 State officials who were well known to me, urging on them the 
 importance of helping us in this matter. Barttelot read me over 
 the telegram he was sending to Mr. Mackinnon. It was a 
 2')r4cis of events ; he told him of Jameson's mission to Kasongo, 
 when he was expected back, and that he (Barttelot) should 
 start with some loads should the carriers turn up in June. He 
 also asked tliem to arrani^e with the State to have a steamer 
 at Leopoldville to bring Ward back with the reply. He also 
 read me his letter to Mr. Mackinnon with details supplementing 
 the telegram. He gave Ward all his instructions. He was to 
 take thirty Zanzibaris and five Soudanese in the canoes as far as 
 Bangala — a distance of 500 miles down the Congo ; these men 
 were to be left at this point, and the letter he had to M. Vankerck- 
 hoven, chief of that station, contained an urgent request that if he 
 had his small steamer, to send them back to us without delay. 
 Ward from Bangala would get a relay of men from the State 
 station to paddle him down the other 500 miles to Leopoldville; 
 he would then proceed overland to Matadi, and thence by steamers 
 on the Lower Congo to the mouth of the river at Banana. He 
 would then proceed either to San Thome or St. Paul de Loanda, 
 according as the mail steamer for one or otlier arrived earliest — as 
 these were the nearest stations from which a cable message could 
 be sent to Europe. He was to wait for a reply, and on receiving 
 the same was to return with all despatch to Yambuya camp. In 
 the event of the arrival of the carriers, and consequent departure 
 of the Rear Column, before Ward's return, Barttelot promised to 
 make arrangements wdth Tippu-Tib to provide Ward with men to 
 follow on by quick marches and overtake the column. 
 
 Tuesday, March 27th. — Gave Ward by Barttelot's orders hand- 
 kerchiefs, mitakos, and cowries for purchasing food for himself and 
 men on the way down, also one sack of rice and eight cases of 
 Remington ammunition. Ward was allowed to pick out twenty- 
 five Zanzibaris, and Barttelot handed over to him five of the 
 Soudanese. Most of us took the opportunity to send letters home 
 by Ward. Barttelot asked Ward to bring up on his return 
 some cases of tinned meats, champagne for medical comforts, and 
 other like necessary articles. I was with Barttelot when he gave 
 these final instructions. Ward asked for reassurance that men 
 would be provided him in case of the departure of the column
 
 NATIVE OF YAXGAMBI
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 227 
 
 before he returned, and Barttelot told him that this other matter 
 would be satisfactorily arranged. Ward and I start to-morrow ; I 
 am going with Ward as far as the Lomami, for the double purpose 
 of helping him in fixing his canoes, and to endeavour to purchase 
 goats there for the camp. Barttelot wishes me to return as soon 
 as possible, as he has arranged with Ngize, Tippu-Tib's brother 
 at Stanley Falls, to send two hundred loads to that station on the 
 first of next month, and I have to go on there Avith them. All our 
 arrangements were now complete for an early start on the morrow. 
 
 Wednesday, Mc(,rch 28th. — Wet morning, heavy rain ; could not 
 get away till late. It was very difficult to get the poor weak men 
 started carrying the loads that we were obliged to take ; and 
 owing to the slipperiness of the path through the jungle they were 
 constantly falling and dropping their loads. They were too weak 
 to replace these themselves on their heads, and we were continually 
 obliged to give them help in this matter. Ward and I walked 
 behind them for this purpose. On account of our slow progress we 
 were unable to reach the usual camping-ground at the village of 
 Yambow. The Soudanese with some of the men with the lighter 
 loads got on to the village, but we could not leave the stragglers, 
 or we should never have got them on at all, so we camped in the 
 jungle. 
 
 Thursday, March 2dth. — Started early, camped at the far village. 
 We were here obliged to lighten the ammunition loads by taking 
 out half and tying them up in handkerchiefs, &c., and distributing 
 these among the other men. Ward, in order to brace them up, 
 gave them some rice out of the sack he had, as well as some 
 Indian corn we were able to buy, so they had a good feed — the 
 first for many a day. 
 
 Friday, Ilarch 20th. — Started early, reached the village of Yan- 
 gambi on the Congo about sunset. From the hill behind it we had 
 a glorious view of the river, with all its different islands, while 
 almost at our feet rose the smoke of the village, Yangambi is a 
 little further down the Congo than Yallasullah, where we formerly 
 struck the river, and is under the control of the Arabs, like all the 
 villages in these parts. All our men did not come in. 
 
 Saturday, March o\st. — Found Seyid had not sent the second 
 canoe from Yallasullah, so sent messenger to say we had arrived, 
 and to tell him to come down without delay. He sent word back,
 
 228 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 saying he would be down to-morrow morning early with canoes 
 and paddles. The canoe Barttelot got is here. Ward has bought 
 a thatched roof for it from the natives. 
 
 Easier Day. Sunday, Airril \st. — Seyid did not turnup till noon, 
 bringing canoe and paddles, and one goat — the latter I bought — and 
 we started shortly afterwards. We had purposed to lash the two 
 canoes together before starting, but as Seyid was so late we decided 
 to postpone doing this till we reached the Lomami. Ward put all 
 his loads into the canoe with the thatched roof; we both went 
 down in this with some of the men, while the other followed with 
 the remaining men and my loads. Never saw such a start. The 
 Zanzibaris cannot paddle a bit, not able even to keep the canoe 
 straight, so we went round and round, sidling down with the 
 current. To make matters worse, shortly after we started we were 
 causrht in a thunderstorm. The rain came down in torrents, and 
 the Congo was soon lashed into a tempestuous sea, making progress 
 dangerous. I wonder we did not capsize. As it was, we were 
 obliged to pull up until the storm somewhat abated. The other 
 canoe, having no shelterincr awningf worse luck ! was filled with 
 water, damaging my few things. The men had to get out and 
 bale it to keep from getting swamped. We reached the Lomami 
 at its confluence with the Congo about sunset. There is an Arab 
 settlement under Raschid, Tippu-Tib's nephew, with a large 
 native population, who mostly live on the river in their canoes. 
 We were well received by Raschid, who provided me with a small 
 hut, Ward preferring to test the sleeping accommodation of his 
 covered canoe. Raschid promised to have the two canoes properly 
 lashed together for Ward, and also gave him a covering for the 
 other canoe. He entertained us in his own house to a most 
 sumptuous repast that evening, with curried fish, rice, fowl, plan- 
 tain, maize, and coffee. One was struck with the perfect manners 
 of this well-bred Arab. Ward, being able to speak Swahili pretty 
 fluently, had a long palaver with him, and Raschid promised to do 
 everything in his power to assist him on his journey, and assured 
 me lie would get me some goats to take back to the camp. In 
 this way the evening passed very pleasantly. He also enabled us 
 to procure food for our men. Ward was naturally desirous of 
 improving their condition, and generally cheering them before 
 starting on their arduous journey.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 229 
 
 Monday, Aiiril 2nd. — Rascliid said it would take nearly all day 
 to get the canoes properly lashed and fixed, and asked Ward to 
 stop till to-morrow, so there was nothing to be done but to wait for 
 the accomplishment of this ; it was perhaps for the best, as it gave 
 the men a chance to rest and get another good feed. In the after- 
 noon we went to see the canoes, and found that Raschid's carpenter 
 had made a very good job of them, having lashed them together 
 and patched up the one which leaked, and made a neat flooring 
 for it. While we were looking at them a canoe arrived bringing 
 a letter from Barttelot to Ward. We were still Raschid's guests, 
 and he entertained us well ; anything we asked for was placed 
 at our service. W^ard and I had a long talk together that night 
 regarding his arduous journey and the causes for it. We were both 
 of the opinion that it would not be much benefit to the Expedition, 
 only causing a deal of trouble and expense, because the Committee 
 could only reply, " Carry out Stanley's instructions." We discussed 
 the subject of the journey down nearly 1000 miles to Leopold- 
 ville by canoes, unless he was lucky enough to catch a steamer 
 at Bangala ; but the most dangerous part would be in the first 
 portion of the voyage, as between here and Bangala there were a 
 number of hostile tribes, especially in the Monogiri Channel, where 
 Deane had been attacked before. There was an added danger 
 in this canoe trip, because the men did not know anything about 
 paddling, and panic would surely ensue if they were surrounded by 
 hostile natives. However, Ward would have thought less of this 
 had he been going on a mission that was likely to be more beneficial 
 to the Expedition. 
 
 Tuesday, April Srd. — Everything being in readiness. Ward 
 started about 8 o'clock this morning. I saw him off, wishing him 
 good luck and a safe journey down as well as a speedy return. 
 The canoes I was glad to see went much steadier lashed together, 
 which cheered me a good deal, as I was much concerned because 
 the Zanzibaris were such bad paddlers. There is an Arab post 
 further down before he reaches the mouth of the Aruwimi, and 
 Raschid has given him words of commendation to the headman 
 there. Raschid asked me to remain as his guest for a few days, as 
 he is obliged to go out to fight some natives up the Lomanii who 
 have eaten two of his men, and he cannot consequently get me the 
 goats till his return. This I consented to do, sending a letter on
 
 230 STANLEY'S HEAR COLUMN. 
 
 the subject back to Barttelot by the messengers who brought the 
 letter to Ward, and who had not yet returned. I forgot to mention 
 that I had seven Zanzibaris and one interpreter, Bartholomew, 
 with me. Kaschid put me in the way of getting plenty of food for 
 them. Poor devils, they were not averse to stopping here, under 
 such agreeable conditions, for an indefinite period, so we settled 
 down as comfortably as we could to await the arrival of goats.
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 EASCHID AND HIS HOSPITALITY. 
 
 Though the accounts given by the two sets of deserters 
 from the advanced column did not seem exactly worthy 
 of credence, it is rather remarkable that their story after 
 all tallied in so many details with the course of events, 
 since described by Mr. Stanley. There were two sets, 
 as I have said, of these men ; the first, those we met 
 at Yallasullah, five out of nine who had deserted Stanley, 
 told us of the scarcitv of food, of desertions, of fio-hts 
 with the natives, the wounding of a white man, and that 
 nearly all the Soudanese had died, all of which points 
 Stanley mentions. 
 
 The other party originally consisted of seven deserters, 
 five of whom were captured by natives, and two only got 
 as far as Abdallah's camp. Their story seemed to us of 
 more importance. Nassibu bin Seif, an Arab sheik, who 
 had seen them, repeated to me what they had said. They 
 had left Stanley at a place where there were big rocks 
 in the river, and that Stanley was here obliged to carry 
 his boat overland. They had been with Stanley for five 
 moons, and it had taken them one moon to come down 
 the river in a canoe as far as Abdallah's camp, where they
 
 232 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 arrived in December. This time agreed as nearly as we 
 could calculate with the number of months Stanley had 
 been absent up to that date. They said, according to 
 the Arab's account, that Stanley had been wounded ; but 
 it is probable that the deserters had only mentioned the 
 wounding of a white man, the same one doubtless that, 
 after the description given by the Yallasullah deserters, 
 we had guessed was Nelson, but from Stanley's letters 
 we now know that Stairs was the victim. These deserters 
 spoke of there being plenty of food when they left 
 Stanley, which, according to their five moons, would have 
 been in November. Stanley in his letter says that after 
 passing through a famine -stricken country, he reached 
 Ibwiri on November 12th, and found abundance there. 
 According to the Zanzibaris, it was before they reached 
 " the Rocks " that Stanley met the Arabs. From Stanley's 
 letters we learn he met Ugarrowwa's Manyuema men 
 on August 31st, and reached a point opposite Ugarrowwa's 
 camp on September 16th, and did not emerge from the 
 Arab district until November. The deserters said the 
 Arabs were from Kibonge. This place is eight days' 
 canoe voyage above Stanley Falls on the Congo, and is a 
 large village occupied by one of Tippu-Tib's sheiks with 
 Manyuema followers under him. It was from near 
 Kibonge, we were told by Salim-bin-Mohammed, that the 
 Arabs started in canoes to sro to " the Rocks " on the 
 Aruwimi. It should be noticed, that by Stanley's map 
 the Aruwimi readies its most southern point not far from 
 the river Lendar. Near Kibonge there is a river coming 
 down in a south-westerly direction, emptying into the 
 Congo. It seems possible that by going up this river.
 
 THE REPORTS OF THE DESERTERS. 233 
 
 called on Justus Perthe's map Manduht LUk, and by 
 making some short overland journey, the Arabs might 
 reach the Lendar and descend it to the Aruwimi, into 
 which river it empties in the very district said by 
 Stanley to be under Arab control. 
 
 It must be remembered that none of us white men had 
 ever seen this second party of deserters,, who had been 
 stopped at Abdallah's camp. This Arab Abdallah had fol- 
 lowed in Stanley's track as f\ir as a village called Opoy, which 
 we were told was about a month's journey from Yambuya. 
 I have mentioned in my diary that a visit to this place 
 for the purpose of verifying these rumours was proposed 
 by Barttelot, but for certain reasons w^as never carried 
 out. It w^ould have been w^ell if we had seen these two 
 deserters, as they might have given us some clues that 
 would have proved serviceable, and we might have gained 
 further information while at Opoy. At all events, by 
 going to that place we would have at least been able to 
 have familiarized ourselves with that part of the country 
 first traversed by Stanley, and through which w^e should 
 have to pass when we set out to follow him. 
 
 I have mentioned in the diary that after Barttelot told 
 me his intention was to leave a white officer at the Falls 
 with the loads, I volunteered to undertake this task. 
 One reason given was, that as Ward would be away, and 
 as Barttelot refused to put Bonny in charge, of course 
 Jameson would not be asked to stay, so I was the only 
 one to do it. I heard that Barttelot did not relish 
 the prospect of asking me to accept this post, especially 
 as he knew that I had felt it rather hard that on so many 
 occasions I had been put in charge of difficult tasks which
 
 234 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 prevented me from going on with the main body of the 
 Expedition, and he believed I should be much disappointed 
 if I was ao'ain left behind. But as I knew that Barttelot 
 
 O 
 
 would leave me anyway, I decided to make the best of 
 a bad matter and gracefully accept the inevitable ; 
 moreover, there were other reasons besides this that 
 influenced me in this decision. To beg-in with, I did 
 not approve of Barttelot going without the bulk of the 
 loads, neither did I think it right of him to leave them 
 at Stanley Falls, which was not in ray opinion a politic 
 move ; but as there was no moving him from his decision, 
 I saw it was wise that, as the steamer had not arrived 
 with the white officers for that station, a white man 
 should be left in charge, and I must candidly confess 
 that I believed that the loads left with me at Stanley 
 Falls would have a far greater chance of reachino: their 
 destination at Wadelai than would any of those taken 
 up by Barttelot. I fully expected that Stanley would 
 turn up, and in that event he could easily get the loads 
 at Stanley Falls, while I also firmly believed that the men 
 going up with Barttelot would meet with some disaster, 
 and that their loads would be lost. Added to all this there 
 was another reason why I should be selected for this task, 
 for I must admit that I had never quite recovered from 
 my first serious illness in November ; the great difficulty 
 experienced was, that through the lack of any nourishing 
 food and proper tonics, my system had been greatly 
 reduced, and I had been unable to get back my strength 
 under these circumstances. Yet I should not have hesitated 
 at any moment to have tested my powders of endurance 
 if I had been called upon to advance to assist my leader,
 
 WARD'S JOURNEY, ITS USELESSNESS AKD PERILS. 235 
 
 or to follow Ills commands about the taking up of the 
 loads. Hence it was for these combined reasons that I 
 accepted the situation. 
 
 I should mention here that Barttelot, after his return 
 from Stanley Falls, where he had been to see Jameson off 
 to Kasongo, seemed much upset, and distressed in mind. 
 
 It will be noted that the decision to send a white officer 
 to the coast was made by Barttelot and Jameson while 
 they were away at the Falls, and that no other member of 
 the Expedition was taken into their counsel in this matter, 
 although this was a step of importance, and according to 
 Stanley's instructions none such should be taken without 
 consulting Ward and myself. That our opinions were not 
 asked is shown bv the fact that Barttelot eno;ao;ed canoes 
 and made all necessary arrangements before his return to 
 Yambuya. When he did mention it to us it was as a fact 
 that he intended should be accomplished, and he did not 
 consider our approbation necessary. Some of us felt 
 convinced that the project of cabling to the Committee 
 asking what was to be done was unnecessary. There could 
 be but one answer to his telegram, and that was, as I 
 have said, " Follow out Stanley's instructions." It cannot 
 be denied that Ward's journey would be, to a considerable 
 extent, a perilous one, and it was asking a good deal to 
 tell him to make it. It was my opinion that if a white 
 man must be sent to the coast, AVard was the best one who 
 could be selected for the undertaking. He knew Ban gala 
 well, and if he once arrived there he would be able to 
 obtain men easily to take him on. He was well known on 
 the lower river, and could thus make the best arrange- 
 ments for a rapid journey down. He had been very ill, but
 
 236 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 l)y this time lie had picked up wonderfully, and looked in 
 better health than any of the rest of us. The men we had 
 taken with us we had selected ourselves, and it will be 
 seen from the diary how we both attempted to improve 
 their condition in order to brace them up for their further 
 journey. In regard to feeding them, we found in Raschid 
 a ready helper, and we were able to manage fairly well for 
 their comfort. Raschid indeed was most obliging in every 
 way ; his arrangement of the canoes took a weight of 
 anxiety off my mind, for I could see Ward started 
 under fair auspices. 
 
 For myself, Raschid made most satisfjictory arrange- 
 ments. He apologized that the hut placed at my disposal 
 was so miserable ; it was a small mud erection containing 
 only two rooms. But while he was in residence I alwaj^s 
 dined with him, and after his departure my meals were 
 served the same in his house, and my comfort was 
 attended to by young Seyid, one of his Arab followers, 
 and by Raschid's chief wife, who, it must be admitted, 
 was by no means charming in my eyes. She was evidently 
 of Zanzibar! extraction, and I doubt if she could ever 
 have been considered a beauty. As for Raschid, however, 
 he was the handsomest Arab I ever saw ; a tall, well-built 
 young man, a thoroughbred Arab, of light complexion 
 scarcely more than olive, with sparkling eyes, a well- 
 formed nose, and small mouth, altogether very delicate 
 features. He carried himself well, with a self-reliant 
 pose and an air of command. I was at once struck 
 with the awe which he inspired among his subordi- 
 nates, who looked upon him as a veritable chief and 
 commander. If all the stories we heard were to be
 
 RASCHID'S CHARACTER. 237 
 
 believed, lie must be very strict in demanding obedience, 
 and was ready to inflict most arbitrary puuishments. Yet 
 witli it all lie was very quiet, and had a self-possessed 
 manner. He was always robed in spotless white, wearing 
 the usual long, flowing Arab garment with a pure white 
 turban that set off his fine face well. The settlement he 
 ]iad made at this point, the junction of the Lomami with 
 the Congo, had a permanent air about it ; he was evidently 
 here for the purpose of thoroughly establishing the Arab 
 authority over the natives in the surrounding country. 
 His present palaver was with the people up the Lomami, 
 who liad captured and eaten some of his men, and it was 
 his intention to set about subjugating them. Easchid had 
 with him 200 Manyuema followers and some 600 natives, 
 whom he had previously conquered, and wlio were going 
 with him to fight their fellow-natives. No doubt some 
 tribal feud had been judiciously fanned into a blaze, and 
 he had ha.d little difiiculty in persuading these naturally 
 bloodthirsty natives to join in the fray. It was a fine 
 sight to see the " gathering of the clans," and it took 
 some time to get them all on hand. They came down in 
 huge canoes capable of holding fifty men, the sterns of 
 some of them ornamented with OTeen bouohs. The river 
 re-echoed with their war-songs as they came in. They 
 passed like a naval review in front of Easchid's palaver 
 house that faced the river, two or three canoes abreast, 
 and then turning came up to the landing-place. All the 
 time the natives in them shouted and sang-, executing 
 marvellous war-dances as they paddled along, till in their 
 wild antics one wondered why the canoes did not upset. 
 They were all in their war-paint, their faces ghastly with
 
 238 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 chalk and their limbs streaked with the same material, 
 making them look like a company of hideous clowns. 
 They all wore native knives slung round their necks. 
 These weapons are beautifully made, and many of the 
 sheaths are elaborately cut and ornamented. Some of the 
 knives are sickle-shaped, with projecting points of most 
 curious design ; these are thrown boomerang-fashion, and 
 inflict dangerous wounds. The chiefs were distinguished 
 by their red feathers, and the whole scene had a decidedly 
 warlike aspect ; everybody was intensely excited, having 
 worked themselves up to the highest pitch. All night 
 long recruiting parties gathered at the scene of action, and 
 by early morning the attacking party made ready for the 
 fight. The natives in some cases were too thickly crowded 
 in their canoes, so Kaschid's own followers sorted them 
 out into others, while the sheik stood quietly watching 
 the embarkation of his forces. The natives and the 
 Manyuemas were started off by degrees, and when all was 
 in readiness he stepped into his own canoe and set off 
 with them. The natives kept up the excitement with 
 their war-songs, while in almost every canoe was a small 
 wooden drum, with some skilled performer who squatted 
 beside it playing away for dear life, while the paddlers of 
 the canoes executed their most difficult can-can steps and 
 shouted at the tops of their voices, making a tremendous 
 din. Before Raschid left he very politely came up to bid 
 me good-bye, where I stood on the shore watching the 
 scene. I saw them all get away, and waited mitil the 
 last canoe-load rounded the point on its way up the 
 Lomami, then turning I went back to the settlement. 
 Kaschid's house, where I spent most of my time, was a
 
 THE NATIVES AND THE MIRROR. 239 
 
 larire mud binldino;, well built, and well arrane^ed, far 
 superior to any of those I had seen at Stanley Falls. It 
 was surrounded by the usual high bamboo palisade. On 
 entering it one found oneself in a large antechamber, with 
 a bedroom leading out on the left. The place was well 
 furnished. The most interestino^ ornament of the outer 
 room was a mirror about two feet square, which exercised 
 a strange fascination upon the native imagination ; it was 
 usually covered with a cloth of some kind ; the reason of 
 this I was not long in discovering. The day before the 
 natives had swarmed up to the house, looking in at the 
 door and window of the bedroom where I was seated, 
 trying to get a glimpse of me, for no doubt very few, if 
 any of them, had ever seen a white man before. It was 
 quite amusing to see them pushing and fighting to get 
 near the window, bringing up their women in some 
 instances. I think I know now how the hairy man and 
 the fattest woman on earth, who act as side-shows at the 
 circus, must feel when they are the cynosure of neighbour- 
 ing eyes. These spectators, however, were most dramatic 
 in their admiration, gazing hard, lifting their hands in 
 surprise, then starting back in a sort of awe-struck manner. 
 Some of them were audacious enough to push into the 
 room. So it went on, till they became so troublesome 
 and numerous that the shutters had to be closed in order 
 to get rid of them. Meanwhile those who were in the 
 outer room were revellino; in the sio;ht of the maQ-ic 
 mirror ; they believed it to be a species of white man's 
 fetish, and regarded it with a superstitious fear. They 
 went through strange motions before it, and were deeply 
 puzzled by the result ; but at last as there seemed no
 
 240 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 prospect of their departure, the curtain was drawn over 
 the mirror. One man, perhaps a chief or favourite, was 
 treated to a private view, and I amused myself for some 
 time in watching his antics. He approached it, the inuige 
 advanced ; he lifted his arm, so did the man in the 
 mirror ; he moved his hand, and was surprised to see the 
 reflection do the same ; then he touched different parts of 
 his body, his eyes dilated, and he put up his hand to his 
 mouth with the usual native motion of surprise. He 
 even went so far as to talk to see if the imao;e would do 
 the same. His face all the time was a perfect study. He 
 was completely nonplussed, and could not convince 
 himself that he was all right. 
 
 In the bedroom was an enormous four-post bedstead, 
 evidently the handiwork of Raschid's excellent carpenter ; 
 it was hung round willi gorgeous thin red curtains, a 
 sort of mosquito-netting. Here, too, was Deane's camp- 
 table, and the Stanley Falls station bell, with a few 
 other relics of that place. My meals were always 
 brought in to me here by Raschid's wife, who announced 
 that all was ready, and then stood by to see me eat. 
 The me/?f(- consisted of the usual curried rice, fish, fowl, 
 and coffee, and the cooking deteriorated during Raschid's 
 absence. All the women were most gorgeously arrayed, 
 to show their high rank as wives of a chief. 
 
 The market-day at this place came round on April 7th, 
 and I found some amusement in watching the canoes 
 that began to come in the night before, in order to be on 
 hand early in the morning ; there was a brisk business 
 done, with the usual roar of voices. I tried in vain on 
 this occasion to buy goats. Seyid told me he expected
 
 NATIVE OF LO:\rAMI
 
 RASCHID AS A GENERAL. 241 
 
 some at the market, but none came in ; so he instructed 
 the natives who attended to send in some as soon as 
 possible. These market people displayed the usual in- 
 terest in the " only living specimen," but I was getting 
 used to being stared at. 
 
 During the day one of Raschid's followers was sent 
 back badly wounded ; in fact he was terribly cut up, and 
 I was called in to doctor him. Of course 1 could do little 
 for him, as I had nothing ; but in searching for some 
 remedy, one of Raschid's people produced from among the 
 articles taken from Stanley Falls a good-sized bottle, which 
 on investigation I found contained carbolic acid, and I 
 was able to persuade them to give me some of the precious 
 fluid. 
 
 Raschid had sent a letter to Seyid, asking him to tell 
 me, with his salaams, that he could not be back before 
 three days had elapsed, and I was requested to wait until 
 he returned. This delay was annoying, as I felt that I 
 ought to be back in camp, for Barttelot was expecting me 
 there to help him about the loads. However, it could not 
 be avoided, so I had to wait for Raschid, or at least until 
 I could get the promised goats ; therefore I stayed on until 
 Raschid came back on April 9th, having had apparently a 
 " glorious victory ! " He was as usual most courteous to 
 me, describing his recent experiences, and even drawino- 
 out on a bit of paper his plan of attack upon the native 
 village up the Loniami, and entered into a long explanation 
 of it. The interpreter was never allowed to be present at 
 these interviews in the house, but I managed to under- 
 stand Raschid's Swahili. He at one time also gave me a 
 full description of his attack on Stanley Falls station, and
 
 242 STANLEYS REAR COLUMX. 
 
 assured me that if Deaiie had only had more Houssas, 
 they would have continued fighting till this day, because 
 the ]\[anyuemas were very much afraid of these State 
 soldiers. He told me a good deal about the Manyuemas 
 and Zanzibaris. Of tlie two races he said, " The Manyu- 
 emas are good soldiers but never do as carriers, while the 
 Zanzibaris are good carriers but can not fight," This 
 latter part of his remark was entirely confirmed by my 
 experience of the Zanzibaris, for I was well aware that 
 they were not soldiers. Few of them knew how to hold a 
 gun, and for this reason the Congo Free State employ 
 Houssas as soldiers, and we never relied, to any extent, on 
 the Zanzibaris in case we were attacked. I found, how- 
 ever, that Raschid, with all his shrewdness, could not 
 distinguish between the Soudanese and Houssas ; he 
 expressed his surprise that we had so few soldiers. 
 
 It may not be very clear why Ward found it necessary to 
 go to the Lomami, for it naturally would strike one on 
 looking at the map that our overland journey to Yangambi 
 might have been avoided had we gone down the Aruwimi, 
 but this was out of the question, because at the junction 
 of the Consfo and the Aruwimi there was a villaoe called 
 Basoko, which was inhabited by very warlike natives, who 
 had never been subdued by the Arabs, so that the latter 
 did not consider it safe to expose themselves to attack by 
 passing this point. Had our two canoes, rowed unsteadily 
 by the Zanzibaris, gone down the river, we should have 
 fallen an easy prey to the natives, who are skilful 
 paddlers ; hence, to avoid any risk, we were obliged to 
 make the tedious overland journey. In passing down the 
 Congo, which near the confluence of the Aruwimi was full
 
 EASCHID'S GENEROSITY. 243 
 
 of channels, Ward would hug closely the opposite shore, 
 and thus escape the danger of running the gauntlet of the 
 savao^e tribe at Basoko. 
 
 During my stay with Raschid I found his conversation 
 very interesting, and both I and my men enjoyed the 
 comfort of being his guests. This was all very well in its 
 way, but I was daily getting more anxious about the 
 goats, which were not forthcoming. At last, three or four 
 days after Raschid's return, I decided I could wait no 
 longer, but must go back to the camp without them ; so I 
 told him I would leave on the 13th, and he promised to 
 send the goats on when they arrived. He very cour- 
 teously refused to listen when I suggested paying him in 
 advance with cloth for them, but he asked me as a special 
 favour to give him a bit of brass wire, for which he 
 evidently had some particular use, so I promised to try 
 and get it for him when I returned to camp. I had 
 already given him a cartridge-pouch and belt, with some 
 needles, thread, and coffee, from my private stores, with 
 all of which he was well pleased ; the coffee he promised 
 to return to me when the canoes came down from 
 Kasongo. 
 
 It is worth mentioning here that all the geographical 
 facts about the Lomami and this district, which I gathered 
 from the Arabs, have been fully confirmed by the recent 
 explorations of M. Delcommune, of the Congo Free State. 
 
 When the time for my departure arrived, I found 
 Raschid had placed at my disposal his own private canoe, 
 with an awning and good floor, rather more luxurious than 
 the ordinary canoes. For all this I was particularly 
 thankful, because I was feeling rather shaky, after having
 
 244 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 been down with an attack of fever the day before. 
 Easchid came down to see me safely started. I had on 
 board with me, beside my other men, Dahoma, a boy I had 
 known long ago as wash-jack on the Congo, and my own 
 servant, Hamesseke. The latter had, while at the Lomami, 
 met an old friend from Zanzibar, who presented him with 
 a small kid, which we took along with us ; but, sad to say, 
 it was lost in the bush on the way to camp. Dahoma and 
 all my other Zanzibaris had been able to pick up some 
 small delicacies, such as salt, smoked fish, &c. &c., and 
 they were all looking much better for the improvement in 
 their food and the change from the camp. 
 
 My state barge was manned by natives under one of 
 Raschid's headmen, who was detailed to escort me safely 
 as far as Yangambi. It was evident that the paddlers 
 were determined to make known to their fellow-country- 
 men that they had on board a great man ! They sang and 
 danced their fancy steps as they paddled along, and the 
 drum in the stern was beaten at a great rate, adding 
 to the din. All this noise and rocking about was exceed- 
 ingly trying to me in my present state of health, but 
 I had to look upon it as an honour. The train of canoes 
 that followed to escort me increased as we advanced. No 
 pause was made to change the paddlers of my canoe, but 
 relays of men came out from the villages in their canoes 
 and jumped aboard, grasped a paddle, and the late holder 
 of it returned in his place to the shore. So the day wore 
 on under such extraordinary circumstances, until at last, 
 late in the afternoon, we reached Yangambi.
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 
 
 Friday, Ai^ril loth. — On arriving at Yangambi I was amazed 
 to meet Barttelot, looking terribly ill and very disturbed. I asked 
 anxiously what was the matter, and he told me that there had been 
 serious disturbances at the camp created by Salim-bin-Mohammed, 
 arising out of the purchase of a knife by one of our men from a 
 Manyuema. Salim came down to the camp and had words with 
 Barttelot about this, and accused our men of stealing from the 
 natives. Barttelot says he told Salim he had done everything he 
 could for him, even trying to get Tippu-Tib's loads up, and the 
 woman left behind at Matadi, but Salim would not believe it. The 
 Manyuemas grew very threatening, and so did the natives, till 
 things had come to such a pass that Barttelot determined to go to 
 the Falls for the purpose of asking Nzige to take Salim away, for 
 if he did not there might be trouble. He was now returning to 
 the camp with a letter supposed to contain the recall of Salim, 
 He was evidently much excited over the recent events in camp, 
 and could not give me a clear statement of what had taken place. 
 He told me, however, he anticipated that during his absence Salim 
 would have made some attack in the camp, which had been left 
 in charge of Bonny alone. His one idea now was to push on to 
 Yambuya, as he had promised to be back on Sunday. We spent 
 the nio'ht at the Sheik's house at Yangambi, where I was thankful 
 to turn in, as I was suffering from a bad attack of fever. 
 
 Saturday, A'pril 14>th. — Left Yangambi early with Barttelot en 
 route, for our camp. He had with him a small body of Zanzibaris, 
 among them John Henry as interpreter. I had seven men, with
 
 246 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Bartholomew as interpreter ; hence as Assad Farran was away at 
 Kasongo with Jameson, Bonny was left at the camp without an 
 interpreter. It rained heavily all day, making our march most 
 wearisome, but we went at a great pace. When we arrived at the 
 usual halting-place a great number of our men had not come in. 
 We discovered afterwards that a good many had lost their way. 
 
 Sunday, April 15th. — Barttelot left early, wishing to get into 
 camp to-day ; he pushed on without waiting for his men who had 
 not turned up. I asked him if I was to look after them for him, 
 but was told not to bother about his and only see to my own 
 followers. I did not stai't till much later. In the first place, I 
 was completely knocked up by a violent turn of fever, the result of 
 yesterday's soaking ; and secondly, I waited for some of my men. 
 However, I got started at last, but could not go far, and was obliged 
 to camp in the bush under cover of my waterproof sheet. I was 
 unable to get anything to eat that night, as the men with the 
 provisions were still missing. I had a miserable night, for in 
 addition to a return of fever, I had strained myself badly by a fall, 
 when making my way over some slippery logs.^ 
 
 Monday, April 16th. — Started early, but made slow progress. 
 Did not get into camp till about noon ; there I found Barttelot and 
 Bonny. I was told that there had been more palavers with SaUni- 
 bin-Mohammed during Barttelot's absence ; the natives and Arabs 
 had been even more threatening than before, so that thei^e was very 
 nearly an open rupture. Bonny even thought it might become 
 necessary to shoot Salim and Ngungu, for the former, he under- 
 stood, had threatened to cut down our men whenever he met them 
 in the bush. It seems possible tliat owing to the absence of the 
 interpreters there was some misunderstanding between Bonny and 
 Salim. After hearing all this I was somewhat surprised in the 
 course of the afternoon to have Salim come in to ask me if the 
 men with me had brought in his letter^ of recall, which Barttelot 
 said had been put in a box that one of his delayed men was carry- 
 ing ; but this man with some of the others, including John Henry, 
 
 1 The letter recalling Salim never turned up to my knowledge ; certainly 
 he never was recalled. 
 
 2 Mr. Stanley {In Darkest Africa, vol. i. p. 246) describes such a forest as 
 the one I here passed through. The fall I received at this time gave me reason 
 to remember such a scene, as it caused me an injury the effects uf which I 
 shall feel all mv life.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 247 
 
 had not yet turned up. Barttelot sent some Soudanese and 
 Zanzibaris to look for them, witli special instructions to find John 
 Henry, for some of the men said he had bolted. Bonny has told 
 me pretty much the same as Barttelot did about the palaver 
 during my absence. He says that Barttelot and Salim had high 
 words, arising out of a controversy between Barttelot and a Man- 
 yuema. Affairs reached such a point that Barttelot and Bonny 
 came to the conclusion that the best thing to be done was to get 
 Nzige to recall Salim, and Bonny suggested that Barttelot should 
 go to the Falls for this purpose, leaving him in charge of the camp. 
 Bonny urged that this excitement not only placed their lives and 
 the camp in danger, but tlie Arabs might attack me on the way 
 home, and might make a prisoner of Jameson, who was at Kasongo ; 
 thus we should all be made to suffer because a palaver over so 
 small a matter had been allowed to reach such a pitch. Therefore 
 Barttelot went to Stanley Falls on this mission. During my 
 absence Barttelot had been occupying my big hut with the stores, 
 and now on my return told me he would remain there, and that I 
 was to occupy Ward's hut, so I spent the night in those quarters. 
 
 Tuesday, Api^il 17th. — I removed the remainder of my things 
 out of my late house into Ward's. Feeling very seedy, and 
 because of the strain I had given myself, I had great difficulty in 
 getting about. 
 
 Wednesday, Ajoril 18th. — Orderly officer for the day. Still 
 difficult for me to move about. Salim-bin-Mohammed left to go 
 down the Aruwimi in canoes, with a lot of men. Busy making 
 out fair copies of particulars of cloth and mitakos given out for 
 buying food ; also a list of rice, biscuits, and ammunition issued. 
 
 Thursday, April 19th. — Handed Barttelot the accounts I had 
 made out. 
 
 Friday, April 20th. — John Henry was brought in ; he was found 
 at Yambow; his load was brought in yesterday by another man. 
 Had out all the stores from my late quarters, checked them off 
 with Barttelot. 
 
 Sunday, April 227id. — Still much troubled with the severe 
 strain, resulting from my accident. Consulted Bonny about it; 
 he ordered me complete rest, and said I had been very foolish to 
 walk about while suffering so. Barttelot this morning addressed 
 the Zanzibaris in reference to John Henry. There had been some
 
 248 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 discussion about the punishment he was to receive, but I was too 
 ill to take part in it. I heard that it was decided that he should 
 have three hundred lashes. 
 
 Monday, April 2Srd. — John Henry received three hundred 
 lashes this morning. From my hut I could hear what was going 
 on, and I was much disturbed by this, as I did not approve of such 
 a severe punishment. 
 
 Ihtesday, April 2^th. — Barttelot went out to a neighbouring 
 village. 
 
 Wednesday, April ^.oth. — Orderly officer for the day, but I could 
 not perform all the duties, as I was totally unable to walk, so I 
 was obliged to give in to Bonny 's suggestion that I should stay 
 still while he would do my duty for me. I was informed that 
 John Henry died to-day. 
 
 From this date onward I suffered terribly, and on May 5th noted 
 in my diary, " I am utterly helpless." Bonny attended me, and 
 did all in his power to alleviate my sufferings ; but as there were 
 no counter-irritants obtainable, he had great difficulty in doing so. 
 I improved a little after the application of one remedy he applied ; 
 but I had been weakened by repeated severe attacks of fever, and 
 this pain, with the mental anxiety about the affairs in camp, reduced 
 me to a miserable condition. During all this time I was obliged 
 to lie on my back in my dark small hut, the only breaks in the 
 wearisome monotony of the day being when Bonny came in to sit 
 with me, and to tell me about what was going on in camp. He 
 kept me pretty well informed of the course of events. Thus 
 matters went on, with nothing to be chronicled but Benny's 
 reports, and the details of my suffering. 
 
 Tuesday, May 8th. — Feeling a little better to-day. In the after- 
 noon heard the joyful sound of a steamer's whistle, so they have 
 heard at last of our situation here. Bonny came in to tell me 
 that a little steamer was in sight. I could hear sounds of great 
 excitement outside amonof the men, but I could not move to find 
 out anything. It was some time before I could get any further 
 intelligence, as every one was so excited ; but after a while Bonny 
 returned, and informed me that Lieut. Vankerckhoven had come 
 up in the A. I. A., and with him Mr. Werner, his engineer. They 
 soon after came into my hut, and I was right glad to see them ; 
 and miserably ill as I was, it was a source of consolation to know
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 249 
 
 that Ward had reached Bangala safely, and I was delighted to 
 think that M. Vankerckhoven had responded so promptly to the 
 request made of him to bring back the thirty-five men who had 
 been sent with Ward. He brought me a letter from Ward, saying 
 he had got down to Bangala in five days — a marvellous journey 
 this ! The steamer Stanley, which had been at that station, had 
 just left for down river, and he was on the point of starting in 
 canoes, hoping to overtake it at Equator station. All the men 
 came back with the exception of one Soudanese, who died at 
 Bangala. Vankerckhoven had heard no news of Stanley via 
 Zanzibar and Europe, and was ignorant until Ward's arrival that 
 we were still at Yambuya, having supposed that we had started 
 towards Wadelai long ago. On asking him why the State had 
 not sent up a steamer to Stanley Falls with the white officers for 
 that station, he informed me that Captain Vande Velde, who had 
 been sent out from Brussels along with M. Stillmann, had reached 
 Leopoldville, where he had died of fever. M. Stillman had only 
 got as far as Lutete, and had been obliged, owing to illness, to 
 return to the coast. Vankerckhoven had heard that new officers 
 had arrived at Leopoldville, and were expected up on the return 
 trip of the Stanley. I was sorry to hear of so many deaths of old 
 friends down river. Vankerckhoven was most kind to me, and 
 immediately on seeing my condition, had sent down to the steamer 
 for a bottle of brandy, a teaspoonful of which I was able to take 
 diluted with water. I shall never forget as long as I live how 
 much good this tonic did me. This was one of the special things 
 Bonny had ordered for me. And it was from the hands of my old 
 comrade Vankerckhoven that I received the medicine I so much 
 needed. He added afterwards to his gift some other stores. He 
 did not forget Bonny either, and I was rejoiced that my kind ni^rse 
 was now receiving something for his own personal comfort. Werner 
 came in and looked after me, as I was quite unable to do anything 
 for myself; his kindness at this time was fully appreciated. It 
 was a pleasure to see these new faces after having for nearly a 
 year seen only the same people over and over again. It was a 
 relief to have a change after the monotony, and to hear something 
 about what was going on in the outer world. All this brightened 
 me up a little, though I felt completely out of it, unable as I wa,s 
 to do anything. They all dined together, and I could hear them,
 
 250 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 as I lay in my hut, talking merrily over a good dinner, as Van- 
 kerckboven had supplied some acceptable additions to the usual 
 meagre bill of fare. Vankerckhoven, Werner, and Bonny came in 
 again after dinner and chatted to cheer me up. 
 
 Wednesday, May dth. — Cheered by visits from our guests ; feeling 
 a little better. I should have mentioned before that Vankerck- 
 hoven deserves great praise for having come up so promptly with 
 the men left by Ward at Bangala; he certainly should receive 
 some recognition from the Committee for his services. 
 
 Thursday, 3Iay 10th. — I hear that the steamer is going up to 
 Stanley Falls to-morrow, Vankerckhoven having arranged with 
 Salim-bin-Mohammed to take the ivory he has collected here up 
 to that place for him. 
 
 Friday, May 11th. — Vankerckhoven and Werner left in the A. I. A. 
 for the Falls to-day; they are coming back here again. Bonny 
 tells me that Barttelot is very anxious that I should go liome. 
 Bonny informs me that Barttelot wishes him to give me a certi- 
 ficate that I am unfit for further service, adding that if he does 
 so I shall be forced to go whether I like it or not. Barttelot said 
 that in the service when a medical officer in charsfe gave such a 
 certificate it was compulsory for the patient to go. Bonny tells 
 me that if I don't get better before the steamer goes down he 
 will send me back in it. At present he finds there is not much 
 improvement in my condition. I have no desire to go home if I 
 can be of any further serv^iee to the Expedition, even by staying 
 at the Falls to look after the loads. 
 
 Saturday, May 12th. — Bonny informs me that Barttelot is going 
 to the Falls on Monday next. 
 
 Monday, May 14ith. — Barttelot left this morning for the Falls 
 with the idea of waiting there for Jameson's return from Kasongo. 
 Bonny is left in charge of the camp, for I am about the same in 
 health — still stretched out in bed, entirely unable to do anything. 
 
 For the next few days nothing of importance occurred, except 
 the return of the carriers who went with Barttelot, and who 
 brouglit back a letter saying he had heard from Jameson, who 
 was at Kasongo, and mentioning that he had caught the ^./. yl. 
 at YallasuUah, so he was going in her to the Falls. 
 
 Sunday, May 20th. — Bonny tells me that whilst some cf the men 
 were out as usual getting marioc in the distant plantations, they
 
 MR. W BONNY.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY (continued). 251 
 
 were set on by some Manyuemas, who took a knife and cloth away 
 from one of the Zanzibaris, and threatened the others if they took 
 any manioc. Bonny, on hearing this, sent up to Salim-bin-Mo- 
 hamnied to ask him to inquire into the affair. He sent word back 
 to say that he knew nothing of it, and would send out to get 
 the Manyuemas in and ask them about the matter. Later he sent 
 word down that he had got the Manyuema who had taken the 
 knife and cloth and had given him a severe flogging, and now sent 
 him down to Bonny for him to do what he liked with him. Bonny 
 gave him a lecture and sent him back to Salim-bin-Mohammed, 
 thanking him for having so promptly punished the man, and thus 
 saved trouble, as it might have led to a serious palaver. Bonny 
 and I naturally thought that Sahm might have secretly told the 
 Manyuemas to stop our men from getting manioc, as it is becoming 
 very scarce after a year's run on the plantation by so many people 
 — the natives, our men, and the Manyuemas. If this had been the 
 case matters would have assumed a grave character, as a conflict 
 could not have been prevented over the food supply. Happily 
 our fears ware dispelled by Salim doing the right thing. 
 
 Monday, May 21s^. — Bonny has been talking over with me my 
 present critical state of health, and my inability to move ; we also 
 discussed whether I could be of any further service to tlie Expedi- 
 tion by staying here. We weighed the matter calmly over, and 
 he came to the conclusion that it would be best for me to return 
 home, and much as I regret to leave the Expedition, it is clear to 
 my mind that I would only be an incumbrance instead of an 
 assistance in my present condition, so it was agreed that it was 
 best for me to go. Bonny wrote to Barttelot, saying he had 
 advised me to take this step, and enclosed a certificate. I wrote 
 also, saying I agreed under the circumstances. 
 
 The certificate Bonny sent was in the following words — • 
 
 Emin Bey Relief Expedition. 
 
 " Yamhnya Entrenched Camp, 
 
 " Aruioimi Eiver, Central Africa, 
 " imh May, 1888. 
 
 " I have to-day advised Mr. J. Rose Troup to leave this country 
 the first oiDportunity for England. He is suffering from general
 
 252 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 debility, consequent of his long residence on the Congo, and the 
 absence of tonic medicines, &c., while with this Expedition. He is 
 unable to move about, and our camp not being entirely free from 
 danger, he would be better away where he could receive proper 
 treatment. He is now recovering from a second serious illness, in 
 the first of which I despaired of his life. 
 
 (Signed) " WiLLIAM tONNY, 
 
 " In medical charge and commanding jwo tern Yambuya Camp." 
 
 Wednesday, May 23rf?. — Sent over our letters to Barttelot at the 
 Falls. 
 
 During the rest of this week very little of importance hapjieiied. 
 We heard that Jameson and Tippu-Tib had returned from Kasongo 
 with 400 carriers. I have omitted to mention that the death-rate 
 among our men continued very high, and by this time more than 
 100 had died. 
 
 Wednesday, May SOth. — Barttelot returned to-day from Stanley 
 Falls ; Jameson had started with him, but had stayed behind ; will 
 not be in till to-morrow. Bonny tells me that Barttelot has not 
 received the letters we sent to him on the 28rd ; so we made copies, 
 and Bonny gave them, to him. Later on Barttelot sent me a note 
 regarding my going down. 
 
 Thursday, 3fay Slst. — Barttelot and Bonny are busy reducing 
 the loads, because Jameson has agreed with Tippu-Tib that they 
 are to weigh only forty pounds. Bonny has hurt his hand, so can 
 do but little. Jameson returned about midday, and I was right 
 glad to see him. He paid me a visit almost immediately on his 
 arrival, and I was pleased to see him looking so well after his long 
 and tiresome journey. He was sorry to see me reduced to such a 
 pitiful condition, and did his best to cheer me, 
 
 Friday, June \st. — Most of the 400 Manyuemas have arrived, I 
 hear. Muni Soraai, an Arab sheik, is in command of the force. 
 He came in and paid me a visit in company with Salim-bin- 
 Mohammed. He is an enormously big fellow. He and Salim 
 began talking away together, evidently about me. Shortly after 
 they called, Assad Farran, the Soudanese interpreter, came in, 
 having returned with Jameson from Kasongo ; he was also looking 
 very much better for his trip. I can hear a great commotion going
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY (continued). 253 
 
 on outside ; Barttelot and Jameson are very busy with the loads. 
 Bonny is helping all he can, but owing to his hand being still bad, 
 he is unable to do much. The latter came in and paid me a visit, 
 bringing me a small bottle of Madeira, for Barttelot has opened 
 one of the two cases I brought up for Stanley, because he does not 
 intend to carry them up. I had a return of fever, due to all this 
 excitement. 
 
 Satui'day, June 2nd. — I find that my boy Hamesseke is not to 
 go down with me. This is a great inconvenience to me, as I am 
 unable to do anything for myself. 
 
 Sunday, June Srd. — The other officers are working hard, making 
 final arrangements. I feel so much out of it ; it is distressing to 
 be so helpless. 
 
 Monday, June ith. — Bonny came in, and told me that the s.s. 
 Stanley and the A. I. A. were in sight, but could not come up to 
 our landing-place, because there was too little water, so pulled up 
 some little distance below our camp. Our letters were sent ashore. 
 Bonny tells me he asked Barttelot whether he had received any 
 letters from the Committee or any news of Stanley, but he replied 
 in the negative. 
 
 Tuesday, Jtuie oth. — The steamer people came up this morning 
 to see us. I was delighted to find old friends among them, Capt. 
 Vangele, Lieut. Baert, Capt. Shagerstrom, and Deman, and 
 they introduced to me Lieut. Bodson and M. Hencke, all from 
 off the Stanley : Vankerckhoven and Werner of the A. I. A. came 
 up also. They tell me that the A. I. A. was on its way back 
 from the Falls with Tippu-Tib on board, with a good many of his 
 headmen, when it fell in with the s.s. Stanley, and together they 
 came into the camp. Capt. Vangele, Commissaire du Haut Congo, 
 came up in the Stanley to install the officers, MM. Bodson, Baert, and 
 Hencke, at the Falls station, but turned aside to visit Yarnbuya. 
 Later on I had a call from Tippu-Tib, who came in with his 
 interpreter, Salim Masude, and through him expressed his regret 
 at seeing me ?o prostrated. Capt. Shagerstrom after a while 
 appeared on the scene again, bringing two small boxes, with a 
 letter sent to me by an old friend, Olsen, and for their contents 
 I was very grateful. 
 
 Captain Vangele was anxious to push on to Stanley Falls with 
 the officers for that station, but Barttelot pressed him to remain a
 
 254 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 few days, ?o that lie might be present at the signing of the agree- 
 ment with Tippu-Tib ; and also that he might take the surplus 
 loads down to Bangala, which Captain Vangele told me Barttelot 
 intended to send to that place. 
 
 Wednesday, June 6th. — I received eight bottles of Madeira from 
 "Barttelot, for my journey down, out of the case of Stanley's, 
 which he has opened. He also sent me my directions for 
 going down river, and gave me papers necessary to secure my 
 passage home. From Captain Vangele I received every assur- 
 ance that my comfort on board the Stanley would be carefully 
 attended to. 
 
 Thursday, June ^th. — Tippu-Tib, I hear, to-day signed the agree- 
 ment about the four hundred men he was to supply; it was 
 witnessed by Capt. Yangele on behalf of the State. I believe 
 this took place at Salim's house, where Tippu-Tib has his 
 quarters. 
 
 Friday, June 8th. — A big palaver between Tippu-Tib and 
 Barttelot over the weight of loads. They were weighed in front 
 of Tippu-Tib, who found some of them exceeded forty pounds, so 
 he remonstrated with Barttelot", saying his men would not carry 
 them. I was told this by Eonny and the State officers who were 
 present. Shortly after I heard a most tremendous commotion 
 outside, the well-known shrieks and yells of the Manyuemas, with 
 the rushing sound of a stampede of men. The white men who 
 were with me hurried out, and I sent my boy Hamesseke to 
 see what was the matter. He returned after a time, and from 
 what I could tjather there had been a bis^ row, which he described 
 in broken English, helped out with Swahili, and most graphic 
 gestures. He said, " Major, he make big palaver with Tippu-Tib. 
 Manyuemas say loads too big, not fit to carry." He added that 
 Tippu-Tib was very angry, and he heard Tippu-Tib had said, " If 
 Major j??'^^ [strike] Manyuema, Manyuema he piga hunduici [strike 
 gun — that is, shoot him]. The loads had to be reduced in accord- 
 ance with Tippu-Tib's demands. Later in the afternoon I was 
 carried down in a hammock ; Bonny kindly superintended all the 
 arrangements for me. I was lifted off my bed into the hammock, 
 and saw daylight again for the first time for over six weeks. 
 Bonny had some picked men to carry me, and he accompanied 
 them, instructing them how to take me down the steep path.
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY {continued). 255 
 
 They managed well, but I was thankful to reach the end, and 
 have the hammock, with me in it, laid in the bottom of the 
 whale-boat. At the landing-place I parted with Bonny, who had 
 down to the very last moment attended me like a brother. I 
 cannot dwell further on this scene, my wretched state and the 
 forebodings of disaster completely unmanned me. Some of my 
 old Zanzibaris came down and kissed my hands, and so did some 
 of the Soudanese. I was soon afterwanis rowed to the Stanley, 
 and when we got alongside there was considerable difficulty in 
 getting me hoisted on board in my hammock, and lifted to the 
 upper deck, where quarters had been thoughtfully provided for me 
 by Captain Vangele in the pilot-house. My boy Hamesseke is to 
 accompany me, for which I am thankful. We are to start for 
 Stanley Falls early to-morrow morning, with two of the State 
 officials for that place. The A. I. A. with M. Vankerckhoven 
 leaves at the same time. M. Baert, who has been appointed 
 secretary to Tippu-Tib, is to remain behind at Yambuya Camp 
 with Tippu-Tib, until Major Barttelot's caravan starts, and will 
 return with Tippu-Tib overland to Yangambi, purposing to go 
 on from thence by canoes to the Falls. 
 
 [I should here mention that my diary during this last week, on 
 account of my illness, is very sketchy, with rough notes added from 
 time to time while on my voyage down river, and I have been 
 obliged to compile the above entries from these in order to give the 
 sequence of events.] 
 
 It was from Captain Vangele that I first heard of the loads 
 being sent to Bangala, I was not njade aware even how many 
 loads there were, or of what they were composed. Whatever they 
 were, they were piven to Captain Shagerstrom, who received from 
 ^lajor Barttelot full instructions concerning them, as he afterwards 
 told me. I was far too ill to have the care of these business matters. 
 
 We left Yambuya in the Stanley, on June 0th, and reached the 
 Falls on the 15th. I had bad attacks of fever during nearly the 
 whole voyage. We spent two days at Stanley Falls; and as Tippu- 
 Tib with Lieutenant Baert had not then arrived, Captain Vangele 
 decided he could wait no longer, so he left MM. Bodson and 
 Hencke at Stanley Falls, arranging with M. Vankerckhoven, who 
 was staying behind in the A. I. A., to settle matters for them Avitli 
 Tippu-Tib as regarded the site of the station, &c. &c.
 
 256 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 We left Stanley Falls on the morning of tlie IStli, ai)d about 
 one o'clock, as we were going down the Congo, we met the Dutch 
 House trading-steamer, the Holland, coming up. When we got 
 within hail we found that slie had Tippu-Tib and his secretary on 
 board, having picked them up on their way in canoes from Yan- 
 gambi. M. Greshoff of the Dutch Hovise, Tippu-Tib, and Lieu- 
 tenant Baert came over to the Stanley. I was glad to see my 
 old friend Gresholf again, and the first question I asked him was 
 whether he had any news of Stanley, thinking it might have 
 come round by the East Coast, but he had heard nothing of him. 
 Tippu-Tib came in to see me as I lay in the little saloon, for I had 
 been transferred from the upper deck, as it was too cold for me 
 there. Through his interpreter he intimated that he wished to 
 speak with me. He said that the contract made at Stanley Falls 
 was to the effect that the loads should not exceed forty pounds, 
 but this agreement had not been kept, he asserted. When he 
 objected, Major Barttelot accused him of breaking faith with the 
 Expedition. He was surprised at this, as he (Tippu-Tib) was only 
 asking that the contract should be kept. He added excitedly, 
 " You are ffoincr home to the big white men, ask them if I have 
 ever broken faith ; ask Boula Matadi (Stanley) ; ask Cameron, ask 
 Wissma^m; and hear what they will say." He went on to inform 
 me that had he known at the Falls when he arrived with the men 
 from Kasongo, the facts that he had since heard from Salim-bin- 
 Mohammed, when he met him at Yambuya, he would not have 
 given us the men, and he now regretted very much that he had 
 done so. He says he had great difficulty in getting the men to 
 go at all, as the Manyuemas who had been round our camp for 
 months had spread evil reports all over the country. 
 
 [This is the essence of what I took down of his conversation 
 immediately after, as I felt that this was a most important state- 
 ment. It is hard to decipher all that I wrote, as I was so very 
 weak at the time.] 
 
 The man fairly shook with rage, and I was very glad when this 
 most painful interview was ended. Lieutenant Baert came in to 
 see me just afterwards, and told me that Barttelot, Jameson, and 
 Bonny got away with the men on Tuesday, June 12th. Soon after 
 I bid good-bye to Baert, Greshoff, and Tippu-Tib, and we went on 
 our way down river. In my diary I wrote, " I am feeling a little
 
 EXTRACTS FROM DIARY (continued). 257 
 
 better, but am so weak." But Vangele very kindly bad obtained 
 a case of champagne, which was coming up on the Holland, and 
 gave me from it all that I wished, bringing it in as a medicine to 
 me whenever he thought I needed it. No doubt this was in a 
 great measure the means of restoring me to better health, for this 
 is one of the best remedies that can be given to those suffering 
 from intense prostration after fever. Whilst talking of Captain 
 Vangele, T wish to say that I look back with extreme pleasure and 
 thankfulness to all the careful attention he paid me throughout 
 the time I was in his company.
 
 CHAPTER XVL 
 
 tippu-tib's conduct. 
 
 During my absence at the Lomami, it will be seen, a 
 serious dispute had arisen between Major Barttelot and 
 Salim-bin-Mohammed. It was caused by a very small 
 matter, but the patience of the Arabs had been severely 
 tried for a long time, and when the palaver began, the 
 small question soon dropped out of sight, and the matter 
 became very serious. A little later, while he was away 
 at the Falls, still another palaver took place with Salim- 
 bin-Mohammed over our men being attacked by the 
 Manyuemas in the manioc fields. This was a more serious 
 ground for a quarrel, yet Bonny was able to smooth 
 matters over satisfactorily without much difficulty, though 
 we felt that after the recent occurrences there was much 
 danger in any petty dispute. 
 
 Two of the officers were absent. I was far too ill to be 
 of the least assistance in case of trouble. The only two 
 wdiite men remaining to keep matters straight in camp 
 were Barttelot and Bonny. Our garrison was now reduced 
 to not much more than a hundred men (for thirty-five 
 were away with Ward), and few of these remaining were 
 able-bodied men. So it cannot be denied that we did not
 
 TIPPU-TIB.
 
 TIPPU-TIB AND BARTTELOT. 259 
 
 hold an unassailable position in what might be considered 
 an enemy's country. 
 
 Jameson, by his visit to Kasongo, no doubt did much 
 to influence Tippu-Tib to make more haste to get the 
 promised men. Jameson and Tippu-Tib were on friendly 
 terms, and the former never seemed to fully believe that 
 Tippu-Tib was treacherous. We had missed the com- 
 panionship of Jameson much. He was always to the 
 front when anything was going on, ready for work, and 
 most cheerful. 
 
 When Barttelot went to the Falls for the purpose of 
 waiting there for Jameson, he left Bonny in sole charge of 
 the camp, for I was not able to lift my hand. 
 
 Captain Vangele gave me a detailed description of the 
 events that took place shortly after Ti|)pu-Tib's arrival. 
 It should be borne in mind that an aojreement had been 
 made with the Arab chief that the loads should not weigh 
 more than forty pounds. This was a slight modification 
 of the suggestion that Barttelot had months previous 
 made in my presence, that in order to induce the men to 
 serve us, he proposed to reduce the loads by one-half, I 
 had strongly urged that this should not be done, for 
 though it might persuade the men to come, I knew from 
 former experience that when any one once began to 
 reduce a load for a carrier, the man would never be 
 satisfied however much was taken ofl", and the question 
 invariably caused a dispute. But Barttelot having now 
 agreed that the loads should weigh no more than forty 
 pounds, would have been wise to have been extremely 
 carefid to reduce them uniformly to that weight even at 
 the greatest trouble. It was upon this subject that the
 
 2GD STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 dispute arose. Tippu-Til), surrounded by all his slieiks, 
 and in the presence of Jameson, Bonny, and the State 
 officers, made his objections known. According to Van- 
 gele's description, Barttelot was exceedingly angry with 
 Tippu-Tib. When the Arabs understood it there was a 
 tremendous row. The sheiks rose in wrath ; their great 
 chief had been insulted in their presence, before the white 
 men ; they shouted, yelled, and danced about, and their 
 cries were echoed by the 400 Manyuemas outside the 
 camp. They demanded that instant justice shoidd be 
 done. Captain Yangele understood Swahili, and in the 
 midst of all this excitement he overheard Tippu-Tib call 
 out to the interpreter, " Don't translate what they say," — 
 for tlie sheiks were thoroughly roused, and were using 
 terribly threatening language. Tippu-Tib did his best to 
 pacify his follow^ers ; but at one time, in Yangele's opinion, 
 matters had arrived at such a crisis that it only required 
 the accidental discharge of a gun to have brought on a 
 general fight. The Manyuemas would have rushed in, 
 and no doubt not a single white man w^ould have escaped ; 
 for in their terrible wrath nothing, not even Tippu-Tib 
 and all his sheiks combined, could have stopped them. It 
 w^as a miraculous escape, and there is little doubt that had 
 not the State officers and the steamers been at hand, the 
 consequences might have been serious. 
 
 Barttelot had long before this been warned that his life 
 was in danger. I had myself pointed this out to him, 
 and more than once had told him that he ought never 
 to venture out alone in the bush, as there was great risk 
 of his being attacked, and it is my belief that he knew 
 the truth of this. I told him also that I had heard
 
 BARTTELOT'S LIFE THREATENED, 261 
 
 rumours of threats upon his life. When my boy repeated 
 to me at this time the report that Tippu-Tib had told 
 the Manyuemas that if they were struck by the Major 
 they were to shoot him, I could not place much depend- 
 ence on his statement, but I thought it right to repeat it 
 to Jameson and Bonny, as well as to the Belgian officers, 
 and probably they told Barttelot of it. I have not the least 
 doubt that he was well aware when he started that he was 
 taking his life in his hands ; and it is exceedingly doubt- 
 ful whether any further warning would have been of use. 
 
 As to Tippu-Tib being accused of treachery, taken in 
 the light of all the events that are now known, it is 
 totally absurd. Had he been treacherous, what would 
 have prevented him from making an end to our branch 
 of the Expedition ? Why had he not instructed his men 
 to attack us ? Why had he not told them long before, 
 that whenever the next palaver arose they should make 
 an end of it by discharging a gun ? Or why did he not 
 tell them to pick us off one by one as if by accident when 
 alone in the bush ? True, he had promised Stanley that 
 he would supply us with six hundred men, but that was 
 with the understanding that a steamer with his loads, 
 Salim's woman, and the white officers should come at once 
 to the Falls. This had not been done. Why should he 
 keep his part of the promise until the white man had 
 proved his faith ? And why should he show any prompt- 
 ness in keeping his promises ? 
 
 As to the wild stories of Salim-bin-Mohammed's in- 
 tention to destroy our camp and obtain the much-coveted 
 ammunition, that is sim23ly answered by a query, Why 
 under the sun did he not do it ? What was to prevent
 
 262 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 liim ? If he had all along been desirous of attacking us, 
 why had he not done so ? There must have been some 
 reason why his wrath should have been specially roused 
 just now, or otherwise why did he wait until this time 
 to threaten us, when he knew that Ward had gone down 
 the river to warn the white men of our danger, and that 
 the steamers would be with us shortly, bringing he knew 
 not how many armed Houssas ? Why should he have 
 waited all this time ? Why did he not either declare war 
 and lead an attack upon our ill-defended camp, surrounded 
 as it was by notliing stronger than a fence of saplings, 
 garrisoned almost entirely by men of his own religion, 
 whom he could easily have bribed either to betray us, or 
 to desert, or to attack us ? Or had he preferred less warlike 
 means of ending us and obtaining the stores, why did he 
 not encircle us with a cordon of hostile Arabs and cut 
 us off from all food supplies ? He could have speedily 
 reduced us by starvation, and there would have been no 
 safe way of escape from our terrible position. Had Salim- 
 bin-Mohammed or Tippu-Tib been treacherous, our lives 
 were not worth a day's purchase. Yet up to the last 
 moment of our stay in camp they showed no real sign 
 of treachery. They supplied us, after a long time to be 
 sure, with 400 men, and had kept the letter of the agree- 
 ment made by Barttelot, which modified Stanley's original 
 instructions. Were they then treacherous because, when 
 they thought their chief was insulted, they rose in their 
 wrath and made threatening speeches and signs ? Were 
 they then treacherous because they agreed to allow one 
 of their sheiks. Muni Somai, to go with Barttelot to keep 
 the Manyuemas in order ? It is not at all clear to my
 
 TIPPU-TIB NOT FAIRLY TREATED. 263 
 
 mind where their treachery comes in ; and as far as I can 
 see, Tippu-Tib exercised great control over his followers 
 under most trying circumstances. It should not be for- 
 gotten that the delay which loolced like treachery was, 
 probably, largely due to Tippu-Tib's difficulty in getting 
 his followers to act as our porters. These Manyuemas are 
 wild and undisciplined, never being trained to carry loads. 
 I ought here to mention that the anxiously-awaited 
 steamer did not bring Tippu-Tib's loads or Salim-bin- 
 Mohammed's woman. All the loads of Tippu-Tib's that 
 were entered in the list sent me by Stanley's order were 
 all right ; every one of tliese passed through my hands 
 and reached Leopoldville, and were taken up by Stanley 
 from that point. The missing loads I had nothing to do 
 with, and heard nothing of them until I arrived in camp. 
 
 When the steamer Stanley left the camp, Major Barttelot 
 entrusted to Captain Shagerstrom a letter to Ward, 
 instructing him to stop at Bangala with the loads which 
 were being sent down there. It was antici]3ated that 
 we should meet Ward on his w^ay up with the reply 
 to Barttelot's cablegram to the Committee ; but he was 
 to be stopped at Bangala to take care of the surplus 
 loads. It should be remembered that there would naturally 
 be more than enough loads for the four hundred 
 Manyuemas to carry, as the number of surplus loads was 
 increased by those made up of what was taken out in 
 order to reduce each of the four hundred loads by one- 
 third. Among the articles sent down was, we now hear, 
 Mr. Stanley's own personal kit ! ^ It must also be borne 
 
 1 There were twelve loads, he tells us, of his private baggage left at 
 Yambuya, and I have heard that all these were not sent to Bangala.
 
 264 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 in mind that these loads were all sent down here entirely 
 upon Major Barttelot's own responsibility ; I have reason 
 to believe that he considered they would be unsafe at 
 Stanley Falls, as he had heard a rumour that, owing to 
 (lifiBculties between Tippu-Tib and one of the State officers, 
 the Arabs threatened to raid the country down to the 
 vicinity of Bangala, and he wished therefore to send the 
 loads beyond their reach. 
 
 I was surprised to find that the State officers were so 
 well informed concerning the condition of affiurs at 
 Yambuya ; the information they had received did not 
 come from me — in fact, they were able to tell me a 
 great deal I had not known before, because, owing to 
 my serious illness during the last six weeks of my stay 
 in camjD, I was not in touch with all that occurred ; but 
 it should be remembered that they had heard much while 
 at Yambuya, and as Tippu-Tib had come round from 
 Stanley Falls with Vankerckhoven, he had been able to 
 tell his version of the course of events, and had described 
 fully his position as regarded Major Barttelot. Moreover, 
 Assad Farran, I found, was very ready to tell his views 
 of the case, and being an interj^reter, he had obtained 
 a large amount of information. He talked much with 
 the Belo^ian officers, tellincj them manv circumstances of 
 which I was totally ignorant. They questioned me on 
 several points, but I could not and would not give them 
 any satisfaction, saying I knew nothing about them, and 
 would not express my opinion on the probability of their 
 truth.
 
 CHAPTER XVJI. 
 
 DOWN THE CONGO AND HOME. 
 
 On board the Stanley was Assad Farran, the Soudanese 
 interpreter, and another Soudanese bek)nging to the 
 Expedition, They were both incapacitated for further 
 service. Tlie former had bad ulcers on his feet that pre- 
 vented him from walkins^, and the other was sufferinsf 
 from a diseased ankle, so it was impossible for either of 
 these to oo on with the column. 
 
 We continued our voyage down river but slowly, owing 
 to our not having many men on board to cut wood for 
 fueL I had fever nearly every day, but though gradually 
 improving little by little, I was still extremely weak. We 
 reached Bangala on June 29th, where Captain Shagerstrom 
 told me he left about 150 Expedition loads. I was told 
 by them of the death of my old friend Deane. This fact 
 had not been mentioned to me before, as no doubt they 
 were afraid that I was too weak to hear such sad news. 
 Poor Deane, the hero of Stanley Falls, had returned to 
 the Congo for elephant shooting in company with Captain 
 Bailey. He had escaped from dangers marvellously here- 
 tofore, but he had now been killed by a wounded elephant
 
 266 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 that turned on him when he was unable to defend himself, 
 owing to being insufficiently armed. From the particulars 
 I heard of his death it must have been a painful one. We 
 left Bangala on July 1st. I was feeling much better for 
 the change and the kind attention that had been shown 
 me by the Belgian State officers. We stopped the next 
 day for a few hours at the Dutch House station, at the 
 mouth of the Loulongo, picking up the agent there, wdio 
 went w^ith us down to the Equator station, which we. 
 reached that night about sunset. We found here Mr. 
 Glave and M. Boulanger, of the Sandford Exploring 
 Association. On Tuesday, July 3rd, we left the Equator 
 station, and about four o'clock in the afternoon we met 
 the small State steamer En Avcuit coming up. Captain 
 Shagerstrom had been on the look-out, as we were anxious 
 to see Ward, whom we naturally expected to find on the 
 first State steamer we met. Both steamers pulled up at 
 the shore for the night, as we knew that here we could get 
 a good supply of wood. Ward was, as we had anticipated, 
 on the En Avant, and soon came on board the Stanley/. 
 He was, needless to say, much surprised at seeing me, and 
 imagined at first that some great disaster had happened. 
 After I had somewhat satisfied his anxious inquiries, my 
 first question was whether he had heard at the coast any 
 news of Stanley. When I got over the excitement of 
 meeting him, he gave me an account of his recent journey. 
 It will be remembered that I saw him ofi" at the Lomami 
 on his canoe voyage on April 3rd, and he was at Bangala 
 five days later, viz. April 8th. He went on in canoes to 
 the Equator station, where he overtook the s.s. Stanley, 
 and going on in her he had reached Leopoldville on Stanley
 
 DOWN THE CONGO AND HOME. 267 
 
 Pool on April 15tli, From there his journey was overland 
 through the cataract region to Matadi, and then by steamer 
 to Banana, at the mouth of the Congo, at which place he 
 arrived on April 29th, in time to catch the Portuguese 
 mail for St. Paul de Loanda. He had occupied only 
 twenty-six days for this journey from Lomami, or twenty- 
 nine days from Yambuya to the coast, a good 1300 miles 
 — a wonderfully rapid journey. He was obliged to wait 
 at St. Paul de Loanda five days for the arrival of the reply 
 to his telegram. I gathered that the substance of this was 
 that Stanley's instructions should be carried out, and that 
 Major Barttelot was to engage no fighting men. 1 learne(1, 
 too, that the latest news received from Emin was under 
 date of November 24th, 1887; that Stanley had not joined 
 him then. Emin was going out to meet him, but said that 
 the road he (Stanley) had taken was almost impassable — 
 any amount of swamps, streams, floating vegetation, &c. 
 This is exactly the answer we had anticipated. As regards 
 the road Stanley took, it seems that the information given 
 us by the deserters was not incorrect. I long ago surmised 
 that he had met with great difficulties. 
 
 Ward was handed, by Captain Shagerstrom, the note 
 from Major Barttelot, and he was much disappointed to 
 learn from it that he was on no account to go further than 
 Bangala, and was to look after the loads there, placing 
 himself under the chief of that station. It w^as a terrible 
 blow to him, after all that he had recently undergone in 
 his rapid journey to and from the coast, not losing a 
 moment's time, travelling night and day for three months, 
 to be told that his exertions were all in vain, and that he 
 must give up all idea of following the Expedition.
 
 268 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 I was much delio-hted to receive from Ward a budg^et of 
 letters, full of kind messages from hosts of old friends, 
 State oificers, missionaries, and numerous people connected 
 with the trading firms. Many of them sent me gifts, 
 including medical comforts, such as champagne, &c. The 
 missionaries had made extraordinary exertions in behalf of 
 all the members of the Eear-guard, on hearing from Ward 
 on his way down of the great straits we had been put to 
 for food. Mr. Ingham, Mr. Hoste, and others had prepared 
 several cases of provisions, medicines, and medical comforts 
 from their private stores, which were ready for Ward to 
 carry on his return up river. Mr. Casement, of the Sand- 
 ford Exploring Association, had kindly himself accompanied 
 the carriers with these loads from Lutete to Leopoldville. 
 But now all these would be left with Ward at Bangala. 
 
 On board the En Avant beside Ward was M. Hanneuse, 
 who was on his way up to take over the charge of the new 
 State station at Stanley Falls, along with tw^o other officers, 
 MM. Danen and Miiller for Bangala station. Ward sat 
 beside me late into the nig-ht talkingj over all the 
 affiiirs of the Expedition, &c. The excitement kept me 
 up, but I felt thoroughly tired out later on. We parted 
 company the next morning, the Stanley resuming her 
 journey down river, while the En Avant went up to 
 Bangala and the Falls. I left poor Ward very dejected 
 over his hard fate, and I felt much the parting with the 
 last comrade of our ill-starred portion of the Expedition. 
 
 We proceeded slowly down the Congo. I felt compara- 
 tively better ; the peace and quiet of the steamer, and the 
 nourishing food and medicines which I was now able to 
 obtain, no doubt did much to improve my condition.
 
 DOWN THE CONGO AND HOME. 269 
 
 AVe readied Kiiicliassa, ou Stanley Pool, on July 11th. 
 At this place was my old friend Major Parminter, who 
 had left the State service and joined the Sandford Explor- 
 ing Association, and also Mr. Swinburne. They, too, were 
 much surprised to see me, and to find me so reduced in 
 health and strength. They insisted on my staying with 
 them, and I was only too glad to accept their invitation. 
 Captain Vangele, who was on his way home to Europe, 
 went in the Stanleij to Leopoldville, taking with him Assad 
 Farran and the other Soudanese who had been placed 
 under his charge ; they had not been in any way placed 
 under my orders, as it was generally supposed that I 
 could not survive to reach the coast. Major Parminter, on 
 the very day of my arrival, sent for Dr. Sims, who was at 
 Leopoldville, asking him to come over to see me, which he 
 did at once, giving me a thorough medical examination, 
 prescribing for me, and urging me to go home without 
 delay. I was told of numerous additions to the sad death- 
 roll, which had increased to such an extent while I was 
 away at Yambuya. Among those who had gone was Mr. 
 T. Comber, one of the pioneer missionaries on the Congo, 
 and who was much beloved by all those who knew him, 
 and was admired for the good work he had done. He had 
 been for many years connected with the English Baptist 
 Mission. Messrs. Darling and Biggs, of the same mission, 
 had also gone, as well as the wife of Mr. Harvey, of the 
 American Baptist Mission Union. The Sandford Exploring 
 Association had lost Baron von Kothkirch, and the State 
 several of their ofiicers. The news of the deaths of so 
 many friends and acquaintances was very depressing 
 to me in my present condition. However, there w^ere a
 
 270 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 number of familiar faces among the missionaries left ; for 
 instance, Mr. Grenfell, of the English Mission, who is well 
 known not only as a missionary, but for the explorations 
 he has made on the Upper Congo. He was a very highly 
 esteemed friend of mine, and during my stay at Kinchassa 
 he, with some other missionaries, called on me. 
 
 I spent nearly ten days very pleasantly among my 
 friends at Kinchassa, where I was the guest of Major 
 Parminter. All continued to do everything they could 
 for my comfort, and every arrangement for my transport 
 through the cataract region to Matadi was kindly made. 
 Carriers were constantly coming in from Manyanga, and 
 they generally returned laden with ivory. There always 
 w^as some difficulty in getting these men to act as hammock 
 carriers. However, one caravan that came in contained a 
 number of men who had served under me when I was 
 some years before at Leopoldville, and on Major Parminter 
 asking them if they would carry me down, pointing me 
 out as I w^as on the verandah, there w'as some hesitation 
 among them ; but when I spoke to them, calling one or 
 two by name, they recognized me and consented willingly, 
 so I selected eight of them and prepared to leave next day. 
 We made an early start on July 20th, after saying good- 
 bye to my good friends Parminter and Swinburne, the 
 former up to the last moment impressing on my carriers 
 how ill 1 was, and how much care they must take of me. 
 I made a short stop at Leopoldville, to call on M. Liebrechts 
 and the missionaries, but soon got away on the road to 
 Lutete. I learned that Captain Vangfele had started dow^n 
 country some days previous, taking with him Assad Farran, 
 but the other Soudanese was too ill to go on. My carriers
 
 DOWN THE CONGO AND HOME. 271 
 
 went well, considering that they were not all accustomed to 
 this sort of work ; but all went well, and we got into 
 Lutete on July 24th, where I found M. Dannfeld and 
 Olsen, the "sonny boy/' I was delighted to see both 
 of them, and personally thanked the latter for the 
 thoughtful gifts he had sent up to the camp in the 
 StanJeij. I rested here for two days. I found Assad 
 Farran had been left behind at this place by Captain- 
 Vangele, owing to the great difficulty he had in walking. 
 Messrs. Davies and Blade, of the English Baptist Mission, 
 came in to see me while at Lutete. I left on the 26th, 
 feeling much benefited by the rest, for though my 
 carriers were doing their best, travelling in my present 
 condition was exceedingly fatiguing. I arrived at Ma- 
 nyanga that same afternoon, where Mr. Alfred Parminter, 
 of the Sandford Exploring Association, was expecting me. 
 At this place I had to get fresh carriers for the rest of my 
 journey, and I remained here until August 3rd. During 
 all this time I was well looked after by my kind friend, 
 who did his best for my comfort. 
 
 At last I was able to get new carriers, Manyanga boys, 
 among whom were a number of familiar faces, as I had, 
 as I have said, spent some time in these parts. They 
 carried me quite as well as my former ones, though the 
 road in this district is much worse ; but I found hammock- 
 travelling dreary work, and if I could only have walked 
 I should have much preferred it. These Manyanga boys 
 were an amusing lot, and tired as I was, I could not help 
 enjoying their jolly hadhiacje. My hammock was slung 
 on a pole between two men, who carried it by resting the 
 ends either on their shoulders or head, by a given word-
 
 272 STANLEY'S REAR COLL'MX. 
 
 sijxnal sliiftino; it from shoulder to head, or head to shoulder 
 as the case might be, trudging along at a good pace ; the 
 other six carriers would take their turn two by two in 
 rotation, each pair carrying me a certain distance agreed 
 on between themselves. On arriving at this point the 
 chances were that the next pair would have lagged behind, 
 and the shouts and cries of my men were very amusing 
 as they stood shifting the carrying-pole, impatiently wait- 
 ing for their comrades. " Ho, Malanga ! " they would 
 shout in stentorian tones. But Malanga, or whatever his 
 name chanced to be, would not be forthcoming for some 
 little time ; but when he and his companions did arrive 
 there arose a terrible hubbub, the old carriers reproving 
 them for their delay. 
 
 Meanwhile I lay perfectly helpless, but laughing in 
 spite of myself at the w^ay they joked and teased each 
 other, till the new lot grasped the pole and started off at 
 express speed, till 1 wished they would stop a bit, as the 
 shakings was almost too much for me. These would arrive 
 as usual before their successors, and the same scene would 
 be enacted, perhaps this time with a long conversation 
 between Malanga and myself. As he could speak no 
 English, and I could only just make out his language, it 
 was very exciting. I usually discovered that he was 
 proudly calling my attention to the skill and rapidity 
 that he and his companion had displayed, and was begging 
 me to give them each an extra lot of handkerchiefs by 
 'way of reward. All this was urged most solemnly, with 
 a twinkle in the eye and a smile creeping about the corner 
 of his mouth, which when 1 shook my head and laughingly 
 said, "No, no, go 'long, you Bushman!" would increase
 
 DOWN THE CONGO AND HOME. 273 
 
 to uproarious laughter at the joke, in which all his com- 
 rades would join. The humour of it all would strike me, 
 and I could not help the infection, and often felt refreshed 
 by their lively ways on my wearisome journey. At night 
 we would all camp together by the side of some little 
 stream, where the kettle would speedily be boiling, and 
 if I did not take care I would find they had all drawn in 
 close to my tent in almost too cosy a fashion. 
 
 So ^ve went on our way to Matadi. M. Vankerckhoven, 
 who had come down behind me in the A. I. A., overtook 
 me on the road. At Matadi I had to wait until the little 
 steamer arrived from Boma some days later. I was glad 
 enough to have a rest, as the daily travelling had been 
 more than tiring. On August 14th the steamer arrived, 
 and I went on that night to Boma, whore I found quite 
 a gathering of old friends. Captain Yangele had arrived 
 before me, and had had prepared very comfortable 
 quarters for my two days' stay. My strength was 
 maintained, but I felt the fatigue of the journey very 
 much. 
 
 I went on to Banana in time to catch the homeward 
 bound Portuguese mail-steamer on August 17th. Here 
 I saw again my kind friend Ingham, who had come 
 down to see his wife off to Europe. She was to be a 
 fellow-passenger of mine, and Captain Vangele was also 
 returning in the same steamer. We had a good passage 
 to Lisbon, arriving there on September 12th. At this 
 port Captain Vangele and I disembarked, but Assad 
 Farran, who was on board, remaining on her, went on 
 to Hull. I felt that it was most important that I should 
 make my way as rapidly as possible to England ; and ill
 
 274 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 as I was I undertook the ftitiguing overland joiiruey. 
 I had telegraphed to the Emin Pasha Relief Committee 
 on my arrival at Lisbon, and then took the express that 
 same evening for Paris, travelling niglit and day, arriving 
 there on the morning of the 14th. Here I had to part 
 company with Captain Vaugele, who had throughout the 
 long journey from Yambuya in Central Africa till my 
 arrival in the French capital paid the greatest personal 
 attention to my comfort, assisting me in every way in 
 his power down to the very last moment. I owed much 
 to his kindness as 1 had been sufferino; from fever all 
 the way on my overland journey; but here our ways 
 divided, he o-oino- to Brussels, while I went on to En2;land. 
 He had proved a true " friend in need " to me. On 
 reaching Paris we at once drove together across the city 
 from one station to the other, and I took the tidal train to 
 Calais, crossing to Dover, and at last, after more than 
 eighteen months' absence, found myself again in old 
 England. On the passage over I bought the first English 
 paper I had seen for many a day. On opening it the first 
 thing that caught my eye was the heading of the telegram 
 announcing the murder of Major Barttelot. Though I 
 had feared such an event, it was a terible shock to me to 
 read the fact in print, and I was completely stunned. It 
 was too terrible, alas ! to think of it now that it had really 
 happened. The long anticipation of it had not after all 
 prepared me for it ; it was so sad to think that a young 
 life had been lost in such a way in Africa, when there 
 was really no necessity for it. Another life had been 
 sacrificed in that country, and the relief of Emin Pasha 
 was again delayed.
 
 DOWN THE CONGO AND HOME. 275 
 
 I was exceedingly tliankful to find my brother waiting 
 for me on the pier at Dover. Had he not met me I do 
 not know how I should have managed to reach London. 
 I sufi'ered severely all the w^ny up, and when I reached 
 Charing Cross Hotel, I was right glad to have ended my 
 journey, as I had an attack of raging fever, from which in 
 my excited state it w^as hard for me to rally. 
 
 I was somewhat surprised that I neither saw nor heard 
 from any member of the Committee for two or three days, 
 although I had kept them fully informed of my move- 
 ments by telegraph. But at last the Hon. Secretary paid 
 me a visit, and I informed him that I was ready to place 
 myself in the hands of the Committee, and was prepared 
 to make my report to them. The next day I called upon 
 him, and in the presence of a shorthand waiter, I made a 
 report concerning tlie events at Yambuya Camp. This I 
 was told was to be laid before the Committee, and I was 
 ojiven to understand that when the next meetino- was held 
 I should be asked to be present and give them full 
 particulars, but I never received any notification or official 
 communication from them.
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 
 
 Some suggestion of the course of events after my return 
 is given in the preface to this volume ; but, aside from my 
 personal experience, I would briefly state that on August 
 17th, 1888, the very day I left the mouth of the Congo, 
 Mr. Jameson died in Mr. Ward's arms, and Mr. Stanley 
 rejoined the wreck of the Rear Column at Bonalya. From 
 that place our leader wrote letters, in which he condemned 
 the officers he had left at Yambuya, on the hurriedly-told 
 report of Mr. Bonny ; and these letters on their arrival in 
 England, the following April, were published by the 
 Committee. Meanwhile Mr. Stanley had again vanished 
 into the forest, leaving the public a prey to the many and 
 varying rumours that were circulated from time to time 
 during the ensuing year. 
 
 It was not until November, 1889, that authentic news of 
 his approach to the East Coast was made known. Before 
 that mouth had ended numerous letters of his were printed 
 in the newspapers, in which he repeated his ungenerous 
 attacks upon the Rear Column, without awaiting fuller 
 information concerning it. Early in December he and his 
 comrades arrived at Zanzibar. As soon as I heard that
 
 'CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 277 
 
 he had reached the coast, I wrote him a long letter, in 
 which I gave him a report of what had occurred at 
 Yambuya during his absence. I forwarded one copy to 
 the rare of the Consul at Zanzibar, and another to Sir E. 
 Baring's care at Cairo. 
 
 It had happened as I had foreseen, viz., not being in 
 possession of all the facts, Mr. Stanley had drawn wrong 
 inferences, made incorrect surmises, and given the world 
 an inaccurate idea of the course of events at Yambuya. 
 But he had surpassed my expectations of him by publicly 
 condemning, on insufficient data, the officers who had 
 served him faithfully. Although I did not really antici- 
 pate that wdiat I wTote would cause him to retract the 
 misstatements he had publicly made, yet I felt it was my 
 duty to present to him, fairly and fully, the true facts, 
 that, in case he should jepeat his errors, he should not 
 do so in ignorance. For this reason, and to report to him 
 as my commanding officer, I wrote the following letters, 
 in which I o-ave him information such as I thousfht should 
 be made known to him personally ; but some of it I do not 
 think necessary to publish at length here, for, as I before 
 suggested, it is not obligatory upon me to burden the 
 public with a detailed account of private affairs, or full 
 particulars of my own opinions. 
 
 To H. M. Stanley, Esq., Cairo, 
 
 ''4th December, 1889. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 " I have been looking forward with confidence for some time 
 to receive news of your arrival on the East Coast, for I felt sure 
 with your experience in Africa you would emerge from the Dark 
 Continent, even though your appearance Avas so long delayed that
 
 278 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 it gave us all cause for grave anxiety. It was, tlierefore, a great 
 relief, tliough not wholly a surprise, to learn the good news recently 
 published, that you had so nearly reached the coast. Of course, 
 after so long an absence from the civilized world you must be greatly 
 occupied, not only in making known your own experiences, but in 
 learning what has been going on in the outer world during your 
 absence. At such a time it would seem very egotistical for me to 
 bring mj^self forward, bat I believe you will have already learnt 
 from Sir Francis de Winton that he has brouo-ht an action a-'ainst 
 me in your name, and I therefore think it only right to bring to 
 your notice certain facts of the case, which I shall endeavour to set 
 forth as briefly and concisely as possible. 
 
 '•' When I was compelled to leave Yambuya Camp, owing to ill- 
 health, which prevented me from being of any furtiier service to 
 the Expedition, and on my arrival at Lisbon, I, with all speed, 
 notwithstanding my enfeebled condition, made my way to England 
 to lay the report of events at Yambuya before tlie Committee. 
 News of Barttelot's assassination reached England the very day I 
 landed at Dover (about 15th September, 1888). Shortly after this 
 the newspapers were filled with laudatory eulogies on Barttelot 
 
 my name was made use of in a most unwarrantable 
 
 manner, both by those who were attacking and those who were 
 defending him. I did not wish to eii'.er pro or con into the con- 
 troversy, and avoided making any statements publicly in the Press, 
 confining myself to handing my report to the Committee, which I 
 considered simply to be my duty. I called tlie attention of Sir 
 Franc's de Wintoir to these public false statements about us all, 
 and requested him to exonerate me in the matter, and for the rest 
 referred him to my report for the truth of events at Yambuya. 
 While admitting we were not to blame, he refused to make any 
 public statement. These reports continued to appear in an exag- 
 gerated form. Then it came to my knowledge that a book by 
 (an engineer late in the service of the Congo Free State, 
 who paid a visit to Yambuya when the steamer came up in 
 June 1888, and remained four days), was about to apjjear, which 
 would contain inaccurate statements about Yambuya. . . , Just 
 at this time, last April 8rd, appeared your letters from Bonalya, 
 dated the August previous. In one of these you condemned all 
 the officers of the Rear-guard, upon what appeared to be incom-
 
 COIIEESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 2T9 
 
 plete evidence. You called attention to the fact that Major 
 Barttelot was to consult the other officers in certain cases, but as 
 he faileil to carry out this instruction, we, the subordinate officers, 
 could not be held responsible for the results. On the appearance 
 of the above statements, I thought it right to call the attention of 
 the public, by a letter to the Press, to the error you had fallen into, 
 and took tiie opportunity of saying that I had made my report 
 to the Committee, and that they had either discredited it or 
 allowed me to suifer an injustice. I mentioned, as they did not 
 see fit to eet matters straight, it became my duty, in order to 
 justify myself and my companions to publish a full account of the 
 course of events. They took no notice of my statement, and it 
 therefore was necessary, in my opinion, to make the truth known, 
 and for tliis purpose the book, which I entitled JVith Stanley s 
 Bear Column, was prepared. . . . Every arrangement had been 
 made for the publication, it was printed and ready to appear, a 
 great deal of expense having already been incurred, when Sir F- 
 de Winton, in your name, brought an action in Cliancery to 
 restrain the publication as a breach of contract. Although I 
 brought to Sir F. de Winton's attention the fact that the contract 
 had not been fulfilled by your subordinates, I had no intention of 
 making public the serious complaint of negligence, until it became 
 necessary in self-defence for me to bring up the matter, to show 
 that the contract seemed to b3 nullified, because the provision 
 ma le in that contract, viz. that I shordd receive tent, bed, &c., &c., 
 had not been carried out. Had Sir F. de Winton not forced this 
 action upon me, the matter of not receiving the specified articles, 
 which every other officer received, would never have been brought 
 forward by me. The result of the action, commenced in June last, 
 was that an interim injunction restraining my publication AAas 
 granted, whicli is to be followed by further proceedings in connec- 
 tion with the same, and Avhich will come off, probably early in 
 the coming year. In this way the matter now stands, that I 
 am prevented from making known the truth, by the injunction 
 obtained by Sir F. de Winton. 
 
 " 1 resret to notice that the statement condemning the officers 
 at Yambuya, which I supposed had been made hastily in the first 
 instance when you learned the fate of the Rear Column, was 
 repeated even more circumstantial!}^ in the more recent letters
 
 280 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 wliicli have been published. It seems very unjust that I and tlie 
 other subordinate officers should be publicly blamed for tiie 
 conduct of Major BartteLjt, who was left in supreme command of 
 the Camp, and was responsible for the course of events. You will 
 admit, I think, that it is unusual for the subordinates to be made 
 responsible for the injudicious action of the superior officer. 
 
 " It would seem only right that you, the leader of the Expedition, 
 should hear the report of the senior surviving officer of the Rear- 
 guard, before condemning publicly all the subordinates. I feel 
 that in every way I fultiiled the explicit instructions given me by 
 you ; one of which was, on the completion of my special work, to 
 report to Major Barttelot and place myself under his orlers. 
 Having a clear conscience in all these matters, I appeal to you — 
 one who knows me and has acknowledged my previous services 
 in Africa — to suspend further public comment until tlie true 
 course of events, both in Africa and England, have been fully laid 
 before you. Sir F. de Winton himself states it is no personal 
 enmity towards me that has influenced his action ; but that he 
 considered the publication of my book would interfere with the 
 sale of your forthcoming work. This was his justification for 
 bringing an action against me. I think this will strike you, as 
 it did me, as a very ridiculous idea, for no book of mine could 
 compete with yours, and I cannot arrogate to myself the power to 
 injure you in this matter, as suggested by Sir F. de Winton. If 
 I believed my publication would have caused you pecuniar}- loss, 
 in spite of all that has occurred, I should have hesitated before 
 carrying out my intention, for I Avould have been most unwilling 
 to be the cause of injury to one under whom I have served. . . . 
 
 "I trust under all these circumstances you will p.irdon the length 
 of this explanation. I beg you to remember me with all kindness 
 and cordiality to my late comrades, the other officers of the 
 Expedition. Looking forward to seeing you all in England before 
 long, 
 
 " I remain, yours faithfully, 
 
 (Signed) " J. Rose Troup." 
 
 As I failed, to receive any reply to the above letter, I 
 wrote again enclosing a copy of it. This time I took the 
 precaution of registering it. It was as follows : —
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 2S1 
 
 To H. M. Stanley, Esq., Shepherd's Hotel, Cairo. 
 
 '' -ith March, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 " I wrote to you under dr.te of December 4tli last, and 
 directed rn}^ letter to you 7o H- B. M.'s Consul at Zanzibar, and 
 sent a duplicate on tbe same date to you 7o Sir E. Baring, Cairo. 
 As I have received no reply I enclose, berewith, a copy of tlie 
 same letter, and trust that you will be good enough to acknowledge 
 receipt of it. I would presume that you have not received the 
 copies sent to Zanzibar and Cairo, nut <iidy because you have not 
 acknowledged either of them, but have issued your official report, 
 and have therein condemned all the officers of the Bear-guard 
 without in any way giving me — one of them — a chance to place 
 before you the condition I found things in on my arrival at 
 Yambuya and the cause of the disasters that followed. You have 
 publicly made the charge that your written instructions were ncjt 
 carried out by the officer you placed in supreme command of 
 Yambuya, and you blame Jameson, Ward and myself also, giving 
 as your reason that you had in these instructions directed that 
 we were to be consulted before any vital step was taken. . . . 
 Ward and I were not consulted in all vital steps. . . . But your 
 public utterances are confined to that portion of your written 
 instructions regarding our advance when I should arrive at Yam- 
 buya, on the second trip of the steamer, with Messrs. Ward and 
 Bonny and the stores left under my charge at Leopoldvillo. I 
 now propose to show that these instructions were most carefully 
 read and studied by the other officers and myself, and that we 
 tried to carry out the arrangements for our advance, but under 
 the existing circumstances we were forced to make choice of one 
 of the alternatives left to us in your instructions. On my arrival 
 in advance of the Expedition on the Congo, I set about carrying 
 out the special duties for which I had been detailed, taking 
 up my c[uarters at Manyanga and engaging carriers to transport 
 the loads of the Expedition, on their arrival there, to Lcopoldville. 
 When I had forwarded all these loads, acting in accordance with 
 y(Mir orders, I pushed on with all speed to Leopoldville, with Mr. 
 Ward, to join you and the main column of the Expedition. This
 
 232 STANLEY'S REATl COLUMN. 
 
 was on the SOtli April, 1887, and was the first time I had seen yon 
 on your arrival on the Congo, and also the first time I had seen 
 any of tlie other officers with the exception of Lieut. Stairs, whom 
 I had previously met in your rooms in London. I did not even 
 then meet Major Barttelot or Surgeon Parke, as they had been 
 sent on to Kwamouth. I saw you only for a few hours on the 
 afternoon of my arrival, when you informed me that you had 
 decided to leave me to look after the stores at Leopoldville, as 
 the steamers could not take up all the loads on one trip. In the 
 short conversation we had before dinner, you impressed on me 
 the importance of these stores to the success of the Expedition, 
 and added that when the steamers returned you would send 
 further instructions, but that I was to lose no time in coming 
 up, and would find Major Barttelot at Bolobo and report myself 
 to him. Next day, May 1st, you, with the Expedition, left for 
 the Upper Congo, but as far as I knew it might have been for 
 Stanley Falls or any place else. On the 3rd July, the s.s. Stanley 
 returned to Leopoldville, and I received the promised further 
 instructions. You informed me that you had left Ward and 
 Bonny at Bolobo, where I was to pick them up and come on to 
 Yainbuya Camp on the Aruwimi. You add : 'On arriving here 
 place yourself under the Major, for he will, no doubt, when you 
 join, push on after me with you all.' After having cai'ried out 
 all your instructions as to the disposal of the surplus stores, and 
 having loaded up with those I was ordered to bring up to Yam- 
 buya, I left Leopoldville on the 5 th July, picked up Ward and 
 Bonny at Bolobo, and reached Yambuya on the 14th August. 
 Having to the minutest detail carried out all your instructions 
 and landed every packet that you ordered, handing them over to 
 the Commander of the Camp, I also placed myself under his orders 
 as instructed. Your written instructions were given me to read 
 by ilajor Barttelot, and I need hardly say that I peri;sed them 
 with great care, reading them more than once. Then I had a 
 conversation with Major Barttelot regarding the men promised 
 by Tippu-Tib, and he informed me that he had heard nothing of 
 them ; and that when he went up to the Falls in the Mission 
 steamer in the previous June, Tippu-Tib had made constant 
 inquiries about the powder which each man he was to procure 
 was to receive ; he was somewhat put out when told that it would
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 283 
 
 not arrive until the second trip of the steamers. Major Barttelot 
 went on to say that you had left on the 28th of June, and that 
 you expected to be back in November, and that if we did not get 
 the men there would be nothing for it but to await your return, 
 as we could not march out with our loads with only 200 men. 
 As near as possible his exact words as to what took place between 
 you and him (repeated again and again in Jameson's presence and 
 confirmed by him) were — 'Almost the last words Stanley said as 
 he whisked himself out of that gate were : " Good-bye, Major, I 
 shouldn't be a bit surprised to see you here when I return. I 
 shall be away five months, giving myself three months to go up 
 to Kavalli and two to return, fo I Avill be back in November." ' 
 Now to show that he had this firuily rooted in his mind, he 
 writes to the Committee in obedience to your commands — [' With 
 the Stanley's final departure from Yambuya, you should not 
 fail to send a report to Mr. William Mackinnon, of Gray, 
 Dawes & Co., 13 Austin Friars, London, of what has happened 
 at your camp in my absence, of when I started away east- 
 wards, whether you have heard of or from me at all, when you 
 expect to hear and what you purpose doing. You should also 
 send him a true copy of this order, that the Relief Committee may 
 judge for themselves whether you have acted or propose to act 
 judiciously.'] — a letter, dated August 14th, the very day I arrived 
 in the second trip of the steamer, and this letter was taken 
 home by Walker and published by the Committee in the news- 
 papers of November 28th, 1887. A copy of which I enclose 
 marked B. What does he say ? I particularly call your attention 
 to the paragraph at the end of his letter. 'If, however, they (the 
 men promised by Tippu-Tib) do not (come) / sJtcdl he comjjelled to 
 stay here till November, v:lun Mr. Stanley expects to rciurn, or till 
 siich time afterwards as he may return.' Studying your written 
 instructions, with these verbal additions, as furnished by t!ie officer 
 you left in command, what was to be gathered from them ? Simply 
 this : you mention certain contingencies and give us certain 
 alternatives, which I condense into the following formula : — 
 
 " (1) Advance when the steamers return if Tippu-Tib has sent 
 the promised 600 (six hundred) men. 
 
 " (2) Advance with the men you have, if Tippu-Tib sends some 
 but not all of the men.
 
 284 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 " (3) If Tippu-Tib does not send any men make marches twice 
 over, or 
 
 " (4) If this obhges you to throw away too many loads, stay 
 where you are till I return. 
 
 " Twist the paragraplis in any way you like, I cannot see what 
 other meaning tliey could convey to any one, and although 
 I endeavoured as months went on, by reaihng and re-reading 
 them over and over again and discussing them with the other 
 officers, I was unable to put any other interpretation on your 
 words than what I have stated above. Such, I say, was the 
 meaning to me of your instructions, and as the others concurred, 
 it was decided to use ever}^ endeavour to get the men from Tippu- 
 Tib ; as they had not, by this time, put in an appearance, Major 
 Barttelot therefore sent Jameson and Ward to the Falls, a few 
 days after m}^ arrival, to inform Tippu-Tib that the steamer had 
 come up witli all the stores, including the powder for his men, 
 and he begged him to send the 600 (six hundred) men as he 
 promised to do in the agreement made at Zanzibar. Jameson and 
 Ward saw Tippu-Tib, who said he had made an attempt, by coming 
 up the Aruwimi, to find our camp, he had with him 600 (six 
 hundred) men ; having failed to reach Yambuya, they all returned 
 to the Falls. He then promised to send at once as many men as 
 he could, but was afraid he could not get 600 (six hundred). 
 As you are aware, these men were not forthcoming ; many reasons 
 might be mentioned for this, but I will not enter into them here. 
 To consider another of your jjroposit'ons, I would say, as regards 
 making marches t"wice over, in my humble opinion, it would have 
 ended in nothing but the loss of all the valuable stores of the 
 Expedition. When we ai rived in camp on August 14th with the 
 detachment from Bolobo, the total of our force was 246, consisting 
 of 200 Zanzibaris, 44 Soudanese, and 2 Somalis. 1 brought up in 
 the Stanley 479 loads, and wdth Avhat you had left in the camp 
 there was a total of over 700 (seven hundred) loads. Of the 200 
 (two hundred) Zanzibaris which we had, I would say here that in 
 my experience with this class of men, I never came across such a 
 lot of goy-goys before. The bulk of them surpassed even the bad 
 lot known as the July detachment of 1885, in the Congo Free 
 State. Here we are entrusted with the care of some 700 (seven 
 hundred) loads, which have been brought all the way from
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 285 
 
 Zanzibar to the mouth of the Congo, and then transported at great 
 labour and cost to the Upper Congo, for the purpose of being 
 carried to Ernin Pasha. We are told these stores are everything 
 to the Expedition, ' without them we should be in the same position 
 as Emiu Pasha, wanting relief ourselves.' Bearing this always in 
 mind, impressed on me by your letters and final instructions at 
 Leopoldville concerning these precious stores, I cannot see how 
 with 200 (two hundred) men, or rather less, we were to make 
 marches, even tvvice over, without throwing away at least 300 
 (three hundred) loads, nearly half of those in our charge. This 
 matter was never seriously discussed, the commander turning his 
 attention to getting the men from Tippu-Tib; without them he 
 determined he was not competent to march out, and failing their 
 appearance, he decided on the option, left him by your instructions, 
 to remain for your return in November. If the getting of Tippu- 
 Tib's men was of so little importance — ' not absolutely necessary,' 
 as you say in your letter to Sir F. de Winton, dated August 31st, 
 1889, and consequently the transportation of the bulk of the loads 
 to Kavalli equally so, surely it would have been better to let this 
 be clearly stated in the instructions. Why not have written to 
 the effect that when the remainder of the stores and the Bolobo 
 contingent had arrived in August, and if Tippu-Tib had not then 
 found the men, we were to march at once with those we had of 
 our own, make marches twice over which would have enabled us 
 to take about 400 (four hundred) loads, specify these, and tell us 
 to throw the remainder into the Aruwimi or give them to Tippu- 
 Tib ! Then there could have been no hesitation as to these 
 precious relief stores, you would have yourself indicated how little 
 you valued them. We should then have had no option, no 
 discretion left as to what we considered best to be done under 
 certain circumstances. You may maintain that your verbal state- 
 ments to Barttelot, which came to my knowledge for the first time 
 when I read your letter to Sir F. de Winton, were to this effect, 
 but had I heard such from him, I should have ignored them as 
 contrary to your written instructions, which bore your signature, 
 and I should have considered anything else unauthorized. If we 
 of the Rear-guard were simply an exploring expedition, and had 
 only been left behind to await the arrival of a few supplies of cloth, 
 &c., to enable us to barter with the natives, we Avould have
 
 286 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 advanced with whatever men we had, but this was not the case. 
 We were the Rear-guard of a Relief Expedition, and were entrusted 
 with the safe keeping and transport of a large quantity of stores. 
 Our instructions were to bring up these stores if we could to 
 Kavalli; but if unable so to do, to guard them safely till your 
 return. It was not a matter of five meu rushing bald-headed 
 after you and letting the loads go hang, for you may be sure that 
 had I had this option, I should not have hesitated to follow on 
 your track sooner than have sat down iji Yambuya Camp * * * 
 It was clear to me that under all these circumstances, that is not 
 having obtained the men promised by Tippu-Tib, and sooner than 
 throw too many loads away, there was nothing for us to do but to 
 choose the alternative left to us by you, viz. to remain for your 
 return, w4iich we were given to understand by Barttelot would be 
 in November, five months, and which time tallied with your post- 
 script to the written instructions : — ' Give one brass rod per week 
 to each man to buy fish, &c., in five months these amount to 2580. 
 Give also six cowries jjer man pei' week, in five months these will 
 number 15,480.' 
 
 ^ ^ ■^ ^ ^ ^ 9^ 
 
 "As you placed him (Barttelot) in supreme command, making 
 me, like all the others, his subordinate, I decline to accept your 
 statement that I was in any way responsible for the disaster to the 
 Rear-guard. Yet, while repudiating responsibilities for consequences 
 for which I was not liable, I maintain your instructions gave us 
 the option of remaining at Yambuya until we got the men or you 
 returned, as you positively stated your intention of doing. When 
 Tippu-Tib sent some of the men Major Barttelot marched as in- 
 structed. As to the Committee in London understanding the 
 instructions differently, that is, that Ave ought to have marched 
 in August ; if so, they should have sent instructions to Major 
 Barttelot when he stated, in his letter to them, his intention of 
 awaiting your return. I have written thus at length, and stated 
 matters as plainly as possible ; but I may here remark, that I am 
 much surprised that you have neglected to ask me, the senior sur- 
 viving officer of the Rear-guard, for any statement of the course of 
 events at Yambuya, especially as I may presume that it is your 
 intention to write further on the subject in your forthcoming book ; 
 but I do not wish you to have the power of saying that these facts
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 287 
 
 lierein mentioned have never been brought to your notice. There 
 are several other points on which, to judge from your statements, 
 you have been misinformed, viz. treachery of Tippu-Tib ; sending 
 of Ward to the coast ; sending of loads to Bangala ; two scenes of 
 severe punishments in camp, &c. &c. And if you desire any 
 information on these or other subjects of wliich I have cognizance, 
 I need hardly say I am ready to lay it before you, if you simjily 
 ash me to do so. 
 
 " Trusting you will give the matters I have mentioned your 
 careful consideration, — " I remain, yours faithfully, 
 
 " J. Rose Troup." 
 
 The above letter received almost immediate attention, 
 for the short note from Mr, Stanley given below reached 
 me soon after. He does not even here ask for any full 
 report from me as his officer. Mr. Ward's statement 
 referred to in this is given in his book, In Darkest Africa, 
 vol. i. p. 496, and covers two closely printed j)ages. 
 
 " Villa Victoria, Cairo, 
 ''March I5th, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Mr. Troup, 
 
 " Your letter is very interesting, but I am sorry to say that 
 it is so intemperate that I cannot use it in my book as it stands, 
 whereas nothing would have pleased me more than to have aHowed 
 you to state your own case. There are some things in it that 
 would do very well, but unless you give me permission to expunge 
 some intemperate expressions, of course I can do nothing with it. 
 If you will let me know, I will try and manage to let you state 
 your own case without injuring yourself by attacks on other people, 
 or if you yourself will write such a statement that I can make use 
 of in the same way that Ward has done, nothing will please me 
 better. I thank you all the same for your letter. 
 
 " I am, yours very faithfully, 
 (Signed) "Henry M. Stanley. 
 "J. R. Troup, Esq." 
 
 I bad not written my letter for publication, but to 
 give information to him, my chief. However, to be
 
 288 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 courteous to him, and in order to discover just what he 
 meant by my " intemperate expressions," I wrote him a 
 short note, which I give here in fulL 
 
 "March 21th, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 "I am in receipt of your letter\Iated Cairo, M^rch 15th, 
 and hasten to acknowledge it, and thank you for the prompt reply 
 to mine of March 4th. I was much pleased to hear directly from 
 you, and to learn that you had read my statement concerning 
 certain events at Yambuya. I am also glad to know that you 
 contemplate inserting in your book what I said, provided I am 
 ■willino- to omit the intemperate language you refer to. I regret 
 that you consider the language in any instance intemperate, and 
 that you think that in my attempt to place the matter clearly 
 before you, I have, in stating the case, attacked others. But I 
 am quite ready to modify my remarks as far as I can do so con- 
 sistently with the truth. You do not, unfortunately, say what state- 
 ment or words you desire eliminated, so I beg you to underline 
 in red ink the phrases to which you object, and return me the 
 letter, that I may then be able to judge whether they can be struck 
 out or altered. I suggest this as the method least likely to occupy 
 your valuable time, but of course I should prefer that you should 
 draw out the sort of statement you woukl like me to make for 
 insertion in your forthcoming volume. I would try tlien to adojDt 
 the moderate language you suggest, and it would be more in 
 consonance, probably, with the rest of your book. 
 
 " I regret that, owing to your absence from England, it has been 
 impossible for me to talk over this matter with you ; it would be 
 so much easier in a conversation to lay the subject clearly before 
 you, and you could then give me an outline of what it would be 
 ao-reeable to have me state for publication. As I understand 
 that you are to be in England very shortly, perhaps you will give 
 me the opportunity of talking it over. 
 
 " Trusting you will favour me with an early reply, I remain 
 
 " Yours faithfully, 
 (Signed) "J. Rose Troup. 
 
 " H. M. Stanley, Esq., 
 
 "Villa Victoria, Cairo, Egypt."
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 289 
 
 Mr. Stanley thereupon wrote again, but failed to 
 comply with my request, that he would point out my 
 intemperate language. 
 
 "Villa Victoria, Cairo, 
 ''April 5th, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Mr. Troup, 
 
 " I send yoii your letter back, and I beg you will be good 
 enough, if you wish it put into my book, to reduce your arguments 
 into tivo of your sheets, not more, and to write a plain, temperate 
 narrative, without any argument whatever, as to why, having 
 received instructions to follow on our track on arrival of the Bolobo 
 contingent, and concentration of the Rear Column at Yambuya, 
 you preferred to rest inactive at Yambuya for eleven months. 
 Why, having contracted loyal and devoted service, you should 
 render your chief naked. Why, instead of distributing the pro- 
 visions, as is mentioned in the letter of instructions, among the 
 sick men, and among the tliirty-three abandoned in camjD, you 
 sent the provisions down river. Why, after knowing that Tippu- 
 Tib had j^romised to be there in nine days, and then in a second 
 term of ten days, and then in a third term of twenty days, you 
 perpetually pinned your faith to him instead of pinning it to your 
 duty. Why, all of you, burning, eager, interested in the Relief 
 Expedition, decided to sit down when action would have been 
 preferable, and would have taken you further towards the Albert. 
 Why you spent 1200 miles running between Yambuya and Stanley 
 Falls, instead of putting that distance between Yambuya and the 
 Albert. Why, with a plain letter of instructions before you, you 
 should send Ward down to the sea, and so have me lose the services 
 of a young man who professed devotion. No use for you to charge 
 Barttelot or Jameson as having been the cause of it, because you 
 are mentioned in the instructions that if any vital step is to be 
 taken, your voice and that of Ward must be taken too. Major 
 Barttelot was chief, but the letter of instructions expressly says 
 that he cannot take any vital step without you. It is a vital step 
 to deprive your employer of his baggage and clothing. It is a vital 
 step to leave thirty-three men starving in the camp. It is a vital 
 step to go contrary to the spirit of the instructions, which are that 
 you are to follow the track. It is a vital step to change the spirit 
 
 u
 
 290 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 of the instructions in the slightest, even though they were drawn 
 in conformity with your wishes. 
 
 "Now if you can condense your narrative to two sheets, and not 
 make the mistake of thinking that you defend yourself by attack- 
 ing Barttelot, I may possibly find room in the book, but I really 
 am doubtful. 
 
 " My address will be. Royal Palace, Brussels. That is the first 
 stopping-place where I could possibly receive your letter. 
 
 " Yours faithfully, 
 (Signed) " Heney M. Stanley. 
 
 " J. Rose Troup, Esq." 
 
 He wishes me to condense my arguments, which must 
 not be arguments, into less space than he allows Mr. 
 Ward — in fact, two sheets would have Ijeen little more 
 than that occupied by the above letter of his. He also 
 puts forward a series of questions, brings against me 
 grave charges, and holds me responsible for events that 
 occurred after I had left the camp. These questions are 
 answered as follows : — 
 
 1. / never received these instructions, but I was shown those 
 given to Major Barttelot, who was left in command of Yambuya. 
 / did not prefer to rest inactive there, but was forced to do so by 
 circumstances, and in obedience to my commanding officer. 
 
 2. I had nothing to do either with clothing or " rendering naked " 
 my chief — the matter was not referred to in my contract. It is 
 presumable that this points to the fact that some of Mr. Stanley's 
 personal effects were sent to Bangala. By reference to page 20 
 of this volume, it will be seen that I knew nothing about these 
 loads ; they had never been entrusted to my care, and I was ignorant 
 of their contents. I was too ill to have anything to do with, and 
 was unable to prevent, their despatch. 
 
 3. There is not a word in Mr. Stanley's instructions (which are 
 given at length on page 139 et seq. of this book) about distributing 
 provisions to sick or other men ; and moreover, we had none to 
 distribute. It will also be seen that he gave no express orders 
 that Messrs. Ward, Bonny, and myself should receive provisions.
 
 COREESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 291 
 
 I had nothing whatever to do with these provisions. Until 
 mentioned in this letter of Mr. Stanley's, I never heard that 
 thirty-three men were left in camp. I was carried out of 
 Yambuya in a hammock on June 8th, and it was not until June 
 11th that the Eear Column set out from that place ; at that time 
 it may have been that sick men were left behind, but I had no 
 knowledge of such fact, neither was I responsible for it. 
 
 4. It was not a matter of pinning one's faith to Tipjui-Tib. The 
 commander of Yambuya, by Mr. Stanley's instructions, was given 
 the option of remaining where he was if Tippu-Tib failed him, and 
 he wrote to the Committee on his own account the day after I 
 arrived in camp (August 15th) as follows: — "Up to the time of 
 writing this Tippu-Tib's men have not arrived, though these 
 marauding Arabs before mentioned may be them. Should it turn 
 out to be so, or should they eventually come, I should march at 
 once in Mr. Stanley's track. If, however, they do not, I shall be 
 compelled to stay here till November, when Mr. Stanley expects 
 to return, or till such time afterwards as he may return." 
 
 5. Action, by which he seems to mean advance, was, in the cir- 
 cumstances, impossible unless we forsook our loads, and would have 
 been an impracticable undertaking even at the outset, for our 
 200 men were picked out by Mr. Stanley as the worst of the 
 600. Where he succeeded, as he says, through the intervention 
 of " a gracious Providence," in marching 400 of the best men 
 carrying few loads, how can any one expect that we with 175 
 inferior men could carry full loads four times over the same course ? 
 As time went on our numbers were reduced, and it became more 
 than ever impossible. Mr. Stanley demands of his subordinates 
 what even he would have found a task taxing his powers to the 
 uttermost. If, however, the loads were unimportant, as he indicates 
 in one of his letters, why did he not take with him all the officers 
 and men with such loads as could be carried ? 
 
 6. It is difficult to understand how 1200 miles were spent in run- 
 ning between Yambuya and Stanley Falls — a distance of less than 
 100 miles. The country between these places was traversed only 
 a few times by individual officers of the Expedition, and they did 
 not carry 60 lb. loads with them. Even if the distance traversed 
 equalled the figures Mr. Stanley gives, the journeying of unladen 
 men was a decidedly different thing from forcing 175 men, carrying
 
 292 STANLEY'S KEAR COLUMN. 
 
 700, or even 500, loads, to march four times over through the 
 jungle that Stanley could scarcely penetrate with his 400 picked 
 men in light niarcliing order, and where they nearly starved. 
 
 7. / had nothing to do with the scheme of sending Ward to the 
 coast. I was a suhordinate officer. All the arrangements for the 
 trip were made by Major Barttelot while he was absent from 
 Yambuya, and I was ignorant of his intention until he returned. 
 By reference to page 225 it will be seen that I distinctly disapproved 
 of it, and it was done without my sanction. 
 
 8. I have never associated Mr. Jameson's name with such 
 charges as Mr. Stanley suggests. 
 
 9. Compare the words "your voice and that of Ward's must be 
 taken too," with these of the original instructions which he is 
 supposed to be quoting — " When Messrs. Troup and Ward are here, 
 pray admit them to your confidence, and let them speak freel})- 
 tlieir opinions." In these there was no imperative must, and 
 Barttelot was only requested to admit us to his confidence, and let 
 us speak freely our opinions. This cannot possibly be construed 
 into placing us on equal terms with Major Barttelot, or even with 
 Mr. Jameson. It does not say that Major Barttelot "cannot take 
 any vital step without you." 
 
 10. The vital step of depriving Mr. Stanley of his clothes was 
 done without my knowledge, when I was too helpless to prevent it, 
 
 11. The vital step of leaving 83 men starving in camp occurred, 
 if it did occur, three days after I was carried out of Yambuya. 
 
 12. The spirit of Mr. Stanley's instructions was not made clear 
 if this was it ; as any reader can see for himself, we had the option 
 of remaining. 
 
 I felt that if I forwarded this reductio ad ahsnrdum of his 
 questions to Mr. Stanley it would only annoy him, so 
 I contented myself with the following general reply. I 
 saw at this late date, when his volume was in the hands 
 of the printers, that it was useless to expect that he would 
 publish any statement I wrote out, as he distinctly says — 
 " / may posnihly find room in the book, but I really am 
 donbfftdJ' It was too apparent that he wished to ignore
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 293 
 
 the report of one of his surviving officers. I took care 
 to register my reply. 
 
 "April I'lth, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 " I am in receipt of your letter of tlie 5tli inst. from Cairo. 
 It was not my desire to furnish you with any statement intended 
 for pubUcation when I first wrote to you ; my letter of March 4th 
 was only written to lay before you, for your personal guidance, 
 what I considered to be a true explanation of circumstances attend- 
 ing our year's delay at Yambuya, which would correct any mis- 
 apprehension of those facts which you might entertain. I see it is 
 impossible to modify those statements in the direction that you 
 now indicate. I had no cognizance of several of the matters 
 referred to by you, and the rest are totally contradicted by what I 
 have already written. I do not wish to shift all blame of what 
 occurred at Yambuya on to Major Barttelot's shoulders, but I con- 
 tend that by your letter of instructions he was left in sole com- 
 mand, and was merely given the option by you of consulting the 
 others if he chose, and was never forced to accept our views. By 
 this it follows, thnt instead of having an equal right with Major 
 Barttelot, as you assume, of directing the affairs of the camp, I 
 and the others only had such right as Major Barttelot chose to 
 allow us. I feel that I have placed before you a sufficiently clear 
 outline of what happened at Yambuya in your absence to enable 
 you to form a just estimate of the true position of affairs there, 
 and having thus taken the necessary steps to prevent you from 
 falling into error, I consider that I have done my duty. What- 
 ever decision you may come to as to the judgment to be meted 
 out to those at Yambuya, I feel that I have done all in my power 
 to enable you to arrive at a right one. Having regard to what I 
 consider the explicit nature of the statements contained in my 
 letter of March 4th, I do not see my way to meet your suggestion 
 to condense those statements into two sheets, while repudiating all 
 intention of endeavouring to defend myself by unduly blaming 
 
 Major Barttelot. 
 
 " Yours faithfully, 
 
 " J. Rose Teoup. 
 
 " H. M. Stanley, Esq., 
 
 "Royal Palace, Brussels."
 
 204 STANLEY'S REAE COL U MX. 
 
 I trusted that he could gather from this, that I thouQ;ht 
 he was partly to blame for the disaster to the Rear-guard, 
 and also that I did not consider that I had done wrong, and 
 required to defend myself. 
 
 Our correspondence now ceased for a few months, and I 
 had by this time given up all hope of receiving justice in 
 his book ; but when I was in London early in May, when 
 he was making his first s|)eeches, I called upon him. He 
 received me well, and listened apparently with keen 
 interest to my narrative, which w^as an elaboration of my 
 letter of March 4th. Beino^ unable to finish all that he 
 wished to hear in a conversation that lasted three hours, 
 he asked me to call again at 4 o'clock on Wednesday, May 
 7th, and I then continued my story for another three 
 hours. He asked question after question, but seemed to 
 admit that my arguments were unanswerable, only he 
 continued to insist that we should have tried to march out 
 with the loads, making extra journeys, altbougli I pointed 
 out that my belief was, that if we had done so it would 
 have caused an even more serious loss of life and loads 
 than did occur when the march was at last undertaken. 
 He assured me that /le could have manao^ed to make the 
 men march back aiid forth three or four times over, but I 
 replied that it was one thing what /tr, with his experience 
 and influence, would be able to accomplish, and quite 
 another what ]\lajor Barttelot, who had not had his 
 experience, could have done. 
 
 Up to this time, it should be noted, his book had not 
 been pul)lished, and it was quite within his power to 
 make additional notes to indicate what information he had 
 received from me, or to correct his inaccurate statement
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 295 
 
 that there was no answer to the simple question pro- 
 pounded on page 6 of the first volume of Iti Darkest 
 Jfrica. But he did not do either. 
 
 It was after this that he entered into the ao^reement 
 with me mentioned in my preface. When I read the 
 prefatory letter published in Scribners Magazine for June, 
 before his book appeared, I wrote a letter to the news- 
 papers, at the same time sending him a copy, pointing out 
 some of his mis-statements. Of this he took no notice. 
 When his book appeared I felt it incumbent upon me to 
 write again, pointing out the very serious errors and grave 
 charges made therein, and contradicting; them. This I 
 did in the following words : — 
 
 "JulySnl, 1890. 
 
 " Dear Sir, 
 
 " I have just received your volume, In Darlxst Africa, 
 in which I find you have repeated certain statements in spite of 
 my clear denial and correction of the same. Aside from unneces- 
 sary aspersions cast upon me and others, you, on page 472, blame 
 me in these words: 'Three young Englishmen come last, who are 
 attached to the Major's staff, two of whom — Mr. Herbert Ward and 
 Mr. Troup — are to be associated with the commander and his 
 second in the discussion of every vital step, and no important 
 decision can be taken unless a council of the four has been convened 
 to consider it as to its bearing upon the enterprise for which they 
 have assembled on the verge of the unknown region of woods. 
 They are therefore implicated in the consequences of any resolution 
 and every sequent act.' 
 
 "I have stated in writing and by word of mouth that I was not 
 consulted, and was not called upon to take part in the discussion of 
 many of the acts decided upon by our commanding officer, and I 
 therefore repudiate the blame cast upon me, and ask you to re- 
 tract this incorrect statement, made with full knowledge of the 
 facts. Also on page 474, speaking of the loads sent to Bangala 
 by Major Barttelot, you state : ' But Messrs. Jameson, Troup, and
 
 296 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Bonny are present concurring and assisting, and the two last-named 
 receive salaries, and both present their accounts and are paid, not 
 a penny deducted, and a liberal largesse besides in first-class 
 passages home is granted them ' (!). 
 
 " You know equally well, by statements made by me, that I was 
 not present, and was incapable of assisting in the despatch of the 
 loads referred to : this is borne out by the statement of Major 
 Barttelot in his report, and by Mr. Benny's medical certificate. 
 All the time I was on my back, unable to move hand or foot, and 
 had been in this condition for six weeks previous to my departure 
 from the camp, my condition being largely due to tlie absence of 
 proper medicines. I was not out of my hut during that time, and 
 was unable to participate in any councils that may have been held. 
 Being well aware that I was not present or consulted, yet you 
 blame me for this action, whereof I am entirely innocent. 
 
 " Your further reference to the fact that I received the miserable 
 pittance of £150 a year, voluntarily offered me by you, and that I 
 had the marvellous largesse of a first-class passage home, sounds 
 strangely when we read elsewhere in your book of the payment of 
 expenses, and the first donation of £400 each to your four officers, 
 two of whom were drawing full pay in her Majesty's Service during 
 the three years they were with you. But this unnecessary slur 
 on me is hardly worthy of notice. There are very many other 
 statements of yours that I can prove to be totally inaccurate, but 
 I will not touch upon here. 
 
 " I would request you to publicly retract you mis-statements, or 
 else I shall find it necessary to take such steps as I think fit to 
 clear my character of the aspersions you have cast upon it. I 
 would presume that you would have no objection to the publication 
 of this letter, and any reply I may receive from you. 
 
 " Yours truly, 
 (Signed) "J. Rose Troup. 
 
 "IL M. Stanley, Esq., 
 
 "i*e Vcre Gardens, London, TF." 
 
 Mr. Stanley then wrote a letter of nine folio pages, quite 
 too long for insertion in the newspapers, and as it did not 
 contain a word of reply to my last letter, it did not seem
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 297 
 
 necessary to publish it at that time ; so I have reserved it 
 to appear in this place : — 
 
 "De Vere Gardens, W. 
 "July 5th, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 " I am sorry that the great demands on my time from 
 various people and varying circumstances will not permit lue 
 to reply at any great length to your letter. I have before this 
 received your written statement, but — as I wrote to you — the in- 
 temperate language and the reflections on the Major required 
 eliminating before it could enter my book. Mr. Herbert Wartl 
 wrote a statement also, but, as you observe, it is a clear 
 straightforward narrative, and it was published by me in justice 
 to him. You declined to alter your statement, so as to relate the 
 narrative from your point of view, without needlessly attacking 
 one who is dead, and cannot answer for himself, and you could 
 show no letter or written communication from the Major which 
 would prove that you protested against certain resolutions which 
 involved the E,ear Column in disaster, and subjected its members 
 to appalling suffering. 
 
 " A mere glance at your contract ought to convince you, on 
 reviewing all, that you have failed in the performance of your 
 duty. 
 
 '"1. I agree to place myself under the command of Mr. H. M. 
 Stanley, and to accept any post or position in that Expedition to 
 which he may appoint me. 
 
 " ' 2. I agree to serve him loyally and devotedly. 
 
 " ' 3. To obey all orders. 
 
 " ' 4. To follow him by whatever route he may choose. 
 
 " ' 5. To use my utmost endeavours to bring the Expedition unto 
 a successful issue. 
 
 " ' 6. Should I leave the Expedition without his orders, I agree 
 to forfeit all claim to pay due to me, to return passage-money, 
 and to become liable to a refund of all monies advanced to me for 
 passage and outfit. 
 
 " ' 7. I undertake not to publish anything connected with the Ex- 
 pedition, or to send any account to the newspapers, for six months 
 after the issue of the official publication of the Expedition by the 
 leader or his representative.'
 
 298 STANLEY'S EEAR COLUMN. 
 
 " Can you declare in all seriousness that you have been faithful 
 to any one of these seven articles enumerated above ? If you can 
 persuade yourself that you have done so, I cannot but admire your 
 easy views of duty, and I hope that you will always find an 
 emidoyor disposed to take the same view as yourself of your duties. 
 As to Article 1, my command has been issued in the letter of in- 
 structions to you and your comrades alike. Can you solemnly say 
 that you observed the command or followed the suggestions ? If 
 so, give me proof — not your diary — but a letter or note from Major 
 Barttelot acknowledging the receipt of a protest from you against 
 staying at Yambuya, against sending my baggage down river, 
 against deporting the vital effects of the Expedition, such as 
 medicines, provisions, wine, &c., against sending yourself home, 
 against shooting the Soudanese^ for stealing a piece of meat, against 
 the reported severities we have heard of, against one act to which 
 I — were I in Yambuya — could have taken exception to. 
 
 " 2. Do you consider you served me loyally and devotedly by 
 stripping me naked, or remaining silent while I was being reduced 
 to poverty ? 
 
 "3. Do you consider you obeyed my orders when you went 
 home ? 
 
 " 4. Did you follow my route ? 
 
 " 5. Did you use your utmost endeavours to bring the Ex- 
 pedition into a successful issue, by skulking in your house for 
 some weeks, by brooding over fancied wrongs (these I only know of 
 through your own verbal confessions to me), and finally accepting 
 your sick leave from Major Barttlelot ? Well, Stairs was sick too, 
 but he pleaded to be allowed to follow us ; the Somalis were sick 
 also, but none pleaded to be sent back. We have all been sick, 
 but you are the only one I have ever had on an African Expedition 
 who accepted his leave from a subordinate. 
 
 " G. Having left the Expedition by permission of the Major, did 
 you agree to forfeit all claims to pay due you, &c., &c. ? 
 
 " 7. About the last clause, can you deliberately say you denied 
 yourself the pleasure of publishing, or attempting to publish any- 
 thing ? 
 
 ^ This Sondanese was only flogged for this offence (see Diary, Dec. 4th). 
 The Souihinese who was shot had deserted, taking with him a rifle (see Diary, 
 Feb. 9tli).
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 299 
 
 " Before responding to these questions, try to understand that 
 Major Barttelot is my representative with the Rear Column for the 
 ' ordinary duties of the defence and conduct of the camp, or of the 
 march,' but sliould any vital step be proposed to be taken, he is to 
 take the voice of Mr. Jameson, and of Messrs. Troup and Ward 
 when tliey are in canijj, and tliese gentlemen are to be admitted to 
 his confidence and to be allowed to speak freely their opinions. 
 You say you were not consulted or called upon to discuss acts 
 decided upon by your commanding officer. I ask, why not ? The 
 same commission that recognized him as the senior officer of the 
 Rear Column, gave you also a right to speak freely your opinions, 
 and to be consulted upon all vital steps proposed. Why was this 
 right not exercised as much as tlie other ? You are, it is true, to 
 submit to his authority, but you are also to observe that his 
 authority is .exercised judiciously and wisely, because you are 
 bound to be loyal and devoted to the Expedition as per contract — 
 and your reputation depends on it, your friend and friends rely on 
 you, and if you will reflect a little, for a score and more of reasons 
 besides. The commanding officer has no right to exercise any 
 authority unwisely, injudiciously, tyrannically, or cruelly, and j-ou 
 are nut expected to obey him if he attempts to do so, because you 
 are all expected to render an account of what you have done later 
 on, and naturally you will expect recognition from your friend and 
 principal in the Expedition, of the good that you have done. This 
 letter of yours to me, I take it, is a plea for this recognition. Well, 
 state the good that you have done ; prove it, and I am satisfied. 
 I desire to know it, to see it with your eyes and appreciate it. 
 
 " As far as Yambuya I observe that you are the same Mr. Troup 
 who won from me the following tribute in The Congo and the 
 Founding of its Free State. ' Among the later British arrivals 
 who have been conspicuous for their capacity and their all 
 round fitness for special fields of labour are John Rose Troup, 
 &c.' ' It is my belief that in Mr. John Rose Troup we have 
 a thoroughly good officer,' &c. The stores which you have 
 had in your charge are delivered safely at Yambuya. The 
 lists of them are made out in a methodical and business-like 
 manner. There is absolutely nothing to complain of but much 
 to admire, and to bear me out in my statement to the advance 
 officers, which is, ' Whatever the Major may be, I rely upon
 
 300 STAXLF.Y'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Troup.' But on reaching the wrecked Rear Cohimn I can- 
 not hear of one sensible act done by you or any of your com- 
 rades. I hear much after reaching Yambuya of brisk journeying 
 and long travel, of sickness and suffering — and alas ! I hear of 
 many things which had better never be mentioned — and what I 
 see dare not be described — because it will serve no useful purpose 
 to do so, and I wish to forget Avhat cannot be amended. My 
 limited knowledge of the actual facts will not permit me to judge 
 of who is to blame for this fearful condition of things. What is 
 the use of enumerating anything of what strikes me dumb with 
 horror, and aghast with wretchedness. It is enough that day after 
 day I hear of nothing else — and never of what I should call one 
 sane act. I am not competent to decide for the public who is 
 right or wrong — Bonny presents his written statement. Ward gives 
 his, and you give yours — but in the absence of documents, letters, 
 or notes, to substantiate your statements, each must be revised to 
 be fit for publication, that is, you may say what you will in your 
 own defence, but I cannot consent to publish any violent or intem- 
 perate remarks upon the Major. You may see what I mean by 
 reading Ward's narrative or Benny's statement, and when you 
 send me such a story I will publish it with pleasure. But if you 
 think that is not sufficient, you have the privilege of stating 
 anything you please in your own book after October 15th next. — 
 My public and private opinions differ somewhat. My publicly 
 expressed opinion of who is to blame must be based upon state- 
 ments, documents, or other evidence than my own belief, and none 
 of you can furnish anything to prove that the Major was in the 
 wrong — that you did what you ought to have done, protested 
 against those acts which caused so many deaths and misery, 
 demanded that a council should be called for consultation, and to 
 be heard for the good of the Expedition — and failing such demand 
 being listened to, compelling a declaration from the Major in 
 writing that he relieved you and your comrades from all responsi- 
 bility connected with the fate of the Expedition, inasmuch as he, 
 and he alone, was responsible for it. My private opinion is 
 reserved for myself alone. Some benefit of it, however, I give in 
 my book to you and your friends. I can give no more without 
 evidence from both sides. You three survivors of the Rear 
 Column can give sufficient testimony to prove conclusively that
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH JilR. STANLEY. 301 
 
 the Major took upon himself the disposition of the property of the 
 Expedition, and the entire command of you and the Cokirnn ; but 
 there is not one tittle forthcoming to prove that either of you, 
 though bound to do loyal and devoted service to me as Commander 
 of the Expedition, remonstrated, expostulated, or protested formally, 
 as intelligent devoted officers, and as humane Englishmen, acrainst 
 the tyrannous exercise of that control and command. Do not ask 
 me — for your own sake — what instance I mean, lest in so doinf 
 you confess yourself as being morally blind. Accept from me that 
 I know of many acts committed at Yambuya, the hearing of which 
 has filled me with horror and grief. Did you attempt to stop any 
 of these acts ? Did you write a letter of jDrotest against any one 
 of them ? If so, give me a copy of it, and the Major's answer. 
 Did you lift your voice in condemnation of sucli acts? If so, give 
 me proof certified by a written admission from the Major that you 
 did so. The Major has gone to his final account, he cannot speak 
 for himself, but a note or a letter from him during his life with 
 you, admitting that he heard your protest, that he disregarded it, 
 and acted on his own responsibility, would exonerate you greatly, 
 though not completely. Even that would not prove that you were 
 a loyal, trustworthy, intelligent officer, because to merit such a 
 character no loyal, trustworthy, and intelligent officer would 
 have permitted himself to be deprived of his rights and privileges, 
 secured to him by contract. I have not met anything like this in 
 the whole course of my life. You want medicines, and you say 
 you cannot get them. You need medical comforts — you say they 
 are denied to you. You desire to be of use to me, and yet not 
 one of you seemed to know how to set about it. You know your 
 faithful Zanzibaris cannot be replaced in Mid-Africa, and yet you 
 look on and see them die without making any effort to save them. 
 You say that the Major is the cause of all this — and not one of 
 you seem to know how to persuade the Major to do what you 
 profess to believe, and to know ought to be done ; you say that the 
 Major is going beyond his powers, but yet you do not know how to 
 protect yourselves from the consequences of his acts. 
 
 " Before you leave Yambuya for England you write a most amiable 
 letter to me, and yet no sooner do you reach England than you 
 commenced transgressing the terms of your contract, and compel 
 my agent to go to law to protect a man to whom you professed
 
 302 STANLEYS REAR COLUMN. 
 
 devotion. You may probably get the entire press of the world 
 — for you are eloquent and smart in your writing, and clever 
 and learned — to accept your view of your case ; but I adhere to 
 my own opinion still, which is that my conscience will not acquit 
 you and your companions from blame in the case of John Henr}'', 
 the Soudanese soldier, the boy Soudi, and a dozen other cases ; for 
 surrendering without a decent struggle for your reputation as 
 officers and Englishmen, and freemen of equal breed and intelli- 
 gence, rights and privileges to which you were fairly entitled — for 
 retiring to brood sullenly in your huts, when a calm, temperate, 
 polite, but resolute attitude, such as duty and common-sense 
 dictated, would have saved the Rear Column from the miserable 
 and helpless state in which I found the dying and despairing 
 remnant of it. 
 
 " If you can supply me with that which is necessary to correct 
 this opinion, no one will be readier to acknowledge his error than 
 I, your friend of Congo days, 
 
 " Yours truly, 
 (Signed) " Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 "John Rose Troup, Esq., &c." 
 
 In the foreffoina: letter he brings forward cliso-raceful 
 charges, that really do not refer to me at all, although 
 he blames me for what happened. The injustice of his 
 accusations, made as they are without documentary or, 
 as far as I can learn, any evidence, can hardly be made 
 clear to the public, but they must be aware, when they 
 read what has j^receded this correspondence, that he has 
 acted as no one in his position should have acted. It is 
 vain to try to express the indignation I felt as I penned 
 the followino; lines : — 
 
 " nth July, 1890. 
 
 "Dear Sir, 
 
 "I have received your letter of July 5th, which is not a 
 reply to mine of July 3rd, for if you will re-read that you will 
 perceive that I called your attention to two incorrect statements
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 303 
 
 of yours made with full knowledge of their inaccuracy, and in 
 the nine folio pages of your letter no reference is made to tlicm. 
 Your silence on the subjects condemns yourself, as you thus admit 
 that I am right. Your letter is instead filled with more misstate- 
 ments and unjust accusations, which are entirely unsupported by 
 documentary evidence, and you charge me with being responsible 
 for events that occurred after I had been sent home by the medical 
 officer, and you oveidook the documentar}^ evidence of his medical 
 certificate, which refers to my serious illness, and the entire absence 
 of proper medicines. You call upon me to produce documentary 
 evidence that would incriminate my superior officer. As I told 
 you, I was not in Africa to collect evidence against Major Barttelot, 
 and did not devote my time to getting up a case at law against 
 him. You call my attention to certain paragraphs of the contract 
 made between yourself and me ; I would, therefore, ask you to 
 recall the last j^aragraph but one, which reads as follows: — 'In 
 addition to the outfit, Mr. Stanley will supply the following — Tent, 
 bed, 1 Winchester rifle, 1 revolver, ammunition for the same, 
 canteen, a due share of Europeon provisions taken for the party, 
 besides such provisions as the country can supply.' I would ask 
 you if you consider that you had fulfilled this contract of yours, as 
 the only article mentioned therein that I received was a revolver, 
 and I would call upon you to produce documentary evidence that 
 I received these articles, or even that these' articles were taken 
 to the Camp and left there for me. I have stated on oath that 
 I did not receive these promised articles. Speaking of documentary 
 evidence, you have mentioned a ' death-warrant signed by the 
 officers,' — if this document can be produced, it will be found that 
 it does not have my signature attached, as I never heard of its 
 existence till you mentioned it ; you bring various unsupported 
 charges against me, a matter much more serious to have made 
 without documentary evidence than my failure to produce docu- 
 mentary evidence against my commanding officer. How I could 
 have forced him to take me into his counsels and confidence I 
 don't understand, and I never heard of such a thing as a subordinate 
 officer thus forcing himself upon his superior. 
 
 " In my letter I did not plead for recognition of my good services, 
 which you have denied me, but I note that you state in your 
 letter that if you knew them you would with pleasure acknowledge
 
 304 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 tlicm. You thereupon give a page in praise of me, saying what 
 oood service I rendered the Expedition up to the time I reached 
 Yambuya, but even this you have not given me public credit for; 
 but as you promise to acknowledge what good I have done, kindly 
 fidfil this promise by acknowledging these services even now. You 
 state that your public opinion and your private opinion differ. This 
 is an extraordinary statement, but it might be interpreted that 
 as you publicly condemn me, privately you would praise me. You 
 ask if I believe I have done my duty, — if my duty was, as you 
 said, to tie up Major Barttelot and send him to the Coast, I have 
 not done it, for that would have been mutiny, and if I had been 
 shot for doing so, I should have deserved my fate. You have 
 asked me many questions, let me ask you one. In your book you 
 state you had a number of loads, and it is to be presumed that those 
 12 left at Yambuya contained clothing, as you constantly refer, in a 
 ludicrously pathetic manner, to your nakedness. I was not respon- 
 sible for these being at Bangala, but had I been, should I have 
 committed an action likely to cause such serious consequences as 
 that for which you were responsible, viz. that I did not receive 
 tent or bed to pirotect me from the climate, a Winchester rifle to 
 defend myself from the natives, or proper food or medicines to 
 preserve my health ? all these articles having been promised to me 
 by you. You speak as if medicines had been obtainable in the 
 camp, but the documentary evidence of Mr. Bonny states that 
 there were no proper medicines, and as he was medical officer 
 and commanding j:)?"6> tern, in the camp, he knew more of what 
 Avas there than you did when you were hundreds of miles away. 
 You speak ungraciously of me as 'skulking in my hut/ when I 
 was so ill that I could not move hand or foot out of my bed, the 
 seriousness of my illness being testified to by the documentary 
 evidence of Mr. Benny's certificate. I continue to decline to 
 alter my narrative, as I tell only the truth. I served you loyally 
 and faithfully, and only when I was told that by continuing with 
 the Expedition I should be an incumbrance, did I yield to Major 
 Barttelot's repeated suggestion that I should be sent home. I 
 never voluntarily requested permission to return. As he Avas your 
 representative, as you yourself say, and you were hundreds of 
 miles away, I had no option of asking your permission to be cariied, 
 for I could not move because of my weakness, out of the camp.
 
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH MR. STANLEY. 305 
 
 " It would be interesting to learn whether the four officers with 
 you were allowed to interfere when they thought you acted 
 unwisely. 
 
 " I did attempt again and again to stop many acts I believed 
 to be injurious to the Expedition, and reiterated my remonstrances. 
 You begin by stating that I had no letter from Major Barttelot, 
 and on page after page you demand such a letter. You object 
 to me because I do not produce such documentary evidence to 
 support my statements, some of which I have made on oath, yet 
 you are totally destitute of documentary evidence to support your 
 ex fartc, statements about events that occurred while you were 
 absent from Yambuya, and of which you were unable to have 
 personal cognizance. 
 
 " Many of your questions contradict each other, and some state- 
 ments you make are contradicted by yourself. 
 
 " Yours truly, 
 (Signed) "J. Rose Troup. 
 
 « H. \\. Stanley, Esq,"
 
 APPENDIX A. 
 
 [Copy of J. Rose Troup's Report to Mr. H. M. Stanley.] 
 
 " Ya",iihuya Camp, 
 
 August 17, 1887. 
 
 "II. M. Stanley, Esq., 
 
 "Commanding Emin Relief Expedition. 
 
 " Sir, 
 
 " I have the honour to report that I arrived here on the 14th 
 instant, in the s.s. Stanley, with Messrs. Ward and Bonny, 130 
 men and boys, three donkeys, and all the stores and ammunition, as 
 ordered by you in your letter to me of the 18th June last — all well. 
 
 " The s.s. Stanley, with the Florida, returned to Leo from the 
 Aruwimi on the afternoon of Sunday, 8rd July. We loaded up on 
 Monday, and left next day, the 5th. None of the other steamers 
 had arrived when we started. M. Leibrechts, chief of Leo, had 
 requested rne as a matter of urgency to take back forty time-expired 
 Bangalas to their homes, and also to forward some stores for the 
 chief of that station. I consented, as I found we would have suffi- 
 cient space for these men and stores with the aid of the whaleboat, 
 which I had arranged to have when I met it coming down. On 
 the day after leaving Leoi^oldville we met the s.s. Peace with Mr. 
 Walker on board, who informed us that the s.s. Henry Heed had 
 been seized by Captain Vangele at Bangala, along with the En 
 Avant and whaleboats. I had then to consider whether I ought not 
 to send back the Bangalas and loads for that station to Leo in the 
 Peace, as we would be crowded without the whaleboat after picking 
 up the men at Bolobo. After consulting with the captain of the
 
 308 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 p.s. Stanley, and on his assuring me that he would be aVc to take 
 tlio lot, I decided to go on as we were, after taking Mr. Walker on 
 board. On the 10th we reached Bolobo, leaving again next morn- 
 ing, after taking Messrs. Ward and Bonny, 100 Zanzibaris (twenty 
 were already on board, having gone down in the Stanley to help in 
 cutting wood), and one donkey on board. 
 
 "We btopped at Lukolela for wood half a day, calling at the 
 mission to give them their mail and two or three cases, leaving 
 again about 1 o'clock in the afternoon. 
 
 "About 4 o'clock, going at full speed, we struck violently on 
 ■something, rebounded, and then stuck fast. Found the fore com- 
 partment filled with water, and after throwing all the wood over- 
 board, tried to steam off, but with no success. Soundings were 
 taken, and over six fathoms of water found all round. A sail was 
 drawn underneath tlie bows, and we found we were fast on the 
 compartment under the captain's cabin, where the plates were 
 indented, but fortunately making no water. We came to the con- 
 clusion that we had struck a biof snag', tearing a large hole in the 
 fore compartment, and then sticking on fast aft. We sighted some 
 canoes, and shouting to them, after considerable delay, they came 
 alongside, and consented to take the men off on payment of mitakos. 
 This was done without a hitch before dark. We then tried again 
 to steam off, but in vain, so we decided to wait till morning, and 
 send some of the cargo on shore. Mr. Ward went to the village 
 to arrange for the canoes to return there for that purpose. Steam 
 was kept up all night, with a sharp look-out. In the morning the 
 canoes came out, Messrs. Ward and Bonny going on shore to look 
 after the reception of the cargo, whilst I remained on board to 
 dispatch the same. After taking out over 100 loads we managed 
 at last to steam off, going to the shore to pick up men and loads, 
 and then making for a sandbank opposite as a more suitable place 
 for beaching. We then took out all the cargo, stacking it, covered 
 with tarpaulins ; Messrs. Ward, Bonny, and myself keeping watch 
 and watch every night over it. We had to remain here three days, 
 whilst Mr. Walker and the engineer of the Stanley fixed a new 
 plate on the hole made in the fore compartment. At Bangala we 
 found the steamers and whaleboats ; I reqirisitioned one of the 
 latter, as although from there we had ample space after disembark- 
 ing the forty Bangalas and stores, I thought it advisable to have
 
 APPENDIX A. 309 
 
 a boat of some kind to communicate with the shore, in case of any 
 further accident to the s.s. Stanley, considering her condition. How- 
 ever, I was informed I could not have one, as all the craft were 
 required for the service of the State. We reached the camp here 
 without any further serious misljap, with the exception of the 
 donkey-engine getting out of gear. In accordance with j^our in- 
 structions I sold the surplus rice, between the State and Sandford 
 Expeditions, and the surplus brass rods to the Dutch house ; all 
 subject to one pound sterling per load for transport from Matadi to 
 Leo. I was unable to get a due bill from the d liferent parties, 
 both M. Leibrechts and Mr. Greshoff stating that as the expedi- 
 tion had an account with them, the value of tliese goods wovdd be 
 placed to the credit of the expedition. So I did not press the 
 matter, taking their receipts and forwarding the originals to Mr. W. 
 Mackinnon, Austin Friars, London, as requested by you. I beg to 
 enclose copies of these marked A. B. C. 
 
 "The forty-one drums of engine oil wns made over to M. 
 Leibrechts as directed. There were twenty-three cases of biscuits 
 over and above the number ordered to be brought up. I tried to 
 sell them, but no one would have them, so I left them with M. 
 Leibrechts, I beg also to enclose statement of loads left under my 
 charge at Leo, distribution of same, and number landed here. By 
 this statement you will see that all your instructions were carried 
 out, the various payments made along the route, and the requisite 
 number of loads brought to Yambuya. 
 
 " I had to leave one donkey boy very sick at Leo, also one 
 donkey in the same condition. The other donkey boy, as well as 
 the three Zauzibaris left behind at Kimpoko, came up with me. 
 I was fortunate enough to be able to purchase eight sacks salt 
 from M. Leibrechts, but I regret I could not get the soap any- 
 where. Two cases of Madeira came up for you to Leo after your 
 departure ; these I brought on along with the other loads, as well 
 as your mail and the letters of the other officers of the expedition. 
 You were good enough to say at Kinchassa that I might open and 
 have a look at your newspaper, so I availed myself of your per- 
 mission by opening the packet of newspaper cuttings. In con- 
 clusion, I would beg to mention that I received every assistance 
 from Mr. A. B. Swinburne, whose guest I was at Kinchassa, as well 
 as from M. Leibrechts, chief of Leo ; both thcs? gentlemen having
 
 310 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 wood ready at tlieir stations at my disposal, thus enabling me to 
 lose no time in starting on the secund trip of the Stanley. 
 " I have the honour, &c. 
 (Signed) "J. Rose TEOur. 
 
 " I enclose P.S. on a separate piece of paper. 
 
 "P.S. — On 4th AjDril, 1887, you wrote to me from Kwilu Ferry, 
 requesting me to send down 200 men from ]\Ianyanga to Matadi 
 to bring up surplus rice left there. This was over and above the 
 original number of loads on the list. The men were sent down, 
 but did not return in time. Before leaving Leo I received a letter 
 from the chief of Manyanga, informing me that some of the rice 
 had arrived at his station. I arranged with M. Leibrechts that he 
 should purchase all that came to Manyanga, he undertaking to 
 bring it up to Led You will note that your order to deliver at 
 Bangala was 30 (thirty) cases of mitakos and 300 mitakos. I 
 reckoned that the cases would be of 500 each, and this I found to 
 be the case. M. Baert asked me how many those I had in sacking 
 contained, and on my informing him 400, demanded repayment at 
 the rate of 500 per case ; so I handed him 38 bundles of 400 
 each == 15,200 mitakos, and 100 mitakos, making a total of 15,300 
 mitakos, equal to your order of 30 cases, reckoning at 500 per case, 
 300 mitakos. I had brought up some extra loads of mitakos on 
 this account, and also because a number of the loads had nothing 
 like 400 in them. In the original list brass and iron wire, beads, 
 and cowries are put down as a total of 63 (sixty-three) loads. There 
 are 73 loads, made up of 27 brass and iron wire, 33 beads, and 13 
 cowries, all of which I brought up. 
 
 " Some of the compartments of the Stanley let in water. "When 
 the cargo was taken out on the sandbank, the scene of accident, 
 a number of the loads were wet. On arrival at the camp 
 here I had them all dried and patched up. Some of the loads 
 of beads and cowries I put into emj^ty canvas-bags for protection, 
 without taking them out of original picking. Some of the loads 
 of handkerchiefs burst through, having got wet, portions of the 
 sacking rotten. Used these first as required, keeping the better 
 conditioned ones, as regards packing, for transport on road. 
 Mitakos in sacking had to be sewn up again. Tippoo Tib has been
 
 ArPENDIX A. 311 
 
 complaining tliat tlie State Lave not sent up some of liis loads left 
 behind. The only loads of his noted in the list sent to me, arrived 
 at Manyanga, 3rd April, 1887, and were forwarded to Leo next day, 
 4tli April, 1887. These were 18 loads, and consisted of — 
 
 12 loads done up in sacking. 
 
 2 „ „ sacks. 
 
 3 „ „ large tins. 
 1 case. 
 
 18 total. 
 
 These loads Avere taken up on the first trip of the SfanJry, as 
 stated on list handed by you to me, copy herewith marked W. 
 
 (Signed) "J. K. T." 
 
 A ropy of this report I handed to Major Barttelot to give llr. 
 Stanley, and a duplicate to ]^lr. Bonny.
 
 APPENDIX B. 
 
 COERESPONDENCE EESPECTING THE EXPEDITION EOR 
 THE EELIEF OF EMUS' PASHA.i 
 
 No. 1. 
 
 Acting Consul-General Holmwood to tlic Earl of IddesUigTi. 
 {Received Odolicr 25.) 
 
 Zanzibar, September 23, 1886. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 I telegraphed to your Lordship to-day, giving the heads of the 
 latest intelligence from Emin Bey at Wadelai. I also transmitted 
 to Sir Evelyn Baring at Cairo a brief account of Emin's situation. 
 
 The sources from which this information was derived were: 
 letters from Mr. Mack ay, of the Church Missionary Society at 
 Uganda, dated the 14th and 26th May and 28th June; letters 
 from Emin Bey, dated Lado, 16th November, 1884, and Wadelai, 
 1st January and 27th February, 1886. 
 
 Besides these, I have been shown a letter from T\Ir. Mackay to 
 the Society's agent here, dated the 12th July, and two letters 
 from Dr. Junker and one from Emin Bey to the German Consul- 
 General. The last of these letters, dated the 16th August, was 
 written from Msalala, the Church Mission depot on the south of 
 the Victoria Lake. I have also seen a number of Arabic letters 
 ■written by Emin Bey and officers of his Staff. 
 
 1 This Parliamentary Paper appears by the kind permission of the Comp- 
 troller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office.
 
 APPENDIX B. 313 
 
 l\rr. Mackay writes that they are in great danger and practically 
 prisoners, and that their every action is reported to the King, 
 unless in instances where they can secure silence by bribery. 
 After Dr. Junker's departure the King stopped the porters he had 
 engaged to carry supplies to Einin, and it was uncertain whether 
 he would eventually permit their leaving. 
 
 The other letters confirm generally all that Mr. Mackay writes. 
 
 Dr. Junker was proceeding at once to Uyui, and anticipated 
 arriving at Zanzibar towards the end of the year. He speaks in 
 the highest terms of Emin's capacity and behaviour, and of the 
 heroism and loyalty of his troops and the 4000 natives who 
 remain faithful to the Egyptian Government. He states, how- 
 ever, that Emin is urgently in need of ammunition and stores, and 
 that though he purchased of Mr. Mackay cotton goods to the 
 value of £400, and engaged porters to convey them to Wadelai, 
 he hopes prompt measures may be taken for his more effectual 
 relief. Most of the loyal Egyptian subjects in Emin's province, 
 being natives of the district, had refused to accompany him to 
 the coast, and Emin had written to say he would never abandon 
 them unless they could be left in a safe position. Neither he nor 
 Mr. Mackay mention the latest dates from Wadelai, though it is 
 clear they have both received more recent letters than those 
 inclosed. Dr. Junker is under great misgivings regarding the 
 situation of our missionaries in Uganda, whom he describes as 
 in great danger and virtually in slavery. 
 
 No. 2. 
 
 Mr. Fortal to the Earl of Iddesleigh. — {Received Octohcr 25.) 
 
 Cairo, October 19, 1886. 
 
 (Extract.) 
 
 I have the honour to inclose herewith copies of two dispatches 
 which I have received from Her Majesty's Acting Cousul-General 
 at Zanzibar, giving the latest intelligence which has been received 
 on the subject, and containing his views as to the possibility of 
 helping Emin Bey and the Egyptian troops with him. 
 
 The documents and letters inclosed in Mr. Holmwood's dis- 
 patches are all in Arabic, and are addressed, some to Egyptian
 
 314 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Ministers and some to private individuals. Tlicro' is also among 
 them a long Report addressed to the Minister of War. This and 
 the other official correspondence is being communicated to the 
 Egyptian Ministry. 
 
 I have also shown Mr. Holm wood's dispatches both to Nubar 
 Pasha and to General Grenfell, Sirdar of the Egyptian army, who 
 are considering whether any means exist within the power of the 
 Egyptian Government by which the difficulties and dangers of 
 Emin Bey's position may be lessened. 
 
 Inclosure 1 IN No. 2. 
 
 Acting Consul- General Holnuvood to Sir E. Barina. 
 
 Zanzibar, September 25, 1886. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 At the same time that I received the information regarding the 
 situation of Emin Bey which I telegraphed to you on the 23rd 
 instant, I also learned from the English missionaries at Uganda 
 and from Dr. Junker, who quitted that country on the 12th July, 
 that King Mwanga, the son and successor of Mtesa, had instituted 
 a violent persecution against Christianity, that he had put to 
 death or barbarously mutilated all natives suspected of being in 
 communication with the Mission, and forcibly detained the mis- 
 sionaries themselves who wished to quit the country. 
 
 Dr. Junker had purchased stores to the value of £400, and 
 engaged porters, with the King's permission, to convey them to 
 Wadelai, but after his departure the King had refused to allow 
 their transmission, and the latest intelligence received is that all 
 Europeans in Uganda were in extreme personal danger. 
 
 I forward herewith an Arabic dispatch and Report from Emin 
 Bey to the President of the Council, also other letters for various 
 officials in Egypt, but fear there are others of more rec:nt date 
 which, up to the present time, have failed to reach Zanzibar. 
 
 In Emin's letters to me he only reports his situation up to the 
 27th February last, when he proposed arranging for the evacuation 
 of his province by detachments, the first of which ho hoped to 
 disjoateh at the close of the rains, towards the end of July; but
 
 APPENDIX B. 315 
 
 both Dr. Junker and Mr. Mackay, the Head of the Cluirch Mission 
 in Uganda, inform me that they iiave since heard from Emin that 
 the majority of the 4000 loyal Egyptian subjects who have re- 
 mained faithful to Egypt throughout, and have supported him in 
 the face of constant attacks from the Mahdi's adherents ao-ffra- 
 vated by an imminent danger of starvation, refuse to leave their 
 country; and he had therefore determined, if he could possibly 
 do so, to remain at his post and continue to protect Egyptian 
 interests till relief arrived, and he might be able to leave his 
 followers in a safe position. Neither of my informants mentions 
 the date of Emin's latest letters, but I know that Dr. Junker was 
 in Unyoro, two days' march from the Albert Lake, with which 
 Emin had ready communication by means of two steam-vessels, in 
 the latter part of May, since which he had to abandon the protec- 
 tion of Kabarega, an ally of Emin's, in consequence of his being 
 driven into the forest by the fierce attacks of the Uganda forces. 
 Both Dr. Junker and Mr. Mackay strongly urge the necessity of 
 the immediate relief of Wadelai, if it is not to be abandoned to 
 the same fate as that which overtook Khartoum, the transmission 
 of full supplies of ammunition and cotton cloth being its chief 
 needs. 
 
 But for the dangerous attitude of Uganda, this would have been 
 a mere question of expenditure, regarding which I should have 
 telegraphed you an estimate, leaving you to forward ammunition, 
 the pattern of which must be known at the War Office in Cairo ; 
 but under present circumstances, other important considerations 
 are involved, which it is beyond my province to pass an opinion 
 on. I would^ however, suggest that, should it be decided to relieve 
 Emin, this would be a good opportunity for dealing at the same 
 time with Uganda, the infamous conduct of whose King has for 
 many years been prejudicial to the development of the interior, 
 and has, indeed, been the direct cause of Emin's isolation and of 
 his present straitened situation. Were Uganda free from this 
 tyrant, the Equatorial Province, even should the present element- 
 ary system of communication remain unmodified, would be witliin 
 eight weeks' post of Zanzibar, and a safe dejaot on the Albert 
 Nyanza would provide a base from which any further operations 
 that might be decided upon for the retention of the Upper Nile 
 could be undertaken effectively and without anxiety.
 
 316 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Dr. Junker states that the country to the east of the Ripon 
 Falls has proved impracticable, and that Emin has lost many 
 troops in endeavouring to open communications through it. If 
 such be the case, the alternative line by which Dr. Fischer tried 
 to relieve Junker, and which, I believe, he still recommends, could 
 not be relied on for turning Uganda and its eastern dependency, 
 and the well-known route via Uganda would be the only one 
 available for an expedition of moderate size. 
 
 On the eve of the departure of the mail, it is impossible to give 
 you any exact estimate regarding the iJcrsonncl of the relief 
 expedition, but I am instituting inquiries as to the nature and 
 value of the goods best suited for Emin's province. As far as I 
 am able to judge, without making any special calculation, I con- 
 sider that 1200 porters would be the smallest number that would 
 suffice, and a well-armed guard of at least 500 natives would be 
 necessary. It would be a great advantage were a body of seasoned 
 Nubian or Egyptian troops under experienced leaders available, 
 and it may be worth consideration whether the Sultan of Zanzibar 
 might not be induced to place a few companies of his well-armed 
 native force, under Brigadier Mathews, a retired officer of our Royal 
 Navy, at disposal. 
 
 In the meantime, I am writing to Emin and to Mr. Mackay, 
 warning them privately that, though nothing is decided on, they 
 should be prepared for hearing of some action being taken, and 
 should therefore spare no pains in forwarding all possible detailed 
 information which may serve to guide the leader of any relief 
 party ; and I have indicated means for insuring the delivery of 
 their communications to the proper persons, should the messengers 
 they may dispatch hear of any such expedition on their way to the 
 coast. 
 
 I have also assumed the responsibility for any expenses Mr. 
 Jilackay may incur in inducing the King of Uganda's officers to 
 facilitate the transmission of his letters. 
 
 Should any further measures occur to me as being advisable, 
 pending a reply to my telegram, I shall not fail to take them.
 
 APPENDIX B. 317 
 
 Inclosure 2 IN No. 2. 
 
 Acting Consul- General Ilohnivood to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Zanzibar, Septcmher 27, 18SG. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 In reply to your telegram of the 25th instant, I telegraphed 
 yesterday the general lines on which I would recommend an 
 expedition for Emin Bey's relief to be organized. 
 
 Some other suggestions regarding the measures that would be 
 necessary are given in my dispatch of the 25th instant, but until 
 I have made further inquiries as to the weight and nature of the 
 goods which must be forwarded, I can supply no exact details. 
 
 General Mathews, whom I had consulted as to the force neces- 
 sary for the safety of the expedition, is of opinion that I have 
 formed far too low an estimate ; but after weighing the testimony 
 of many experienced persons acquainted with Uganda, I must 
 adhere to my opinion, that 500 native troops, armed with modern 
 rities and under experienced leaders, would, if supplemented by 
 an irregular force, fully suffice. 
 
 On the supposition that the well-travelled route via Uganda 
 would be adopted, the plan I would recommend is as follows : — 
 
 Temporary possession of all the Arab dhows and other large 
 craft on the south of the Victoria Lake having been obtained, by 
 peaceable means if possible, the advance guard shall proceed to 
 the landing-place a few hours' march from the King of Uganda's 
 town, and, being furnished with presents and letters from the 
 Sultan of Zanzibar and this Agency requesting every assistance in 
 passing through his country, they shall communicate with the 
 missionaries and avail themselves of their knowledge of the country 
 and its people. 
 
 A little tact would, with ordinary precaution, secure their safety 
 until the arrival of the main body, and unless T am greatly misin- 
 formed, the Waganda would never venture to meddle with such a 
 body as would then be assembled. 
 
 Arrangements could then be made either to march to Wadelai, 
 or to meet Emin's steamers at the Albert Lake, a five days' journey ; 
 and after his relief any measures for dealing with Uganda could be
 
 318 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 uiulcrtaken by an overwhelming force made up from the expedition 
 and Eniin's people. 
 
 I have seit through the Sultan for an Arab who bears a high 
 character and has his Highness' confidence. He has just reached 
 the coast from Uganda, where he has resided many years. I 
 expect him here to-morrow, and after carefully advising with him 
 regarding points on which I feel somewhat doubtful, it may be 
 necessary to amend my present recommendations in some respects. 
 
 I am in communication with the Foreign Office regarding assist- 
 ance for the missionaries in Uganda. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) Fredc. Holmwood. 
 
 No. 3. 
 
 The British and Foreign Anti- Slavery Society to the Earl of 
 Idclesleigh. — {Bcceived Novcmher 12.) 
 
 55, Neiv Broad Street, London, November 8, 1886. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 At a meeting of the Committee of this Society held on the 5th 
 instant, I had the honour to lay before them a letter addressed to 
 myself by Emin Bey, and one from him to Dr. Felkin, a former 
 traveller through the Equatorial provinces governed by Dr. Emin 
 Bey, and a member of this Committee. 
 
 Dr. Emin Bey, who was appointed by General Gordon to ad- 
 minister, on behalf of the Egyptian Government, the Equatorial 
 provinces on the Upper White Nile, has long been cut off from all 
 help from the civilized world, and is now, as shown by his letters, 
 in a very precarious position. After considering the subject-matter 
 of the two letters (of which I have the honour to inclose proof 
 copy), the following Resolution was passed unanimously, and I was 
 directed to forward a copy to your Lordship. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) CiiAS. H. Allen, Secretary.
 
 APPENDIX B. 319 
 
 Inclosure in No. 3. 
 
 Resolution. 
 
 That in view of the services rendered by Dr. Emin Bey, both 
 m the suppression of the Slave Trade, and in administering foi a 
 considerable period a settled and peaceful Government in the 
 Equatorial provinces of Egypt, the Committee consider that the 
 position of Dr. Emin Bey presents a very strong claim upon her 
 Majesty's Government. 
 
 While not suggesting any measure of a military character for 
 his relief, the Committee hold that both her Majesty's Government 
 and that of Egypt are bound to be sparing of neither exertion nor 
 expense in order to rescue him from the destruction which seems 
 to await him, or by the supply of money and goods to enable him 
 to hold a friendly position amongst the natives of his province. 
 
 No. 4. 
 
 Mr. Ilachinnon to Foreign Office. — {Received November IG.) 
 Trentham, Stoke-upon- Trent, November 15, 1SS6. 
 
 Dear Sir James, 
 
 I have no doubt it is well known to you and to her Majesty's 
 Government that there is a general feeling in the country, espe- 
 cially in London, that some effort should be made to open up com- 
 munication with Emin Bey, and that the Government should in 
 some way or other take immediate action in the matter. 
 
 It is not for me to say how it should be done ; but I venture to 
 suggest that if her Majesty's Government desire to respond to the 
 general feeling I have indicated, it might be worthy of their con- 
 sideration whether the services of the well-known eminent explorer, 
 Mr. H. M. Stanley, should not be secured. 
 
 I have reason to believe that he would promptly and unhesitat- 
 ingly undertake such a service as this, provided the means for 
 doing so were placed at his disposal, although the service would 
 involve great personal and pecuniary sacrifices on his part.
 
 320 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 I believe he would be quite willing, with such support, and 
 without demanding any official recognition for his mission from 
 her Majesty's Government, to undertake the service and relieve 
 them of all responsibility for liis personal safety. 
 
 Mr. Stanley proceeds to America on the 18th to fulfil an engage- 
 ment there, but should it be desired, I believe he would be ready, 
 if a decision is come to promptly by her Majesty's Government, to 
 delay his departure or to return from New York on receipt of a 
 telegram. 
 
 Might I ask you (provided you deem it expedient) to bring the 
 matter under the notice of the Secretary of State for Foreign 
 Affairs ? And if you think my services, whether by communicating 
 with Mr, Stanley or otherwise, can be of any use, I beg you will 
 not hesitate to inform me. 
 
 Believe me, &c. 
 (Signed) W. MACKINNON. 
 
 No. 5. 
 
 Sir E. Baring to the Earl of Iddesleigh. — {Received ly telegraph, 
 
 Novemler 16.) 
 
 Cairo, November 16, 1886. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 I have the honour to enclose herewith copy of a dispatch which 
 I iiave to-day received from her Majesty's Acting Agent and 
 Consul-General at Zanzibar. 
 
 The letters from Emin Bey inclosed therein were all in Arabic, 
 and were addressed to various private individuals and officials in 
 this country, including one Report addressed to the President of 
 the Council. 
 
 I would draw your Lordship's attention to the last paragraph in 
 Mr. Holmwood's dispatch, and venture to ask your Lordship to 
 instruct me as to what answer I should send him as to the possi- 
 bility of taking any stej^s with a view to sending stores or relief to 
 Emin Bey. 
 
 The Egyptian Government is not in a position which will enable 
 it to send an expedition to Wadelai.
 
 APPENDIX B. 321 
 
 Inclosure in No. 5. 
 
 Adiiig Comid-Gensral HoIdhooocI to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Zanzibar, October 23, 1886. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 la continuation of my Keport of the 27th September, I have 
 the honour to inform you that letters from Emin Eey have been 
 received, dated Wudelai, 7th July, when he was still at his post, 
 and hoped his stores would hold out until relief arrived. It is 
 evident fiom his letters that ]\Ir. Slackay, tlie missionary at 
 Uganda, had greatly encouraged him and the subjects of Egypt to 
 believe that relief would shortly reach him. 
 
 I inclose herewith letters for the President of the Council and 
 other Egyptian officials. Emin forwarded copy of a letter from 
 the Mahdi, giving a description of the capture of Khartoum and 
 Gordon's death. This and other letters have been transmitted to 
 the Foreign Office; also letters from Uganda up to the 24th 
 August. 
 
 In I'eference to the relief of Wadelai, I have ascertained that 
 500 porters, carrying goods to the value of about £2500, would 
 suffice, and I conclude that 300 porters would carry the necessary 
 supply of ammunition. For your guidance I may mention that 
 each load would be about 60 lbs. in weight. 
 
 I shall await your reply to my recent dispatch before reporting 
 further. 
 
 No. G. 
 
 Foreign OJfice to the British and Foreign Anti-Shvvrrij Society. 
 
 Forcirjn Ojjice, November 19, 188G. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by the Earl of Iddesleigh to aclcnowlcdge the 
 receipt of your letter of the 8th instant with regnrd to tlie present 
 position of Emin Bey, and I am to request that you will assure 
 your Society that the matter is receiving attention from her 
 Majesty's Government. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) T. V. Lister. 
 
 Y
 
 322 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 No. 7. 
 
 Acting Consul-Gencral Hohmvood to tlte Earl of Iddesleigh. 
 (Beceivcd November 22.) 
 
 Zanzibar, October 18, 1886. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 I have the honour to report that letters from Mr. Mackay and 
 Emin Bey, dated respectively the 24th August and 7th July, were 
 received on the 16th instant, when a short telegraphic summary of 
 the intelligence they contained was forwarded to your Lordship. 
 
 Emin Bey's letter indicates his ability to remain at his post for 
 some time longer ; his followers evidently anticipated the organiza- 
 tion of some form of relief, but this is no doubt a question which 
 is occupying the attention of her Majesty's Government as well as 
 that of Egypt. I am forwarding this information to our Minister 
 at Cairo, together with letters from Emin to the President of the 
 Council and other Egyptian officials. 
 
 The inclosed letter from the Mahdi to the Governor he had 
 appointed to the Bahr-Ghazal provinces, describing the capture of 
 Khartoum and the death of Gordon, is a most interesting document, 
 and may prove a valuable historical record. 
 
 Inclosure in No. 7. 
 
 The Mahdi to ShciJch Karamalla. 
 
 12th Rajah, 1302 {Axjril 28, 1885). 
 (Translation.) 
 
 From the miserable Mahomed Ahmed, who is called El Mahdi, 
 to his miserable Wali, Karamalla-el-Sheikh. 
 
 After praises to Almighty God — 
 
 From the poor slave of God, Mahomed El Mahdi-bin- Abdullah, 
 to his friend and his Governor, Karamalla-bin-Sheikh Mahomed, 
 God grant him, &c. I present to you excellent salaams, &c. Then 
 I inform you, oh, my dear friend, that according to the fulfilled 
 promise of God, the city of Khartoum was entered by the help of
 
 APPENDIX B. 323 
 
 God on the 9th Rabeen-el-Akhur (2Gth January, 1885), at the 
 instant of daybreak, through the helpers of our reh'gion, who were 
 ready, and jumped over the ditch acting upon the command of the 
 Lord of the whole world ; it was a quarter of an hour or less that 
 they came upon the enemies of God, their cutting off even from 
 the beginning to the end of them, and the surrounding of them, 
 notwithstanding they Avere strong in their arms of strength. From 
 the commencement they fled away from before the troops of God, 
 and though thinking to obtain safety by entering inclosures and 
 shutting the doors, they were met face to face, and hewn with 
 swords or stabbed with spears until their cries were terrible, and 
 they were cut to pieces at once there upon the ground, and then 
 the troops of God fell upon the rest of the people who had shut 
 the doors fearing the same fate, who were taken up and killed 
 properly, and there were none left remaining of them but little 
 children and free slaves. 
 
 But as to the enemy of God, Gordon, though we had warned 
 him and talked kindly to him that he might return Lo God, yet he 
 never did so, because his miserable state had been fore-ordained, 
 and also the access of his foolishness, before his fate was ended, and 
 he was sorry for the sins he had sown in this world ; and he was 
 removed by God to the place of His wrath, which is a bad place to 
 remain in. 
 
 The end of this guilty people is that they were cut off, which, 
 thanks to God, befalls those who are to receive fire as their reward, 
 whilst light is reserved for those who shall receive Heaven as their 
 dwelling-place. 
 
 Then he began to bless himself and his people in prayer. There 
 were ten persons only of our people who were killed in this holy 
 strife for the conquest of Khartoum, and the rest of our people 
 neither received wound nor hurt. 
 
 All has happened by the Providence of God, &c. And we bow 
 our heads in thanks to God for the help we have received from 
 Him. May you also do so. Bow the head to God, and thank His 
 Holy Name.
 
 324 STANLEY^S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 No. 8. 
 
 Mr. H. M. Sianlcij to Mr. Macldnnon. — {Communicated to the Foreign 
 O^iee, November 22.) 
 
 160, Ncio Bond Street^ Loiulon, November 15, 1886. 
 
 My dear Mr. Mackinnon, 
 
 Reverting to the subject which we have been verbally dis- 
 cussing, viz. the relief of Emin Bey, let me say that if there is 
 real intention and purpose to carry the proposal into effect, you 
 may fully command my services. To that object I would devote 
 them freely and gratuitously, without hope of fee or reward. 
 I am abundantly occupied and most profitably emplo3^ed, as you 
 know, in lecturing; but if such a mission as this is offered to 
 me, I will gladly put myself under your orders at a moment's 
 notice. Personally, I am prepared to start within an hour; 
 but an expedition's necessities would detain me about two 
 weeks here. 
 
 After casting up the various items of expenditure, I venture to 
 promise you that the cost of such a relief expedition would not 
 exceed £20,000 ; and if you could obtain transport by sea by a 
 man-of-war or a Government store-ship the cost would be still less. 
 It would also be necessary to obtain the good offices of her 
 Majesty's Government, without which the expedition would be 
 expensive and tedious. Presuming that you could obtain the 
 latter, I beg to point out to you that there are four routes by 
 which Emin Bey could be relieved and extricated from his 
 dangerous position. That which offers the least obstacles for the 
 march of the expedition is also that on which the moral help of 
 her Majesty's Government would be most effective. By a few 
 strokes of the pen in the sliape of a recommendatory letter, without 
 attracting notice or comment from curious peoj^le, her Majesty's 
 Government can expedite me on my way, and contribute materially, 
 though unostentatiously, to tlie success of the expedition. By this 
 route, which I consider safest and most feasible, Emin Bey can be 
 reached safely by the middle of June 1887, ami Emin Bey's as 
 Avell as the relief expedition could reach the sea by tlic middle of 
 December 1887.
 
 APPENDIX B. 325 
 
 The last week I have been industriously sketching out the 
 routes, with the various costs attending each route. You must 
 remember that for fourteen years I have been in Africa ; that I 
 know personally the region to be traversed within 350 miles of 
 Emin Bey's position at Wadelai ; that the three expeditions I have 
 led into Africa have been perfectly successful each time ; that 
 my recommendation to King Leopold was based upon the celerity 
 of my movements and the economy attending the equipment of the 
 previous expeditions. 
 
 I do not know Emin Bey personally, but if I am ready to 
 sacrifice an income of £10,000 to his relief, surely it would not be 
 a difficult task to find a few noble-hearted gentlemen willing to 
 subscribe such a small sum as £20,000 to equip an expedition, 
 under my voluntary guidance, to effect this desirable object. 
 Think of the years this man has patiently waited at the post of 
 duty. All that I have sounded upon the subject join with me in 
 wishing that his rescue may be accomplished. 
 
 I propose sailing for New York, via Southampton, on steam-ship 
 Allen. I submit this letter to you in the hope that such a trip 
 will not be necessary, and that you may be able to arrive at a 
 definite decision before I sail, as every day is valuable. Should I 
 sail, however, you know my address ; and you may cable to me in 
 the most peremptory manner, feeling sure that by first steamer I 
 shall return, and abandon everything to carry out this honourable 
 mission. 
 
 Yours, &c. 
 (Signed) Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 No. 9- 
 
 Sir E. Baring to the Earl of Iddesleigh.—(Iieceived hy TehgrapJi, 
 
 Novemler 23.) 
 
 Ccdro, November 23, 1886. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 I have the honour to report that I have had an interview with 
 Dr. Schweinfurth on the subject of Emin Bey's position, and the 
 possibility of affording him relief.
 
 326 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Dr. Schweinfurth suggests that an expedition should be organized 
 for the relief of Emin by Dr. Junker, who is well acquainted 
 with those countries, and that the Egyptian Government should 
 contribute £10,000 towards the cost. He does not think it would 
 cost more than £10,000, and anticipates that, even if it did, the 
 Missionary Societies in England would subscribe a certain amount 
 towards paying the expenses. His plan would include dethroning 
 the present King of Uganda by giving help to the party hostile 
 to hitn. 
 
 Dr. Schweinfurth attaches great importance to Dr. Junker being 
 made the leader of the expedition, and is much adverse to any 
 officer of the Sultan of Zanzibar being given the command. 
 
 The Egyptian Government would not be unwilling to contribute 
 £10,000 for the relief of Emin Bey, but they have no troops whom 
 they could send ; Dr. Schweinfurth does not think that Egyptian 
 troops would be necessary. Before any steps are taken I venture 
 to request your Lordship to inform me whether her Majesty's 
 Government has any objection to the Egyptian Government taking 
 this proposed action. 
 
 I have to-day telegraphed to Consul Holm wood, and have 
 asked him to give me his opinion on the subject, and it would, 
 I submit, be desirable to obtain Sir John Kirk's opinion as to the 
 practicability of the plan. 
 
 At the same time, I would recall to your Lordship's notice the 
 opinions expressed by Consul Holmwood. 
 
 No. 10. 
 Tlic Earl of Iddesleigh to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, November 25, 1886. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have to inform you that Mr. Stanley has proposed to organize 
 and conduct a peaceful relief expedition, on the condition that her 
 Majesty's Government will supply the necessary funds. 
 
 It has, however, been decided by her Majesty's Government that 
 this is a responsibility which they cannot undertake. 
 
 An endeavour is being made by some private individuals to
 
 APPENDIX B. 327 
 
 provide the funds necessary to supplement the £10,000 which 
 might, in your opinion, be possibly contributed by the Egyptian 
 Government towards an expedition. 
 
 Her Majesty's Government will address a further communication 
 to you on the subject. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) Iddesleigh. 
 
 No. 11. 
 
 Mr. Mackinnon to the Earl of Iddesleigh. — (Beceived Novemler 27.) 
 
 Burlington Hotel, 30, Old Burlington Street, 
 November 27, 1886. 
 
 Dear Loed Iddesleigh, 
 
 I have considered the matter of our conversation of Wednesday 
 evening last, and now submit the inclosed Memorandum for your 
 consideration. 
 
 If the plan suggested in the Memorandum meets with your 
 Lordship's approval, I shall at once set to work to get together the 
 £10,000 required from my friends and myself. 
 
 I would hope that if the £10,000 required from Government 
 should be provided, as would seem to be reasonable, out of the 
 resources of Egypt, the Committee should not on that account 
 be placed under obligation to have any direct communication 
 with the Egyptian Government. They would doubtless prefer to 
 communicate with or through her Majesty's Government only. 
 
 It appears, from information in the newspapers, that Emin Bey 
 is believed to have considerable quantities of ivory, which might 
 be utilized for repayment of outlays connected with any scheme of 
 relief. The Committee would naturally expect that if this expect- 
 ation should be realized, a just proportion should be made over to 
 them in repayment of their outlay. 
 
 I remain, &c. 
 (Signed) W. Mackinnon.
 
 328 STANLEY'S EEAR COLU.MN. 
 
 Inclosure in No. 11. 
 
 Memorandum on the sv.ljcct of the Relief of Emin Bey. 
 
 It is suggested, for tlie consideration of her Majesty's Govern- 
 ment, by Mr. W. Mackinnon, acting for himself and others, that a 
 small Committee be formed to organize and send out a private 
 expedition to open communications with, and carry relief to, 
 Emin Bey. 
 
 It has been estimated by the most competent authorities that 
 for this purpose a sr.m of £20,000 will be needed, and it is proposed 
 that, the sum being provided, the Committee should intrust the 
 leadership and sole conduct of the expedition to Mr. H. M, Stanley, 
 Avho offers his services gratuitously, and proposes to engage only 
 Zanzibaris and other East Africans. He is ready to accept all 
 the jjersonal risks involved, and to relieve every one else of 
 responsibility. 
 
 It would be necessary, in order to carry out this proposal, that 
 Government should assist the expedition by instructing its agents 
 and naval officers to render every assistance and exert themselves 
 in its favour, and that Government should facilitate the supply of 
 the arms and ammunition necessary to Mr. Stanley's native escort. 
 
 Mr. Mackinnon and friends will endeavour to provide £10,000 
 towards the expenses of the expedition, on condition that a similar 
 amount be placed at the disposal of the Committee through her 
 Majesty's Government. 
 
 Mr. Stanley would be left to decide what would be the best and 
 quickest mode of reaching Emin Bey. He would, in consideration 
 of the Government grant, be instructed to convey any communica- 
 tions with which he might be intrusted by her Majesty's Govern- 
 ment or by the Egyptian Government, and to assist the withdrawal 
 to the coast of the Egyptian garrison. 
 
 (Signed) W. Mackinnon.
 
 APPENDIX B. 329 
 
 No. 12. 
 
 Tlic Earl of Iddcslcigh to Sii- E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, December 3, 1886. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have informed you to-day, by telegraph, that some private 
 persons personally interested in Emin Bey are organizhig a small 
 Committee with the view of setting on foot an expedition for his 
 rehef of a purely pacific character. The sum of £10,000 will be 
 raised by them for the purpose, and they will take on themselves 
 all responsibility, provided that a similar sum is given by the 
 Egyptian Government. 
 
 The expedition will be under the direction of Mr. H. M, Stanley. 
 
 Her Majesty's Government approve the proposal, and the persons 
 by whom the offer is made have been informed that it is under- 
 stood by us that the agreement of the Egyptian Government is 
 assured. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) Iddesleigh. 
 
 No. 13. 
 
 Sir E. Baring to the Earl of Iddesleigh. — {Received 
 December 4, 10.30 A.M.) 
 
 Cairo, December 4, 188G. 
 (Telegraphic.) 
 
 Egyptian Government fully concur in the arrangement, and agree 
 to contribute £10,000 towards the expenses of the expedition. 
 
 No. 14. 
 
 Sir E. Baring to the Earl of Iddesleigh. — (Received Becemher 6.) 
 
 Cairo, November 23, 18SG. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 I have the honour to inclose herewith to your Lordship copy 
 of a telegram which, at the request of the Egyptian Govern-
 
 333 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 ment, I have forwarded to her Majesty's Consul at Zanzibar for 
 transmission to Emin Bey. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) E. Baring. 
 
 Inclosure in No. 14. 
 
 Sir E. Baring to Acting Consul-Gcncral Holmwood. 
 
 Cairo, November 28, 1886. 
 (Telegraphic.) 
 
 Send by sure and early opportunity following message from 
 President Council of Ministers to Emin Bey. 
 
 Messao^e besjins : — 
 
 "Your letters of July received. His Highness the Khedive, in 
 order to show his appreciation of the good services rendered, desires 
 you to express his thanks to the loyal Egyptian troops, and in 
 recognition of your services has promoted you to the rank of 
 Pasha. 
 
 "You are authorized to retire from the Mudirieh to the best 
 position for ultimate withdrawal via Zanzibar when circumstances 
 allow. 
 
 " Any troops and refugees who desire to remain where they are 
 should be permitted to do so. Fuller instructions and details will 
 follow by post. A letter has been written to Sultan Kabarega 
 desiring his assistance. 
 
 " Every effort will be made for the disiDatch and safe-conduct of 
 letters. Endeavour to keep us well informed." 
 
 Message ends. 
 
 No. 15. 
 
 Foreign Office to Acting Consul-General Holmioood. 
 
 Foreign Office, December 7, 1886. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 You were this day informed, by telegram, that some private 
 gentlemen, of whom Mr. Mackinnon, the Chairman of the British 
 India Steam Navigation Company, is the head, are, with the
 
 APPENDIX B. 331 
 
 approval of her Majesty's Government, making arrangements witli 
 Mr. Stanley to lead an expedition for the relief of Emin Pasha. 
 To the expenses of this scheme the Egyptian Government have 
 agreed to contribute £10,000. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) Julian Pauncefote. 
 
 No. 16. 
 
 Mr. Macldnnon to Mr. H. M. Stanley. — (Communicated to the 
 Foreign Office, December 11.) 
 
 London, December 11, 1886. v- 
 (Telegraphic.) 
 
 Your plan and offer accepted. Authorities approve. Funds 
 provided. Business urgent. Come promptly. Reply. 
 
 No. 17. 
 
 Mr. H. M. Stanley to Mr. Mackinnon. — {Communicated to the 
 Foreign Office, December 13.) 
 
 New York, December 13, 1886. 
 (Telegraphic.) 
 
 Just received Monday's cablegrams. Many thanks. Every- 
 thing all right. Will sail per Eider, 8 o'clock Wednesday morning. 
 If good weather and barring accidents aiTive 22nd December 
 Southampton. It is only one month's delay after all. Tell 
 authorities prepare Holmwood, Zanzibar, and Seyyid Barghash, 
 Best compliments to you. 
 
 No. 18. 
 
 Sir F. de Winton to Foreign Office. — {Eeccived January 8, 18S7.) 
 
 160, Neiv Bund Street, December 30, 1886. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have the honour to inform you, for the information of the 
 Right Honourable the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, that
 
 332 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 a Committee lias been formed of the following gentlemen, to 
 conduct the affairs of the Emin Bey Relief Expedition : — 
 
 Mr. W, Mackinnon, Chairman ; Honourable G. Dawnay ; Mr. 
 H. M. Stanley; Sir L. Pelly ; Mr. A. F. Kinnaird ; Colonel Grant; 
 Reverend H. Waller ; Colonel Sir F. de Winton, Acting Secretary. 
 
 A meeting of this Committee was held on the 29th instant, 
 ■when the action of Mr. Mackinnon, and the appointment of Mr. 
 Stanley to command the expedition, were confirmed. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) F. De Winton. 
 
 No. 19. 
 
 Emin Belief Committee to the Marquis of Salisbury. 
 (Eceeived January 13.) 
 
 160, New Bond Street, London, January 12, 1887. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 I have been instructed by the Committee of the Emin Pasha 
 Relief Expedition to request the favourable consideration of 
 her Majesty's Government to the question of transport of the 
 expedition from Zanzibar to Banana, the mouth of the Congo, for 
 the following reasons : — 
 
 That his Majesty the Sovereign of the New Congo Free State 
 has placed a sufficiency of transport on the waters of the Haut 
 Congo at the disposal of Mr. Stanley, for the use of the expedition, 
 gratuitously. 
 
 That the adoption of the Congo route would prevent any 
 misfortune happening to the missionaries, French and English, 
 now in the power of Mwanga, the King of Uganda. 
 
 That the funds of the Committee are not sufficient to enable 
 them to carry out the whole object of the expedition, via the 
 Congo route, in consequence of the cost of transport from Zanzibar 
 to Banana Point. 
 
 The Congo route has the further advantages, that it offers far 
 greater facilities for the withdrawal of the women and children at 
 present with Emin Bey. It would also open up a sure and 
 certain route for any further relief to Emin Pasha, and for his 
 own ultimate retreat.
 
 APPENDIX B. 333 
 
 The Committee have therefore to request, as the Congo route is 
 for so many reasons the more suitable, that her Majesty's Govern- 
 ment may see fit to place a steam-vessel at the disposition of the 
 expedition to carry out the service of transport of 500 Zanzibaris, 
 and the material belonging to the expedition, from Zanzibar to 
 Banana ; and, if the request be granted, that the steamer may be 
 at Zanzibar not later than the 21st February to await Mr. 
 Stanley's ofders. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) F. De Winton, Colonel, 
 
 Acting Secretary, Emin Pasha Relief Expedition. 
 
 No. 20. 
 Foreign Office to Emin Ilclief Committee, 
 
 Foreign Office, January 13, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by the Secretary of State to acknowledge the 
 receipt of your letter of the 12th instant, expressing the hope of 
 your Committee that her Majesty's Government may see fit to 
 place a steam-vessel at the disposition of the expedition for the 
 relief of Emin Pasha to carry out the service of transport of 5U0 
 Zanzibaris, and the material belonging to the expedition, from 
 Zanzibar to Banana, the mouth of the Congo, and that, if the 
 request be granted, the steamer may be at Zanzibar not later than 
 the 21st February to await Mr. Stanley's orders. 
 
 In reply, I am to state to you that, although, as your Committee 
 are aware, her Majesty's Government assume no responsibility for 
 the conduct of the expedition, still the interest taken by them in 
 its success has already induced them to make inquiries at the 
 Admiralty as to wdiether one of her Majesty's ships could be 
 spared to undertake the duty referred to in your letter of 
 yesterday's date. The outcome, however, of these inquiries has 
 been that the Admiralty report that there is no shij) of war, troop 
 or store ship, available, that is capable of carrying 350 to 400 
 porters and stores from Zanzibar to the Congo mouth. 
 
 Under these circumstances, the Secretary of State regrets that
 
 S34 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 it is not in tlie power of her Majesty's Government to assist the 
 Committee in the manner requested, but inquiries are being made 
 — the result of which will be immediately communicated to your 
 Committee — as to whether substantial assistance, in some other 
 shape, cannot be unofficially extended to the expedition. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) James Fergusson. 
 
 No. 21. 
 
 The Marguis of Salisbury to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, January 22, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have requested you, by telegraph, to inform the Egyptian 
 Government that the Emin Relief Committee are desirous that 
 the Egyptian contribution of £10,000 should be immediately 
 placed to their credit at Messrs. Ransom, Bouverie, and Co.'s, 
 No. 1, Pall Mall, London. 
 
 I have added that Mr. Stanley is of opinion that Emin Pasha 
 will probably be in need of clothes, and he therefore suggests that 
 one or two good uniforms should be sent for his personal use. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) SALISBURY. 
 
 No. 22. 
 The Marquis of Salishury to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, January 24, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I informed you to-day, by telegraph, that you are authorized 
 to give Mr. Stanley all the assistance you can in regard to the 
 expedition for the relief of Emin Pasha, bearing in mind that her 
 Majesty's Government have thought it right to avoid giving to the 
 expedition any countenance, which, in possible contingencies, might 
 impose on Great Britain large military responsibilities. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) SALISBURY.
 
 APPENDIX B. 335 
 
 No. 23. 
 
 I 
 Foreign Office to Emin Relief Committee. 
 
 Foreign Office, January 31, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by the Marquis of Salisbury to acquaint you 
 that a letter has been received from the Admiralty, stating that 
 orders have been telegra^^hed to the Commander-in-chief on the 
 East India Station and to the Commander-in-chief at the Cape of 
 Good Hope and the Senior Naval Officer at Zanzibar to supply the 
 steam-ship Madura with coal free of charge, to enable her to 
 proceed from Bombay to Zanzibar to embark the Relief Expedition 
 and convey them to the Congo River, calling at the Cape of 
 Good Hope. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) P. Cukrie. 
 
 No. 24. 
 
 Foreign Offiee to Eiiiin Relief Committee. 
 
 Foreign Office, February 3, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 With reference to your letter of the 21st ultimo respecting 
 the payment of the sum which the Egyptian Government are to 
 contribute to the Emin Relief Expedition, I am directed by the 
 Marquis of Salisbury to inform you that a telegram has been 
 received from her Majesty's Agent and Consul-General at Cairo 
 stating that the money will be paid at once to the account of the 
 Relief Committee. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) T. V. Lister.
 
 336 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 No. 25. 
 
 Emin Belief Committee to Foreign Office. — [Eccei'ved Fclruary 11.) 
 30, Old BurUncjton Street, TV., February 10, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have the honour to report, for the information of the Ma^-quis 
 of Salisbury, that the Etnin Rehef Expedition has departed, that 
 it will reach Zanzibar on or about the 21st February, and unless 
 Mr. H. M. Stanley, on his arrival there, receives intelligence from 
 the interior necessitating an advance from the East Coast, he will 
 proceed with his expedition from Zanzibar in the British India 
 Steam Company's steam-ship Madura, 2000 tons, to Banana, otf 
 the mouth of the Congo, where he expects to arrive about the 
 23rd March, The expedition will then push as rapidly as possible 
 up the Congo to a point about 23° east longitude ; from this 
 point it will take about thirty-five days to march to the Lake 
 Albert Nyanza, when the object of the expedition will have been 
 accomplished. 
 
 The earliest date at which Mr. Stanley cdu arrive at Wadelai is 
 about the middle or end of July. 
 
 With reference to this Congo route, it is very probable, after 
 Mr. Stanley has opened up a road from the Congo to Wadelai, 
 that Emin Pasha will send the women and children, and other 
 Egyptians Avho may be desirous of returning to their country, by 
 this route, which will have a land journey of about 600 miles as 
 against 1200 miles by the route to the East Coast. 
 
 The Committee are therefore desirous that such a possibility 
 may be brought to the notice of the Egyptian Government in order 
 that the co-operation of the authorities of the Congo Free State 
 may be invited to assist tiiese people down the Congo, and also 
 that suitable stores of food may be established at certain parts of 
 the route where drought extending for a period of three years has 
 caused a scarcity of provisions. 
 
 They have deemed it their duty to bring the fact to the notice 
 of her Majesty's Government, for although Mr. H. M. Stanley 
 will afford Emin Pasha all the assistance in his power, arrange- 
 ments for transport and food for refugees, whether men or helpless
 
 APrENDIX B. 337 
 
 women and cliiklron, must be ma^le by the Egyptian Government, 
 the Committee undertaking only the expense of the expedition, 
 and they have made no provision for the passage down the Congo 
 and back to Egypt of any refugees. Neither would it be, in Mr. 
 Stanley's opinion, advisable to convey such by the land route to the 
 East Coast, on account of the length of the land journey, as the 
 women and children would have to be carried all the way, with 
 the probability of meeting fierce and hostile tribes between Wadelai 
 and Karagwe. 
 
 Should it be deemed desirable, the Committee will bo happy to 
 submit a short Memorandum showing the probable rei[uirenieats 
 of such a service as they have indicated. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) W. Mackinnon, 
 
 Chairman of Committee. 
 
 No. 26. 
 
 Acting Gonsul-General Hohnvjood to the Marquis of Salisbury. 
 {Beccivcd Fclruary 14.) 
 
 Zanzibar, January 17, 1837. 
 
 My Loed, 
 
 I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your 
 Lordship's telegram instructing me to inform the Sultan that 
 the expedition for the relief of Emin Pasha would proceed by the 
 Congo route instead of via Zanzibar, as originally jDroposed, and to 
 request his Highness to allow the porters, already retained for 
 the land journey from this coast, to amend their engagements in 
 accordance with the change. 
 
 To this his Highness at once assented, promising that, should 
 any of these men refuse to serve under the new conditions, he 
 would make every effort to procui-e substitutes who should be 
 equally qualified. 
 
 Inconsequence of General Mathews' detachment on other service, 
 his Highness deputed two of his clerks, who are fully acquainted 
 with the work, to select the best porters procurable, and 500 of 
 these had already been retained by Mr. Mackinnou's agent, here, 
 all of whom have passed a medical examination.
 
 338 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Large quantities of provisions and stores have already been 
 transmitted to various points along the route which had been indi- 
 cated by telegram to Mr. Mackinnon's agent, and tlie rifles and 
 ammunition which Mr. Stanley had desired the Egyptian Govern- 
 ment to forward will arrive here in a few days, 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) Fredc. Holmwood. 
 
 No. 27. 
 
 Sir E. Baring to the Marquis of Salislmry. — {Received February 14.) 
 
 Cairo, February 2, 1887. 
 (Extract.) 
 
 I have the honour to stite that I have accompanied Mr. 
 Stanley on visits both to the Khedive and to Nubar Pasha, and 
 that, after hearing an explanation of his views on the subject, they 
 have both expressed themselves thoroughly satisfied of the wisdom 
 of Mr. Stanley's choice in adoj^ting the Congo route in preference 
 to that from Zanzibar. 
 
 I have also the honour to inclose herewith copy of a letter which 
 Nubar Pasha has written, in French, to Emin Pasha, and which 
 i will be taken by Mr. Stanley ; the Khedive has also written one 
 much to the same effect in Arabic. 
 
 Inclosure in No. 27. 
 Nular FasJia to Emin Pasha. 
 
 Le Caire, le 2 Fe'vrier, 1887. 
 
 MoN CHER Emin Pacha, 
 
 Je vous avals expedie, par les soins obligeants du Consulat 
 de Sa Majeste Britannique a Zanzibar, une lettre que son Altesse 
 vous avait adressee pour vous complimenter sur votre conduite et 
 vous feliciter, vous, vos officiers, et vos soldats d'avoir triomph6 
 des difficultes que vous avez eu a combattre. 
 
 Son Altesse vous faisait savoir dans cette lettre qu'elle vous
 
 APPENDIX B. 339 
 
 accordait votre grade de General et confererait tous les grades et 
 recompenses que vous avez accordes aux officiers et autres. Moi- 
 meme je vous annou^ais une expedition se preparant a aller a votre 
 secours. Cette expedition est formee ; elie est commandee par 
 Mr. Stanley et c'est lui qui vous reuiettra ma lettre avec celle que 
 vous ecrit son Altesse et une autre que je vous ecris en Arabe. 
 
 L'expedition que commando Mr. Stanley a ete formee et consti- 
 tuee pour se rendre aupres de vous avec les j^rovisions et les 
 munitions dont vous devez avoir necessairement besoin. Eile est 
 cbargde de vous ramener vous, vos officiers, et vos soldats en 
 Egypte jDar la voie que Mr. Stanley jugera la plus convenable. Je 
 n'ai ricn a ajoutcr a ce que je viens de dire relativement au but de 
 l'expedition. Seulement son Altesse vous laisse completement 
 libres, vous, vos officiers, vos soldats, et autres de rester dans les 
 regions ou vous etes, ou de profiter des secours qu'elle vous envoie 
 pour votre retour. 
 
 Mais il est bion entendu, et il faudrait que vous le fassiez bien 
 comprendre h vos officiers, soldats, au autres, au cas ou quelqnes- 
 nns desireraient ne pas revenir, qu'ils sont libres de rester, mais 
 qu'ils restent h, leurs risques et perils et par leur jDropre volonte et 
 qu'ils n'ont consequemment ii attendre aucun secours subsequent 
 de la part du Gouvernement. C'est ce que je desire que vous 
 fassiez bien comprendre a ceux qui pourraient vouloir rester. 
 
 Je n'ais pas besoin d'ajouter que vous, vos officiers, vos soldats 
 et les autres fonctionnaires vous serez regies et payes a votre arrivee 
 en Egypte et ce qui pent vous etre du sur vos traitements et autres 
 allocations, vos grades ayant ete deja confirmes par son Altesse. 
 
 J'espere, mon cher Pacha, que Mr. Stanley vous trouvera tons 
 sains et saufs et jouissant d'une pleine sante. C'est ce que nous 
 souhaitons tous de tout coeur et c'est avec ces souhaits que je vous 
 prie d'agreer tous mes sentiments de devouement et mes sinceres 
 felicitations sur votre belle conduite. 
 
 (Signe) N. NuBAR. 
 
 (Translation.) 
 
 Cawo, February 2, 1887. 
 
 My dear Emin Pasha, 
 
 I had sent you, by the kind favour of her Britannic Majesty's 
 Consulate at Zanzibar, a letter addressed to you by his Highness
 
 310 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 complimenting you on your conduct, and congratulating you, your 
 olticers, and your soldiers on having overcome the difficulties with 
 which you had to cope. 
 
 His Excellency made you aware in that letter that he had pro- 
 moted you to the rank of General, and woidd confirm all promotions 
 and rewards given hy you to your officers and others. I informed 
 you myself of the ^preparation of an expedition for your relief. The 
 expedition is now formed; it is commanded hy Mr. Stanley, who 
 will himself hand you my letter with that which his Highness is 
 writing to you, and another which I am writing to you in Arabic. 
 
 The expedition commanded by Mr. Stanley has been formed and 
 organized in order to go to you with the provisions and stores, of 
 which you must certainly be in want. Its object is to bring you, 
 your officers, and soldiers back to Egypt by the way which Mr. 
 Stanley shall think most suitable. I have nothing to add to what 
 I have just said of the objects of the expedition. Only his High- 
 ness leaves you, your officers, your soldiers and others entirely free 
 to stay where you are, or to make use of the help he sends for 
 your return. 
 
 But, of course, and this must be made clear to your officers. 
 Soldiers, or others, if some do not wish to return they are free to 
 remain, but at their own risk and by their own desire, and that 
 they cannot expect any other help from the Government. That is 
 what I wish you to make clear to those who may wish to remain. 
 
 I have only to add that you, your officers, your soldiers and other 
 officials will have your accounts settled and be paid on your 
 arrival in Egypt what is due to you on account of salaries and other 
 allowances, as all your promotions have been already confirmed by 
 liis Highness. 
 
 I hope, my dear Pasha, that Mr. Stanley will find you all safe 
 and sound, and enjoying good health. That is what we all wish 
 with all our hearts, and it is with these wishes, &c. 
 
 (Signed) N. Nubar.
 
 APPENDIX B. 311 
 
 No. 28. 
 The Marqicis of Salisbury to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, Febmary 17, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I inclose herewith copy of a letter which has been received from 
 the Chairman of the Emin Bey Relief Committee with reference to 
 the withdrawal of Emin's party through the Congo Territor}^ ; ^ 
 and I have to request you to ascertain whether the Egyptian 
 Government would wish the Committee to be asked to supply any 
 further information. You will see that the Committee is prepared 
 to furnish a Memorandum if required. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) SALISBURY. 
 
 Na 29. 
 Sir K Baring to the Marquis of Salislmry. — {Received Fehruanj 21.) 
 
 Cairo, .February 12, 1887. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 I have the honour to inform your Lordship that £8600 out of 
 the £10,000 which the Egyptian Government are contributing to 
 the Emin Pasha Relief Expedition was remitted to Messrs. Ransom, 
 Bouverie, and Co. on the 9th instant. 
 
 Of the remaining £1400, £400 has been paid to Dr. Junker for 
 certain expenses incurred by him in connection with the expedition, 
 as to the proper disbursement of which sura Nubar Pasha hiis 
 expressed himself fully satisfied, and of which the accounts will be 
 obtained as soon as possible, while £1000 is retained here as a 
 reserve fund in payment of any expenses that may be incurred in 
 this country on behalf of the expedition. 
 
 I should add that, as the arms and ammunition will be given 
 free of payment, it is almost certain that the expenses incurred will 
 be much less than £1000. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) E. Baring. 
 
 1 No. 25.
 
 342 STANLEY'S REAR COLUxMN. 
 
 No. 30. 
 
 Foreign Ojjkc to Emin IlcUcf Commitice. 
 
 Foreign Office, February 25, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by tlie Marquis of Salisbury to inform you that a 
 dispatch has been received from Sir E. Baring, her Majesty's 
 Agent and Consul-General at Cairo, stating that of the £10,000 
 Avhich the Egyptian Government are contributing towards the 
 Emin ReHef Expedition, £SG00 have been remitted to Messrs. 
 Ransom, Bouverie, and Co., £400 have been paid to Dr. Junker 
 for expenses incurred by him in connection witli the expedition, 
 and £1000 has been retained at Cairo as a reserve fund in pay- 
 ment of any expenses that may be incurred in Egypt on behalf of 
 the expedition. 
 
 Sir E. Baring adds that, as the arms and ammunition will bo 
 given free of payment, it is almost certain that the expenses 
 incurred will be much less than £1000. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) T. V. Lister. 
 
 No. 31. 
 
 Sir E. Baring to the Margibis of Salisbury. — [Received March 14.) 
 
 Cairo, March 7, 1887. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 With reference to your Lordship's dispatch of the 17th February, 
 inclosing copy of a letter from the Chairman of the Emin Pasha 
 Relief Committee with reference to the withdiawal of Emin's party 
 through the Congo Territory, I have the honour to inclose herewith 
 copy of a note which I have received from Nubar Pasha, from 
 which your Lordship will perceive that the Egyptian Government 
 accepts the proposal of the Committee to ask the assistance of the 
 Congo Free State for the storage of provisions at diflerent points 
 ' on the route to be followed by the fugitives.
 
 APPENDIX B. 343 
 
 But, in tlie first place, the Egyptian Government would be glad 
 to be supplied with further information, and ask that they may be 
 shown the Memorandum which Mr. Mackinnon said the Committee 
 was prepared to furnish. 
 
 I Avould call your Lordship's attention to Nubar Pasha's remarks 
 as to the necessity for observing the strictest economy in all 
 preparations for the withdrawal of Emin's party, and also to the 
 remark that the Egyptian Government expects to be, to some 
 extent, remunerated by the sale of the ivory which it possesses at 
 Wadelai. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) E. Baring. 
 
 Inclosure in No. 31. 
 
 Nuhar Pasha to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Le Caire, le 7 Mars, 1887. 
 M. LE MiNISTRE, 
 
 J'ai rcQu avec la depoche que vous avez bien voulu m'ocrire, le 
 27 du mois dernier, la lettre adressee par le Comite institue pour 
 la delivrance d'Emin Pacha a Lord Salisbury conceroant la coopera- 
 tion du Gouvernement de son Altesse, en vue des mesures a prendre 
 pour aider au rapatriement des refugies Egyptiens par la voie du 
 Congo. 
 
 Le Gouvernement de son Altesse apprccie, avec toute la 
 sympathie qu'elle merite, la situation interessante de ces refugies 
 et ne pent qu'etre dispose h, preter son concours a leur rapatriement. 
 
 Aussi, k cet effet, accepte-t-il la proposition faite par la Comite 
 de demander I'assistance de I'Etat Libre du Congo pour que des 
 provisions de bouche soient preparees sur divers points de la route 
 que les refugies auront a parcourir. 
 
 Mais le Gouvernement de son Altesse serait desireux, au preal- 
 able, d'avoir connaissance du Memoire que le Comite est dispose k 
 preparer et indiquant d'une fa^on au moins approximative les frais 
 eventuels qui pourraient en rcsultcr pour le Tresor f^gyjitien. La 
 situation difficile des finances des p:iys ctaut doniiee, il serait a 
 desirer que ce projct soit redige avec un esprit do graiide economie,
 
 344 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 (r;iutaiit plus que Ic Gouvcrncincnt dc son Altossc comptc, pour so 
 rcmbourser de ces depcnses, sur le produit de la vente dc I'ivoire 
 qu'il possede a Wadelai. 
 
 Pennettez-moi, M. le Ministrc, de compter sur votre obligcauce 
 pour soumettre cette maniere de voir du Gouvernement de son 
 Altesse a Lord Salisbury, et veuillcz, &c. 
 
 (Signe) NUBAR. 
 
 (Translation.) 
 
 Cairo, March 7, 1887. 
 M. LE MiNISTRE, 
 
 With tlie dispatch, wliicli you were so good as to address to 
 me on the 27th ultimo, I received the letter from tlie Committee 
 formed to effect the relief of Emin Pasha to Lord Salisbur\^ about 
 the co-operation of the Government of his Highness in measures 
 to be taken for helping the repatriation of the Egyjatian refugees 
 by way of the Congo. 
 
 The Government of his Highness, with all due sympathy for 
 the interesting position of these retugees, cannot but be willing to 
 lend assistance for their repatriation. 
 
 With this view, therefore, it agrees to the proposal made by the 
 Committee to ask the help of the Congo Free State in providing 
 provisions at various places on the route which the refugees will 
 have to follow. 
 
 But the Government of his Highness would first wish to see 
 the Memorandum, v.'hich the Committee is willing to prepare, and 
 which is to indicate, at least approximately, the ultimate burden 
 which may eventual'y be entailed on the Egyptian Exchequer. 
 Considering the difficult state of the finances of the country, it is 
 to be wished that the scheme should be formed with the most 
 careful economy, the more so, that the Government of his High- 
 ness counts on the proceeds of the sale of the ivory belonging to it 
 at Wadelai to reimburse it for these expenses. 
 
 Permit me, M. le Ministre, to trust that you will be so good as 
 to bring the views of his Highness' Government before Lord 
 Salisbury. 
 
 Accept, &c. 
 (Signed) Nubar.
 
 APPENDIX B. 345 
 
 No. 32. 
 Foreign OJJlcc to limin Belief ComviiUce. 
 
 Foreign Office, March 16, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 Willi reference to your letter of the 10th ultimo relative to 
 the witl]dra\val of Emin's party through the Congo Territory, I 
 am directed by the Marquis of Salisbury to acquaint you that Sir 
 E. Baring has received a note from Nubar Pasha accepting the 
 proposal of the Committee to ask the assistance of the Congo Free 
 State for the storage of provisions at different points on the route 
 to be followed by the fugitives. In the first place, however, the 
 Egyptian Government would be glad to be supplied with further 
 information, and they desire to be furnished with the Memorandum 
 which Mr. Mackinnon stated the Committee was ready to prepare; 
 and I am to request that it may now be forwarded to this Depart- 
 ment for communication to the Egyptian Government. 
 
 Nubar Pasha lays stress upon the necessity for observing the 
 strictest economy in all the preparations for the withdrawal of 
 Emin's party, and states that the Egyptian Government expect to 
 recover their expenses by the sale of the ivory which they possess 
 at Wadelai. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) JuLiAN Pauncefote. 
 
 No. 33. 
 Emin Belief Committee to Foreign Office. — (Beecived Mcireli 2G.) 
 28, Wynnstay Gardens, Kensington, March 25, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 In the concluding part of your letter of the IGth instant 
 allusion is made to the question of ivory, and the hope expressed 
 by Nubar Paslia tluit the expenses incurred by the Egyptian 
 Government would be covered by the sale of the ivory they 
 possess at Wadelai.
 
 346 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Referring to a letter from Mr. \V. Mackinnon to the late Lord 
 Iddesleigli, dated the 27th November, 1886, the following paragraph 
 occurs : — 
 
 " It appears from information in the newspapers that Emin Bey 
 is believed to have considerable quantities of ivory which might be 
 utilized for repayment of outlays connected with any scheme of 
 relief. The Committee would naturally expect that, if this 
 anticipation be realized, a just proportion should be made over 
 to them." 
 
 I have now the honour to request that her Majesty's Secretary 
 of State for Foreign Affairs may see fit to have the just claims 
 of the Committee for their proportion of the ivory at Wadelai 
 acknowledged by the Egyptian Government, in order that no 
 misunderstanding may arise in the future, and that the utmost 
 harmony of purpose may ex'st between the objects of the Com- 
 mittee and that of the Egyptian Government. 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) F. de Winton, Hon. Secretary, 
 
 JEJniin Belief Committee. 
 
 No. 34. 
 
 Emin Eelief Comviittee to Foreign Office. — (lieceived March 27.) 
 28, Wynnday Gardens, Kensington, March 25, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 In further reply to your letter of the IGth March relative to 
 the withdrawal of Eniin's party through the territory of the Congo 
 Free State, I have the honour to transmit a Memorandum, adopted 
 by the Committee, to which is appended an estimate showing 
 probable expense f(jr 100 persons, for the information of the 
 Egyptian Government. 
 
 In framing this estimate, it is presumed that a sufficient escort 
 will be provided by Emin Pasha to transport all the loads required 
 by the party, as well as to carry the women and children. 
 
 The estimates are based upon the prices paid by the Congo Free 
 State to feed their employes. 
 
 With reference to the assistance of the Congo Free State, the
 
 APPENDIX B. 317 
 
 Committee, as they have no official position, would snggest, if the 
 Egyptian Government approve of this route, that her Majesty's 
 Government communicate with the Sovereign of the Congo Free 
 State, in order to obtain the necessary authority for the carryino- 
 out of the following services : — ■ 
 
 1. The engagement of the steamer Stanlcij to proceed to 
 Stanley Falls about the last week in September. 
 
 2. To send to tlie Congo ia June, or to arrange with the 
 authorities of the Congo Free State to have in their stores, six 
 tons of rice, to be distributed as follows : — 
 
 2 tons at Stanley Pooh 
 2 tons at Lukungu. 
 2 tons at Matadi. 
 8. To obtain authority for the purchase from the stores of the 
 Congo Free State of such cloth and goods as the Emin party may 
 reasonably require. 
 
 It is probable that about next June or July the Committee will 
 be in possession of further intelligence from Mr. Stanley, which 
 might modify these arrangements as regards time, but they 
 earnestly advise that the general scheme they Lave suggested be 
 carried out. 
 
 In conclusion, the Committee append a comparative table of 
 the distances of the different routes from Wadelai to the East 
 Coast, and to the West Coast via the Congo. These distances 
 only refer to the land portion of the different roads, and are given 
 according to the number of days each would take. 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) F. de Winton, Hon. Secretary/, 
 
 Emin Ilclicf Committee. 
 
 Inclosure 1 liSr No. oi. 
 
 Memorandum for the Information of the Egyptian Government 
 
 on the Congo as a Route for the Return of Emin Pasha's 
 
 Party from Wadelai. 
 
 The Congo route should be divided into four portions : — 
 
 1. From Wadelai to Stanley Falls (land). 
 
 2. From Stanley Falls to Stanley Pool (water).
 
 348 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 3. From Stanley Pool to Matadi (land). 
 
 4. Matadi to Banana (water). 
 
 From Wadelai to Stanley Falls the necessary supplies would be 
 arranged by Emin Pasha, and the Committee have no means of 
 ascertaining what these expenses would be. 
 
 From Stanley Falls to Stanley Pcol each person would cost 
 about Id. per diem. There would also be the expense of the 
 steamers and the cost of miscellaneous expenditure. 
 
 From Stanley Pool to Banana rice would have to be laid down 
 at Stanley Pool, Lukungu, and Matadi. 
 
 The Committee are of opinion that if the route from Wadelai to 
 Stanley Falls be found practicable and free from danger, Emin 
 Pasha and Mr. Stanley will arrange for the return of the women 
 and children wath a suitable escort by this route, for the reason 
 that as most of the women will have to be carried, it will save a 
 great deal of labour, time, and expense. 
 
 Much of the ivory now in j)ossession of Emin Pasha can also be 
 sent by this route. 
 
 By sending the women and children by this route, it will enable 
 the force under Mr. Stanley and the men belonging to Emin 
 Pasha whom it is decided to return to Egypt, to make rapid marches 
 to the East Coast, thus saving expense, and avoiding the possi- 
 bility of conflict with Mwanga of Uganda and other tribes on the 
 route which might be hostile to them. 
 
 It has been calculated that Mr. Stanley's expedition will reach 
 Wadelai about middle of July, and, if this date proves correct, the 
 return caravan from Wadelai with women, children, and ivory 
 may be expected at Stanley Falls about end of October. 
 
 If steamer should be there, the party would reach Stanley Pool 
 late in November, and Banana the end of December. From 
 Banana they could be transported via England or Antwerp by the 
 regular line of steamers, or via the Cape by a steamer sent to the 
 Congo specially for this service. 
 
 Ihe following are the comparative distances by land : — 
 
 To Zanzibar — Days. 
 
 Fia Kavirnnda ... ... ... ... 115 
 
 „ Msalala ... ... ... ... 100 
 
 „ Karagwe ... ... ... ... 145 
 
 » Ujiji IIU 
 
 To Banana — 
 
 By Co:igo ... ... ... ... 55
 
 APPENDIX B. 
 
 119 
 
 Inclosure 2 IN No. 34. 
 Estimate of the Cost of 100 Persons fioin Stanley Falls to Banana. 
 
 Number 
 
 
 
 
 
 of Days. 
 
 
 £ 
 
 s. 
 
 d. 
 
 
 Stanley Falls to Stanley Pool. 
 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 100 persons at Ij mitakos per diem = 2550 
 
 
 
 
 
 mitakos : 500 mitakos at £3 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Stanley Fool to Banana. 
 
 
 
 
 25 
 
 100 persons at Ig lbs. rice per diem = 3750 
 
 
 
 
 
 rations at 2c?. per ration 
 
 31 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 2 bales cloth, at £5 per bale 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Hire of steamer /S'tofiey 
 
 100 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Miscellaneous, to include transport of goods and 
 
 
 
 
 
 provisions, and other incidental expenses ... 
 Total expenses, Stanley Falls to Banana, for 100 
 
 43 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 persons, about 
 
 200 
 
 
 
 
 
 No. 
 
 bo. 
 
 Emin Eclicf Committee to Foreign Office. — {Beccivcd March 20.) 
 28, Wynnstay Gardens, Kensington, March 25, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter 
 having reference to the grant of £10,000 by the Egyptian Govern- 
 ment towards the expenses of the Emin Relief Expedition,^ and I 
 am directed by the Committee to request you to convey to the 
 Marquis of Salisbury their thanks for the information it contains. 
 
 I am further to ask that the particulars of the application of the 
 £1000 retained in Egypt may be furnished to the Committee as 
 soon as it is convenient. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) F. de Winton, Hon. Secretary, 
 
 Emin Bclir.f Committee. 
 
 1 No. 30.
 
 350 STAXLEY^S HEAR COLUMM". 
 
 No. 30. 
 Foreign Office to Umin Relief Committee. 
 
 Forevjn Office, April 1, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by the Marquis of Salisbury to request that you 
 Avill inform the Committee that liis Lordship lias caused copies of 
 your three letters of the 25th ultimo to be forwarded to Sir 
 E, Baring, who has been requested to ascertain Nubar Pasha's 
 views resjoecting the proportion in which the proceeds of ivory in 
 Emin Pasha's possession should be shared between the Egyi:)tian 
 Government and the Committee. 
 
 As regards your suggestion, that her Majesty's Government 
 should negotiate with the Congo Free State for the supply of 
 transport and food to any party sent by Mr. Stanley down the 
 Congo to Banana, I am to point out that it was understood that 
 all the African arrangements were undertaken by the Committee, 
 under whose directions the persons rescued would be brought 
 either to the East or West Coast as might be more convenient, 
 their conveyance from the coast to Egypt being undertaken by the 
 Egyptian Government. 
 
 I am to suggest, therefore, that the Committee should arrange 
 the question of the transport down the Congo as they have already 
 arranged that of the transport up the river. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) Julian Pauncefote. 
 
 No. 37. 
 
 The 3Iarqiiis of Salishiry to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, April 1, 1887. 
 
 Sm, 
 
 I inclose copy of a Memorandum, giving an estimate of the 
 cost of conveying to Banana the party from Wadelai which Mr. 
 Stanley proposes to send home by the Congo route, which has
 
 APPENDIX B. 351 
 
 been furnished by the Emin Rehef Committee, in compliance with 
 the request contained in your dispatch of the 7th ultimo.^ 
 
 I inclose also copy of an explanatory letter from the Committee.^ 
 You will see that the question of the expense of conveyance 
 from Banana to Egypt is untouched, though various routes 
 are indicated. 
 
 I inclose also copy of a letter which has been addressed to the 
 Committee by my directions, informing them that it is for them 
 rather than for her Majesty's Government to undertake the nego- 
 tiations with the Congo State respecting transport.^ 
 
 I inclose copy of a further letter from the Committee respecting 
 the ivory believed to be in Emin Pasha's possession.* 
 
 Nubar Pasha claims that the Egyptian Government should be 
 repaid out of the proceeds, while the Committee, referring to Mr. 
 Mackinnon's letter of the 27th November, 1886, copy of which is 
 in your jaossession, claim that they also are entitled to a just 
 proportion of any sum realized. 
 
 It is presumed that the Egyptian Government do not contest 
 the Committee's claim, but it may be advisable that the question 
 of the proportion in which the proceeds should be shared should 
 be settled before Walelai is reached by the expedition. It might 
 therefore be advisable that you should endeavour to obtain some 
 suggestion on the subject from Nubar Pasha. 
 
 I add copy of another letter from the Committee respecting the 
 £1000 retained by the Egyptian Government out of their con- 
 tribution of £10,000 to the expenses of the expedition.^ 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) SALISBURY. 
 
 No. 38. 
 
 Acting Gonsid-General Holmivood to the Marquis of Salisbury. 
 {Received April 11.) 
 
 Zanzibar, February 25, 1887. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 In continuation of my dispatch of the 17th January regarding 
 the Emin Relief Expedition, I have the honour to report the 
 
 1 Inclosiire 1 in No. 34. 2 j^q. 34. 3 ^o. 36. * No. 33. ^ No. 35,
 
 352 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 departure this morning of Mr. H, M. Stanley and his party in the 
 British India Company's steamer Madura, which will proceed to 
 the Congo after touching at the Cape. 
 
 On Mr. Stanley's arrival here in the mail-steamer on the 22nd 
 he found all the preparations for his expedition completed, and a 
 body of 650 picked men awaiting him. 
 
 I presented Mr. Stanley to the Saltan at a public reception the 
 next morning, when he thanked his Highness most heartily for 
 the prompt and valuable assistance he had rendered to the Relief 
 Expedition. In the afternoon he paid a long private visit to his 
 Highness, who communicated to him without any reserve all the 
 details of his present and recent difficulties. 
 
 Admiral Knorr and all the foreign Consuls, with the exception 
 of the German Consul-General, called upon Mr. Stanley during his 
 stay here. 
 
 Mr. Stanley personally attended at the muster of the Zanzibar 
 porters which took place before embarkation: a considerable 
 number of these had served under him on former occasions, and 
 his immediate recognition of them, accompanied in every instance 
 with the recollection of their names, and generally of some little 
 incident in connection with their former service, evidently afforded 
 especial gratification ; indeed, this trait, or gift, which he eminently 
 possesses, together with a practical knowledge of the Swahili 
 language, would alone account for his undoubted popularity and 
 great influence among his native followers. 
 
 After embarkation on board the Madura the roll was called, 
 when not one man of the large party was missing. 
 
 Mr. Stanley was accompanied by a staff of six English gentle- 
 men, all of whom have had the benefit of military experience in 
 the Soudan or South Africa : the discipline, energy, and efficiency 
 of these and a few other Europeans who have volunteered to serve, 
 I believe at their own expense, under Mr. Stanley, augurs well for 
 the success of the expedition. 
 
 I was able to assist in eff"ecting an arrangement between Tippoo 
 Tib and Mr. Stanley, by which the former has engaged to place 
 COO of his followers at the latter's disposal on arrival of the 
 expedition at Stanley Falls. I have referred more fully to this 
 arrangement, which I consider indispensable for the prompt carry- 
 ing out of the present undertaking, in a separate ReiDort.
 
 APPENDIX B. 353 
 
 The relief party which has just left Zanzibar is in every way 
 the most perfectly organized expedition that has hitherto entered 
 tropical Africa, and it is organized on a scale exactly suited to the 
 work in hand. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) Fredc. Holmwood. 
 
 No. 39. 
 
 Acting Consul-Gcncral Holmwood to the 3Iarquis of Salisbury. 
 (Ecceived April 19.) 
 
 Zanzibar, March 3, 1887. 
 
 My Lord, 
 
 I have the honour to explain the"" considerations which led me 
 on the occasion of Mr. Stanley's visit to the place to take an active 
 part in bringing about a definite understanding between the King 
 of the Belgians and Tippoo Tib in regard to the latter's futvire 
 relations with the Congo Free State. 
 
 In the dispatch above-mentioned, I have already reported that 
 I had induced Tippoo Tib to send special messengers overland to 
 Stanley Falls, with orders to his locum tenens there not to allow 
 his people to be drawn into further hostilities with the officers of 
 the new State pending his arrival ; but in the absence of any 
 instructions from your Lordship, I had refrained from any further 
 interference in the differences between the Europeans and Arabs 
 of the Congo. 
 
 I had, however, taken note of the dispatch b}'' Tippoo Tib of 
 1500 percussion muskets and 200 breech-loading rifles, with a full 
 complement of ammunition, to his Agent on the Congo, and I 
 knew that his followers to the number of 3000, armed with guns, 
 had mustered at his station on the Falls. 
 
 On learning that Mr. Stanley had decided to lead the Emin 
 Relief Expedition by the Congo route, and that he was visiting 
 the King of the Belgians on his way out to Zanzibar, I foresaw the 
 absolute necessity of coming to a distinct understanding with 
 Tippoo Tib before the Relief Expedition was finally committed to 
 the route that had been chosen, as, the larger the force under Mr.
 
 351 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 Stanley's command, the more effectually could the Arabs of the 
 Ul^per Congo arrange to cut off their food supplies during the 
 most difficult jDart of this march between their depot on the Congo 
 and the Monbuttu region, during which, owing to the nature of 
 the country, they would be wholly dependent on the friendly 
 attitude of the natives for any further supplies than those they 
 could carry with them. 
 
 Tippoo Tib had himself already taken alarm in consequence of 
 Mr. Stanley's visit to Brussels having been reported by telegram, 
 and I discussed the subject with him in a perfectly straightforward 
 manner, in no way attempting to deny his right to defend his 
 stations below the Stanley Falls, which he had occupied prior to 
 the arrival of the International Association, and whose inhabitants 
 acquiesced in his claims to Chieftainship, but basing my recom- 
 mendation, that he should make sacrifices in order to arrive at a 
 peaceful solution of the disjDute, on the fact that, with uninter- 
 rupted river communication up to Stanley Falls, his position on 
 the banks of the Congo must be untenable, should the armed 
 steamers of the Congo State decide to ignore his claims. 
 
 He seemed, however, confident in his power to maintain his 
 position helow the Falls, and on Mr. Stanley's arrival the latter 
 at once frankly informed me that he had advised the Kiog of the 
 Belgians that Tippoo Tib could prevent the Congo State from 
 establishing permanent stations in the country claimed by him. 
 Mr. Stanley added that he had offered to bring about, if possible, 
 an amicable arrangement with Tippoo Tib, but that the King had 
 only authorized him to do so on terms which this Chief's attitude 
 seemed likely to render impracticable. He asked me, however, 
 to assist him in endeavouring to bring the question to a favour- 
 able issue, as it was most important for the welfare of his expedi- 
 tion that he should obtain Tippoo Tib's co-operation. 
 
 I therefore again entered into communication with Tippoo Tib, 
 and eventually he promised to accept any settlement I arranged. 
 Finding that the occupation of the Congo up to the Falls was a 
 point the King had insisted upon, I called Tippoo Tib to an inter- 
 view with Mr, Stanley, who showed him, during a very long and 
 clear explanation, that the result of his persistence would be the 
 permanent abandonment by the Congo State of this enterprise, 
 in event of which they would immediately be supplanted by the
 
 APPENDIX B. 355 
 
 French. Mr. Stanley described the eventual result in a very 
 forcible exposition, which seemed to convince his hearer : at any 
 rate, after prolonged discussion, the basis of an understanding was 
 arrived at, and Tippoo Tib left me to settle all details and draw up 
 an Agreement. 
 
 This Agreement was duly prepared, but the terms being beyond 
 the discretion with which Mr. Stanley had been invested, he 
 telegraphed these to the King of the Belgians, who replied in the 
 course of a few hours, fully ratifying them, and duplicate deeds 
 were immediately signed in my presence. 
 
 This Agreement, of which I inclose copy, is in my opinion most 
 advantageous for both parties, and my action will, I trust, be 
 approved by her Majesty's Government. By it Tippoo Tib, as 
 Governor of the Congo State District of Stanley Falls, has bound 
 himself to suppress slave raiding and Slave Trade throughout the 
 whole of this large district. He acknowledges the sovereignty of 
 the Congo State up to Stanley Falls, though, so long as the 
 Agreement stands, it will virtually remain under his rule. Pro- 
 vided the officers of the Congo State do not interfere with the 
 legitimate trade of the Arabs of the adjacent affluents of the 
 Congo, I anticipate that Tippoo Tib will carry out all that he has 
 undertaken. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) Fredc. Holmwood. 
 
 Inclosure in No. 39. 
 
 Agreement. 
 
 Mr. Henry Morton Stanley, on behalf of his Majesty the King 
 of the Belgians, and Sovereign of the Congo State, appoints 
 Hamed-bin-Mahommed al Marjebi, Tippoo Tib, to be Wall of the 
 independent State of the Congo, at Stanley Falls district, at a 
 salary of £30 per month, payable to his Agent at Zanzibar, on the 
 following conditions : — 
 
 1. Tippoo Tib is to hoist the flag of the Congo State at its 
 station near Stanley Falls, and to maintain the authority of the 
 State on the Congo and all its affluents at the said station down-
 
 356 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 ■wards to the Bujine or Aniwimi river, and to prevent tlic tribes 
 thereon, as well as Arabs and others, from engaging in the Slave 
 Trade. 
 
 2. Tippoo Tib is to receive a resident officer of the Congo State, 
 who will act as his Secretary in all his communications with the 
 Administrator-General, 
 
 3. Tippoo Tib is to be at full liberty to carry on his legitimate 
 private trade in any direction, and to send his caravans to and 
 from any places he may desire. 
 
 4. Tippoo Tib shall nominate a locum tencns, to whom in case of 
 his temporary absence his powers shall be delegated, and who, in 
 event of his death, shall become his successor in the Waliship ; but 
 his Majesty the King of the Belgians shall have the power of veto 
 should there be any serious objection to Tippoo Tib's nominee. 
 
 5. This arrangement shall only be binding so long as Tippoo 
 Tib or his representative fulfils the conditions embodied in this 
 Agreement. 
 
 (Signed) Henry M. Stanley. 
 
 Tippoo Tib (in Arabic). 
 (Signed) Fredc. Holmwood. 
 
 Kanji Eajpar (in Hindi). 
 
 Zanzibar, February 24, 1887. 
 
 No. 40. 
 Foreign Office to Acting Consul-Gencral Hohimvood. 
 
 Foreign Office, Ajtril 19, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by the Marquis of Salisbury to acknowledge the 
 receipt of your dispatch of the 8rd ultimo, and I am to state to 
 you, in reply, that his Lordship approves your efforts to promote 
 the success of Mr. Stanley's expedition for the rehef of Emin Bey. 
 It is to be hoped that the negotiations to which you refer between 
 the Congo State and the Arabs will have the desired effect of 
 contributing to the suppression of Slave Trade on the Congo. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) JULIAN Pauncefote.
 
 APPENDIX B. 357 
 
 No. 41. 
 
 Emin Belief Committee to Foreign Offi.ec. — {Beeeivcd Ajml 23.) 
 28, Wymistaij Gardens, Kensington, April 25, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of 
 the 1st April, having reference to the subjects contained in my 
 three letters of the 25th ultimo, and I am requested by the Emin 
 Relief Committee to convey their grateful acknowledgments to the 
 Right Honourable the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs for 
 the reference he has caused to be made to the Egyptian Govern- 
 ment concerning the ivory stated to be iu the possession of Emin 
 Pasha. 
 
 With regard to the repatriation of the Egyptian troops, and their 
 women and children, via the Congo route, the Committee beg to 
 refer you to the letter of Mr. W. Mackinnon, dated the 10th 
 February, 1887. In this letter the position of, and the duties 
 undertaken by, the Emin Relief Expedition are clearly defined. 
 
 The Egyptian Government, as we are informed by Sir John 
 Kirk, have already made arrangements, through her Majesty's 
 Consul-General at Zanzibar, for the payment of all expenses in- 
 curred by Emin Pasha's forces should they return via the East 
 Coast. 
 
 It would therefore appear proper they should make arrangements 
 such as are suggested by the Committee, and forwarded, under 
 cover, in my letter of the 2Gth ultimo, for the West Coast, so 
 as to insure the return of the refugees without fear of possible 
 disasters which might arise from want of proper arrangements for 
 their transport from the Congo to Egypt, and of a proper food 
 supply. As regards the transport on the Haut Congo of the 
 relieving force by the boats of the Congo Free State, this service 
 was offered to the expedition by his Majesty the King of the 
 Belgians, and was the chief inducement to adopting that route ; 
 but for the transport down the Congo, required by the Egyptian 
 Government for refugees, the Committee suggest that the Govern- 
 ment of his Highness the Khedive should apply for such service 
 direct to the Sovereign of the Congo Free State, which is under 
 
 A A*
 
 338 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 no engagement to the Committee to provide any transport down- 
 wards. 
 
 In conclusion, the Committee desire to repeat that the only 
 duty they have undertaken is that of attempting to relieve Emin 
 Pasha, and to open up communications with him, as will be seen 
 by the inclosed copies of a letter written to the late Lord Iddes- 
 leigh, and the Memorandnm which accompanied it.^ 
 
 Mr. H. M. Stanley will, of course, co-operate with Emin Pasha 
 and help him to the utmost of his ability; but the Committee are 
 unable to undertake the repatriation of any refugees, or to provide 
 for the expenses of the journey either by East or West Coast, 
 though they are desirous to give every information and afford every 
 assistance that may lie in tlieir power. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) F. De Winton, Hon. Secretary, 
 
 Emin Relief Expedition. 
 
 No. 42. 
 
 Foreign Office to Emin Belief Committee. 
 
 Foreign Office, May 11, lSh7. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I am directed by the Marquis of Salisbury to observe that, in 
 order that he may submit to the Egyptian Government the pro- 
 position contained in your letter of the 25th ultimo, some consider- 
 ations appear to his Lordship to be necessary. 
 
 You state that your Committee arranged with the Congo Free 
 State to transport up the river for the Relief Expedition, but that 
 ]io arrangement has been made for the transport of refugees down 
 the river to the coast ; and you suggest that it is the duty of the 
 Egyptian Government to make arrangements for this transport 
 with tlie Congo Free State, or otherwise. 
 
 I am to inquire whether your meaning is that, in your opinion, 
 the Egyptian Government should be prepared to pay for the 
 transport of refugees from the time when they may reach the 
 banks of the Congo, the conveyance being arranged by the leaders 
 
 ^ No. 11 and Incluswrc.
 
 APPENDIX B. 3r,a 
 
 of the expedition; or whether it is your idea that that Govern- 
 ment should organize a further expedition to proceed to Stanley 
 Falls or the neighbourhood, with sufficient transport to bring down 
 refugees. 
 
 If the latter is your proposal, it would seem necessary that the 
 fullest information should be given to the Egyptian Government 
 as to the nature of the existing arrangements with the Congo Free 
 State, and as to the instructions given to Mr. Stanley; and it 
 would seem advisable that some plan should be settled before Mr. 
 Stanley ascends the river, as, if the Egyptian Government should 
 not be able to undertake the task which it is proposed to assign to 
 it, or should fail in making arrangements, the consequences might 
 be disastrous. 
 
 His Lordship has no wish to interefere in the plans of the 
 expedition ; but he feels that if he is asked to place an application 
 of this nature before the Egyptian Government on behalf of the 
 Committee, he should be enabled to accompany it with some 
 scheme for their acceptance ; and this can only be framed by those 
 Avho are acquainted with the local resources which have been 
 employed for the outward journey and voyage. 
 
 The repatriation of refugees, after they shall have reached either 
 the East or West Coast, was understood to be undertaken by the 
 Egyptian Government. 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) Jainies Fergusson. 
 
 No. 43. 
 
 Emin Relief Committee to Foreign Office. — (liecehrd IDiy 20.) 
 2-^, fVyunstay Gardens, Kensington, May 19, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 With reference to your letter of the 11th instant, I have tlie 
 honour, by direction of the Committee, to reply as follows : — 
 
 The repatriation of refugees via the Congo would require steam 
 trans^Jort on the upper waters of that river. The only available 
 steamers for such a service belong to the Congo Free State. 
 Arranoements would therefore have to be made with the authorities
 
 360 STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. 
 
 of that State, by which the use of these steamers could be obtained 
 if required ; and the liire or cost of the same Avas calcukited in the 
 estimate transmitted in my letter of the 25th March. 
 
 In that letter a scheme was suggested with, the Committee 
 trust, sufficient detail to give the information asked for by the 
 Ptight Honourable the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs in the 
 concluding portion of your letter. This scheme suggested the 
 engagement of the steamer Stanley to proceed to Stanley Falls 
 about September next ; the purchase of six tons of rice, to be placed 
 in magazines at different named stations of the route between 
 Stanley Pool and the coast ; and the obtaining authority from the 
 Congo Free State for the purchase of such other goods as might 
 be required from their stores. 
 
 The Committee, in suggesting this scheme, had no idea of 
 organizing a further expedition, as the employes of the Free State 
 are quite capable of carrying out the services above-mentioned. 
 
 No definite instructions were given to Mr. Stanley, but it was 
 Mr. Stanley's idea to adopt the Congo route for the repatriation of 
 the women and children — though he himself and his party would 
 return via the East Coast — as being in every way more expeditious 
 and less dangerous, if Emin Pasha concurred. 
 
 The Committee have no application to submit to the Egyptian 
 Government, as they consider their duty has been discharged when 
 they bring the facts before her Majesty's Government as they 
 have done, leaving it to them to take such steps in dealing with 
 the Egyptian Government as they may deem expedient ; but they 
 are prepared to furnish any other detail if the scheme and estimate 
 and letter of the 25th March, above referred to, are not found to be 
 sufficient. 
 
 The Committee learn with satisfaction, as they have always 
 understood, that the repatriation of refugees, after they shall have 
 reached either the East or West Coast, will be undertaken by the 
 Egyptian Government. 
 
 I have, &c. 
 (Signed) F. De Winton, Hon. Secretary, 
 
 Emin Belief Uajudilio^i.
 
 APPENDIX B. 361 
 
 No. 44. 
 
 The Margitis of Salislmry to Sir E. Baring. 
 
 Foreign Office, May 27, 1887. 
 
 Sir, 
 
 I inclose for your observation, copies of correspondence with 
 the Emin Relief Committee respecting the arrangements for the 
 transport of refugees down the Congo.^ 
 
 I am, &c. 
 (Signed) Salisbury. 
 
 ^ Nos. 41 and 43.
 
 Richard Clay <fc Sons, Limitfd. 
 London & Bungav.
 
 II, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, W.C 
 
 October, i8go. 
 
 Catalogue of ^aok^ 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 CHAPMAN & HALL, 
 
 LIMITED. 
 
 FOR 
 
 Drawing Examples, Diagrams, Models, Instruments, etc., 
 
 ISSUED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF 
 
 THE SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT, 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON, 
 
 FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND ART AND SCIENCE CLASSES, 
 See separate Illustrated Catalogue.
 
 NEW BOOKS. 
 
 (TO BE PUBLISHED IN OCTOBER. 
 
 ROUND THE CALENDAR IN PORTUGAL. By Oswald 
 
 Crawfurd, Her Majesty's Consul at Oporto. With numerous Illustrations by Mrs. 
 H. j\l. Stanley (Dorothy Tennant), Mrs. Arthir Walter, Mr. Tristram Ellis, 
 Miss Woodward, Miss Thomson, Mr. A. Lee, and the Author. Royal 8vo. 
 
 ^WITH STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. By J. Rose Troup. 
 
 With Portraits and Illustrations. Demy Svo. 
 
 THE FUTURE OF SCIENCE. By Ernest Rexan. Demy Svo. 
 THE EWE -SPEAKING PEOPLE OF THE SLAVE 
 
 COAST OF WEST AFRICA. By Major A. B. Ellis, Author of "The Tshi-Speaking 
 People." With iNIap. Deiny Svo. los. 6d. 
 
 A JOURNALIST'S JOTTINGS. By W. Beatty-Kingston, 
 
 Author of "A Wanderer's Notes," " Mon.-;rchs I have Met," etc. Two vols. Dem^* Svo. 
 
 LIFE IN INDIA. By N. N. Lloyd, late 24th Regiment, Author 
 
 of " On Active Service." 410. Printed in Colours. 6s. 
 
 THE HISTORY OF PICKWICK. By Percy Fitzgerald. 
 
 Demy Svo. 
 
 IDLE HOURS WITH NATURE. By Charles Dixon, Author 
 
 of " Annals of Bird Life." With Frontispiece. Crown Svo. 
 
 LIFE OF SUVOROFF. By Lieut- Colonel Spalding. Crown 
 
 Svo. 6s. 
 
 CITY BOYS IN THE WOODS ; or, A Trapping Venture 
 
 in Maine. By Henry P. Wells. With 137 Illustrations. Crown 4tc. 
 
 NEW NOVELS. 
 
 SUNDORNE. By Bertha Thomas. 2 vols. Crown Svo. 
 
 IN LOW RELIEF. By Morley Roberts. 2 vols. Crown Svo. 
 
 IDOLATORS. By Robert Haigh. Crown Svo.
 
 BOOKS 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 ABLETT (T. /?.)— 
 
 WRITTEN DESIGN. Oblong, sewed, 6d. 
 
 ABOUT [EDMOND]— 
 
 HANDBOOK OF SOCIAL ECONOMY; OR, THE 
 
 WORKER'S A B C. From the French. With a Biographical and Critical 
 Introduction by W. Fraser Rae. Second Edition, revised. Crown 8vo, 4s. 
 
 AFRICAN FARM, STORY OF AN. By Olive Schreiner 
 
 (Ralph Iron). New Edition. Crown Svo, is. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 ANDERSON (ANDREW A.)— 
 
 TWENTY-FIVE YEARS IN A WAGGON IN THE 
 
 GOLD REGIONS OF AFRICA. With Illustrations and Map. Second Edition. 
 Demy Svo, 12s. 
 
 AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE (LECTURES ON), and 
 
 OTHER PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTE OF AGRICULTURE, 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON, 1883-4. Crown Svo, sev/ed, 2s. 
 AVELING [EDWARD), D.Sc, Fellow of University College, London— 
 
 MECHANICS AND EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCE. 
 
 As required for the Matriculation Examination •f the University of London. 
 MECHANICS. With numerous Woodcuts. Crown 8vo, Ss. 
 
 Key to Problems in ditto, crown Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 CHEMISTRY. With numerous Woodcuts. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 
 Key to Problems in ditto, crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 MAGNETISM AND ELECTRICITY. With Numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 Crown Svo. 6s. 
 LIGHT AND HEAT. With Numerous Woodcuts. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 Keys to the last two volumes in one vol. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 BADEN-POWELL (GEORGE)— 
 
 STATE AID AND STATE INTERFERENCE. lUus- 
 
 trated by Results in Commerce and Industry. Crown Svo, gs. 
 BAILEY (JOHN BURN)— 
 
 MODERN METHUSELAHS; or. Short Biographical 
 
 Sketches of a few advanced Nonagenarians or actual Centenarians who were 
 distinguished in Art, Science, or Philanthropy. Also brief notices of some 
 individuals remarkable chiefly for their longevity. With an Introductory Chapter 
 on "Long-Lasting." Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 
 BARTLEY (G. C. T.)— 
 
 A HANDY BOOK FOR GUARDIANS OF THE POOR. 
 
 Crown Svo, cloth, 3s. 
 
 BAYARD: HISTORY OF THE GOOD CHEVALIER, 
 
 SANS PEUR ET SANS REPROCHE. Compiled by the Loyal Serviteur. 
 With over 200 Illustrations. Royal Svo, 21s. 
 
 BEATTY-KINGSTON (IF.)— 
 
 A JOURNALIST'S JOTTINGS. 2 vols. Demy Svo. 
 MY "HANSOM" LAYS: Original Verses, Imitations, and 
 
 Paraphra'ies. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 THE CHUMPLEBUNNYS AND SOME OTHER 
 
 ODDITIES. Sketched from the Life. Illustrated by Karl Klietsch. Crown 
 Svo, 2S. 
 
 A WANDERER'S NOTES. 2 vols. Demy Svo, 24s. 
 
 A 2
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED B V 
 
 BEATTY-KIKGSTON ( VV.)—Con1i,u,ed^ 
 
 MONARCHS I HAVE MET. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 24s. 
 MUSIC AND MANNERS : Personal Reminiscences and 
 
 stretches of Character. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 30s. 
 BELL {JAMES, Ph.D., b'c), Principal of the Somerset House Laboratory— 
 
 THE CHEMISTRY OF FOODS. With Microscopic 
 
 Illustrations. 
 
 Part I. TEA, COFFEE, COCOA, SUGAR, Etc. Large crown 8vo. 2s. 6d. 
 Part II. MILK, BUTTER, CHEESE, CEREALS, PREPARED 
 STARCHES, Etc, Large crown 8vo, 3s. 
 BENSON {W.)— 
 
 UNIVERSAL PHONOGRAPHY. To classify sounds of 
 
 Human Speech, and to denote them by one set of Symbols for easy Writing and 
 Printing. 8vo, sewed, is. 
 
 MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF COLOUR. Coloured 
 
 Frontispiece and Illustrations. i2mo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF THE SCIENCE OF COLOUR. Small 
 
 4to, cloth, 15s. 
 BINGHAM [CAPT. THE HON. D.)— 
 
 THE MARRIAGES OF THE BOURBONS. With 
 
 Illustrations. 2 vols. Demy Bvo, 32s'. 
 
 A SELECTION FROM THE LETTERS AND 
 
 DESPATCHES OF THE FIRST NAPOLEON. With Explanatory Notes. 
 3 vols. Demy 8vo, £2 2S. 
 
 THE BASTILLE. With Illustrations. 2 vols. DemySvo, 
 
 32s. 
 
 BIRD WOOD (SIN GEORGE C. M.), C.S.I.— 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF INDIA. With Map and 
 
 174 Illustrations. New Edition. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 BLACKIE (JOHN STUART), F.R.S.E.— 
 
 THE SCOTTISH HIGHLANDERS AND THE LAND 
 
 LAWS. Demy 8vo, 9s. 
 
 ALTAVONA : FACT AND FICTION FROM MY LIFE 
 
 IN THE HIGHLANDS. Third Edition. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 BLENNERHASSETT (LADY)~ 
 
 MADAME DE STALL: Her Friends, and Her Influence 
 
 in Politics and Literature. Translated from the German by J. E. Gordon 
 Cl'mming. With a Portrait. 3 vols. Demy 8vo, 36s. 
 
 BLEUNARD (A.)— 
 
 BABYLON ELECTRIFIED : The History of an Expe- 
 
 dition undertaken to restore Ancient Babylon by the Power of Electricity, and how 
 it Resulted. Translated from the French by F. L. White, and Illustrated by 
 MoNTADEK. Royal 8vo, 12s. 
 
 BLOOMFIELD'S (BENJAMIN LORD), MEMOIR OF— 
 
 MISSION TO THE COURT OF BERNADOTTE. With Portraits. 2 vols.. 
 Demy 8vo, 28s. 
 BONVAIOT [GABRIEL)— 
 
 THROUGH THE HEART OF ASIA OVER THE 
 
 PAMIR TO INDIA. Translated from the French by C. B. Pitman. With 
 250 Illustrations by Albert P^pi.n, Royal Svo, 32s. 
 BOULGER (DEMETRIUS €.)— 
 
 GENERAL GORDON'S LETTERS FROM THE 
 
 CRIMEA, THE DANUBE, AND ARMENIA. 2nd Edition. Crown Svo, 5s..
 
 CHAPMAN &= HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 BOWERS (GO- 
 HUNTING IN HARD TIMES. With 6i coloured 
 
 Illustrations. Oblong 4to, 12s. 
 BRACKENBURY {COL. C. B.)— 
 
 FREDERICK THE GREAT. With Maps and Portrait. 
 
 Large crown Svo, 4s. 
 BRADLEY [THOMAS), of the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich— 
 
 ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRICAL DRAWING. In Two 
 
 Parts, with Sixty Plates. Oblong folio, half bound, each Part i6s. 
 
 MRS. BRAY'S NOVELS AND ROMANCES. 
 
 New and Revised Editions, with Frontispieces. 3^. dd. each. 
 
 THE WHITE HOODS. TRIALS OF THE HEART. 
 DE FOIX : a Romance of Beam. THE TALBA ; or, The Moor of Portugal. 
 FITZ OF FITZFORD; a Tale of Destiny. THE PROTESTANT. 
 HENRY DE POMEROY. WARLEIGH ; or, The Fatal Oak. 
 TRELAWNY OF TRELAWNE. COURTENAY OF WALREDDON. 
 A FATHER'S CURSE AND A HARTLAND FOREST AND ROSE- 
 DAUGHTER'S SACRIFICE. TEAGUE. 
 
 BRIDGMAN [F. A.) — 
 
 WINTERS IN ALGERIA. With 62 Illustrations. Royal 
 
 8vo, 10s. 6d. 
 
 BRITISH ARMY, THE. By the Author of "Greater Britain," 
 
 " The Present Position of European Politics," etc. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 BROADLEY (A. M.)~ 
 
 HOW WE DEFENDED ARABI AND HIS FRIENDS. 
 
 A Story of Egypt and the Egyptians. Illustrated by Frederick Villiers. 
 Demy 8vo, 12s. 
 
 BROCK (DR. J. H. E.), Assistant Examiner in Hygiene, Science aiid Art 
 Department — 
 
 ELEMENTS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY FOR THE 
 
 HYGIENE EXAMINATIONS OF THE SCIENCE AND ART 
 DEPARTMENT. Crown Svo, is. 6d. 
 
 BROMLEY-DAVENPORT {the late W.), ALP.— 
 
 SPORT: Fox Hunting, Salmon Fishing. Covert Shooting, 
 
 Deer Stalking. With numerous Illustrations by General Crealock, C.B. 
 New Cheap Edition. Post Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 Small 4to, 21s. 
 
 BUCKLAND {FRANK)— 
 
 LOG-BOOK OF A FISHERMAN AND ZOOLOGIST. 
 
 With numerous Illustrations. Fifth Thousand. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 BUCKMAN {S. S.), F.G.S.— 
 
 JOHN DARKE'S SOJOURN IN THE COTTESWOLDS 
 
 AND ELSEWHERE : A Series of Sketches. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 BROWN {J. MORAY)— 
 
 POWDER, SPEAR, AND SPUR: A Sporting Medley. 
 
 With Illu>itratisns by G. D. GiLts and Edgar Giberne from Sketches by the 
 Author. Crown Svo. los. 6d. 
 
 BURCHETT (/?.)— 
 
 DEFINITIONS OF GEOMETRY. New Edition. 24mo 
 
 cloth, sd.
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 nURCHETT [R.)—Conli,nied— 
 
 LINEAR PERSPECTIVE, for the Use of Schools of Art. 
 
 New Edition. With Illustrations. Post 8vo, cloth, 7s. 
 
 PRACTICAL GEOMETRY : The Course of Construcrion 
 
 of Plane Geometrical Figures. With 137 Diagrams. Eighteenth Edition. Post 
 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 BURGESS [EDWARD]— 
 
 ENGLISH AND AMERICAN YACHTS. Illustrated 
 
 with 50 Beautiful Photogravure Engravings. Oblong folio, 42s. 
 BUTLER (A. y.)— 
 
 COURT LIFE IN EGYPT. Second Edition. Illustrated. 
 
 Large crown Svo, 12s. 
 CAFFVN (MANXINGTON)— 
 
 A POPPYS TEARS. Crown Svo, is.; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 CARLYLE [THOMAS), WORKS BY.— See pages zg and so. 
 
 THE CARLYLE BIRTHDAY BOOK. Compiled, with 
 
 the permission of Mr. Thomas Carlyle, by C. N. Williamson. Seoood Edition. 
 Small fcap. Svo, 3s. 
 CARSTENSEN [A. RHS)— 
 
 TWO SUMMERS IN GREENLAND : An Artist's 
 
 Adventures among Ice and Islands in Fjords and IMountair.s. With numerous 
 Illustrations by the Author. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 CHALDEAN AND ASSYRIAN ART— 
 
 A HISTORY OF ART IN CHALD.EA AND ASSYRIA. 
 
 By Georges Perrot and Charles Chipiez. Translated by Walter Armstsong, 
 B.A. Oxon. With 452 Illustrations. 2 vols. Imperial Svo, 42s. 
 
 CHAPMAN .^- HALLS SHILLING SERIES. 
 
 Bound in Cloth, \s. bd. 
 
 A POPPY'S TEARS. Bv Mannixi;ton Caffvn. 
 
 NOTCHES On THE ROUGH EDGE OF LIFE. By Lv.nn Cyril DOvle. 
 
 WE TWO AT ,^10XrE CARLO. By Albert D. Vanda.m. 
 
 WHO IS THE MANr A Tale of the Scottish Border. By J. S. Tajt. 
 
 THE CHILD OF ST.-\FFERTON : A Chapter from a Family Chronicle. By Onox 
 
 Kniix Little. 
 THE BROKKX VOW: .\ Story of Here and Herea ter. By Canon Kxox Litti.e; 
 THE STORY OF AN AFRICAN FARM. By Olive Schreinek. 
 PADDY AT HOME. By Bakon E. De Mandat-Granchy. 
 
 CHARLOTTE ELIZABETH, LIFE AND LETTERS OF, 
 
 Princess Palatine and Mother of Philippe d Orlean^, Regent of France, 1652-1722. 
 Compiled, translated, and gathered liom vaiious Published ai.d Unpublished 
 Sources. With Portraits. Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 CHARNA Y [DESIRE]- 
 
 THE ANCIENT CITIES OF THE NEW WORLD. 
 
 Being Travels and Explorations in Mexico and Central America, 1857 — rSSz. 
 Translated from the French by J. Gonino and Helen S. Conant. With upivai-ds of 
 200 Illustrations. Super Royal Svo, 31s. 6d. 
 CHURCH [PROFESSOR A. H.], M.A. Oxon.— 
 
 FOOD GRAINS OF INDIA. With numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 Small 4to, 6s. 
 
 ENGLISH PORCELAIN. A Handbook to the China 
 
 made in England during the Eighteenth Centur)-, as illustrated by Specimens 
 chiefly in the National Collection. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 
 Svo, 3S.
 
 CHAPMAN 6r- HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 CHURCH [PROFESSOR A. H.)., M.A.'Oxon. [Continued]— 
 
 ENGLISH EARTHENWARE. A Handbook to the 
 
 Wares made in England during the 17th and i8th Centuries, as illustrated by 
 Specimens in the National Collections. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 
 8vo, 3s. 
 
 PLAIN WORDS ABOUT WATER. Illustrated. Crown 
 
 8vo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 FOOD : Some Account of its Sources, Constituents, and 
 
 Uses. A New and Revised Edition. Large crown Svo, cloth, 3s. 
 
 PRECIOUS STONES : considered in their Scientific and 
 
 Artistic Relations. With a Catalogue of the Townsend Collection of Gems in the 
 South Kensington Museum. With a Coloured Plate and Woodcuts. Large crown 
 Svo, 2S. 6d. 
 CLINTON [R. H.)— 
 
 A COMPENDIUM OF ENGLISH HISTORY, from the 
 
 Earliest Times to a.d. 1872. With Copious Quotations on the Leading Events and 
 the Constitutional History, together with Appendices. Post Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 
 COBDEN, RICHARD, LIFE OF. By the Right Hon. John 
 
 MoRi.EY, M.P. With Portrait. New Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. 
 
 Popular Edition, with Portrait, 410, sewed, is.; cloth, 2s. 
 
 COLLINS [WILKIE] and DICKENS [CHARLES]— 
 
 THE LAZY TOUR OF TWO IDLE APPRENTICES ; 
 
 NO THOROUGHFARE; THE PERILS OF CERTAIN ENGLISH 
 PRISONERS. With S Illustrations. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 *;(.* These Stories, which originally appeared in "Household Words," are now 
 reprinted for the fir^t time complete. 
 COOKER F— 
 
 THE PYTCHLEY BOOK OF REFINED COOKERY 
 
 AND BILLS OF FARE. By Major L . Fourth Edition. Large crown Svo, 
 
 BREAKFASTS, LUNCHEONS, AND BALL SUPPERS. 
 
 By Major L . Crown Svo. 4s. 
 
 OFFICIAL HANDBOOK OF THE NATIONAL 
 
 TRAINING SCHOOL FOR COOKERY. Containing Lessons on Cookery | 
 forming the Course of Instruction in the School. Compiled by " R. O. C." 
 Twentieth Thousand. Large crown Svo, 6s. 
 
 BREAKFAST AND SAVOURY DISHES. By "R. O. C." 
 
 Ninth Thousand. Crown Svo, is. 
 
 HOW TO COOK FISH. Compiled by "R. O. C." 
 
 Crown Svo, sewed, 3d. 
 
 SICK-ROOM COOKERY. Compiled by "R. O. C." 
 
 Crown Svo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 THE ROYAL CONFECTIONER : English and Foreign. 
 
 A Practical Treatise. By C. E. Francatelli. With numerous Illustrations. 
 Fifth Thousand. Crown Svo, ss. 
 
 THE KINGSWOOD COOKERY BOOK. By H. F. 
 
 WICKEN. Crown Svo, 2s. 
 COOPER-KING [LT.-COL.]— 
 
 GEORGE WASHINGTON. Large crown Svo. With 
 
 Portrait and Maps. Un *'"! P^"^- 
 
 COURTNEY [W. /..), M.A., LL.D., of New College, Oxjord— 
 
 STUDIES NEW AND OLD. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 
 CONSTRUCTIVE ETHICS : A Review of Modern Philo- 
 sophy and its Three Stages of Interpretation, Criticism, and Reconstruction. 
 Deny Svo, 12s.
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 CRAIK (GEORGE LILLIE) — 
 
 ENGLISH OF SHAKESPEARE. Illustrated in a Philo- 
 
 logical Commentary on his "Julius Caesar." Eighth Edition. Post 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 
 OUTLINES OF THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 
 
 LANGUAGE. Eleventh Edition. Post 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 CRA WFURD [OS WALD), Her Majestvs Consul at Oporto— 
 
 ROUND THE CALENDAR IN PORTUGAL. With 
 
 numerous Illustrations by Mrs. H. M. Stanley (Dorothy Tennaxt), Mrs. 
 Arthur Walter, Mr. Tr'Stram Kllls, Miss Woouwaru, Miss Thomson, 
 Mr. A. Lee, and the Author. Royal 8vo. [/« tke Press. 
 
 BEYOND THE SEAS; being the surprising Adventures 
 
 and ingenious Opinions of Ralph, Lord St. Keyne, told by his kinsman, Humphrey 
 St. Keyne. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 3s. 6d. 
 CRIP PS [WILFRED JOSEPH), M.A., P.S.A.— 
 
 COLLEGE AND CORPORATION PLATE. A Hand- 
 
 book for the Reproduction of Silver Plate. [In the South Kensington Museum, 
 from celebrated English collections.^ With numerous Illustrations. Large crown 
 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 DAIRY FARMING- 
 DAIRY FARMING. To which is added a Description of 
 
 the Chief Continental Systems. With numerous Illustrations. By James Long. 
 Crown 8vo, gs. 
 
 DAIRY FARMING, MANAGEMENT OF COWS, etc. 
 
 By Arthur Roland. Edited by William Ablett. Crown 8vo, 5s. 
 DALY (/. B.), LLD.— 
 
 IRELAND IN THE DAYS OF DEAN SWIFT. Crown 
 
 8vo, 5s. 
 DAUBOURG [E.)— 
 
 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE. Doors, Vestibules, Stair- 
 
 cases. Anterooms, Drawing, Dining, and Bed Rooms, Libraries, Bank and News- 
 paper Offices, Shop Fronts and Interiors. Half-imperial, cloth, £2 12s. 6d. 
 DAVIDSON (ELLIS A.)— 
 
 PRETTY ARTS FOR THE EMPLOYMENT OF 
 
 LEISURE HOURS. A Book for Ladies. With Illustrations. Demy Svo, 6s. 
 DAVITT (MICHAEL)— 
 
 LEAVES FROM A PRISON DIARY. Crown Svo, 
 
 sewed, is. 6d. 
 DA Y ( WILLIAM)— 
 
 THE RACEHORSE IN TRAINING, with Hints on 
 
 Racing and Racing Reform, to which is added a Chapter on Shoeing. Sixth 
 Edition. Demy Svo, qs. 
 DAS (DEVENDRA N.)— 
 
 SKETCHES OF HINDOO LIFE. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 
 DE AINSLIE (GENERAL)— 
 
 A HISTORY OF THE ROYAL REGIMENT OF 
 
 DRAGOONS. From its Formation in 1661 to the Present Day. With Illustrations. 
 Demy Svo, 21s. 
 DE CHAMPEAUX (ALFRED)— 
 
 TAPESTRY. With numerous Woodcuts. Cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 DE FALLOUX (THE COUNT) — 
 
 MEMOIRS OF A ROYALIST. Edited by C. B. Pitman. 
 
 2 vols. With Portraits. Demy 8vo, 32s. 
 D'HAUSSONVILLE (VICOMTE)— 
 
 SALON OF MADAME NECKER. Translated by H. M. 
 
 Tkollope. 2 vols. Crown 8vo, i8s.
 
 CHAPMAN er> HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 DE K0NINCK:{L. L.) andDIETZ {£.)— 
 
 PRACTICAL MANUAL OF CHEMICAL ASSAYING, 
 
 as applied to the Manufacture of Iron. Edited, with notes, by Robrrt Mallet. 
 Post 8vo, cloth, 6s. 
 DE LESSEPS {FERDINAND)— 
 
 RECOLLECTIONS OF FORTY YEARS. Translated 
 
 from the French by C. B. Pitman. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 24s. 
 
 DE LISLE (MEMOIR OF LIEUTENANT RUDOLPH), 
 
 R.N., of the Naval Brigade. By the Rev. H. N. Oxenham, M.A. Third 
 Edition. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. 
 DE MANDAT-GRANCEY (BARON E.)— 
 
 PADDY AT HOME ; or, Irel.alND and the Irish at 
 
 THE Present Time, as seen bv a Frenchman. Translated from the French. 
 Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo, is. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 DOYLE [LYNN CYRIL)— 
 
 NOTCHES ON THE ROUGH EDGE OF LIFE. 
 
 Crown Svo, is. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 DE ST A EL {MADAME)— 
 
 MADAME DE STAEL : Her Friends, and Her Influence 
 
 in Politics and Literature. By Lady Rlennerhasshtt. Translated from the 
 German by J. E. Gordon Cum.ming. With a Portrait. 3 vols. Demy 8vo, 36s. 
 DE IV/NDT (//.)— 
 
 FROM PEKIN TO CALAIS BY LAND. With nume- 
 
 rous Illustrations by C. E. Fripp from Sketches by the Author. Demy Svo, 20s. 
 DICKENS {CHARLES). WORKS BY— See pages ^i—^j. 
 
 THE LETTERS OF CHARLES DICKENS. Two 
 
 vols, uniform with "The Charles Dickens Edition " of his Works. Crown Svo, 8s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES T>lCYiE^?>—See '' Forsier:' 
 THE CHARLES DICKENS BIRTHDAY BOOK. 
 
 With Five Illustrations. In a handsome fcap. 4to volume, 12s. 
 
 THE HUMOUR AND PATHOS OF CHARLES 
 
 DICKENS. By Charles Kent. With Portrait. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 DICKENS {CHARLES) and COLLINS {VVILKIE)— 
 
 THE LAZY TOUR OF TWO IDLE APPRENTICES; 
 
 NO THOROUGHFARE: THE PERILS OF CERTAIN ENGLISH 
 PRISONERS. With Illustrations. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 ^ , These Stories are now reprinted in complete form for the first time. 
 
 DILKE {LADY)— 
 
 AR.T IN THE MODERN STATE. With Facsimile. 
 
 Demy Svo, 9s. 
 DIN ARTE {SYLVIO)— 
 
 INNOCENCIA: A Story of the Prairie Regions of Brazil. 
 
 Translated from the Portuguese and Illustrated by James W. Wells, F.R.G.S. 
 Crown Svo, 6s. 
 DIXON {CHARLES)— 
 
 IDLE HOURS WITH NATURE. With Frontispiece. 
 
 Crown Svo. 
 
 ANNALS OF BIRD LIFE: A Year-Book of British 
 
 Ornithology. With Illustrations. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 DOUGLAS {JOHN)— 
 
 SKFTCH OF THE FIRST PRINCIPLES OF PHYSIO- 
 
 GRAPHY. With Maps and numerous Illustrations. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 
 DOWN WITH ENGLAND. Translated from the French. 
 
 With Maps. Crown Svo, is. 
 
 B
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DRAYSON {MAJOR-GENERAL A. IV.), Late R. A., F.R.A.S.— 
 
 THIRTY THOUSAND YEARS OF THE EARTH'S 
 
 PAST HISTORY. Large Crown 8vo, 5s. 
 
 EXPERIENCES OF A WOOLWICH PROFESSOR 
 
 during Fifteen Years at the Royal Military Academy. Demy 8vo, 8s. 
 
 PRACTICAL MILITARY SURVEYING AND 
 
 SKETCHING. Fifth Edition. Post 8vo, cloth, 4s. 6d. 
 
 DREAMS BY A FRENCH FIRESIDE. Translated from the 
 
 German by Mary O'Callaghan. Illustrated by Fred Roe. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. 
 DUCOUDRAY [GUSTAVE)— 
 
 THE HISTORY OF ANCIENT CIVILISATION. A 
 
 Handbook based upon M. Gustave Ducoudray's " H'stoire Sommaire de la 
 Civilisation." Edited by Rev. J. Verschoyle, M..A. With Illustrations. Large 
 crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 DUFFY [SIR CHARLES GAVAN), K.C.M.G.— 
 
 THE LEAGUE OF NORTH AND SOUTH. An Episode 
 
 in Irish History, 1850-1854. Crown 8vo, 8s. 
 DYCE (WILLIAM), R.A.— 
 
 DRAWING-BOOK OF THE GOVERNMENT SCHOOL 
 
 OF DESIGN ; OR, ELEMENTARY OUTLINES OF ORNAMENT. Fifty 
 selected Plates. Folio, sewed, 5s. ; mounted, i8s. 
 
 ELEMENTARY OUTLINES OF ORNAMENT. Plates L 
 
 to XXII., containing 97 Examples, adapted for Practice of Standards I. to IV. 
 
 Small folio, sewed, 2s 6d. 
 
 SELECTION FROM DYCE'S DRAWING BOOK. 
 
 15 Plates, sewed, is. 6d.; mounted on cardboard, 6s. 6d. 
 
 TEXT TO ABOVE. Crown 8vo, sewed, 6d. 
 
 EDWARDS (H. SUTHERLAND)— 
 
 FAMOUS FIRST REPRESENTATIONS. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 EGYPTIAN ART— 
 
 A HISTORY OF ART IN ANCIENT EGYPT. By 
 
 G. Perrot and C. Chipiez. Translated by Walter Armstrong. Wich over 
 600 Illustrations. 2 vols. Imperial 8vo, £2 2s. 
 
 ELLIS (A. B., Major ist West India Regiment)— 
 
 THE EWE-SPEAKING PEOPLE OF THE SLAVE 
 
 COAST OF WEST AFRICA. With Map. Demy 8vo, ics. 6d 
 
 WEST AFRICAN STORIES. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 THE TSHI-SPEAKING PEOPLES OF THE GOLD 
 
 COAST OF WEST AFRICA: their Religion, Manners, Customs, Laws, 
 Language, &c. With Map. Demy 8vo, los. 6d. 
 
 SOUTH AFRICAN SKETCHES. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 THE HISTORY OF THE WEST INDIA REGI- 
 
 MENT. With Maps and Coloured Frontispiece and Title-page. Deray Svo, i8s. 
 
 THE LAND OF FETISH. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 
 EN GEL (CARL)— 
 
 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. With numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 Large crown Svo, cloth, 25. 6d. 
 ESCOTT (T. H. S.)— 
 
 POLITICS AND LETTERS. Demy Svo, 9s. 
 
 ENGLAND: ITS PEOPLE, POLITY, and PURSUITS. 
 
 New and Revised Edition. Demy Svo, 3s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN Ss' HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 EUROPEAN POLITICS, THE PRESENT POSITION OF. 
 
 By the Author of "Greater Britain." Demy 8vo, 12s. 
 FANE [VIOLET)— 
 
 AUTUMN SONGS. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 THE STORY OF HELEN DAVENANT. Crown 8vo, 
 
 3s. 6d. 
 
 QUEEN OF THE FAIRIES (A Village Story), and other 
 
 Poems. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 ANTHONY BAEINGTON: a Drama. Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 FARR {WILUAM) and THRUPP [GEORGE A.)— 
 
 COACH TRIMMING. With 60 Illustrations. Crown Svo, 
 
 2S. 6d. 
 FIELD [HENRY M.) — 
 
 GIBRALTAR. With numerous Illustrations. Demy Svo, 
 
 7s. 6d. 
 FIFE-COOKSON [LIEUT-COL. J. C.\— 
 
 TIGER-SHOOTING IN THE DOON AND ULWAR, 
 
 AND LIFE IN INDIA. With numerous Illustrations by E. Hobday, R.H. A. 
 Large crown Svo, los. 6d. 
 
 FITZGERALD [PERCY), F.S.A.— 
 
 THE HISTORY OF PICKWICK. Demy Svo. 
 
 THE CHRONICLES OF BOW STREET POLICE 
 
 OFFICE. With numerous Illustrations. 2 vols. Demy Svo, 21s. 
 FLEMING [GEORGE), F.R.C.S.— 
 
 ANIMAL PLAGUES: THEIR HISTORY, NATURE, 
 
 AND PREVENTION. Svo, cloth, iss. 
 
 PRACTICAL HORSE-SHOEING. With 37 Illustrations. 
 
 Fifth Edition, enlarged. Svo, sewed, 2S. 
 
 RABIES AND HYDROPHOBIA: THEIR HISTORY, 
 
 NATURE, CAUSES, SYMPTOMS, AND PREVENTION. With S Illustra- 
 tions. Svo, cloth, 15s. 
 
 FORSTER [JOHN)— 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the Illustrated Library Edition of Dickens's Works, a vols. Demy Svo, 20s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the Library Edition. Post Svo, los. 6d. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the "C. D." Edition. With Numerous Illustrations. 2 vols. 7s. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Uniform with 
 
 the Household Edition. With Illustrations by F. Barnard. Crown 410, cloth, 5s. 
 
 FORSTER, THE LIFE OF THE RIGHT HON. W. E. 
 
 By T. Weimvss Reid, With Portraits. Fourth Edition. 2 vols. Demy Svo, 32s. 
 FIFTH EDITION, in one volume, with new Portrait. Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 
 FORSYTH [CAPTAIN)— 
 
 THE HIGHLANDS OF CENTRAL INDIA: Notes on 
 
 their Forests and Wild Tribes, Natural History and Sports. With Map and 
 Coloured Illustrations. A New Edition. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 
 FORTESCUE [THE HON. JOHN)— 
 
 RECORDS OF STAG-HUNTING ON EXMOOR. With 
 
 14 full page Illustrations by Edgar Giberne. Large crown Svo, i6s. 
 
 B 2
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED B Y 
 
 FORTNIGHTL Y RE VIE W [see page 40)— 
 
 FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW.— First Series, May, 1865, to 
 
 Dec. 1866. 6 vols. Cloth, 13s. each. 
 
 New Series, 1867 to 1872. In Half-yearly Volumes. Cloth, 
 
 13s. each. 
 
 From January, 1S73, to the present time, in Half-yearly 
 
 Volumes. Cloth, i6s. each. 
 
 CONTENTS OF FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW. From 
 
 the commencement to end of 1878. Sewed, 2S. 
 FQRTNUM (C. D. £.), F.S.A.— 
 
 MAIOLICA. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 
 
 Svo, cloth, 2S. 6d. 
 
 BRONZES. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown 
 
 Svo, cloth, 2S. 6d. 
 FO'UQUE {DE LA MOTTE)— 
 
 UNDINE : a Romance translated from the German. With 
 
 an Introduction by Julia Cartwright. Illustrated by Heywood Sumner. 
 Crown 4to, 5s. 
 
 FRANCATELLI (C. E.)— 
 
 THE ROYAL CONFECTIONER: EngHsh and Foreign. 
 
 A Practical Treatise. With Illustrations. Fifth Edition. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 FRANCIS {FRANCIS), JUNR. 
 
 SADDLE AND MOCASSIN. Svo, 12s. 
 
 FRANKS {A. IV.)— 
 
 JAPANESE POTTERY. Being a Native Report, with an 
 
 Introduction and Catalogue. With numerous Illustrations and Marks. Large 
 crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 FROBEL, FRIEDRICH ; a Short Sketch of his Life, including 
 
 Frobel's Letters from Dresden and Leipzig to his Wife, now first Translated into 
 English. By Emily Shirreff. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 
 GALILEO AND HIS JUDGES. By F. R. Wegg-Prosser. 
 
 Demy Svo, 5s. 
 GALLENGA [ANTONIO)— 
 
 ITALY: PRESENT AND FUTURE. 2 vols. Dmy.8vo,2is. 
 EPISODES OF MY SECOND LIFE. 2 vols. Dmy.8vo,28s. 
 IBERIAN REMINISCENCES. Fifteen Years' Travelling 
 
 Impressions of Spain and Portugal. With a Map. 2 vols. Demy Svo, 32s. 
 GASNAULT [PA UL) and GARNIER [ED.)— 
 
 FRENCH POTTERY. With Illustrations and Marks. 
 
 Large crown Evo, 3s. 
 GILLMORE [PARKER) — 
 
 THE HUNTER'S ARCADIA. With numerous Illustra- 
 
 tions. Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 
 GIRL'S LIFE EIGHTY YEARS AGO (A). Selections from 
 
 the Letters of Eliza Southgate Bowne, with an Introduction by Clarence Cook. 
 Illustrated with Portraits and Views. Crown 4to, 12s. 
 
 GLEICHEN [COUNT), Gretiadier Guards— 
 
 WITH THE CAMEL CORPS UP THE NILE. With 
 
 numerous Sketches bj' the Author. IhirJ Edition. Large crown Svo, gs.
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LIMITED. 13 
 
 GORDON (GENERAL)— 
 
 LETTERS FROM THE CRIMEA, THE DANUBE, 
 
 AND ARMENIA. Edited by Demetrius C. Boulger. Second Edition. 
 Crown 8vo, 55. 
 GORST [SIR J. E.), Q.C., M.P.— 
 
 An ELECTION MANUAL. Containing the Parliamentary 
 
 Elections (Corrupt and Illegal Practices) Act, 1883, with Notes. Third Edition. 
 Crown 8vo, is. 6d. 
 GO WER (A. R. ), Royal School of Mines— 
 
 PRACTICAL METALLURGY. With Illustrations. Crown 
 
 Svo, 3s. 
 GRAHAM {SIR GERALD), V.C, K.C.B.— 
 
 LAST WORDS WITH GORDON. Crown Svo, cloth, is. 
 
 GRESIVELL (WILLIAM), M.A., E.R.C.I.— 
 
 OUR SOUTH AFRICAN EMPIRE. AVith Map. 2 vols, 
 
 Crown Svo, i:is. 
 GRIFFIN (SIR LEFEL HENRY), K. C.S.I. — 
 
 THE GREAT REPUBLIC. Second Edition. Crown 8 vo, 
 
 4s. 6d. 
 GRIFFITHS (MAJOR ARTHUR), H.M. Inspector of Prisons— 
 
 FRENCH REVOLUTIONARY GENERALS. Large 
 
 crown Svo. [/« the Prees. 
 
 CHRONICLES OF NEWGATE. Illustrated. New 
 
 Edition. Demy Svo, i6s. 
 
 MEMORIALS OF MILLBANK : or, Chapters in Prison 
 
 History. With Illustrations by R. Goff and Author. New Edition. Demy Svo, 
 12s. 
 HALL (SIDNEY)- 
 
 A TRAVELLING ATLAS OF THE ENGLISH COUN- 
 
 TIES. Fifty Maps, coloured. New Edition, including the Railways, corrected 
 up to the present date. Demy Svo, in roan tuck, los. 6d. 
 HA WKINS (FREDERICK)— 
 
 THE FRENCH STAGE IN THE EIGHTEENTH 
 
 CENTURY. With Portraits. 2 vols. Demy Svo, 30s. 
 
 ANiNALS OF THE FRENCH STAGE: FROM ITS 
 
 ORIGIN TO THE DEATH OF RACINE. 4 Portraits. 2Vols. Demy8vo,28s. 
 HILDEBRAND (HANS), Royal Antiquary of Sweden— 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF SCANDINAVIA IN THE 
 
 PAGAN TIME. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 2S. 6d. 
 HILL (MISS G.)— 
 
 THE PLEASURES AND PROFITS OF OUR LITTLE 
 
 POULTRY FARM. Small Svo, 3s. 
 HOLBEIN— 
 
 TWELVE HEADS AFTER HOLBEIN. Selected from 
 
 Drawings in Her Majesty's Collection at Windsor. Reproduced in Autotype, in 
 portfolio. £,\ 1 6s. 
 HOLMES (GEORGE C. V.), Secretary of the Institution of Naval Architects, 
 Wliitworth Scholar — 
 
 MARINE ENGINES AND BOILERS. With Sixty-nine 
 
 Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 3s. 
 HOPE (ANDREE)— 
 
 CHRONICLES OF AN OLD INN; or, a Few Words 
 
 about Gray's- Inn. Crown Svo, 5s.
 
 14 BOOKS PUBLISHED B Y 
 
 HOUSSA YE [ARSENE]— 
 
 BEHIND THE SCENES OF THE COM^DIE FRAN- 
 
 CAISE, AND OTHER RECOIAECTIONS. Translated and Edited, with 
 Notes, by Albert D. Vandam. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 HOVELACQUE {ABEL)— 
 
 THE SCIENCE OF LANGUAGE: LINGUISTICS, 
 
 PHILOLOGY, AND ETYMOLOGY. With Maps. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 5s. 
 HOZIER (H. M.)— 
 
 TURENNE. With Portrait and Two Maps. Large crown 
 
 8vo, 4s. 
 HUEFFER (F.)— 
 
 HALF A CENTURY OF MUSIC IN ENGLAND. 
 
 1837— 1887. Demy Svo, 8s. 
 HUNTL Y [MARQUIS OF]— 
 
 TRAVELS, SPORTS, AND POLITICS IN THE EAST 
 
 OF EUROPE. With Illustrations by the Marchioness of Huntly. Large 
 Crown Svo, 12s. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS: Historical Sketches. With numerous 
 
 Illustrations. Large crown 8vo, 3s. 
 
 IRELAND IN THE DAYS OF DEAN SWIFT. By J. B. 
 
 Daly, LL.D. Crown 8vo, 5s. 
 
 IRISH ART OF LACEMAKING, A RENASCENCE OF 
 
 THE. Illustrated by Photographic Reproductions of Irish Laces, made from 
 new and specially designed Patternb. Introductory Notes and Descriptions. By 
 A. S. C. Demy 8vo, 2s. 6d. 
 IRON (RALPH), (OLIVE SCHREINER)— 
 
 THE STORY OF AN AFRICAN FARM. New Edition. 
 
 Crown Svo, is. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 ITALY, FROM THE ALPS TO MOUNT ETNA. Translated 
 
 by Frances Ele.\nor Trollope, and Edited by Thosias Adolphus Trollope. 
 
 Illustrated with upwards of 100 full-page and 300 smaller Engravings. Imperial 4I0. 
 
 JACKSON (FRANK G. ), Master in the Birmingham Miaiicipal School of Art— 
 
 DECORATIVE DESIGN. An Elementary Text Book of 
 
 Principles and Practice. With numerous Illustrations. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 JAMES (HENR Y A.), M.A.— 
 
 HANDBOOK TO PERSPECTIVE. Crown Svo, 2S. 6d. 
 PERSPECTIVE CHARTS, for use in Class Teaching. 2s. 
 
 JARRY (GENERAL)— 
 
 OUTPOST DUTY. Translated, with TREATISES ON 
 
 MILITARY RECONNAISSANCE AND ON ROAD-MAKING. By Major- 
 Gen. W. C. E. Napier. Third Edition. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 JEANS (W. T.)— 
 
 CREATORS OF THE AGE OF STEEL. Memoirs of 
 
 Sir W. Siemens, Sir H. Bessemer, Sir J. Whitworth, Sir J. Brown, and other 
 Inventors. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 JONES (CAPTAIN DOUGLAS), R.A.— 
 
 NOTES ON MILITARY LAW. Crown 8vo, 4s. 
 JONES. HANDBOOK OF THE JONES COLLECTION 
 
 IN THE SOUTH KENSINGTON JNIUSEUM. With Portrait and Wood- 
 cuts. Large crown Svo, zs. 6d. 
 JUNKER (DR. IVM.)- 
 
 TRAVELS IN AFRICA. With 38 Full-page Plates and 
 
 125 Illustrations in the Text and Map. Translated from the German by 
 Professor Keane. Demy Svo, 21s.
 
 CHAPMAN &• HALL, LIMITED. 15 
 
 KENNARD {EDWARD)— 
 
 NORWEGIAN SKETCHES: FISHING IN STRANGE 
 
 WATERS. Illustrated with 30 beautiful Sketches. Second Edition. Oblong 
 folio, 21S. A Set of Ten Hand-coloured Plates, £t, ; in Oak Frames, £a, ios. 
 
 Smaller Edition. 14s. 
 KENT [CHARLES]— 
 
 HUMOUR AND PATHOS OF CHARLES DICKENS. 
 
 Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 KING [LIEUT. -COL. COOPER)— 
 
 GEORGE WASHINGTON. Large crown 8vo. {in the Press. 
 
 KLA CZKO (M. JULIAN) — 
 
 TWO CHANCELLORS : PRINCE GORTCHAKOF and 
 
 PRINCE BISMARCK. Translated by Mrs.Tait. New and cheaper Edition, 6s. 
 KNOLL YS [MAJOR HENRY), R.A.— 
 
 SKETCHES OF LIFE IN JAPAN. With Illustrations. 
 
 Large crown 8vo, 12s. 
 
 LACORDAIRE'S JESUS CHRIST; GOD; AND GOD AND 
 
 MAN. Conferences delivered at Notre Dame in Paris. New Edition. 
 Crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 LAINE [J. M.). R.A.— 
 
 ENGLISH COMPOSITION EXERCISES. Crown 8vo, 
 
 2S. 6d. 
 LAING [S.)— 
 
 PROBLEMS OF THE FUTURE AND ESSAYS. 
 
 Fifth Thousand. Demy 8vo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 MODERN SCIENCE AND MODERN THOUGHT. 
 
 With a Supplementary Chapter on Gladstone's " Dawn of Creation" and Drummond's 
 " Natural Law in the Spiritual World." Ninth Thousand. Demy Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 A MODERN ZOROASTRIAN. Fourth Thousand. Demy 
 
 Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 LAVELEYE [EMILE DE)— 
 
 THE ELEMENTS OF POLITICAL ECONOMY. 
 
 Translated by W. Pollard, B.A., St. John's College, Oxford. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 LANDOR [ W. S. )— 
 
 LIFE AND WORKS. 8 vols. 
 
 Vol. I. WALTER SAVAGE LANDOR. A Biogniphy in Eight Books. By 
 
 John Forster. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 Vol.2. Out of print. 
 Vol. 3. CONVERSATIONS OF SOVEREIGNS AND STATESMEN, AND 
 
 FIVE DIALOGUES OF BOCCACCIO AND PETRARCA. 
 
 Demy Svo, 14s. 
 Vol. 4. DIALOGUES OF LITERARY MEN. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 Vol. s. DIALOGUES OF LITERARY MEN {continued). FAMOUS 
 
 WOMEN. LETTERS OF PERICLES AND AbPASIA. And 
 
 Minor Prose Pieces. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 Vol.6. MISCELLANEOUS CONVERSATIONS. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 Vol. 7. GEBIR, ACTS AND SCENES AND HELLENICS. Poems. 
 
 Demy Svo, 14s; _ 
 
 Vol. 8. MISCELLANEOUS POEMS AND CRITICISMS ON THEO- 
 CRITUS, CATULLUS, AND PETRARCH. Demy Svo 14s. 
 
 LE CONTE [JOSEPH), Professor of Geology and Natural History in the Uni- 
 versity of California — • 
 
 EVOLUTION AND ITS RELATIONS TO RELIGIOUS 
 
 THOUGHT. Crown Svo, 6s.
 
 l6 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 LEFEVKE [ANDRE]— 
 
 PHILOSOPHY, Historical and Critical. Translated, with 
 
 an Introduction, by A. W. Keane, B.A. Large crown 8vo, 7s. 6cl. 
 LE ROUX (//.)— 
 
 ACROBATS AND MOUNTEBANKS. With over 200 
 
 Illustrations by J. Garnier. Royal Svo, i6s. 
 LESLIE (R. C.)— 
 
 OLD SEA WINGS, WAYS, AND AVORDS, IN THE 
 
 DAYS OF OAK AND HEMP. With 135 Illus.tr.itions by the Author. Demy 
 Svo, 14s. 
 
 LIFE ABOARD A BRITISH PRIVATEER IN THE 
 
 TIME OF QUEEN ANNE. Being the Journals of Captain Woodes Rogers, 
 Master Mariner. With Notes and Illustrations by Robert C. Leslie. Large 
 crown 3vo, gs. 
 
 A SEA PAINTER'S LOG. Wiih 12 Full-page Illustrations 
 
 by the Author. Large crown 8vo, 12s. 
 LETOURNEAU (DR. CHARLES)— 
 
 SOCIOLOGY, Based upon Ethnolog}'. Large crown 
 
 8vo. IDS. 
 
 BIOLOGY. Translated by William MacCall. With 83 
 
 Illustrations. A New Edition. Demy Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 LILLY (IV. S.)— 
 
 ON RIGHT AND WRONG. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 
 A CENTURY OF REVOLUTION. Second Edition. 
 
 Demy Svo, 12s. 
 
 CHAPTERS ON EUROPEAN HISTORY. With an 
 
 Introductory Dialogue on the Philosophy of History. 2 vols. Demy Svo, 21s. 
 
 ANCIENT RELIGION AND MODERN THOUGHT. 
 
 Second Edition. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 LITTLE [THE REV. CANON KNOX)— 
 
 THE CHILD OF STAFFERTON : A Chapter from a 
 
 Family Chronicle. New Edition. Crown Svo, boards, is.; cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 THE BROKEN VOW. A Story of Here and Hereafter. 
 
 New Edition. Crown Svo, boards, is.; cloth, is. 6d. 
 LITTLE [THE REV. H. W.)— 
 
 H. M. STANLEY : HIS LIFE, WORKS, AND 
 
 EXPLORATIONS. Demy Svo, los. fd. 
 LLOYD [COLONEL E.M.), R.E., late Professor of Fortification at the Royal 
 Military Academy, Woohvich — 
 
 VAUBAN, MONl'ALEMBERT, CARNOT : ENGINEER 
 
 STUDIES. With Portraits. Crown Svo, 55 
 LLOYD [N. N.), late 2j,fh Reqimcnt— 
 
 ON ACTIVE SERVICE. Printed in Colours. Oblong 
 
 4to, 5s. 
 
 LIFE IN INDIA. Printed in Colours. 4to, 6s. 
 LONG [JAMES)— 
 
 DAIRY FARMING. To which is added a Description of 
 
 the Chief Continental Systems. With numerous Illustrations. Crown Svo, gs. 
 LOW [WILLIAM)— 
 
 TABLE DECORATION. With 19 Full Illustrations. 
 
 Demy Svo, 6s. 
 LYTTON [ROBERT, EARL)— 
 
 POETICAL WORKS- 
 FABLES IN SONG. 2 vols. Fcap. Svo, 12s. 
 THE WANDERER. Fcap. Svo, 6s. 
 POEMS, HISTORICAL AND CHARACTERISTIC. leap. 6s.
 
 CHAPMAN &> HALL, LIMITED. 17 
 
 McCOAN (J. CO- 
 EGYPT UNDER ISMAIL: a Romance of History. 
 
 With Portrait and Appendix of Official Documents. Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. 
 MACDONALD [FREDERIKA)— 
 
 PUCK AND PEARL: the Wanderings and Wonder- 
 
 iNGs OF Two English Children in India. By Frederika Macdonald. 
 With Illustrations by Mrs. Irving Graham. Second Edition. Crown 8vo, 5s. 
 MALLESON (COL. G. B.), C.SJ.— 
 
 PRINCE EUGENE OF SAVOY. With Portrait and 
 
 Maps. Large crown 8vo, 6s. 
 
 LOUDON. A Sketch of the Military Life of Gideon 
 
 Ernest, Freicherr von Loudon, sometime Generalissimo of the Austrian Forces. 
 With Portrait and Maps. Large crown Svo, 4s. 
 MALLET (ROBERT)— 
 
 PRACTICAL MANUAL OF CHEMICAL ASSAYING, 
 
 as applied to the Manufacture of Iron. By L. L. De Koninck and E. Dietz. 
 Edited, with notes, by Robert Mallet. Post Svo, cloth, 6s. 
 MARCEAU (SERGENT)— 
 
 REMINISCENCES OF A REGICIDE. Edited from 
 
 the Original MSS. of Sergent Marceau, Member of the Convention, ana 
 Administrator of Police in the French Revolution of 17S9. By M. C. M. Simpson, 
 Author of the " Letters and Recollections of Julius and Mary Mohl." Demy Svo, 
 with Illustrations and Portraits, 14s. 
 MASKELL (ALFRED)— 
 
 RUSSIAN ART AND ART OBJECTS IN RUSSIA. 
 
 A Handbook to the Reproduction of Goldsmiths' Work and other Art Treasures. 
 With Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 4s. 6d. 
 MASKELL ( WILLIAM)— 
 
 IVORIES : ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. With nume- 
 
 rous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 HANDBOOK TO THE DYCE AND FORSTER Col- 
 lections. With Illustrations. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 MA UDSLA V (A THOL)— 
 
 HIGHWAYS AND HORSES. With numerous Illustra- 
 
 tions. Demy Svo, 21s. 
 MECHELIN (SENA TOR L. )— 
 
 FINLAND AND ITS PUBLIC LAW. Translated by 
 
 Charles J. Cooke, British Vice-Consul at Helsingfors. Crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 GEORGE MEREDITH'S WORKS. 
 
 A New and Uniform Edition. Crown Svo, ^s, 6d. each. 
 DIANA OF THE CROSSWAYS. 
 EVAN HARRINGTON. 
 
 THE ORDEAL OF RICHARD FEVEREL. 
 THE ADVENTURES OF HARRY RICHMOND. 
 SANDRA BELLONI. 
 VITTORIA. 
 RHODA FLEMING. 
 BEAUCHAMP'S CAREER. 
 THE EGOIST. 
 
 THE SHAVING OF SHAGPAT; and FARINA. 
 
 c
 
 l8 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 MERIVALE [HERMAN CHARLES)— 
 
 BINKO'S BLUES. A Tale for Children of all Growths. 
 
 Illustrated by Edgar Gibernk. Small crown 8vo, 5s. 
 
 THE WHITE PILGRIM, and other Poems. Crown 8vo, gs. 
 
 MILLS [JOHN], formerly Assistant to the Solar Physics Committee, and author 
 of "Alternative Elementary Chemistry" — 
 
 ADVANCED PHYSIOGRAPHY (PHYSIOGRAPHIC 
 
 ASTRONOMY). Designed to meet the Requirements of Students preparing for 
 the Elementary and Advanced Stages of Physiography in the Science and Art 
 Department Examinations, and as an Introduction to Physical Astronomy. 
 Crown 8vo,''4S. fid. 
 
 ELEMENTARY PHYSIOGRAPHIC ASTRONOMY. 
 
 Crown 8vo, is. fid. 
 
 ALTERNATIVE ELEMENTARY PHYSICS. Crown 
 
 8vo, 2s. fid. 
 MILLS {JOHN) and NORTH [BARKER)- 
 
 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS (INTRODUCTORY 
 
 LESSONS ON). With numerous Woodcuts. Crown Svo, is. fid. 
 
 HANDBOOK OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. Crown 
 
 Svo, 3s. fid. 
 MOLES WORTH [ W. NASSA U)— 
 
 HISTORY OF ENGLAND FROM THE YEAR 1830 
 
 TO THE RESIGNATION OF THE GLADSTONE MINISTRY, 1874. 
 Twelfth Thousand. 3 vols. Crown 8vo, iSs. 
 
 ABRIDGED EDITION. Large crown, 7s. 6d. 
 
 MOLTKE [FIELD-MARSHAL COUNT VON)— 
 
 POLAND : AN HISTORICAL SKETCH. An Authorised 
 
 Translation, with Biographical Notice by E. S. Buchheim. Crown Svo, 4s. fid. 
 MORLEY [THE RIGHT HON. JOHN), M.P.— 
 
 RICHARD COBDEN'S LIFE AND CORRESPON- 
 
 DENCE. Crown Svo, with Portrait, 7s. fid. 
 
 Popular Edition. With Portrait. 4to, sewed, is. Cloth, 2S. 
 
 MUNTZ [EUGENE)— 
 
 RAPHAEL : his Life, Works, and Times. Illustrated with 
 
 about 200 Engravings. A new Edition, revised from the Second French Edition 
 by W. Armstrong, B.A. Oxon, Imperial Svo, 25s. 
 
 MURRAY [ANDREW), F.L.S.— 
 
 ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. Aptera. With nume- 
 
 rous Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 7s. fid. 
 NECKER [MADAME)— 
 
 THE SALON OF MADAME NECKER, By Vicomte 
 
 d'Haussonvillk. 2 vols. Crown Svo, i8s, 
 NESBITT [ALEXANDER)— 
 
 GLASS. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 
 
 cloth, 2S. fid.
 
 CHAPMAN Ss' HALL, LIMITED. 19 
 
 NEVINSON (HENR Y)~ 
 
 A SKETCH OF HERDER AND HIS TIMES. With 
 
 a Portrait. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 NICOL (DAVID)— 
 
 THE POLITICAL LIFE OF OUR TIME. Two vols. 
 
 Demy 8vo, 24s. 
 NILSEN [CAPTAIN)— 
 
 LEAVES FROxM THE LOG OF THE ''HOMEWARD 
 
 BOUND" ; or, Eleven Months at Sea in an Open Boat. Crown 8vo, is. 
 NORMAN [C. B.)— 
 
 TONKIN ; or, FRANCE IN THE FAR EAST. With 
 
 Maps. Demj' 8vo, 14s. 
 O'BYRNE (ROBERT), F.R.G.S.— 
 
 THE VICTORIES OF THE BRITISH ARMY IN 
 
 THE PENINSULA AND THE SOUTH OF FRANCE from 180S to 1814. 
 An Epitome of Napier's History of the Peninsular War, and Gurwood's Collection 
 of the Duke of Wellington's Despatches. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 
 O'GRADY (STANDISH)— 
 
 TORYISM AND THE TORY DEMOCRACY. Crown 
 
 Svo, 5s. 
 OLIVER (PROFESSOR D.), F.R.S., b^c— 
 
 ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE PRINCIPAL NATURAL 
 
 ORDERS OF THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, PREPARED FOR THE 
 SCIENCE AND ART DEPARTMENT, SOUTH KENSINGTON. With 
 log Plates. Oblong Svo, plain, i6s. ; coloured, £1 6s. 
 
 OLIVER (E. £.), Undcr-Secreta>y to the Public Works Department, Pun jaub— 
 
 ACROSS THE BORDER ; or, PATHAN AND BILOCH. 
 
 With numerous IllustratioRs by J. L. Kipling, CLE. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 OXENHAM (REV. H. N.)— 
 
 MEMOIR OF LIEUTENANT RUDOLPH DE LISLE, 
 
 R.N., OF THE NAVAL BRIGADE. Third Edition, with Illustrations. 
 Crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 
 PAYTON (E. W.)— 
 
 ROUND ABOUT NEW ZEALAND. Being Notes from 
 
 a Journal of Three Years' Wandering in the Antipodes. With Twenty Original 
 Illustrations by the Author. Large crown Svo, 12s. 
 
 PERROT (GEORGES) and CHIPIEZ (CHARLES)— 
 
 A HISTORY OF ANCIENT ART IN SARDINIA, 
 
 JUD^A, SYRIA, AND ASIA MINOR. With 395 Illustrations. 2 vols. 
 Imperial Svo, 36s. 
 
 A HISTORY OF ANCIENT ART IN PHOENICIA 
 
 AND ITS DEPENDENCIES. Translated from the French by Waltb« 
 Armstrong, B.A. Oxon. Containing 644 Illustrations ia the text, and 10 Stael 
 aad Coloured Plates. 2 vols. Imperial Svo, 42s.
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 PERROT (GEORGES) and CHIPIEZ {CHARLES)— Continued— 
 
 A HISTORY OF ART IN CHALD^A AND ASSYRIA. 
 
 Translated by Walter Armstrong, B.A. Oxon. With 452 Illustrations. 2 vols. 
 Imperial Svo, 42s. 
 
 A HISTORY OF ART IN ANCIENT EGYPT. Trans- 
 
 lated from the French by W. Armstrong, B.A. Oxon. With over 600 Illustra- 
 tions. 2 vols. Imperial Svo, 42s. 
 
 PETERBOROUGH ( THE EARL OF)— 
 
 THE EARL OF PETERBOROUGH AND MON- 
 
 MOUTH (Charles Mordaunt): A Memoir. By Colonel Frank Russell, Royal 
 Dragoons. With Illustrations. 2 vols, demy Svo. 32s. 
 
 PHCENICIAN ART— 
 
 A HISTORY OF ANCIENT ART IN PHCENICIA 
 
 AND ITS DEPENDENCIES. By Georges Perrot and Charles Chipiez. 
 Translated from the French by Walter Armstrong, B.A. Oxon. Containing 
 644 Illustrations in the text, and 10 Steel and Coloured Plates. 2 vols. Imperial 
 Svo, 42s. 
 
 PILLING ( WILLIAM)— 
 
 LAND TENURE BY REGISTRATION. Second Edition 
 
 of " Order from Chaos," Revised and Enlarged. Crown Svo, 55. 
 PITT TA YLOR [FRANK)— 
 
 THE CANTERBURY TALES. Selections from the Tales 
 
 of Geoffrey Chaucer rendered into Modem English, with close adherence 
 to the language of the Poet. With Frontispiece. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 
 POLLEN [J. H.)— 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER SMITH'S WORK. With nume- 
 
 reus Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN FURNITURE AND 
 
 WOODWORK. With numerous Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 POOLE (STANLEY LANE), B.A., M.R.A.S.— 
 
 THE ART OF THE SARACENS IN EGYPT. Pub- 
 
 lished for the Committee of Council on Education. With 108 Woodcuts. Large 
 crown Svo, 4s. 
 
 POVNTER (E. J.), R.A.— 
 
 TEN LECTURES ON ART. Third Edition. Large 
 
 crown Svo, gs. 
 PRINSEP ( VAL), A.R.A.— 
 
 IMPERIAL INDIA. Containing numerous Illustrations 
 
 and Maps. Second Edition. Demy Svo, £1 is. 
 
 PURCELL (the late THEOBALD A.), Surgeon-Major, A. M.D., and Principal 
 Medical Officer to the Japanese Govern?iient) — 
 
 A SUBURB OF YEDO. With numerous Illustrations. 
 
 Crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 RADICAL PROGRAMME, THE. From the Fortnightly 
 
 Review, with additions. With a Preface by the Right Hon. J. Chamberlain, 
 M.P. Thirteenth Thousand. Crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 RAE (W. ERASER)— 
 
 AUSTRIAN HEALTH RESORTS THROUGHOUT 
 
 THE YEAR. A New and Enlarged Edition. Crown Svo, 5s.
 
 CHAPMAN ^ HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 RAMSDEN {LADY GWENDOLEN)— 
 
 A BIRTHDAY BOOK. Illustrated. Containing 46 Illustra- 
 
 tions from Original Drawings, and numerous other Illustrations. Royal 8vo, 21s. 
 RANKIN {THOMAS T.), C.E.— 
 
 SOLUTIONS TO THE QUESTIONS IN PURE 
 
 MATHEMATICS (STAGES i AND 2) SET AT THE SCIENCE AND 
 ART EXAMINATIONS FROM 1881 TO 1886. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 
 RAPHAEL : his Life, Works, and Times. By Eugene Muntz. 
 
 Illustrated with about 200 Engravings. A New Edition, revised from the Second 
 French Edition. By W. Armstrong, B.A. Imperial 8vo, 255. 
 
 REDGRAVE (GILBERT)— 
 
 OUTLINES OF HISTORIC ORNAMENT. Translated 
 
 from the German. Edited by Gilbert Redgrave. With numerous Illustrations. 
 Crown Bvo, 4s. 
 
 REDGRAVE [RICHARD)— 
 
 MANUAL OF DESIGN, compiled from the Writings and 
 
 Addresses of Richard Redgrave, R.A. With Woodcuts. Large crown 8vo, cloth, 
 2S. 6d. 
 
 ELEMENTARY MANUAL OF COLOUR, with a 
 
 Catechism on Colour. 24mo, cloth, gd. 
 REDGRA VE [SAMUEL)— 
 
 A DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE His- 
 torical COLLECTION OF WATER-COLOUR PAINTINGS IN THE 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM. With numerous Chromo-lithographs and 
 other Illustrations. Royal 8vo, £,i is. 
 
 REID (T. WEMYSS)— 
 
 THE LIFE OF THE RIGHT HON. W. E. FORSTER. 
 
 With Portraits. Fourth Edition. 2 vols. Demy 8vo, 32s. 
 
 FIFTH EDITION, in one volume, with new Portrait. Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 
 RENAN [ERNEST)— 
 
 THE FUTURE OF SCIENCE. Demy Svo. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL TILL THE 
 
 TIME OF KING DAVID. Demy 8vo, 14s. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL. From the 
 
 Reign of David up to the Capture of Samaria. Second Division. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 
 RECOLLECTIONS OF MY YOUTH. Translated from 
 
 the original French, and revised by Madame Renan. Crown Svo, 8s. 
 REYNARDSON [C. T. S. BIRCH)— 
 
 SPORTS AND ANECDOTES OF BYGONE DAYS 
 
 in England, Scotland, Ireland, Italy, and the Sunny South. With numerous 
 Illustrations in Colour. Second Edition. Large crown Svo, 12s. 
 
 DOWN THE ROAD: Reminiscences of a Gentleman 
 
 Coachman. With Coloured Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 12s. 
 RIANO [JUAN F.)— 
 
 THE INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN SPAIN. With numerous 
 
 Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, cloth, 4s.
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 RIBTON-TURNER (C. J.)— 
 
 A HISTORY OF VAGRANTS AND VAGRANCY AND 
 
 BEGGARS AND BEGGING. With Illustrations. Demy 8vo, 21s. 
 ROBINSON (JAMES F.)— 
 
 BRITISH BEE FARMING. Its Profits and Pleasures. 
 
 Large crown 8vo, 5s. 
 ROBINSON (J. C.)— 
 
 ITALIAN SCULPTURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES 
 
 AND PERIOD OF THE REVIVAL OF ART. With 20 Engravings. Royal 
 8vo, cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 ROBSON (GEORGE)— 
 
 ELEMENTARY BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. Illus- 
 
 trated by a Design for an Entrance Lodge and Gate. 15 Plates. Oblong folio, 
 sewed, 8s. 
 
 ROCK (THE VERY REV. CANON), D.D.— 
 
 TEXTILE FABRICS. With numerous Woodcuts. Large 
 
 crown 8vo, cloth, 2s. 6d. 
 ROGERS (CAPTAIN WOODES), Master Mariner— 
 
 LIFE ABOARD A BRITISH PRIVATEER IN THE 
 
 TIME OF QUEEN ANNE. Being the Journals of Captain Woodes Rogers, 
 Master Mariner. With Notes and Illustrations by Robert C. Leslie, Author 
 of "A Sea Painter's Log." Large crown Svo, gs. 
 
 ROOSE (ROBSON), M.D., F.C.S.— 
 
 THE WEAR AND TEAR OF LONDON LIFE. 
 
 Second Edition. Crown Svo, sewed, is. 
 
 INFECTION AND DISINFECTION. Crown 8vo,sewed,6d. 
 
 ROLAND (ARTHUR)— 
 
 FARMING FOR PLEASURE AND PROFIT. Edited 
 
 by William Ablett. 8 vols. Crown Svo, 5s. each. 
 DAIRY-FARMING, MANAGEMENT OF COWS, etc. 
 POULTRY-KEEPING. 
 
 TREE-PLANTING, FOR ORNAMENTATION OR PROFIT. 
 STOCK-KEEPING AND CATTLE-RE.ARING. 
 DRAINAGE OF LAND, IRRIGATION, MANURES, etc. 
 ROOT-GROWING, HOPS, etc. 
 MANAGEMENT OF GRASS LANDS, LAYING DOWN GRASS, 
 
 ARTIFICIAL GRASSES, etc. 
 MARKET GARDENING, HUSBANDRY FOR FARMERS AND 
 GENERAL CULTIVATORS. 
 
 SARDINIAN ART: HISTORY OF ANCIENT ART IN 
 
 SARDINIA, JUDil':A, SYRIA, AND ASIA MINOR. By Georges Perrot 
 and Charles Chimez. With 395 Illustrations. 2 vols. Imperial Svo, 36s. 
 
 SCIENCE AND ART: a Journal for Teachers and Scholars. 
 
 Issued monthly. 3d. See page 38.
 
 CHAPMAN &> HALL, LLMITED. 23 
 
 SCHREINER (OLIVE), (RALPH IRON)— 
 
 THE STORY OF AN AFRICAN FARM. Crown 8vo, 
 
 IS. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 SCHAUERMANN (P. L.)— 
 
 HANDBOOK ON WOOD-CARVING. With numerous 
 
 Illustrations. Imperial 8vo. 
 SCOTT (JOHN)— 
 
 THE REPUBLIC AS A FORM OF GOVERNMENT; 
 
 or, The Evolution of Democracy in America. Crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 SCOTT (LEADER)— 
 
 THE RENAISSANCE OF ART IN ITALY: an Illus- 
 
 trated Sketch. With upwards of 200 Illustrations. Medium quarto, iSs. 
 SCOTT-STEVENSON (MRS.)— 
 
 ON SUMMER SEAS. Including the Mediterranean, the 
 
 yEgean, the Ionian, and the Eu.xine, and a voyage down the Danube. With a 
 Map. Demy Svo, i6s. 
 
 OUR HOME IN CYPRUS. With a Map and Illustra- 
 
 tions. Third Edition. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 
 OUR RIDE THROUGH ASIA MINOR. With Map. 
 
 Demy Svo, i8s. 
 SEEM AN (O.)— 
 
 THE MYTHOLOGY OF GREECE AND ROME, with 
 
 Special Reference to its Use in Art. From the German. Edited by G. H. 
 BiANCHi. 64 Illustrations. New Edition. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 
 SETON-KARR (H. W.), P.R.G.S., etc.— 
 
 TEN YEARS' TRAVEL AND SPORT IN FOREIGN 
 
 Lands ; or. Travels in the Eighties. Second Edition, with additions and Portrait 
 of Author. Large crown Svo, ss. 
 
 SHEPHERD (MAJOR), R.E.— 
 
 PRAIRIE EXPERIENCES IN HANDLING CATTLE 
 
 AND SHEEP. With Illustrations and Map. Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 SHIRREPP (EMILY)— 
 
 A SHORT SKETCH OF THE LIFE OF FRIEDRICH 
 
 FROBEL ; a New Edition, including Frobel's Letters from Dresden and Leipzig 
 to his Wife, now first Translated into English. Crown Svo, 2S. 
 
 HOME EDUCATION IN RELATION TO THE 
 
 KINDERGARTEN. Two Lectures. Crown Svo. is. 6d. 
 SHORE (ARABELLA)— 
 
 DANTE FOR BEGINNERS: a Sketch of the " Divina 
 
 Commedia." With Translations, Biographical and Critical Notices, and Illus- 
 trations. With Portrait. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 
 SIMKIN (R.)— 
 
 LIFE IN THE ARMY: Every-day Incidents in Camp, 
 
 Field, and Quarters. Printed in Colours. Oblong 410, 5s. 
 SIMMONDS (T. L.)— 
 
 ANIMAL PRODUCTS: their Preparation, Commercial 
 
 Uses, and Value. With numerous Illustrations. Large crown Svo, 7s. 6d.
 
 24 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 SIMPSON {M. C. M.)~ 
 
 REMINISCENCES OF A REGICIDE. Edited from 
 
 the Original MSS. of Sergent Marceau, Member of the Convention, and 
 Administrator of Police in the French Revolution of 17S9. Demy 8vo, with 
 Illustrations and Portraits, 14s. 
 
 SINGER'S STORY, A. Related by the Author of " Flitters, 
 
 Tatters, and the Counsellor." Crown 8vo, sewed, is. 
 SINNETT (A. P.)— 
 
 ESOTERIC BUDDHISM. Annotated and enlarged by 
 
 the Author. Sixth and cheaper Edition. Crown Svo, 4s. 
 
 KARMA. A Novel. New Edition. Crowoi Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 SINNETT {AIRS.)— 
 
 THE PURPOSE OF THEOSOPHY. Crown Svo, 3s. 
 
 SMITH (MAJOR R. MURDOCK), R.E.— 
 
 PERSIAN ART. With Map and Woodcuts. Second Edition. 
 
 Large crown Svo, 2S. 
 SMITH [S. THEOBALD] — 
 
 A RAMBLE IN RHYME IN THE COUNTRY OF 
 
 CRANISIER AND RIDLEY. Illustrated by Harold Oaklev from Sketches 
 
 by the Author. Crown Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 
 STANLEY (H. M.) : HIS LIFE, WORKS, AND EXPLORA- 
 TIONS. By the Rev. H. W. Little. Demy Svo, los. 6d. 
 STOKES [MARGARET]— 
 
 EARLY CHRISTIAN ART IN IRELAND. With ic6 
 
 Woodcuts. Demy Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 STORY (W. IV.)— 
 
 ROBA DI ROMA. Seventh Edition, with Additions and 
 
 Portrait. Crown Svo, cloth, los. 6d. 
 
 CASTLE ST. ANGELO. With Illustrations. Crown 
 
 Svo, los. 6d. 
 SUTCLIFFE (JOHN)- 
 
 THE SCULPTOR AND ART STUDENT'S GUIDE 
 
 to the Proportions of the Human Form, with Measurements in feet and inches of 
 Full-Grown Figures of Both Sexes and of Various Ages. By Dr. G. Schadow, 
 Member of the Academies, Stockholm, Dresden, Rome, &c. &c. Translated by 
 J.J.Wright. Plates reproduced by J. Sutcliffe. Oblong folio, 31s. 6d. 
 
 SYMONDS [JOHN ADDINGTON)— 
 
 ESSAYS, SPECULATIVE AND SUGGESTIVE. 2 vols. 
 
 Crown Svo, iSs. 
 TAINE {H. A.)— 
 
 NOTES ON ENGLAND. Translated, with Introduction, 
 
 by W. Fraser Rae. Eighth Edition. With Portrait. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 TAIT {J. S.) — 
 
 WHO IS THE MAN ? A Tale of the Scottish Border. 
 
 Crown Svo, is. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 TANNER [PROFESSOR], F.C.S.— 
 
 HOLT CASTLE ; or, Threefold Interest in Land. Crown 
 
 Svo, 4s. 6d. 
 
 JACK'S EDUCATION; OR, HOW HE LEARNT 
 
 FARMING. Second Edition. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN ^ HALL, LIMITED. 25 
 
 TAYLOR [EDWARD A'.), Head Master of the Binnlngham Municipal School 
 cf Art— 
 
 ELEMENTARY ART TEACHING: An Educational 
 
 and Technical Guide for Teachers and Learners, including Infant School-work ; 
 The Work of the Standards ; Freehand ; Geometry ; Model Drawing ; Natuue 
 Drawing ; Colours : Light and Shade ; Modelling and Design. With over 600 
 Diagrams and Illustrations. Imperial 8vo, ids. 6d. 
 TEMPLE {SIR RICHARD), BART., ALP.. G.C.S.L— 
 
 COSMOPOLITAN ESSAYS. With Maps. Demy 8vo, i6s. 
 
 THRUPP (GEORGE A.) and FARR {IV/LL/AM)— 
 
 COACH TRIMMING. With 60 Illustrations. Crown 
 
 Svo, 2s. 6d. 
 THRUPP [THE REV. H. W.), M.A.— 
 
 AN AID TO THE VISITATION OF THOSE Dis- 
 tressed IN MIND, BODY, OR ESr.\TE. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 TOPINARD (DR. PAUL)— 
 
 ANTHROPOLOGY. With a Preface by Professor Paul 
 
 Broca. With 49 Illustrations. Demy Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 TOVEY (LIEUT. -COL., R.E.)~ 
 
 MARTIAL LAW AND CUSTOM OF WAR; or, Military 
 
 Law and Jurisdiction in Troublous Times. Crown Svo, 6s. 
 TRAHERNE (MAJOR)— 
 
 THE HABITS OF THE SALMON. Crown Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 TRAILL (H. D.)— 
 
 THE NEW LUCIAN. Being a Series of Dialogues of the 
 
 Dead. Demy Svo, 12s. 
 TROLLOPE (ANTHONY)— 
 
 THE CHRONICLES OF BARSETSHIRE. A Uniform 
 
 Edition, in 8 vols., large crown Svo, handsomely printed, each vol. containing 
 
 Frontispiece. 6s. each. 
 
 THE WARDEN and BAR- 1 THE SMALL HOUSE AT 
 CHESTER TOWERS. 2 vols. ! ALLINGTON. 2 vols. 
 
 DR. THORNE. I LAST CHRONICLE OF 
 
 FRAMLEY PARSONAGE, 1 BARSET. 2 vols. 
 
 LIFE OF CICERO. 2 vols. Svo. £1 4s. 
 
 TROUP (J. ROSE)— 
 
 WITH STANLEY'S REAR COLUMN. With Portraits 
 
 and Illustrations. Demy Svo. 
 V AND AM (ALBERT D.)— 
 
 WE TWO AT MONTE CARLO. Second Edition. 
 
 Crown Svo, is. ; in cloth, is. 6d. 
 VERON (EUGENE)— 
 
 ESTHETICS. Translated by W. H. Armstrong. Large 
 
 crown Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 VERSCHOYLE (REV. J.), M.A.— 
 
 THE HISTORY OF ANCIENT CIVILISATION. A 
 
 Handbook based upon M. Gustave Ducoudray's " Histoire Sommaire de la 
 Civilisation." Edited by Rev. J. Verschovle, M.A. With Illustrations. Large 
 crown Svo, 6s. 
 WALFORD (MAJOR), R.A.— 
 
 PARLIAMENTARY GENERALS OF THE GREAT 
 
 CIVIL WAR. With Maps. Large crown Svo, 4s. 
 WALKER (MRS.)— 
 
 UNTRODDEN PATHS IN ROUMANIA. With 77 
 
 Illustrations. Demy Svo, los. 6d.
 
 26 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 WALKER {MRS.)—Cctitiniied— 
 
 EASTERN LIFE AND SCENERY, with Excursions to 
 
 Asia Minor, Mitylene, Crete, and Roumania. 2 vols., with Frontispiece to each 
 vol. Crown 8vo, 21s. 
 WARD {JAMES)— 
 
 ELEMENTARY PRINCIPLES OF ORNAMENT. 
 
 With 122 Illustrations in the text. Svo, 5s. 
 WATSON [JOHN) — 
 
 BRITISH SPORTING FISHES. With Frontispiece. 
 
 Crown Svo, 3s. 6d. 
 
 WATSON { WILLIAM)— 
 
 LIFE IN THE CONFEDERATE ARMY: being the 
 
 Observations and Experiences of an Alien in the South during the American Civil 
 War, Crown Svo, 6s. 
 WEGG-PROSSER (F. R.)— 
 
 GALILEO AND HIS JUDGES. Demy Svo, 5s. 
 
 WELLS (HENRY P.)— 
 
 CITY BOYS IN THE WOODS ; or, A Trapping Venture 
 
 in Maine. With upwards of loo Illustrations. Royal Svo. 
 WHITE ( WALTER)— 
 
 A MONTH IN YORKSHIRE. With a Map. Fifth 
 
 Edition. Post Svo, 4s. 
 
 A LONDONER'S WALK TO THE LAND'S END, AND 
 
 A TRIP TO THE SCILLY ISLES. With 4 Maps. Third Edition. Post 
 Svo, 4s. 
 
 WILL-O'-THE-WISPS, THE. Translated from the German 
 
 of Marie Petersen by Charlotte J. Hart. With Illustrations. Crown Svo, 
 7S. 6d. 
 
 WORKING MAN'S PHILOSOPHY, A. By " One of the 
 
 Crowd." Crown Svo, 3s. 
 WORNUM {R. N.)— 
 
 ANALYSIS OF ORNAMENT: THE CHARACTER- 
 ISTICS OF STYLES. An Introduction to the History of Ornamental Art. 
 With many Illustrations. Ninth Edition. Royal Svo, cloth, 8s. 
 WRIGHTSON (PROF. JOHN), M.R.A.C., F.C.S., b'c. ; President of the 
 
 College of Agriculture, Dozijutou , near Salisburv, ifc, b'c. 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURAL PRACTICE AS 
 
 AN INSTRUCTIONAL SUBJECT. With Geological Map. Second Edition. 
 Crown Svo, 5s. 
 
 FALLOW AND FODDER CROPS. Crown Svo, 5s. 
 WORSAAE (J. J. A.)— 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF DENMARK, FROM THE 
 
 EARLIEST TIMES TO THE DANISH CONQUEST OF ENGLAND. 
 With Maps and Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 3s 6d. 
 
 YOUNG£(C. D.)— 
 
 PARALLEL LIVES OF ANCIENT AND MODERN 
 
 HEROES. New Edition. i2mo, cloth, 4s. 6d. 
 
 YOUNG OFFICER'S "DON'T"; or, Hints to Youngsters 
 
 on Joining. 32mo, is.
 
 CHAPMAN dr- HALL, LIMITED. 27 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM SCIENCE AND ART 
 HANDBOOKS. 
 
 Handsomely printed in large cro^A^n 8vo. 
 
 Published for the Committee of the Council on Education. 
 
 MARINE ENGINES AND BOILERS. By George C. V. 
 
 Holmes, Secretary of the Institution of Naval Architects, Whitworth Scholar. 
 With Sixty-nine Woodcuts. Large crown Svo, 3s. 
 
 EARLY CHRISTIAN ART IN IRELAND. By Margaret 
 
 Stokes. With 106 Woodcuts. Crown Svo, 4s. 
 
 A Library Edition, demy Svo, 7s. 6d. 
 
 FOOD GRAINS OF INDIA. By Prof. A. H. Church, M.A., 
 
 F.C.S., F.LC. With Numerous Woodcuts. Small 4to, 6s. 
 
 THE ART OF THE SARACENS IN EGYPT. By Stanley 
 
 Lane Poole, B.A., IVLA.R.S. With 108 Woodcuts. Crown Svo, 4s. 
 
 ENGLISH PORCELAIN : A Handbook to the China made in 
 
 England during the iSth Century, as illustrated by Specimens chiefly in the 
 National Collections. By Prof. A. H. Church, ALA. With numerous Woodcuts. 3s. 
 
 RUSSIAN ART AND ART OBJECTS IN RUSSIA: A 
 
 Handbook to the reproduction of Goldsmiths' work and other Art Treasures from 
 that country in the South Kensington Museum. By Alfred Maskell. With 
 Illustrations. 4s. 6d. 
 
 FRENCH POTTERY. By Paul Gasnault and Edouard 
 
 Garnier. With Illustrations and Marks. 3s. 
 
 ENGLISH EARTHENWARE: A Handbook to the Wares 
 
 made in England during the 17th and iSth Centuries, as illustrated by Specimens 
 in the National Collection. IJy Prof. A. H. Church, M.A. With numerous 
 Woodcuts. 3s. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF DENMARK. From the Earliest 
 
 Times to the Danish Conquest of England. By J. J. A. Worsaae, Hon. F.S.A., 
 &c. &c. With Map and Woodcuts. 3s. 6d. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF SCANDINAVIA IN THE PAGAN 
 
 TIME. By Hans Hildebrand, Royal Antiquary of Sweden. With numerous 
 Woodcuts. 2S. fid. 
 
 PRECIOUS STONES: Considered in their Scientific and 
 
 Artistic relations, with a Catalogue of the Townsend Collection of Gems in the 
 South Kensington Museum. By Prof. A. H. Church, M.A. With a Coloured 
 
 Plate and Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS OF INDIA. By Sir George C. M. 
 
 BiRDWOOD, C.S.I., &c. With Map and Woodcuts. Demy Svo, 14s. 
 
 HANDBOOK TO THE DYCE AND FORSTER COLLEC- 
 
 TIONS in the South Kensington Museum. With Portraits and Facsimiles. 2s. fid. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN SPAIN. By Juan F. Riano. 
 
 With numerous Woodcuts. 4s. 
 
 GLASS. By Alexander Nesbitt. With numerous W^oodcuts. 
 
 2S. 6d. 
 
 GOLD AND SILVER SMITHS' WORK. By John Hunger- 
 
 FORD Pollen, M.A. With numerous Vv'oodcuts. 2s. fid. 
 
 TAPESTRY. By Alfred deChampeaux. With Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 BRONZES. By C. Drury E. Fortnum, F.S.A. With numerous 
 
 Woodcuts. 2S. fid.
 
 28 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 SOUTH KENSINGTON MUSEUM SCIENCE & ART HANDBOOKS— C<7»/?«?<^<f. 
 
 PLAIN WORDS ABOUT WATER. By A. H. Church, M.A. 
 
 Oxon. With Illustrations. Sewed, 6d. 
 
 ANIMAL PRODUCTS : their Preparation, Commercial Uses^ 
 
 and Value. By T. L. Simmon'ds. With Illustrations. 7s. 6d. 
 
 FOOD : Some Account of its Sources, Constituents, and Uses^ 
 
 By Professor A. H. Church, M.A. Oxen. New Edition, enlarged. 3s. 
 
 ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. By Andrew Murray, F.L.S. 
 
 Aptera. With Illustrations. 7s. 6d. 
 
 JAPANESE POTTERY. Being a Native Report. With an 
 
 Introduction and Catalogue by A. W. Franks, M.A., F.R.S., F.S.A. With 
 Illustrations and Marks. 2s. 6d. 
 
 HANDBOOK TO THE SPECIAL LOAN COLLECTION 
 
 of Scientific Apparatus. 3s. 
 
 INDUSTRIAL ARTS: Historical Sketches. With Numerous 
 
 Illustrations. 3s. 
 
 TEXTILE FABRICS. By the Very Rev. Daniel Rock, D.D. 
 
 With numerous Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 JONES COLLECTION IN THE SOUTH KENSINGTON 
 
 museum. With Portrait and Woodcuts. 2S. 6d. 
 
 COLLEGE AND CORPORATION PLATE. A Handbook 
 
 to the Reproductions of Silver Plate in the South Kensington Museum froni. 
 Celebrated English Collections. By Wilfred Joseph Cripps, M.A., F.S.A. 
 With Illustrations. 2S. 6d. 
 
 IVORIES: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. By William 
 
 Maskell. With numerous Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN FURNITURE AND WOOD- 
 
 WORK. By John Hungerford Pollen, M.A. With numerous Woodcuts. 
 2s. 6d. 
 
 MAIOLICA. By C. Drury E. Fortnum, F.S.A. With 
 
 numerous Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 THE CHEMISTRY OF FOODS. With Microscopic Illus- 
 
 trations. By James Bell, Ph.D., &c., Principal of the Somerset House Laboratory. 
 
 Part I. — Tea, Coffee, Cocoa, Sugar, &c. 2s. 6d. 
 
 Part II. — Milk, Butter, Cheese, Cereals, Prepared Starches, &c. 3s. 
 
 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. By Carl Engel. With nu- 
 
 merous Woodcuts. 2s. 6d 
 
 MANUAL OF DESIGN, compiled from the Writings and 
 
 Addresses of Richard Redgrave, R.A. By Gilbert R. Redgrave. With 
 Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 PERSIAN ART. By Major R. Murdock Smith, R.E. With 
 
 ^lap and Woodcuts. Second Edition, enlarged. 2S.
 
 CHAPMAN &- BALL, LIMITED. 29 
 
 CARLYLE'S (THOMAS) WORKS. 
 
 THE ASHBURTON EDITION. 
 
 An entirely New Edition, handsomely printed, containing all the Portraits 
 and Illustrations, in Seventeen Volumes, demy 8vo, 8s. each. 
 
 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION and PAST AND PRESENT. 2 vols. 
 SARTOR RESARTUS; HEROES AND HERO WORSHIP, i vol. 
 LIFE OF JOHN STERLING— LIFE OF SCHILLER, i vol. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS— EARLY KINGS OF NORWAY— 
 
 ESSAY ON THE PORTRAIT OF JOHN KNOX, i vol. 
 LETTERS AND SPEECHES OF OLIVER CROMWELL. 3 vols. 
 HISTORY OF FREDERICK THE GREAT. 6 vols. 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. 3 vols. 
 
 I-IBRARY EDITION COMPLETE. 
 Handsomely printed, in 84 vols., demy 8vo, eloth, £1S 3s 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS. With a Portrait, 7s. 6d. 
 
 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. A History. 3 vols., each 9s. 
 
 LIFE OF FREDERICK SCHILLER AND EXAMINATION 
 
 OF H IS WORKS. With Supplement of 1S72. Portrait and Plates, gs. 
 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. With Portrait. 
 
 6 vols., each gs. 
 
 ON HEROES, HERO WORSHIP, AND THE HEROIC 
 
 IN HISTORY. 7S. 6d. 
 
 PAST AND PRESENT. 9s. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELL'S LETTERS AND SPEECHES. With 
 
 Portraits. 5 vols., each 9s. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 9s. 
 
 LIFE OF JOHN STERLING. With Portrait, 9s. 
 
 HISTORY OF FREDERICK THE SECOND. 10 vols., 
 
 each gs. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS FROM THE GERMAN. 3 vols., each 9s. 
 
 EARLY KINGS OF NORWAY; ESSAY ON THE POR- 
 TRAITS OF JOHN KNOX ; AND GENERAL INDEX. With Portrait 
 Illustrations. Svo, cloth, gs.
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 GHKAP AND UNIFORM EDITION 
 
 23 vols., Crown 'ivo, cloth, £"] ^s. 
 
 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION 
 A History. 2 vols., 12s. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELL'S LET- 
 TERS AND SPEECHES, with Eluci- 
 dations, &c. 3 vols., i8s. 
 
 LIVES OF SCHILLER AND 
 
 JOHN STERLING, i vol., 6s. 
 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLA- 
 NEOUS ESSAYS. 4 vols., £1 4S. 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS AND 
 LECTURES ON HEROES, i vol., 6s. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 
 
 I vol., 6s. 
 
 CHARTISM AND PAST AND 
 
 PRESENT. I vol., 6s. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS FROM THE 
 GERMAN OF MUS^US, TIECK, 
 AND RICHTER. i vol., 6s. 
 
 WILHELM MEISTER, by Goethe. 
 A Translation. 2 vols., 12s. 
 
 HISTORY OF FRIEDRICH THE 
 
 SECOND, called Frederick the Great. 
 7 vols., £^2 9s. 
 
 PEOPLE'S EDITION. 
 
 37 vols., small crown 2>vo, 27s.; separate vols., is. each. 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS. With Por- 
 trait of Thomas Carlyle. 
 
 FRENCH 
 
 History. 
 
 REVOLUTION. 
 
 ; vols. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELL'S LET- 
 TERS AND SPEECHES. 5 vols. 
 With Portrait of Oliver Cromwell. 
 
 ON HEROES AND HERO 
 WORSHIP, AND THE HEROIC 
 IN HISTORY. 
 
 PAST AND PRESENT. 
 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLA- 
 NEOUS ESSAYS. 7 vols. 
 
 THE LIFE OF SCHILLER, 
 AND EX.XMINATION OF HIS 
 WORKS. With Portrait. 
 
 LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 
 WILHELM MEISTER. 3 vols. 
 LIFE OF JOHN STERLING. 
 
 With Portrait. 
 
 HISTORY OF FREDERICK 
 THE GREAT. 10 vols. 
 
 TRANSLATIONS FROM 
 
 MUS.EUS, TIECK, AND RICHTER. 
 2 vols. 
 
 THE EARLY KINGS OF NOR- 
 WAY; Essay on the Portraits of Kno.K. 
 
 Or in sets, 37 vols, in 18, 375. 
 
 CHEAP ISSUE. 
 
 THE FRENCH REVOLUTION. Complete in i vol. 
 
 Crown Svo, 2s. 
 
 SARTOR RESARTUS, HEROES AND HERO WORSHIP, PAST 
 
 AND PRESENT, AND CHARTISM. Complete in i vol. Crown Svo, 2S. 
 
 OLIVER CROMWELL'S LETTERS AND SPEECHES. Crown Svo, 
 
 2S. 6d. 
 
 CRITICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS. 2 vols. 
 WILHELM MEISTER. i vol. 2s. 
 
 With Portrait. 
 
 4s. 
 
 SIXPENNY EDITION. 
 
 dfto, sewed. 
 SARTOR RESARTUS. Eightieth Thousand. 
 HEROES AND HERO WORSHIP. 
 
 ESSAYS : Burns, Johnson, Scott, The Diamond Necklace. 
 The above in i vol., cloth, 2s, 6d,
 
 CHAPMAN ^ HALL, LIMITED. 31 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) WORKS. 
 
 ORIGINAL EDITIONS. 
 
 In demy 8vo, 
 
 THE MYSTERY OF EDWIN DROOD. With Illustrations 
 
 by S. L. Fildes, and a Portrait engraved by Baker. Cloth, 7s. 6d. 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND. With Forty Illustrations by Marcus 
 
 Stone. Cloth, £,1 is. 
 
 THE PICKWICK PAPERS. With Forty-three Illustrations 
 
 by Seymour and Phiz. Cloth, £1 is. 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £\ IS. 
 
 SKETCHES BY " BOZ." With Forty Illustrations by George 
 
 Cruikshank. Cloth, £z is. 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £\ IS. 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £,1 IS. 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 Cloth, £\ IS. 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. Cloth, 
 
 £\ IS. 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. Cloth, 
 
 £\ IS. 
 
 THE OLD CURIOSITY SHOP. With Seventy-five Illus- 
 
 trations by George Cattermole and H. K Browne. A New EditioB. Uniform with 
 the other volumes, ;^i is. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE : a Tale of the Riots of 'Eighty. With 
 
 Seventy-eight Illustrations by George Cattermole and H. K. Browne. Uniform with 
 the other volumes, £\ is. 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS : Containing— The Christmas Carol ; 
 
 The Cricket on the Hearth ; The Chimes ; The Battle of Life ; The Haunted House. 
 With all the original Illustrations. Cloth, 12s. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST and TALE OF TWO CITIES. In one 
 
 volume. Cloth, £,1 is. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST. Separately. With Twenty-four Illustrations 
 
 by George Cruikshank. Cloth, iis. 
 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES. Separately. With Sixteen Illus- 
 trations by Phiz. Cloth, gs. 
 
 *,* The remaittder 0/ Dickens's IVorks wti-e not originally printed in demy 8vo.
 
 32 
 
 BOOKS PUBLISHED B V 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) ^VORKS.— Continued. 
 
 LIBRARY EDITION. 
 
 In post 8vo. With the Original Ilhtstralions, 30 vols., cloth, £12. 
 
 PICKWICK PAPERS 43 Illustrns., 2 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY 39 ,, 2 
 
 MARIIN CHUZZLEWIT 40 ,, 2 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP & REPRINTED PIECES 36 ,, 2 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE and HARD TIMES 36 ,, 2 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE 40 >. 2 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT 40 ,, 2 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON 38 ,, 2 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD s8 ,, 2 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND 40 ,, 2 
 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ" 39 .. i 
 
 OLIVER TWIST 24 ,, i 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS 17 >. i 
 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES 16 ,, 1 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS 8 ,, i 
 
 PICTURES FROM ITALY & AMERICAN NOTES 8 ,, i 
 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER 8 ., i 
 
 CHILD'S HISTORY OF ENGLAND 8 ,, i 
 
 EDWIN DROOD and MISCELLANIES 12 ,, i 
 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES from "Household Words." &c. 14 ,, i 
 
 Vniform -uith the above, \os. 6d. 
 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. ByJoHN Forster. With 
 
 s. d. 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 16 o 
 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vols, 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 vol. 
 
 Illustrations. 
 
 A NEW EDITION OF ABOVE, WITH THE ORIGINAL ILLUSTRA- 
 TIONS, IN LARGE CROWN 8vo, 30 VOLS. IN SETS ONLY. 
 
 THE "CHARLES DICKENS" EDITION. 
 
 In Croivn %vo. In 21 vols. , cloth, with Illnstratiofn, £j i6s. 
 
 PICKWICK PAPERS 8 Illustrations 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT 8 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON 8 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD 
 BLEAK HOUSE 
 LITTLE DORRIT ... 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND 
 BARNABY RUDGE... 
 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP 8 
 
 A CHILD'S HISTORY OF ENGLAND 4 
 
 EDWIN DROOD and OTHER STORIES 8 
 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES, from " Household Words " ... 8 
 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ" 8 
 
 AMERICAN NOTES and REPRINTED PIECES ... 8 
 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS 8 
 
 OLIVER TWIST 8 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS 8 
 
 TALE OF TWO CITIES 8 
 
 HARD TIMES and PICTURES FROM ITALY ... 8 
 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER 4 
 
 Unijorin untk the above. 
 THE LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. Numerous Illustrations. 2 vols, 
 THE LETTERS OF CHARLES DICKENS 2 vols 
 
 5. d. 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 o 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3
 
 CHAPMAN &- HALL, LIMITED. 33 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) N^Q-^YJS,.— Continued. 
 
 THE ILLUSTRATED LIBRARY EDITION. 
 (WITH LIFE.) 
 
 Complete in J2 Volumes. Demy 8vo, los. each ; or set, £16. 
 
 This Edition is printed on a finer paper and in a larger type than has been 
 employed in any previous edition. The type has been cast especially for it, and 
 the page is of a size to admit of the introduction of all the original illustrations. 
 
 No such attractive issue has been made of the writings of Mr. Dickens, which, 
 various as have been the forms of publication adapted to the demands of an ever 
 widely-increasing popularity, have never yet been worthily presented in a really 
 handsome library form. 
 
 The collection comprises all the minor writings it was Mr. Dickens's wish to 
 preserve, 
 
 SKETCHES BY " BOZ." With 40 Illustrations by George Cruikshank. 
 PICKWICK PAPERS. 2 vols. With 42 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 OLIVER TWIST. With 24 Illustrations by Cruikshank. 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP and REPRINTED PIECES. 2 vols. With Illus- 
 trations by Cattermole, &c. 
 BARNABY RUDGE and HARD TIMES. 2 vols. With Illustrations by 
 
 Cattermole, &c. 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 AMERICAN NOTES and PICTURES FROM ITALY. i vol. With 
 
 8 Illustrations. 
 DOMBEY AND SON. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 BLEAK HOUSE. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 LITTLE DORRIT. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES. With 16 Illustrations by Phiz. 
 THE UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER. With 8 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS. With 8 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND. 2 vols. With 40 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS. With 17 Illustrations by Sir Edwin Landseer, R.A., 
 
 Maclise, R.A., &c. &c. 
 HISTORY OF ENGLAND. With 8 Illustrations by Marcus Stone. 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES. (From "Household Words" and "All the Year 
 
 Round.") With 14 Illustrations. 
 EDWIN DROOD AND OTHER STORIES. With 12 Illustrations by 
 
 S, L. Fildes. 
 LIFE OF CHARLES DICKENS. By John Forster. With Portraits. 2 vols. 
 
 not separate.)
 
 34 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) "^O^Y^^.—Contmued. 
 
 THE POPULAR LIBRARY EDITION 
 
 OF THE WORKS OF 
 
 CHARLES DICKENS, 
 
 In 30 Vols., large crown %vo, price £6 ; separate Vols. 4?. each. 
 An Edition printed on good paper, each volume containing 16 full-page 
 Illustrations, selected from the Household Edition, on Plate Paper. 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ." I OLD CURIOSITY SHOP and 
 
 PICKWICK. 2 vols. I REPRINTED PIECES. 2 vols. 
 
 OLIVER TWIST. ' BARNABY RUDGE. 2 vols. 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. 2 vols. UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER. 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. 2 vols. GREAT EXPECTATIONS. 
 DOMBEY AND SON, 2 vols. TALE OF TWO CITIES. 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. 2 vols. C H I LD'S HISTORY OF 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS. \ ENGLAND. 
 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND. 2 vols. EDWIN DROOD and MISCEL- 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES. LANIES. 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE. 2 vols. PICTURES FROM ITALY and 
 
 LITTLE DORRIT. 2 vols. AMERICAN NOTES. 
 
 HOUSEHOLD EDITION. 
 (WITH LIFE.) 
 In 22 Volumes. Crown 4^0, cloth, £\ %s. 6cf. 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT, with 59 Illustrations, 5s. 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD, with 60 Illustrations and a Portrait, 5s. 
 BLEAK HOUSE, with 61 Illustrations, 5s. 
 LITTLE DORRIT, with 58 Illustrations, 53. 
 PICKWICK PAPERS, with 56 Illustrations, 5s. 
 OUR MUTUAL FRIEND, with 58 Illustrations, 5s. 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY, with 59 Illustrations, 5s. 
 DOMBEY AND SON, with 61 Illustrations, 5s. 
 
 EDWIN DROOD ; REPRINTED PIECES ; and otlier Stories, with 30 Illustra- 
 tions, 5s. 
 THE LIFE OF DICKENS. By John Forster. With 40 Illustrations, 55. 
 BARNABY RUDGE, with 46 Illustrations, 4s. 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP, with 32 Illustrations, 4s. 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES, with 23 Illustrations, 4s. 
 OLIVER TWIST, with 28 Illustrations, 3s. 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS, with 26 Illustrations, 3s. 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ," with 36 Illustrations, 3s. 
 UNCOMMERCIAL TRAVELLER, with 26 Illustrations, 3s. 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS, with 28 Illustrations, 3s. 
 THE HISTORY OF ENGLAND, with 15 Illustrations, 3s. 
 AMERICAN NOTES and PICTURES FROM ITALY, with 18 Illustrations, 3s. 
 A TALE OF TWO CITIES, with 25 Illustrations, 3s. 
 HARD TIMES, with 20 Illustrations, 2s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN cr HALL, LLVITED. 35 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) \N0^Y:^^.— Continued. 
 
 THE COMPLETE WORKS OF CHARLES DICKENS, 
 
 ENTITLED 
 
 THE CROWN EDITION, 
 
 Is now being PUBLISHED MONTHL V. 
 The Volumes contain ALL THE ORIGINAL ILLUSTRATIONS, 
 
 And the Letterpress printed from Type expressly cast for this Edition. 
 
 LARGE CROWN OCTAVO. 
 
 PRICE FIVE SHILLINGS EACH. 
 
 T/ie Volumes Now Ready are: 
 
 I.— THE PICKWICK PAPERS. With Forty-three IlUistia'ions by 
 Seymour and Phiz. 
 
 —NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. With Forty lUustrations by Phiz. 
 
 — DOMBEY AND SON. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 —DAVID COPPERFIELD. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz, 
 
 —SKETCHES BY " BOZ." With Forty Illustrations by Geo. 
 Cruikshank. 
 
 —MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 —THE OLD CURIOSITY SHOP. With Seventy five Illustra- 
 tions by George Cattermole and H. K. Browne. 
 
 — BARNABY RUDGE : a Tale of the Riots of 'Eighty. Wiih Seventy- 
 eight Illustrations by George Cattermole and H. K. Ukovv.ne. 
 
 9.— OLIVER TWIST and TALE OF TWO CITIES. In One 
 
 Volume. [Otlobir 2Tth. 
 
 10.— CHRISTMAS BOOKS. With Forty-three Illustrations by L'VNDSeer, 
 Maclisb, Stansfelu, Leech, etc. [A'ov.mbcr 25///. 
 
 II.— BLEAK HOUSE, With Forty Illustrations by Phiz. 
 
 \^Deccnilicr ^p'h, 
 12. — LITTLE DORRIT. With Forty Illustrations by Puiz. 
 13,_0UR MUTUAL FRIEND. With Forty Illustrations by Marcus 
 Stone. 
 
 ETC. etc. etc. 
 
 A CHRISTMAS CAROL, with the Original Coloured Plates. 
 
 Being a reprint of the Original Edition. With red border lines. Small 8vo, 
 red cloth, gilt edges, 5s.
 
 36 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) \^O^Y^'S>.— Continued. 
 
 THE CABINET EDITION. 
 
 In 32 vols, small fcap. 8vo, Marble Paper Sides, Cloth Backs, with uncut 
 edges, price Eighteenpence each. 
 
 Each Volume contains Eight Illustrations repi'oduced from the Originals, 
 In Sets only, bound in blue cloth, with cut edges, £z ^s. 
 CHRISTMAS BOOKS. I EDWIN DROOD ; AND OTHER 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT, 2 vols. [ STORIES. 
 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD, 2 vols. [ THE OLD CURIOSITY SHOP, 
 OLIVER TWIST. ! 2 vols. 
 
 GREAT EXPECTATIONS. 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY, 2 vols. 
 SKETCHES BY "BOZ." 
 
 A CHILD'S HISTORY OF 
 
 ENGLAND. 
 DOMBEY AND SON, 2 vols. 
 
 CHRISTMAS STORIES. I A TALE OF TWO CITIES. 
 
 THE PICKWICK PAPERS, 2 vols, j LITTLE DORRIT, 2 vols. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE, 2 vols. 1 MUTUAL FRIEND, 2 vols. 
 
 BLEAK HOUSE, 2 vols. HARD TIMES. 
 
 AMERICAN NOTES and PIC- UNCOMMERCIALTRAVELLER 
 
 TURES FROM ITALY. REPRINTED PIECES. 
 
 CHARLES DICKENS'S CHRISTMAS BOOKS. 
 
 REPRINTED FROM THE ORIGINAL PLATES. 
 
 Illustrated by John Leech, D. Maclise, R.A., R. Doyle, 
 
 C. Stanfield, R.A., etc. 
 
 Fcap. cloth, IS. ecuh. Complete in a case, js. 
 
 A CHRISTMAS CAROL IN PROSE. 
 
 THE CHIMES : A Goblin Story. 
 
 THE CRICKET ON THE HEARTH : A Fairy Tale of 
 
 Home. 
 
 THE BATTLE OF LIFE. A Love Story. 
 
 THE HAUNTED MAN AND THE GHOST'S STORY. 
 
 SIXPENNY REPRINTS. 
 READINGS FROM the WORKS of CHARLES DICKENS. 
 
 As selected and read by himself and now published for the first lime. Illustrated. 
 
 A CHRISTMAS CAROL, and THE HAUNTED MAN. 
 
 By Charles Dickens. Illustrated. 
 THE CHIMES: A Goblin Story, and THE CRICKET 
 
 ON THE HEARTH. Illustrated. 
 
 THE BATTLE OF LIFE: A Love Story, HUNTED 
 
 DOWN, AND A HOLIDAY ROMANCE. Illustrated. 
 
 The last Three Volumes as Christmas Works, 
 
 In One Volume, red cloth, 2s. 6d.
 
 CHAPMAN 6> HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 37 
 
 DICKENS'S (CHARLES) WORKS.— G;/?//«;/^^. 
 
 A NEW EDITION, ENTITLED 
 
 THE PICTORIAL EDITION, 
 
 Now being issued in Monthly Parts, royal 8vo, at 
 
 ONE SHILLING EACH. 
 
 Each Part will contain 192 pages of Letterpress, handsomely 
 
 printed, and, besides full-page Plates on plate paper, about 
 
 24 Illustrations inserted in the Text. 
 
 The Edition will be completed in about Thirty-Seven Parts, of which 
 Thirteen are now ready, and wdl contain in all — 
 
 UPWARDS OF NLNE HUNDRED ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 The Volumes now ready are . 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON. 3s. 6d. 
 DAVID COPPERFIELD. 
 
 3S. 6d. 
 
 NICHOLAS NICKLEBY. 
 
 «. 6d. 
 
 BARNABY RUDGE. 3s. 6d. 
 OLD CURIOSITY SHOP. 
 
 3.S. 6d. 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. 
 
 \.Nou< being jssitcd in Parts. 
 
 PROSPECTUSES AND SHOWCARD3 ON APPLICATION. 
 
 THE TWO SHILLING EDITION. 
 
 Each Volume contains a Frontispiece. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 The Volumes now ready are — 
 
 DOMBEY AND SON. I BLEAK HOUSE. 
 
 MARTIN CHUZZLEWIT. OLD CURIOSITY SHOP. 
 
 THE PICKWICK PAPERS. ! BARNABY RUDGE. 
 
 MR. DICKENS'S READINGS- 
 
 Fcap. 8vo, sewed. 
 
 STORY OF LITTLE DOM- 
 BEY. IS. 
 
 POOR TRAVELLER, BOOTS 
 AT THE HOLLY-TREE 
 INN, and MRS. GAMP. is. 
 
 CHRISTMAS CAROL IN 
 PROSE. IS. 
 
 CRICKET ON THE HEARTH. 
 
 CHIMES : A GOBLIN STORY 
 
 IS.
 
 38 BOOKS PUBLISHED BY 
 
 SCIENCE AND ART. 
 
 % STournal for STcacfjers anO StuDentiS. 
 
 The Official Organ of the Science and Art Teachers' Association. 
 MONTHLY, THREEPENCE; POST FREE, FOURPENCE. 
 
 The Journal contains contributions by distinguished men ; short papers by prominent 
 teachers ; leading articles ; correspondence ; answers to questions set at the May Examina- 
 tions of the Science and Art Department ; and interesting news in connection with the 
 scientific and artistic world. 
 
 PRIZE COMPETITION. 
 
 With each issue of the Journal, papers or drawings are offered for Prize Competition, 
 extending over the range of subjects of the Science and Art Department and City and 
 Guilds of London Institute. 
 
 There are thousands of Science and Art Schools and Classes in the United Kingdom, 
 but the teachers connected wiih these institutions, although engaged in the advancement 
 of identical objects, are seldom known to each other except through personal friendship. 
 One object of the Journal is to enable those engaged in this common work to com- 
 municate upon subjects of importance, with a view to an interchange of ideas, and the 
 establishment of unity of action in the various centres. 
 
 lERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION. 
 
 ONE YEARS SUBSCRIPTION (including postage) 4s. Od. 
 
 HALF „ „ „ 2s. Od. 
 
 SINGLE COPY „ 4d. 
 
 Cheques and Post Office Orders to be made payable to 
 Messrs. CHAPMAN & HALL, Limited, 
 
 Agents for the Science and Art Department of the Committee of 
 Council on Education. 
 
 SOLUTIONS TO THE QUESTIONS IN PURE MATHE- 
 MATICS— Stages I and 2— SET AT THE SCIENCE AND ART 
 EXAMINATIONS from i88i to i886. By Thomas T. Rankin, C.E., 
 Rector of the Gartsherrie Science School, and West of Scotland Mining 
 College. Crown 8vo, 2s. 
 
 SOLUTIONS TO THE QUESTIONS SET IN THE 
 FOLLOWING SUBJECTS AT THE MAY EXAMINATIONS 
 
 OF 
 
 THE SCIENCE AND 
 
 ART 
 
 DEPARTMENT ANTEl 
 
 TO 
 I. 
 
 2. 
 
 1887. 
 
 Animal Physiology 
 
 Hygiene 
 
 From 
 
 1881 to 1886. 
 
 ,ss4 .0,886 {;>;;* Sx! 
 
 ^. 
 
 Building Construction ... 
 
 
 1S81 to 1S86. 
 
 4- 
 
 Machine Construction ... 
 
 
 1881 to 1886. 
 
 5- 
 6. 
 
 Agriculture 
 
 Magnetism amd Electricity 
 
 
 1881 to 1886. 
 1 88 1 to 1886. 
 
 7- 
 8. 
 
 Physiography 
 
 Sound, Light, snd Heat 
 
 
 1 88 1 to 1886. 
 iSSi to 1886. 
 
 Each Stibject will be dealt 7inth in a Separate Volume, which will cofiiain 
 Complete Annvers to the Elementary and Advanced Papers for the Yea?-s noted. 
 Price IS. 6d. each.
 
 CHAPMAN a^ HALL, LIMIT'ED. 39 
 
 ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS, 1887, 1888, & 1889. 
 
 1890 IN THE PRESS. 
 
 SOLUTIONS TO THE QUESTIONS {Elementary and Advanced) 
 set at the Examinations of the Science and Art Department of May, 1887, 
 1888, and 1889, arc published as under, each subject ani year hcin^ kept 
 distinct, and issued i^t pamphlet form separately. Cro7un Svo, T,d. each. 
 
 1. Animal Physiology. By J.H. E.Brock, M.D., B.S. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. 
 
 (Eng.), D.P.H. (Univ. of Lond.) 
 
 2. Building Construction. By H. Adams, C.E., M.I.M.E. 
 
 3. Theoretical Mechanics. By J. C. Fell, M.I.M.E., E. Pillow, 
 
 M.I.M.E., and H. Angel. 
 
 4. Inorganic Chemistry (Theoretical). By Rev. F. W. Harnett, M.A., 
 
 and J. J. Pilley, F.C.S., F.R.M.S. 
 
 5. Ditto, Alternative Course, By J. Howard, F.C.S. 
 
 6. Magnetism and Electricity. By W. Hibbert, F.I.C, A.I.E.E. 
 
 7. Physiography. By W. Rheam, B.Sc, and W. S. Furneaux, 
 
 F.R.G.S. 
 
 S. Practical Plane and Solid Geometry. By H. Angel. 
 9. Art — Third Grade. Perspective. By A. Fisher and S. Beale. 
 ID. Pure Mathematics. By R. R. Steel, F.C.S. , and H. Carter, B.A. 
 
 11. Machine Construction and Drawing. By H. Adams, C.E., 
 
 M.I.M.E. 
 
 12. Principles of Agriculture. By H. J. Webb, Ph.D., B.Sc. 
 
 13. Sound, Light, and Heat. By C. A. Stevens and F. Carrodu?, 
 
 Assoc. N.S.S. 
 
 14. Hygiene. By J. J. Pilley, F.C.S., F.R. M.S. 
 
 15. Inorganic Chemistry (Practical). By J. Howard, F.C.S. 
 
 16. Applied Mechanics. For 188S and 1889 only. By C. B. Outon, 
 
 Wh.Sc. 
 
 17. Alternative Elementary Physics. By W, Hil)bert, F.I.E., 
 
 A.S.LE. For 1S89 only. 
 
 Price of each Pamphlet [dealing with both Elementary and Advanced Papers 
 for a single year), id, net, postage included.
 
 40 
 
 CHAPMAN' &> HALL, LIMITED. 
 
 THE FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW. 
 
 Edited by FRANK HARRIS. 
 
 THE FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW is published on the ist of 
 every month, and a Volume is completed every Six Months, 
 The following are among the Cont7-ibntors : — 
 
 ADMIRAL LORD ALCESTER. 
 
 GRANT ALLEN. 
 
 SIR RUTHERFORD ALCOCK. 
 
 AUTHOR OF "GREATER BRITAIN 
 
 PROFESSOR BAIN. 
 
 SIR SAMUEL BAKER. 
 
 PROFESSOR BEESLY. 
 
 PAUL BOURGET. 
 
 BARON GEORGE VON BUNSEN. 
 
 DR. BRIDGES. 
 
 HON. GEORGE C. BRODRICK. 
 
 JAMES BRYCE, M.P. 
 
 THOMAS BURT, M.P. 
 
 SIR GEORGE CAMPBELL, M.P. 
 
 THE EARL OF CARNARVON. 
 
 EMILIO CASTELAR. 
 
 RT. HON. J. CHAMBERLAIN, M.P. 
 
 PROFESSOR SIDNEY COLVIN. 
 
 THE EARL COMPTON. 
 
 MONTAGUE COOKSON, Q.C. 
 
 L. H. COURTNEY, M.P. 
 
 G. H. DARWIN. 
 
 SIR GEORGE W. DASENT. 
 
 PROFESSOR A. V. DICEY. 
 
 PROFESSOR DOWDEN. 
 
 RT. HON. M. E. GRANT DUFF. 
 
 RIGHT HON. H. F.'VWCETT, M.P. 
 
 ARCHDEACON FARRAR. 
 
 EDWARD A. FREEMAN. 
 
 J. A. FROUDE. 
 
 MRS. GARRET-ANDERSON. 
 
 J. W. L. GLAISHER, F.R.S. 
 
 SIR J. E. GORST, Q.C, M.P. 
 
 EDMUND GOSSE. 
 
 THOMAS HARE. 
 
 FREDERIC HARRISON. 
 
 ADMIRAL SIR G. P. HORNBY. 
 
 LORD HOUGHTON. 
 
 PROFESSOR HUXLEY. 
 
 PROFESSOR R. C. JEBB. 
 
 ANDREW LANG. 
 
 E. B. LAN IN. 
 
 EMILE DE LAVELEYE. 
 
 T. E. CLIFFE LESLIE. 
 
 W. S. LILLY. 
 
 MARQUIS OF LORNE. 
 
 PIERRE LOTI. 
 
 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK, Bart., M.P. 
 
 THE EARL OF LYTTON. 
 
 SIR H. S. MAINE. 
 
 W. H. MALLOCK. 
 
 CARDINAL MANNING. 
 
 DR. MAUDSLEY. 
 
 PROFESSOR MAX MULLER. 
 
 GEORGE MEREDITH. 
 
 RT. HON. G. OSBORNE MORGAN, 
 
 Q.C, M.P. 
 PROFESSOR HENRY MORLEY. 
 RT. HON. JOHN MORLEY, M.P. 
 WILLIAM MORRIS. 
 PROFESSOR H. N. MOSELEY. 
 F. W. H. MYERS. 
 F. W. NEWMAN. 
 PROFESSOR JOHN NICHOL. 
 W. G. PALGRAVE. 
 WALTER H. PATER. 
 RT. HON. LYON PLAYFAIR, M.P. 
 SIR HENRY POTTINGER, Bart. 
 PROFESSOR J. R. SEELEY. 
 LORD SHERBROOKE. 
 PROFESSOR SIDGWICK. 
 HERBERT SPENCER. 
 M. JULES SIMON. 
 
 (DOCTOK L'ACADEMIE Fr.^NXAISe). 
 
 HON. E. L. STANLEY. 
 SIR J. FITZJAMES STEPHEN, Q.C. 
 LESLIE STEPHEN. 
 J. HUTCHISON STIRLING. 
 A. C. SWINBURNE. 
 DR. VON SYBEL. 
 J. A. SYMONDS. 
 SIR THOMAS SYMONDS. 
 (Admiral of the Fleet). 
 THE REV. EDWARD F. TALBOT 
 
 (Warden of Keble College). 
 SIR RICHARD TEMPLE, Bart. 
 HON. LIONEL A. TOLLEMACHE. 
 COUNT LEO TOLSTOI. 
 H. D. TRAILL. 
 PROFESSOR TYNDALL. 
 ALFRED RUSSELL WALLACE. 
 A. J. WILSON. 
 GEN. VISCOUNT WOLSELEY. 
 
 THE EDITOR. 
 
 ETC. ETC. ETC. 
 
 The Fortnightly Review is published at 2s. 6d. 
 
 CHAPMAN & HALL, LIMITED, li, HENRIETTA STREET, 
 COVENT GARDEN, W.C. 
 
 CHARLES DICKENS AND EVANS,] [CRYSTAL PALACB rRESS. 
 
 O-
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 •*£**:, 
 
 so\> 
 
 urtt-i 
 
 %^^ 
 
 ^16 
 
 
 .-\\ 
 ^ 
 
 Ai- 
 
 \)^^ 
 
 8 1980 
 
 ^J^^^ 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 \^ 
 
 a^ 
 
 Form L9-Series 444 
 
 ii. APR1219B 
 
 4 WK NOV 10 1994 
 
 
 MAR 25 
 
 4 Wft OCT 3 1 
 
 in: 
 
 21199I 
 
 !4«
 
 1158 00568 0334